MAGNETOM Flash 
The Magazine of MRI 
55 
Clinical T1w MRI 
using Radial VIBE 
Page 6 
Acute MR 
Stroke Protocol 
in 6 Minutes 
Page 44 
New Generation 
Cardiac Parametric 
Mapping: 
The Clinical Role of 
T1 and T2 Mapping 
Page 104 
Issue Number 5/2013 | RSNA Edition 
Not for distribution in the US
Editorial 
The theme of the 99th Annual Meeting 
of the Radiological Society of North 
America is “The Power of Partnership”. 
Nowhere is this concept ­better 
exem­plified 
than in the cooperation between 
academic medical ­centers 
and industry 
partners in the development and 
improvement of diagnostic imaging. 
This issue of ­MAGNETOM 
Flash con­tains 
a wealth of examples of how such 
collaborations have advanced the dis­cipline 
of MRI. 
As the world population’s healthcare 
needs grow, so must diagnosis and 
­disease 
management continue to 
advance. Diagnostic imaging plays 
an increasingly central role in detect­ing 
and characterizing disease, and 
guiding therapy. In particular, MRI 
remains a cornerstone of neurologic, 
orthopedic, oncologic, and cardio­vascular 
imaging. 
MRI has long had advantages in lever­aging 
useful contrast mechanisms 
for visualization of anatomy and pathol­ogy. 
This is well-demonstrated in arti­cles 
describing visualization of diffu­sion- 
weighted imaging data [Doring 
et al. page 12], spectroscopic imaging 
of prostate cancer [Scheenen et al. 
page 16], susceptibility-weighted 
imaging [Ascencio et al. page 52], 
Mustafa R. Bashir, M.D., is an Assistant Professor of Radiology 
at Duke University Medical Center, Durham, USA. He joined 
the faculty at Duke in 2010, and serves as the Director of MRI 
and Director of Body MRI. In 2012, he was named the Medical 
Director of the Center for Advanced Magnetic Resonance 
­Development, 
Duke Radiology’s MRI research and development 
facility. He has been awarded several industry research grants 
as principal investigator and serves as site imaging principal 
investigator on several NIH-funded grants. Dr. Bashir serves as 
a working group chair for the Liver Imaging Reporting and 
Data System (LI-RADS) committee for the American College 
of Radiology and is a site radiologist for the NIH-funded Non- 
Alcoholic Steatohepatitis Clinical Research Network. His clinical 
and research interests include abdominal MRI, liver imaging, 
quantitative imaging, and novel contrast mechanisms. 
and quantitative myocardial relaxivity 
mapping [Moon et al. page 104]. 
However, gone are the days when 
lengthy examinations producing 
inconsistent image quality were con­sidered 
acceptable. In an atmosphere 
of rising cost and diminishing 
resources, all imaging is under pres­sure 
to demonstrate consistent 
examination quality, despite increas­ing 
use in challenging populations, 
such as the obese and those with 
diminished breath-holding capacity. 
In their article on the New York Uni­versity- 
Langone Medical Center expe­rience 
using Radial VIBE*, Tobias Block 
et al. show the power of a motion-robust 
non-Cartesian strategy to 
obtain free-breathing, artifact-free, 
volumetric T1-weighted image sets in 
the body [page 6]. Such paradigms 
can be applied to improve image 
quality in patients unable to hold their 
breath, and to enhance the MRI 
­experience 
by providing healthier 
patients with a more comfortable 
examination with fewer breath-holds. 
In addition, colleagues at the Univer­sity 
Hospital of Lausanne and North­western 
University demonstrate the 
feasibility of rapid cardiac acquisition 
using compressed sensing* methods 
[page 108 and 117]. Such techniques 
are shown to produce high-resolution, 
multiplanar acquisitions in single 
breath-holds, which can both shorten 
total examination time and provide 
comparable or more accurate measure-ments 
of left ventricular ejection 
fraction and stroke volume, compared 
with conventional methods. 
The broad availability of commercial 
wide-bore systems with high channel 
counts makes clinical MR imaging a 
reality in a larger portion of the popu­lation. 
Particularly in the United States, 
where over 35% of the population is 
obese [http://www.cdc.gov/obesity/ 
data/adult.html], high-quality imaging 
is now available to more patients than 
ever, with greater physical comfort. 
In addition to comfort, turnaround time 
is also considered an important mea­sure 
of examination quality, and as 
a first-line diagnostic modality, MRI 
must provide rapid, definitive diagnosis 
in order for appropriate treatment 
to be rendered in a timely manner. 
Working Together 
Editorial 
“In an atmosphere of rising cost and diminishing 
­resources, 
all imaging is under pressure to 
­demonstrate 
consistent examination quality, 
­despite 
increasing use in challenging populations, 
such as the obese and those with diminished 
­breath- 
holding capacity.” 
Mustafa R. Bashir, M.D. 
This is exemplified in the article by 
Kambiz Nael et al., who describe a six-minute 
comprehensive acute stroke 
protocol, combining brain structure 
imaging, functional measures including 
diffusion- and perfusion-weighted 
imaging, and MR angiography [page 44]. 
This ‘one-stop-shop’ approach can 
facilitate rapid triage of appropriate 
patients to endovascular management 
while avoiding unnecessary, and poten­tially 
dangerous, delays in diagnosis. 
Finally, Mark Griswold et al. and 
Masahiro Ida address another impor­tant 
element of a comfortable MRI 
experience, as they discuss simple 
methods for optimizing frequently-used 
pulse sequences to reduce 
acoustic noise [page 30 and 35]. 
In the following pages, fifteen high-quality 
articles from a diverse group 
of authors are presented. These high­light 
important advances that build 
on the excellent contrast/visualization 
capabilities of MRI, strengthen image 
quality and robustness, or that 
improve the patient experience and 
throughput. Importantly, they show 
the success that can be realized by 
bringing innovators from academia 
and industry together into coopera­tive 
teams. 
Happy reading, and see you at RSNA! 
Editorial Board 
We appreciate your comments. 
Please contact us at magnetomworld.med@siemens.com 
Review Board 
Lisa Chuah, Ph.D. 
Global Segment Manager Neurology 
Lars Drüppel, Ph.D. 
Global Segment Manager Cardiovascular MR 
Wilhelm Horger 
Application Development Oncology 
Michelle Kessler 
US Installed Base Manager 
Berthold Kiefer, Ph.D. 
Oncological and Interventional Applications 
Sunil Kumar S.L., Ph.D. 
Senior Manager Applications 
Reto Merges 
Head of Outbound Marketing MR Applications 
Heiko Meyer, Ph.D. 
Neuro Applications 
Edgar Müller 
Cardiovascular Applications 
Nashiely Sofia Pineda Alonso, Ph.D. 
Global Segment Manager 
Men’s and ­Women’s 
Health 
Silke Quick 
Global Segment Manager Body Imaging 
Heike Weh 
Clinical Data Manager 
Antje Hellwich 
Associate Editor 
Sven Zühlsdorff, Ph.D. 
Clinical Collaboration 
Manager, Chicago, IL, USA 
Ralph Strecker 
MR Collaborations Manager, 
São Paulo, Brazil 
Wellesley Were 
MR Business Development 
Manager Australia and 
New Zealand 
Gary R. McNeal, MS (BME) 
Advanced Application 
­Specialist, 
Cardiovascular 
MR Imaging Hoffman 
­Estates, 
IL, USA 
Peter Kreisler, Ph.D. 
Collaborations & Applications, ­Erlangen, 
Germany 
*WIP, the product is currently under 
development and is not for sale in the US 
and other countries. Its future availability 
cannot be ensured. 
2 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 3
Content Content 
RCA 
24 52 
70 108 
Positioning and immobilization of 
SWI with MAGNETOM ESSENZA Pictorial essay: Benign and malignant 
RT patients 
bone tumors 
Compressed sensing* 
64 
Imaging MS lesions in the cervical spinal cord 
Cover 
Growth with Body MRI. 
New Certainty in Liver MRI. 
Already today, many important 
staging and treatment decisions are 
taken on the basis of Body MRI. 
By using MRI for your body imaging 
examinations you can profit from 
excellent soft tissue contrast, high 
spatial and temporal resolution, as 
well as 3D and 4D data acquisition. 
Siemens Healthcare enables you 
to expand your Body MRI services. 
www.siemens.com/ 
growth-with-BodyMRI 
Clinical 
Head-to-Toe Imaging 
6 Improving the robustness of 
­clinical 
T1-weighted MRI using 
Radial VIBE* 
Tobias Block, et al. 
12 New features of syngo MR D13 
for improved whole-body DWI 
Thomas Doring, et al. 
Clinical Oncology 
16 The metabolite ratio in spectro­scopic 
imaging of prostate cancer 
Tom Scheenen, et al. 
24 Evaluation of the CIVCO Indexed 
Patient Position System (IPPS) 
­MRI- 
overlay for positioning and 
immobilization of radiotherapy 
patients 
Thomas Koch, et al. 
Technology 
30 Making MRI quieter: Optimizing 
TSE with parallel imaging 
Eric Y. Pierre, et al. 
35 Quiet T1-weighted 3D imaging 
of the central nervous system 
using PETRA* 
Masahiro Ida, et al. 
Clinical Neurology 
44 How I do it: Acute stroke 
protocol in 6 minutes 
Kambiz Nael, et al. 
52 SWI with 1.5T 
MAGNETOM ESSENZA 
José L. Ascencio, et al. 
58 How I do it: Curve fitting of 
the lipid-lactate range in an 
MR ­Spectrum: 
Some useful tips 
Helmut Rumpel, et al. 
64 T1w PSIR for imaging multiple 
sclerosis in the cervical spinal cord 
Bart Schraa 
Clinical 
Orthopedic Imaging 
70 Pictorial Essay: Benign and 
­malignant 
bone tumors 
Katharina Gruenberg, et al. 
Clincial 
Cardiovascular Imaging 
100 Combined 18F-FDG PET and 
MRI evaluation of a case of 
hypertrophic cardiomyopathy 
using Biograph mMR 
Ihn-ho Cho, et al. 
104 New generation cardiac 
parametric mapping: The clinical 
role of T1 and T2 mapping 
James C. Moon, et al. 
108 Preliminary experiences with 
compressed sensing* multi-slice 
cine acquisitions for the 
assessment of left ventricular 
function 
J. Schwitter, et al. 
117 Accelerated segmented cine 
TrueFISP of the heart on a 
1.5T MAGNETOM Aera using 
k-t-sparse SENSE* 
Maria Carr, et al. 
The information presented in MAGNETOM Flash is for illustration only and is not intended to be relied 
upon by the reader for instruction as to the practice of medicine. 
Any health care practitioner reading this information is reminded that they must use their own learning, 
training and expertise in dealing with their individual patients. This material does not substitute for that 
duty and is not intended by Siemens Medical Solutions to be used for any purpose in that regard. The 
treating physician bears the sole responsibility for the diagnosis and treatment of patients, including 
drugs and doses prescribed in connection with such use. The Operating Instructions must always be 
strictly followed when operating the MR System. The source for the technical data is the corresponding 
data sheets. 
Content 
* WIP, the product is currently under development and is not for sale in the US and other countries. 
Its future availability cannot be ensured. 
4 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 5
Clinical Head-to-Toe Imaging Head-to-Toe Imaging Clinical 
Improving the Robustness of Clinical 
T1-Weighted MRI Using Radial VIBE 
Kai Tobias Block1; Hersh Chandarana1; Girish Fatterpekar1; Mari Hagiwara1; Sarah Milla1; Thomas Mulholland1; 
Mary Bruno1; Christian Geppert2; Daniel K. Sodickson1 
1 Department of Radiology, NYU Langone Medical Center, New York, NY, USA 
2 Siemens Medical Solutions, New York, NY, USA 
Introduction 
Despite the tremendous develop­ments 
that MR imaging has made over 
the last decades, one of the major 
limitations of conventional MRI is its 
pronounced sensitivity to motion, 
which requires strict immobility of 
the patient during the data acquisi­tion. 
In clinical practice, however, 
suppression of motion is often not 
possible. As a consequence, MR 
images frequently show motion arti­facts 
that appear as shifted object 
copies, which are well-known as 
‘ghosting’ artifacts and which, depend­ing 
on the artifact strength, can 
potentially obscure important diag­nostic 
information. Ghosting artifacts 
pose a particular problem for abdom­inopelvic 
exams that need to be per­formed 
during suspended respira­tion. 
Because many patients struggle 
to adequately hold breath during 
the scan, the number of exams with 
suboptimal image quality is relatively 
high. This has impaired the accep­tance 
of MRI as an imaging modality 
of choice in many abdominopelvic 
indications. Other widely utilized MRI 
applications such as head and neck 
imaging are also often affected by 
motion-induced ghosting artifacts, 
e.g., if patients are anxious, or if 
wthey cannot suppress swallowing 
or coughing during the exam. 
Radial k-space 
acquisition scheme 
The high sensitivity to motion results 
from the data-sampling strategy used 
in conventional MR imaging to spa­tially 
resolve the object. Conventional 
sequences acquire the data space 
Interestingly, although the advantages 
for clinical applications seem clear and 
although the idea of radial sampling 
has been known since the early days 
of MRI, the technique has not been 
widely employed in clinical practice so 
far. Radial sampling was first described 
by Lauterbur in his seminal MRI paper 
from 1973 [1]. However, because 
practical implementation required cop­ing 
with a number of technical com­plexities, 
it was soon replaced by the 
Cartesian acquisition scheme which 
could be more easily and more robustly 
implemented on early MRI systems. 
These technical complexities include 
a more sophisticated image recon­struction, 
higher required homogeneity 
of the magnetic field, and the need for 
much more accurate and precise gen­eration 
of time-varying gradient fields. 
Consequently, radial sampling has 
only been used sporadically in research 
projects while clinically established 
techniques are currently almost exclu­sively 
based on the Cartesian scheme. 
Over the last several years, however, 
it has become possible to resolve the 
majority of issues that prevented a 
practical application of radial sampling, 
in part through improvements of the 
MR hardware designs and in part 
through new algorithmic developments. 
Therefore, it is now for the first time 
feasible to utilize radial acquisitions 
routinely on unmodified clinical MRI 
systems, with sufficient reliability and 
robustness for clinical applications and 
with image quality comparable to that 
of the conventional Cartesian scans. 
Radial VIBE sequence 
The Radial VIBE sequence* is the first 
available works-in-progress sequence 
for Siemens MR systems that inte­grates 
these developments for volu­metric 
acquisitions and provides radial 
k-space sampling in a fully seamless 
way, aiming at achieving higher 
robustness to motion and flow effects 
in daily practice. It is based on the 
conventional product VIBE sequence, 
which is an optimized T1-weighted 3D 
gradient echo sequence (3D FLASH) 
with various fat-saturation options. 
Radial sampling has been implemented 
using a 3D ‘stack-of-stars’ approach, 
which acquires the kx-ky plane along 
radial spokes and the kz dimension 
(k-space) using a sampling scheme 
along parallel lines (Fig. 1A), which 
is usually referred to as ‘Cartesian’ 
sampling. The acquired parallel lines 
differ by a fixed difference in the 
­signal 
phase, which is why the 
scheme is also called ‘phase encod­ing’ 
principle. However, if the object 
moves during the exam, phase off­sets 
are created that disturb the 
phase-encoding scheme. In a simpli­fied 
view, it can be thought of as 
­jittering 
of the sampled lines, which 
causes gaps in the k-space coverage 
and results in aliasing artifacts along 
the phase-encoding direction from 
improper data sampling. Hence, the 
Cartesian geometry is inherently 
prone to motion-induced phase 
distortions. Even if navigation or 
triggering techniques are used to 
minimize phase inconsistencies 
within the acquired data, a certain 
amount of residual ghosting 
artifacts is almost always present. 
The situation can be improved when 
changing the k-space acquisition to 
a different sampling geometry. One 
promising alternative is the ‘radial’ 
sampling scheme, which acquires the 
data along rotated spokes (Fig. 1B). 
Due to the overlap of the spokes in the 
center, gaps in the k-space coverage 
cannot occur if individual spokes are 
‘jittered’ and, therefore, appearance of 
ghosting artifacts is not possible with 
this scheme. Furthermore, the overlap 
has a motion-averaging effect. Data 
inconsistencies can instead lead to 
‘streak’ artifacts. However, in most cases 
the streaks have only a mild effect on 
the image quality, and they can easily 
be identified as artifacts due to their 
characteristic visual appearance (e.g., 
Fig. 3B). Because the artifacts appear 
mainly as ‘texture’ added to the under­lying 
object, the likelihood that lesions 
get obscured is significantly lower 
than for the more dominant Cartesian 
ghosting artifacts. 
with conventional sampling, resulting 
in cylindrical k-space coverage (see 
Fig. 2). This trajectory design enables 
use of time-efficient fat-saturation 
methods, such as Quick FatSat or 
SPAIR, with minimal artifact strength, 
which is important as radial scans 
should be performed with fat suppres­sion 
for most applications. Although 
Cartesian acquisition steps are 
employed along the kz dimension, 
a high degree of motion robustness 
is achieved due to the use of an inco­herent 
temporal acquisition order. 
The Radial VIBE sequence can be 
used on the full range of Siemens MR 
systems, including systems from the 
B-line generation (e.g., MAGNETOM 
Avanto, Trio, Verio) and D-line 
generation (e.g., MAGNETOM Skyra, 
Aera), and it can also be used on the 
Biograph mMR MR-PET system as well 
as Siemens’ 7T** systems. Because 
the sequence does not require any 
2 
modification of the MR hardware or 
reconstruction system, it can be 
deployed to installed systems and 
used clinically for fat-saturated 
T1-weighted exams as a motion-robust 
alternative to 3D GRE, VIBE, 
MPRAGE, or 2D TSE sequences. 
Clinical applications 
and results 
Over the last two years, the sequence 
has been tested extensively at NYU 
Langone Medical Center to evaluate 
the achievable image quality across 
various MR systems in daily routine 
applications. Radial VIBE scans were 
added to clinical protocols under IRB 
approval in more than 5000 patient 
exams and compared to established 
reference protocols. Several clinical 
studies have been performed or are 
ongoing that investigate the improve­ment 
in diagnostic accuracy resulting 
from the absence of ghosting artifacts. 
Free-breathing 
abdominal imaging 
A key application of the Radial VIBE 
sequence is imaging of the abdomen 
and/or pelvis before and after injec­tion 
of a contrast medium, which is 
conventionally performed during sus­pended 
respiration. With Radial VIBE, 
it is possible to acquire the data 
­during 
continued shallow breathing, 
which therefore can be the preferred 
exam strategy for patients who 
are unable to sustain the normally 
1A 1B 
(1A) Conventional ‘Cartesian’ MRI sampling scheme along parallel lines, and 
(1B) radial sampling scheme along rotated spokes that overlap in the center 
of k-space. 
1 
Stack-of-stars 
trajectory as 
implemented by 
Radial VIBE, which 
employs radial 
k-space sampling 
in the kx-ky plane 
and Cartesian 
sampling along kz. 
2 
kz 
* Radial VIBE is a prototype for StarVIBE. 
StarVIBE is now 510k released and is 
available for 1.5T MAGNETOM Aera and 
3T MAGNETOM Skyra. 
Radial VIBE is work in progress. 
** The product is under development and not 
commercially available yet. Its future avail­ability 
cannot be ensured. This research 
system is not cleared, approved or licensed 
in any jurisdiction for patient examinations. 
This research system is not labelled accord­ing 
to applicable medical device law and 
therefore may only be used for volunteer 
or patient examinations in the context of 
clinical studies according to applicable law. 
6 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 7
Clinical Head-to-Toe Imaging Head-to-Toe Imaging Clinical 
7A 7B 
required breath-hold time, such 
as elderly or severely sick patients. 
A blinded-reader study by Chandarana 
et al. demonstrated that the average 
image quality obtained with free-breathing 
radial acquisition is compa­rable 
to conventional breath-hold 
exams and significantly better than 
free-breathing exams with Cartesian 
acquisition [2]. As an example, 
figure 3 compares a free-breathing 
Radial VIBE exam to a conventional 
Cartesian exam of a patient with 
insufficient breath-hold capability. 
The Radial VIBE image is affected by a 
certain amount of streak artifacts 
but clearly depicts a lesion in the 
right lobe of the liver, which is fully 
obscured in the Cartesian scan. 
High-resolution 
­abdominopelvic 
imaging 
The ability to acquire data during 
­continued 
respiration also has advan­tages 
for the examination of patients 
with proper breath-hold capacity. With 
conventional Cartesian sequences, 
the achievable spatial resolution in 
abdominopelvic exams is limited by 
the amount of k-space data obtainable 
within typical breath-hold durations of 
less than 20 sec. Because Radial VIBE 
eliminates the need for breath hold­ing, 
it is possible to sample data over 
several minutes and, thus, to increase 
the spatial resolution by a significant 
factor. Figure 4 demonstrates this 
possibility for an isotropic 1 mm 
high-resolution scan of the liver 
20 min after injection of Gadoxetate 
Disodium, which provides clearly 
sharper visualization of the biliary 
duct compared to the corresponding 
Cartesian protocol. In figure 5, the 
achievable resolution improvement is 
shown for the case of MR enterogra­phy, 
which is another good candidate 
for Radial VIBE due to the higher over­all 
robustness to the bowel motion. 
Pediatric imaging 
During the clinical evaluation phase, 
Radial VIBE demonstrated particular 
value for the application in pediatric* 
patients. Pediatric exams are often 
conducted under general anesthesia 
or deep sedation, which makes active 
breath holding impossible. Therefore, 
conventional abdominopelvic scans 
are in most cases affected by respira­tion 
artifacts that impair the achiev­able 
effective resolution and diagnos­tic 
accuracy. Due to the inherent 
motion robustness, much sharper and 
crisper images are obtained with 
Radial VIBE, as evident from the depic­tion 
of small cysts in the kidneys 
of a patient with Tuberous Sclerosis 
shown in figure 6. A retrospective 
blinded-reader study of our case col­lection 
revealed that 8% of all lesions 
were only identified with Radial VIBE 
but missed in the corresponding 
­Cartesian 
reference exams [3]. 
In young neonatal patients, sedation 
is usually avoided due to the higher 
risk of potential adverse effects. 
Imaging these patients is challenging 
because they often move spontane­ously 
in the scanner. Also in this 
patient cohort Radial VIBE provides 
improved image quality and reliabil­ity, 
which is demonstrated in figure 7 
for a brain exam of a 4-day-old 
patient, in this case compared to 
a Cartesian MPRAGE protocol. 
*MR scanning has not been established as 
safe for imaging fetuses and infants less 
than two years of age. The responsible 
physician must evaluate the benefits of the 
MR examination compared to those of 
other imaging procedures. 
4 
5 
6 
Abdominopelvic exam of 
a sedated pediatric patient 
with Tuberous Sclerosis. (6A) 
Because suspending respi­ration 
is not possible under 
deep sedation, conventional 
exams are affected by respi­ration 
artifacts. (6B) Radial 
VIBE provides significantly 
sharper images with improved 
spatial resolution, as visible 
from the small cysts in the 
kidneys. 
6A 6B 
Brain exam of a 4-day-old* patient using (7A) conventional MPRAGE and (7B) Radial VIBE sequence. Due to vigorous patient 
activity, the MPRAGE scan is affected by strong ghosting artifacts, while Radial VIBE provides diagnostic image quality. 
*MR scanning has not been established as safe for imaging fetuses and infants less than two years of age. The responsible physician must 
evaluate the benefits of the MR examination compared to those of other imaging procedures. 
7 
(3A) Conventional VIBE 
exam of a patient failing 
to hold breath during the 
acquisition and (3B) Radial 
VIBE acquisition during 
free breathing. Radial VIBE 
provides significantly higher 
image quality and reveals 
a lesion in the liver (arrow) 
not seen on the conven­tional 
scan 
3 
3A 3B 
(4A) Conventional breath-hold 
VIBE exam of a patient 
20 min after injection of 
Gadoxetate Disodium. (4B) 
Because Radial VIBE exams 
can be performed during 
continued respiration, data 
can be acquired over longer 
time, resulting in clearly 
improved resolution (here 
1.0 mm isotropic). 
4A 4B 
MR enterography using (5A) 
conventional VIBE and (5B) 
Radial VIBE acquisition. The 
higher motion robustness 
achieved with Radial VIBE 
leads to sharper images and 
improved resolution. 
5A 5B 
8 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 9
Clinical Head-to-Toe Imaging Head-to-Toe Imaging Clinical 
8A 8B 9B 9C 
Examination of the neck and upper chest using (8A) a conventional 2D TSE sequence and (8B) Radial VIBE. Because of the 
respiration and strong blood flow, the TSE scan shows drastic artifacts. Two suspicious lesions are more clearly visible on 
the Radial VIBE exam (arrows). 
Imaging of the neck 
and upper chest 
Although imaging of the head and 
neck region appears less critical at 
first glance, severe motion-related 
artifacts occur quite often in routine 
exams. Conventional neck protocols 
usually include slice-selective 
T1-weighted TSE sequences, which 
are especially sensitive to motion and 
flow. If patients are unable to sup­press 
swallowing or coughing during 
the acquisition, images are rendered 
non-diagnostic. Furthermore, ade­quate 
examination of the upper chest 
region is often not possible because 
of drastic artifacts from respiration 
and strong blood flow in the proxim­ity 
of the heart. Radial VIBE exams 
are a promising alternative for this 
application and are largely unaffected 
by swallowing, minor head move­ments, 
or flow, which is illustrated 
in figure 8. The sequence also main­tains 
a convincing sensitivity to chest 
lesions in the presence of respiratory 
motion [4]. Because Radial VIBE 
scans are immune to ghosting arti­facts, 
exams can be performed with 
high isotropic spatial resolution, 
which allows for retrospective recon­struction 
in multiple planes (MPRs). 
In this way, it is possible to substitute 
multiple conventional slice-selective 
protocols in varying orientation with 
a single Radial VIBE high-resolution 
scan. A representative example is 
shown in figure 9. 
Imaging of the orbits, inner 
auditory canal, and full brain 
Finally, the sequence also offers 
improved sharpness and clarity for 
the examination of the orbits. When 
patients move the eyes or change 
the position of the eyelids during the 
exam, conventional protocols show 
a band of strong ghosting artifacts 
along the phase-encoding direction, 
which can make identifying patholo­gies 
a difficult task. Radial VIBE pro­vides 
cleaner depiction of the optic 
nerves and improved suppression of 
intra- and extraconal fat [5]. Flow 
effects from surrounding larger blood 
vessels can lead to mild streak pat­terns 
but are less prominent than for 
most Cartesian protocols and can 
be additionally attenuated with the 
use of parallel saturation bands. The 
possibility to create high-resolution 
MPRs is another advantage of using 
Radial VIBE for this application, which 
is demonstrated in figure 10 for a 
patient with optic nerve sheath 
meningioma. In a similar way, the 
sequence can be applied for examina­tions 
of the inner auditory canal (IAC) 
or the full brain, in which a particularly 
high sharpness of vessel structures is 
achieved. 
Conclusion 
The large number of successful patient 
exams of various body parts conducted 
with Radial VIBE over the last two years 
demonstrates that radial sampling is 
now robust and reliable for routine use 
on standard clinical MR systems. Due 
to the higher resistance to patient 
motion and the absence of ghosting 
artifacts, improved image quality can 
be obtained in applications where 
motion-induced image artifacts are a 
common problem. In particular, the 
Radial VIBE sequence enables exams of 
the abdomen and upper chest during 
continued shallow respiration, which 
can be a significant advantage for 
patients that struggle to adequately 
hold breath. Furthermore, the sequence 
enables reconfiguring exam protocols 
towards higher spatial resolution and 
allows consolidating redundant acqui­sitions 
into MPR-capable isotropic 
scans. Because the sequence works 
robustly on existing MRI hardware, 
Radial VIBE has the potential to find 
broad application as motion-robust 
T1-weighted sequence alternative and 
will complement the spectrum of clini­cally 
established imaging protocols. 
8 
Sag Cor Tra 
Neck exam using transversal Radial VIBE acquisition with 1 mm isotropic resolution. Due to the robustness to swallowing 
and minor head motion, high quality 3D scans are possible that can be reconstructed in multiple planes (MPR). This enables 
consolidating redundant 2D protocols with varying scan orientation. 
9 
9A 
References 
1 Lauterbur PD. Image formation by induced 
local interactions: Examples employing 
nuclear magnetic resonance. Nature 
242:190–191, 1973. 
2 Chandarana H, Block KT, Rosenkrantz AB, 
Lim RP, Kim D, Mossa DJ, Babb JS, Kiefer B, 
Lee VS. Free-breathing radial 3D 
fat-suppressed T1-weighted gradient echo 
sequence: a viable alternative for 
contrast-enhanced liver imaging in 
patients unable to suspend respiration. 
Invest Radiology 46(10):648-53, 2011. 
3 Chandarana H, Block KT, Winfeld JM, 
Lala SV, Mazori D, Giuffrida E, Babb JS, 
Milla S. Free-breathing contrast-enhanced 
T1-weighted gradient-echo imaging with 
radial k-space sampling for paediatric 
abdominopelvic MRI. European Radiology, 
September 2013. 
4 Chandarana H, Heacock L, Rakheja R, 
Demello LR, Bonavita J, Block KT, 
Geppert C, Babb JS, Friedman KP. 
Pulmonary Nodules in Patients with 
Primary Malignancy: Comparison of 
Hybrid PET/MR and PET/CT Imaging. 
Radiology 268(3):874-81, 2013. 
5 Bangiyev L, Raz E, Block KT, Hagiwara M, 
Yu E, Fatterpekar GM. Contrast-enhanced 
radial 3D fat-suppressed 
T1-weighted gradient echo (Radial-VIBE) 
10 
Multiplanar reconstruc­tions 
of a transversal 
Radial VIBE exam with 
0.8 mm resolution. The 
sequence achieves good 
fat suppression and 
provides sharp depiction 
of the optic nerves 
without artifacts from 
eye motion. An abnormal 
contrast enhancement 
of the left optic nerve is 
clearly visible (arrows), 
which is indicative of 
an optic nerve sheath 
meningioma. 
sequence: A viable and potentially 
superior alternative to conventional 
T1-MPRAGE with water excitation 
and fat-suppressed contrast-enhanced 
T1W sequence for evalu-ation 
of the orbit. ASNR Annual 
Meeting 2013: O-413. 
Contact 
Tobias Block, Ph.D. 
Assistant Professor of Radiology 
New York University 
School of Medicine 
Center for Biomedical Imaging 
New York, NY 10016 
USA 
tobias.block@nyumc.org 
10A 10B 
10C 
10 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 11
3 
Same patient as in figure 3 with curved reconstructed MPRs in the 
coronal plane. (4A) Clearly visible the discontinuity in the spinal cord due 
to composing errors. (4B) Significantly better registration of the stations. 
4 
4B 
New Features of syngo MR D13 for Improved 
Whole-Body Diffusion-Weighted MRI 
Thomas Doring1; Ralph Strecker2; Michael da Silva1; Wilhelm Horger3; Roberto Domingues1; 
Leonardo Kayat Bittencourt1; Romeu Domingues1 
1 CDPI and Multi-imagem (DASA), Rio de Janeiro, Brazil 
2 Siemens Ltda, São Paulo, Brazil 
3 Siemens Healthcare, Erlangen, Germany 
Backround 
Whole-body diffusion-weighted 
imaging (WB-DWI) is gaining in 
clinical importance for oncological 
­imaging. 
It has been shown to be a 
promising tool principally for tumor 
detection, tumor characterization, 
and therapy monitoring of bone 
metastases [1, 2]. The clinical imple­mentation 
of WB-DWI aims for stan­dardization 
of the acquisition protocol. 
For this reason, further improve­ments 
of data acquisition, analysis 
and display of the results are 
requested. 
The recently launched new software 
version syngo MR D13 provides sev­eral 
new features for WB-DWI such 
as variable averaging of the b-values, 
inline composing, and a Bias Field 
Correction (BiFiC) filter in order to 
overcome previously existing limita­tions 
such as long acquisition times, 
mis-registration between, and inten­sity 
inhomogeneities across image 
stations. 
New features in 
syngo MR D13 b-value 
specific averaging 
One limitation of the broader clinical 
usability is the long acquisition time 
of over 25 minutes for head-to-pelvis 
WB-DWI MRI. For more efficient scan­ning 
the new feature b-value specific 
averaging was developed: This allows 
us to set the number of averages 
(NEX) for each b-value individually. 
The current product protocol uses a 
b-value of 50 with NEX 2, and a 
b-value of 800 with NEX 5, resulting in 
a reduction of scan time of 30%, when 
compared to the previously used NEX 
5 for all b-values (Fig. 1). A similar 
image quality can be achieved for lower 
b-value images with lower NEX with 
almost no impact on the signal-to-noise 
ratio (SNR) for the calculated ADC. 
New composing mode 
diffusion 
An inline composing filter can be acti­vated 
within the diffusion sequence 
of syngo MR D13 on the diffusion 
taskcard of the sequence (Fig. 2). The 
composing itself is a fully automatic 
process and creates for each b-value 
a continuous stack of composed images 
as an individual new series. Similarly 
a new series for the optional calculated 
b-value images is generated. Depend­ing 
on the local shim situation the 
­frequency 
differences between neigh­bored 
stations can lead to discontinui­ties 
of anatomical structures like the 
‘broken-spine’ artifact. During the com­posing 
step a correction is applied 
showing a much smoother transition 
of local anatomy (Fig. 2). 
In older software versions (syngo MR 
D11) composing had to be done 
­manually 
within the syngo.3D taskcard 
by dragging and dropping all trace-weighted 
series at once with no possi­bility 
to correct for any discontinuities 
in the anatomy. The new inline com­posing 
feature significantly improves 
the acquisition workflow of the tech­nologist 
as it allows to load the single 
composed series to syngo.3D for the 
generation of the 3D reformatted 
­maximum 
intensity projection (MIP) 
images. 
Bias Field Correction 
(BiFiC) filter 
The BiFiC filter as a homomorphic filter 
aims to normalize inhomogeneities 
in image intensities from multi-station 
measurements such as whole-spine 
imaging. After completing the inline 
composing step the filter is automati­cally 
applied to the composed 3D con­tinuous 
image stack and saved as the 
new composed series. The strength 
of the filter (weak, medium, strong) can 
be set within the diffusion task card 
(Fig. 2, arrow). 
In the Diffusion taskcard it is now possible to select the number of averages 
for each b-value individually (Here: b50 NEX 2, b800 NEX 5, red arrows). 
1 
1 
4A 
64-year-old female patient, 
after surgery, with endome­trial 
stromal sarcoma, that has 
evolved with bony metastases. 
Acquisition parameters: 1.5T 
MAGNETOM Aera, echoplanar 
imaging diffusion sequence 
with fat suppression (STIR), 
TR 14100 ms, TE 79 ms, 
TI 180 ms, 4 stations, 50 slices 
with 5 mm slice thickness, 
no gap, voxel size 
1.7 × 1.7 × 5 mm3, b50 with 
2 and b800 with 5 averages. 
(3A) b800 manually composed 
images within the syngo.3D 
tool shows the artifact in the 
neck shoulder transition where 
the stations are joined (arrows). 
(3B) The new inline composing 
feature demonstrates signifi­cantly 
better composing of the 
neck and shoulder transition. 
3A 3B 
By checking the Inline Composing box in the diffusion taskcard of the 
sequence the automatic composing modus is activated. The strength of the 
BiFiC filter can be set to weak, medium or strong (red arrows). 
2 
2 
Head-to-Toe Imaging Clinical 
MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 13 
Clinical Head-to-Toe Imaging 
12 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world
References 
1 Padhani AR, Koh DM, Collins DJ. 
Whole-Body Diffusion-weighted MR 
Imaging in Cancer: Current Status 
and Research ­Directions. 
Radiology. 
2011 Dec; 261(3): 700-718. 
Contact 
Thomas Doring, Ph.D. 
Clínica de Diagnóstico por 
Imagem 
Rio de Janeiro 
Brazil 
thomas.doring@gmail.com 
Clinical Head-to-Toe Imaging 
Conclusion 
The new features within the product 
sequence of syngo MR D13 improve 
the image quality of whole-body DWI 
when compared to older software 
versions. The new inline composing 
filter, in particular, shows good results 
in the neck-shoulder transition com­pared 
to the previously manual tech­nique 
in syngo MR D11 that was not 
able to recover discontinuities in the 
spine. Improvements in the clinical 
workflow are also addressed. 
5 
56-year-old male patient underwent 
WB-DWI. Coronal (5A) and Sagital (5B) 
MIP from b800. It can be seen that the 
BiFiC Filter works well in the body although 
the signal in the head/neck is cancelled 
out by susceptibility artifacts. Patient 
had a PSA of 2580 ng/ml, with three 
prior negative biopsies and one negative 
transurethral prostate resection. 
Digital rectal examination was normal. 
­Multiparametric 
prostate MR revealed 
a highly suspicious lesion on the right 
anterior the peripheral zone, along with 
massively enlarged iliac and periaortic 
lymph nodes seen on WB-DWI. 
5A 5B 
2 Initial Experience with Whole-Body 
Diffusion-Weighted Imaging in Oncological 
and Non-Oncological Patients. Marcos 
Vieira Godinho, Romulo Varella de Oliveira, 
Clarissa Canella, Flavia Costa, Thomas 
Doring, Ralph Strecker, Romeu Cortes 
Domingues, Leonardo Kayat Bittencourt. 
MAGNETOM Flash 2/2013: 94-102. 
14 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 
Growth with Body MRI. 
New Certainty in Liver MRI. 
Are you striving to always 
catch the correct timepoint 
of lesion enhancement 
throughout the arterial phase? 
With TWIST-VIBE you can! 
Do you have patients 
who cannot hold their breath 
throughout an MRI scan? 
With StarVIBE they don’t 
need to! 
Are you facing challenges in Body MRI? With us you will be able to solve them! 
Find out how we do that and see what other users say: 
www.siemens.com/growth-with-bodyMRI
Clinical Oncology Oncology Clinical 
The Metabolite Ratio in Spectroscopic 
Imaging of Prostate Cancer 
Alan J. Wright; Thiele Kobus; Arend Heerschap; Tom W. J. Scheenen 
Radboud University Nijmegen Medical Centre, Radiology Department, Nijmegen, The Netherlands 
Introduction 
Prostate cancer is the second leading 
cause of cancer related death in 
Western countries [1]. The prevalence 
of the disease is very high, but many 
men diagnosed with the disease will 
die from unrelated causes. This is 
because prostate cancer very often 
is a disease of old age that grows 
slowly. Common treatment for pros­tate 
cancer in clinical practice involves 
radical resection of the entire gland 
or radiotherapy with a dose distrib­uted 
over the whole organ. Provided 
that the cancer has not metastasized, 
these therapies are curative, though 
concern over their side effects has 
led to patients and their doctors delay­ing 
this treatment and, instead, enter­ing 
into active surveillance or watch­ful 
waiting programs. In order for 
patients to safely forgo curative treat­ment, 
it is essential to characterize 
their disease: to determine that it is 
sufficiently benign that growth will 
be slow and metastasis improbable. 
Selecting these patients, with low risk 
disease, that are appropriate for active 
surveillance requires accurate diagno­sis 
of not just the presence of tumor, 
but how aggressive it is: i.e. how fast 
it is growing and how likely it is to 
metastasise to the lymphatic system. 
Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) 
is an emerging technique for making 
this patient selection. It can diagnose 
the presence of tumor, localize it in 
the organ and provide information as 
to how aggressive it is. The MRI exams 
employed for this purpose usually 
involve multiple imaging sequences 
including a T2-weighted sequence, 
diffusion-weighted imaging (DWI) and 
one or more further techniques such as 
dynamic contrast enhanced MRI (DCE-MRI) 
or Proton Magnetic Resonance 
Spectroscopic Imaging (1H MRSI) [2]. 
Radiologists can read the different 
imaging modalities to decide the loca­tion, 
size and potential malignancy 
of the tumor which are all indicators 
of its metastatic potential. Acquiring 
and reporting imaging data in this 
way is known as multiparametric (mp) 
MRI. MRSI is the only mpMRI method­ology 
that acquires data from mole­cules 
other than water [19]. A three 
dimensional (3D) 1H MRSI data set 
consists of a grid of spatial locations 
throughout the prostate (see Fig. 1) 
called voxels. For each voxel a spec­trum 
is available. Each spectrum 
consists of a number of peaks on a 
frequency axis, corresponding to 
resonances from ­protons 
with a certain 
chemical shift in different molecules. 
The size of a peak at a certain frequency 
(chemical shift) corresponds to the 
amount of the metabolite present in 
the voxel. In this way MRSI measures 
the bio-chemicals in regions of tissue 
in vivo without the need for any exter­nal 
contrast agent or invasive proce­dures. 
Examples of spectra from two 
voxels, acquired at a magnetic field 
strength of 3 Tesla (3T), are given in 
figure 1B, C, which clearly shows the 
differing profiles that are characteristic 
of benign prostate tissue and its tumors. 
Important metabolites 
in prostate MRSI 
The initial papers on in vivo prostate 
MRSI were performed at a magnetic 
field strength of 1.5T [3-5], and three 
assignments were provided for the 
observed resonances: choline, creatine 
and citrate (Fig. 2). The small number 
of these assignments reflected the 
simplicity of the spectrum, which con­tained 
two groups of resonances: one 
in the region of 3.3 to 3 ppm, which 
will be referred to as the choline-cre­atine 
region, and another at 2.55–2.75 
ppm, which shall be called the citrate 
group. These assignments related to 
what were believed to be the strongest 
metabolite resonances. People should 
be aware however, that the assign­ments 
are representative of multiple 
similar molecules. The choline assign­ment 
reflects the methyl resonances 
from multiple compounds containing 
a choline group (Fig. 4): choline, 
phosphocholine and glycerophospho­choline. 
Similarly, creatine refers to 
both creatine and phosphocreatine. 
In between the choline and creatine 
signals another group of resonances 
are present: the polyamines (mainly 
spermine and spermidine). The citrate 
resonances are from citrate only but 
can have a complicated shape, although 
in vivo at 1.5T they give the appear­ance 
of a single peak. Nowadays a mag­netic 
field strength of 3T is used more 
and more for prostate spectroscopic 
imaging, which gives opportunities to 
better resolve the choline, polyamines, 
creatine resonances, but also changes 
the shape of the citrate signal. 
Larger choline signals are associated 
with tumor in nearly all cancers [6]. 
High choline signals are interpreted 
as being evidence of rapid prolifera­tive 
growth and, more directly, the 
increased membrane turnover 
required for cell division. Membranes 
contain phospholipids: phosphatidyl 
choline and phosphatidyl ethanol­amine, 
which are synthesised by 
a metabolic pathway involving cho­line- 
containing metabolites known 
as the Kennedy pathway. It is in the 
synthesis and catabolism of these 
products, upregulated in proliferative 
tumor growth, that causes the 
increase in these signals. 
The large amplitude of citrate reso­nances 
observed in prostate tissue is 
due to an altered metabolism particu­lar 
to this gland. Prostate tissue accu­mulates 
high concentrations of zinc 
ions which inhibit mitochondrial acon­itase, 
leading to a build up of citrate 
in the prostate’s epithelial cells [7]. 
This citrate is further secreted into 
the ductal spaces of the prostate as 
(1A) T2-weighted MR image of a transverse section through a prostate 
with an overlaid grid of MRSI spectra from voxels within the prostate. 
1 
(1B) One example spectrum shown on a ppm scale from a region of benign prostate tissue. (1C) A spectrum from 
another voxel that, in this case, co-localises to a region of tumor. 
1 
Benign tissue 
Choline-Creatine 
Citrate 
3.2 2.9 2.6 
ppm 
Tumortissue 
Choline 
3.2 2.9 2.6 
ppm 
Examples of 1H MRSI spectra acquired from benign prostate tissue and 
tumor at 1.5T. 
2 
1A 
1B 1C 
2A 2B 
16 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 17
Clinical Oncology Oncology Clinical 
T2-weighted MRI image of a transverse section through a prostate as shown in 
figure 1 with an overlaid grid of MRSI-voxel data displayed as fitted spectra (5A). 
5 
1.5T 
Cho 
Ci 
ppm 
Choline Phosphocholine Glycero-phospholine 
CH3 
N 
CH3 CH3 
OH 
CH3 
N 
CH3 CH3 
OPO3H2 
CH3 
N 
CH3 CH3 
Creatine Phospho-creatine Citrate 
CH3 
N 
NH2 
NH 
O 
OH 
CH3 
N 
NH 
PO3H2 OH 
NH 
part of prostatic fluid, which has 
a high concentration of this metabo­lite. 
Prostate carcinomas do not accu­mulate 
zinc ions, so they do not have 
this high citrate concentration. The 
increased presence of tumor cells 
within a 1H MRSI voxel can, therefore, 
have two diminishing effects on the 
observed citrate signals: epithelial 
cells that accumulate citrate can trans­form 
into, or be replaced by, tumor 
which has low citrate, or the lesion 
can grow through the ductal spaces, 
3T 
Cho 
Ci 
ppm 
OPO2HO 
OH 
OH 
O 
O OH O 
OH OH 
HH HH 
OH 
O 
thus displacing the prostatic fluid. 
The relative contribution of each of 
these two physiological changes, 
whether we are observing tumor for­mation 
and malignant progression 
or a histological change in tumor 
invasion of ductal structure, is not yet 
known. It is, however, clear that there 
is an inverse correlation of the levels 
of citrate metabolite and tumor cell 
density with some evidence to support 
a similar correlation with the aggres­siveness 
of the tumor as well [8]. 
The introduction of 
a metabolite ratio 
To transform the described changes 
in choline and citrate signals between 
benign (high citrate) and tumorous 
­tissue 
(low citrate, high choline) into 
a marker for prostate cancer, the 
metabolite ratio was introduced [3-5]. 
The signal intensities of the different 
spectral peaks were quantified by 
­simple 
integration of the two groups 
of resonances (the choline-creatine 
region and the citrate group), and the 
results were expressed as a ratio of 
the two. This gave the choline plus 
creatine over citrate ratio (abbreviated 
to CC/C [4]) or its inverse (with citrate 
as the numerator, [3, 5]). With choline 
in the numerator and citrate in the 
denominator, it became a positive 
biomarker for the presence of cancer. 
Acquiring the MRSI data sets 
As the prostate is embedded in lipid 
tissue, and lipids can cause very strong 
unwanted resonance artefacts in pros­tate 
spectra, the pulse sequence to 
acquire proton spectra is equipped with 
five properties to keep lipid signals out 
and retain optimal signals-of-interest 
in the whole prostate [9]. 
1. Localization of the signal with slice-selective 
pulses. The point resolved 
spectroscopy sequence (PRESS) is 
a combination of one slice selective 
excitation pulse and two slice 
selective refocusing pulses leading 
to an echo at the desired echo time. 
The three slices are orthogonal, 
producing an echo of the volume-of- 
interest (crossing of three slices) 
only. 
2. Weighted acquisition and filtering. 
Proton MRSI data sets are acquired 
using a phase encoding technique 
where the gradients across spatial 
dimensions are varied with each 
repeat of the pulse sequence. By 
using weighted averaging of these 
phase encoding steps (smaller 
­gradient 
steps are averaged more 
often than larger gradient steps) 
and adjusted filtering of the noise 
in these weighted steps, the result­ing 
shape of a voxel after the math­ematical 
translation of the signal 
into an image (Fourier Transform) 
is a sphere. Contrary to conven­tional 
acquisition without filtering, 
the spherical voxels after filtering 
are not contaminated with signals 
from non-neighboring voxels. 
3. Frequency-selective water and lipid 
suppression. The pulse sequence 
has two additional refocusing pulses 
Structural formulas of the key small molecule metabolites observed in the 
spectra of prostate tissue. For each group, cholines and creatines, the common 
moiety is highlighted in red. The protons that give the MR spectral resonances 
present in the choline-creatine region are indicated in green. Choline-containing 
metabolites have 9 co-resonant protons in the region 3.2–3.25 ppm. Creatines 
have three co-resonant protons at 3.05 ppm. Citrate has four protons that resonate 
at two chemical shifts (2.6 and 2.7 ppm), one for each proton in a pair bonded 
to the same carbon. This pair also has a coupling between them and the symmetry 
of the whole molecule ensures that two protons co-resonate at each frequency. 
4 
Simulated spectral shape of Cho and Ci for typical echo times (120 ms at 1.5T, 
145 ms at 3T). Identical concentrations, i.e. scale factors, are applied, but 
different line broadening of the signals (4 Hz at 1.5T; 8 Hz at 3T). Note the 
difference in the spectral shape of Ci and the different peak amplitude ratios 
for Cho/Ci. 
3 
3A 
4 
3B that only touch upon water and 
lipid signals. Together with strong 
crushing gradients, signals from 
water and lipids are suppressed. 
4. Outer volume suppression. Around 
the prostate, slice-selective pulses 
can be positioned to suppress all 
signals in the selected slabs. These 
slices can be positioned quite close 
to the prostate, even inside the 
PRESS-selected volume-of-interest. 
5. Long echo time. To accommodate 
all localization and frequency 
selective pulses, the echo time of 
1H MRSI of the prostate is around 
120 ms at 1.5T and 145 ms at 3T. 
At longer echo times, lipid signals 
decay due to their short T2 relax­ation 
time. 
The prostate is small enough 
(< 75 cubic centimetres) to allow a 
3D 1H MRSI data set to be acquired, 
with complete organ coverage, 
within 10 minutes of acquisition time. 
The nominal voxel size is usually 
around 6 × 6 × 6 mm, which after 
filtering as described above results 
in a true voxel size of 0.63 cm3. 
Spectral patterns 
Due to multiple different protons in 
the molecule, a single metabolite can 
have multiple resonances. If interac­tions 
exist between protons within 
a metabolite, the shape of a spectral 
peak can be complicated. A resonance 
group of protons that has a mixture 
of positive and negative parts is said 
to have a dispersion component in 
its shape; a symmetrical-positive peak 
is referred to as an absorption shape. 
Choline and creatine resonances 
appear as simple peaks (singlets), 
5A 
5B 5C 
5 Two spectra (shown previously in figure 1) with their fitted model metabolite signals (5B, C). 
18 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 19
Clinical Oncology Oncology Clinical 
Table 1: Typical integral values of the CC/C ratio in prostate tissue 
at 1.5T [17] and pseudo integral values of CC/C at 3T [18]: 
Tissue 1.5 Tesla* 3 Tesla** 
Non-cancer peripheral zone 0.28 (0.21– 0.37) 0.22 (0.12) 
Non-cancer central gland*** 0.36 (0.28–0.44) 0.34 (0.14) 
Cancer 0.68 (0.43–1.35) 1.3 (3.7) 
*median and 25th and 75th percentile **mean and standard deviation ***combined transition zone and central zone 
T2-weighted MR image of a transverse section through a prostate as shown in figure 1 with an overlaid grid of MRSI-voxel data 
displayed as spectra (6A) and as the pseudo integral CC/C ratio (6B) from metabolite fitting of the spectra. The ratio data points 
are interpolated and shown on a color scale of values from 0 (blue) to 3 (red). The tumor containing region of the prostate 
corresponds to the higher ratio values: the cyan-red area in the image. 
although they very often cannot be 
separated from each other as they 
overlap within in vivo spectral line­widths. 
The structure of citrate, given 
in figure 4, results in protons at two 
different chemical shifts, with cou­pling 
between each proton and one 
other (a strongly coupled spin sys­tem). 
The spectral shape of these 
protons depends on their exact chemi­cal 
shift, the coupling constant 
between them, the pulse sequence 
timing and the main magnetic field 
strength. At an echo time of 120 ms 
at 1.5T (and a very short delay 
between excitation and first 180 
degree refocusing pulse), the spec­tral 
peaks of citrate are close to a 
positive absorption mode. The spec­tral 
shape consists mainly of an inner 
doublet with small side lobes on 
the outer wings. Together with line 
broadening the citrate protons quite 
closely resemble a single, somewhat 
broadened peak. The small side lobes 
around this peak are hardly detect­able 
over the spectral noise in vivo. 
At 3T with an echo time of 145 ms 
(examples given in Fig. 1), the nega­tive 
dispersion components of the 
citrate shape cannot be ignored. Its 
side lobes are substantially larger and 
reveal also some negative compo­nents 
[10]. Therefore the area under 
the curve, the integral, is substantially 
smaller at 3T than at 1.5T. Because 
of its complicated shape, it is essen­tial 
at 3T to incorporate this shape in 
quantification of the signal. 
Signal quantification by 
integration or metabolite 
fitting 
The size of the peaks of the individ­ual 
resonances represent the amount 
of the metabolite present in the voxel. 
Integration provides a simple method 
to quantify the spectra, as long as 
all signals have an absorption shape. 
Although it cannot discriminate 
between overlapping resonances, as 
long as overlapping signals (choline 
and creatine) are summed in a ratio 
this does not matter. With clear sepa­ration 
between citrate resonances 
and the choline-creatine region, the 
CC/C ratio can be calculated. How­ever, 
as pointed out earlier, the spec­tral 
shape of citrate is not straight­forward, 
and ignoring the small 
satellites at 1.5T, or simply integrat­ing 
the large dispersion parts of the 
signal at 3T, would inevitably lead to 
underestimation of the total citrate 
signal intensity. An alternative is to 
fit the spectra with models of the 
citrate resonances with their expected 
shape. The shape can either be 
measured, using a solution of citrate 
placed in the MRI system and a spec­trum 
acquired with the same sequence 
as the in vivo data, or it can be calcu­lated 
using a quantum mechanical 
simulation (Fig. 3). By this process of 
spectral fitting, models of each metab­olite’s 
spectral peaks are fit to the total 
spectrum and the intensities of each 
fitted model are calculated. A linear 
combination of the metabolite models 
is found by the fitting routine such 
that 
Data = C1 
*choline model + C2 
* 
­creatine 
model + C3 
*citrate model 
+ baseline Eqn1. 
The coefficients C1-4 give the relative 
concentrations of the individual 
metabolites. 
When fitting with syngo.via, the result 
of a fit to a spectral peak can be 
expressed in two ways: as an integral 
value, which describes the area under 
the fitted spectral peak, or as a relative 
concentration (incorporating the num­ber 
of protons in the corresponding 
peak) of the metabolite, called the scale 
factor (SF) of the metabolite. 
As noted earlier, the integral value 
of citrate is different for 1.5 vs. 3 Tesla 
due to the different spectral patterns 
and would also change if pulse 
sequence timing other than standard 
6 
would be used. If the scale factor is 
multiplied with the number of resonat­ing 
protons (#H), it represents the 
intensity of a signal, in relation to the 
integral value of a pure singlet of one 
resonating proton in absorption mode. 
We call this entity pseudo integral, 
which is calculated as A. 
pseudo integral (Metabolite) = 
#H * SF (Metabolite). 
For citrate this pseudo integral is per­haps 
best described as the numerical 
integral of the magnitude (all negative 
intensity turned positive) of the citrate 
spectral shape, ignoring signal cancel­lations 
of absorption and dispersion 
parts of the shape. 
The spectral fits are shown for the two 
spectra in figure 5 with model spectra 
of the three metabolites choline, cre­atine 
and citrate. It can be seen from 
these spectra that the relative ampli­tudes 
of the metabolites vary between 
the benign and the tumor spectrum. 
As expected, the benign spectrum has 
a higher citrate amplitude while the 
tumor has a greater choline amplitude, 
relative to the other metabolites. Com­bined 
in the CC/C ratio, the positive 
biomarker for the presence of tumor 
in the prostate is calculated. 
Depending on the used quantification 
(spectral integration without fitting 
(a), fitted relative concentrations (b) 
or pseudo integrals (c)) the CC/C can 
be calculated by: 
(a) {Integral(Choline) + Integral 
­( 
Creatine)} / Integral(Citrate) 
(b) {SF(Choline) + SF(Creatine) } / 
SF(Citrate) 
(c) {9*SF(Choline) + 3*SF(Creatine)} / 
4*SF(Citrate), respectively. 
The numbers in the last equation 
­correspond 
to the number of protons 
of the different signals. Generally, 
use of the pseudo integral ratio is 
strongly preferred, as it is least sensi­tive 
to large variations in individual 
metabolite fits in overlapping signals 
(choline and creatine). Note (again) 
that this pseudo integral ratio does 
not aim to provide a ratio of absolute 
metabolite concentrations, as this is 
very difficult with overlapping 
metabolite signals, partially saturated 
metabolite signals due to short TR 
(T1 effects), and variation in signal 
attenuation due to the use of a long 
echo time (T2 effects). 
Now, what could be the effect on 
the ratio if further metabolites are 
included in the fitting? Could even 
polyamines be incorporated in the 
analysis [11]? After separate fitting, 
the main focus of the analysis could 
just be on choline and citrate, which 
have opposite changes in intensity 
with cancer, to make a simpler and 
potentially more sensitive choline/ 
citrate ratio. Various metabolite 
ratios have been proposed [12, 13], 
and there is certainly value in using 
choline over creatine as a secondary 
marker of tumor malignancy that can 
give complementary information to 
the CC/C ratio [14-16]. However, any 
of these interpretations are limited 
by how well the individual metabolite 
resonances can be resolved. At 3T 
the choline, polyamines and creatine 
resonances all overlap (Figs. 1 and 5). 
In practice this lack of resolution in 
the spectrum translates to errors in 
the model ­fitting 
where one metabo­lite 
can be overestimated at the 
expense of another. For example a 
choline over citrate ratio could be 
underestimated if the polyamines fit 
was overestimated and accounted for 
some of the true choline signal. 
While acquisition and fitting methods 
are being actively researched to 
improve the individual quantification 
of these metabolites, it is more reli­able 
to stick to the pseudo-integral 
CC/C ratio. 
Once reliably calculated, the CC/C 
ratio combines the essence of the 
observable spectroscopic data into a 
single quantity that can be displayed 
on an image (Fig. 6), combining the 
key information into a simple to read 
form for radiological reporting. 
Published values of the ratios for 
tumor and benign tissue, which are 
calculated in a similar way to the 
syngo.via fitting, are listed in table 1. 
Future perspective of MRSI 
for prostate cancer 
The CC/C ratio is the most used 
method for interpreting 1H MRSI data 
of prostate and prostate cancer. It 
remains, essentially, the integral of 
the choline-creatine region divided 
by the citrate region, a simple combi­nation 
of the metabolite information 
in a single-value marker that is sensi­tive 
to the presence of tumor. The 
use of areas under the resonances in 
the ratio has the implication that the 
absolute value of this biomarker is 
largely dependent on the acquisition 
sequence used. Any change in field 
strength, the pulses or pulse timings 
will change resonance amplitude and 
shape due to T1 and T2 relaxations 
and the scalar couplings of especially 
citrate. Values of the ratio quoted 
in the literature for tumor or benign 
tissues depend strongly on how the 
6A 6B 
20 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 21
Clinical Oncology Pediatric ImagHinogw C-lIi-ndioc-aitl 
References 
1 Siegel R, Naishadham D, Jemal A. Cancer 
statistics, 2012. CA Cancer J Clin 2012; 
62(1):10-29. 
2 Hoeks CMA, Barentsz JO, Hambrock T, 
Yakar D, Somford DM, Heijmink SWTPJ, 
Scheenen TWJ, Vos PC, Huisman H, van 
Oort IM, Witjes JA, Heerschap A, Fütterer 
JJ. Prostate Cancer: Multiparametric MR 
Imaging for Detection, Localization, and 
Staging. Radiology 2011; 261: 46 –66. 
3 Heerschap A, Jager GJ, van der Graaf M, 
Barentsz JO, Ruijs SH. Proton MR 
spectroscopy of the normal human 
prostate with an endorectal coil and a 
double spin-echo pulse sequence. 
Magn Reson Med 1997;37(2):204-213. 
4 Kurhanewicz J, Vigneron DB, Hricak H, 
Parivar F, Nelson SJ, Shinohara K, Carroll 
PR. Prostate cancer: metabolic response 
to cryosurgery as detected with 3D H-1 
MR spectroscopic imaging. Radiology 
1996;200(2):489-496. 
5 Kurhanewicz J, Vigneron DB, Nelson SJ, 
Hricak H, MacDonald JM, Konety B, 
Narayan P. Citrate as an in vivo marker 
to discriminate prostate cancer from 
benign prostatic hyperplasia and normal 
prostate peripheral zone: detection via 
localized proton spectroscopy. Urology 
1995;45(3):459-466. 
6 Glunde K, Bhujwalla ZM, Ronen SM. 
Choline metabolism in malignant trans­formation. 
Nat Rev Cancer;11(12): 
835-848. 
7 Costello LC, Franklin RB. Novel role of 
zinc in the regulation of prostate citrate 
metabolism and its implications in 
prostate cancer. The Prostate 1998; 
35(4):285-296. 
8 Giskeodegard GF, Bertilsson H, Selnaes 
KM, Wright AJ, Bathen TF, Viset T, 
Halgunset J, Angelsen A, Gribbestad IS, 
Tessem MB. Spermine and citrate as 
metabolic biomarkers for assessing 
prostate cancer aggressiveness. PloS 
one;8(4):e62375. 
9 Scheenen TW, Klomp DW, Roll SA, 
Futterer JJ, Barentsz JO, Heerschap A. 
Fast acquisition-weighted three-dimen­sional 
proton MR spectroscopic imaging 
of the human prostate. Magn Reson 
Med 2004;52(1):80-88. 
10 Scheenen TW, Gambarota G, Weiland E, 
Klomp DW, Futterer JJ, Barentsz JO, 
Heerschap A. Optimal timing for in vivo 
1H-MR spectroscopic imaging of the 
human prostate at 3T. Magn Reson Med 
2005;53(6):1268-1274. 
11 Shukla-Dave A, Hricak H, Moskowitz C, 
Ishill N, Akin O, Kuroiwa K, Spector J, 
Kumar M, Reuter VE, Koutcher JA, Zakian 
KL. Detection of prostate cancer with 
MR spectroscopic imaging: an expanded 
paradigm incorporating polyamines. 
Radiology 2007;245(2):499-506. 
12 Garcia-Martin ML, Adrados M, Ortega MP, 
Fernandez Gonzalez I, Lopez-Larrubia P, 
Viano J, Garcia-Segura JM. Quantitative 
(1) H MR spectroscopic imaging of the 
prostate gland using LCModel and a 
dedicated basis-set: correlation with 
histologic findings. Magn Reson Med; 
65(2):329-339. 
13 Heerschap A, Jager GJ, van der Graaf M, 
Barentsz JO, de la Rosette JJ, 
Oosterhof GO, Ruijter ET, Ruijs SH. 
In vivo proton MR spectroscopy reveals 
altered metabolite content in malignant 
prostate tissue. Anticancer research 
1997; 17(3A): 1455-1460. 
14 Jung JA, Coakley FV, Vigneron DB, 
Swanson MG, Qayyum A, Weinberg V, 
Jones KD, Carroll PR, Kurhanewicz J. 
Prostate depiction at endorectal MR 
spectroscopic imaging: investigation of 
a standardized evaluation system. 
Radiology 2004;233(3):701-708. 
15 Futterer JJ, Scheenen TW, Heijmink SW, 
Huisman HJ, Hulsbergen-Van de Kaa CA, 
Witjes JA, Heerschap A, Barentsz JO. 
Standardized threshold approach using 
three-dimensional proton magnetic 
resonance spectroscopic imaging in 
prostate cancer localization of the entire 
prostate. Investigative radiology 
2007;42(2):116-122. 
16 Kobus T, Hambrock T, Hulsbergen-van de 
Kaa CA, Wright AJ, Barentsz JO, Heerschap 
A, Scheenen TW. In vivo assessment of 
prostate cancer aggressiveness using 
magnetic resonance spectroscopic imaging 
at 3 T with an endorectal coil. European 
urology;60(5):1074-1080. 
17 Scheenen TWJ, Fütterer J, Weiland E and 
others. Discriminating cancer from 
noncancer tissue in the prostate by 
3-dimensional proton magnetic resonance 
spectroscopic imaging: A prospective 
multicenter validation study. Invest Radiol 
2011;46(1):25-33. 
18 Scheenen TW, Heijmink SW, Roell SA, 
Hulsbergen-Van de Kaa CA, Knipscheer 
BC, Witjes JA, Barentsz JO, Heerschap A. 
Three-dimensional proton MR spectroscopy 
of human prostate at 3 T without 
endorectal coil: feasibility. Radiology 
2007;245(2):507-516. 
19 Kobus T, Wright AJ, Scheenen TW, 
Heerschap A. Mapping of prostate cancer 
by 1H MRSI. NMR Biomed. 2013 Jun 13. 
doi: 10.1002/nbm.2973. [Epub ahead of 
print] PMID:23761200. 
ratio is actually calculated and are, 
therefore, often not directly compa­rable. 
However, using the Siemens-supplied 
default protocols for acquisi­tion 
and syngo.via postprocessing 
enables one to make use of published 
values as given in table 1, and incor­porate 
1H MRSI of the prostate into 
their clinical routine. 
Contact 
Tom Scheenen, Ph.D. 
Radboud University Nijmegen 
Medical Centre 
Radiology Department 
P.O. Box 9102 
6500 HC Nijmegen 
The Netherlands 
Tom.Scheenen@radboudumc.nl 
Alan Wright Arend Heerschap Thiele Kobus Tom Scheenen 
22 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 
Get your 
free copy 
of the 
PI-RADS 
Scoring 
Image Atlas 
Visit us at 
www.siemens.com/ 
magnetom-world 
Go to > Publications > 
Subscriptions > MRI Poster 
Clinical Men’s Health 
PI-RADS Clinical Men’s Health 
Classification: 
Structured Reporting for MRI of the Prostate 
PI-RADS Clinical Men’s Health 
Classification: 
Structured Reporting for MRI of the Prostate 
PI-RADS Classification: 
Structured Reporting for MRI of the Prostate 
M. Röthke1; D. Blondin2; H.-P. Schlemmer1; T. Franiel3 
1 Department of Radiology, German Cancer Research Center (DKFZ), Heidelberg, Germany 
2 Department M. Röthke1; of Diagnostic D. and Blondin2; Interventional H.-P. Schlemmer1; Radiology, University T. Franiel3 
Hospital Düsseldorf, Germany 
3 Department of Radiology, Charité Campus Mitte, Medical University Berlin, Germany 
1 Department of Radiology, German Cancer Research Center (DKFZ), Heidelberg, Germany 
2 Department M. Röthke1; of Diagnostic D. and Blondin2; Interventional H.-P. Schlemmer1; Radiology, University T. Franiel3 
Hospital Düsseldorf, Germany 
3 Department of Radiology, Charité Campus Mitte, Medical University Berlin, Germany 
1 Department of Radiology, German Cancer Research Center (DKFZ), Heidelberg, Germany 
2 Department of Diagnostic and Interventional Radiology, University Hospital Düsseldorf, Germany 
3 Department of Radiology, Charité Campus Mitte, Medical University Berlin, Germany 
Introduction 
Prostate MRI has become an increas-ingly 
common adjunctive procedure in 
a structured reporting scheme 
(PI-RADS) based on the BI-RADS classi-fication 
Introduction 
Prostate MRI has become an increas-ingly 
the detection of prostate cancer. In 
Germany, it is mainly used in patients 
with prior negative biopsies and/or 
abnormal or increasing PSA levels. 
The procedure of choice is multipara-metric 
based on a Likert scale with scores 
ranging from 1 to 5. However, it lacks 
illustration of the individual manifes-tations 
common adjunctive procedure in 
the detection of prostate cancer. In 
Germany, it is mainly used in patients 
with prior negative biopsies and/or 
abnormal or increasing PSA levels. 
The procedure of choice is multipara-metric 
MRI, a combination of high-resolution 
T2-weighted (T2w) mor-phological 
sequences and the 
uniform instructions for aggregated 
scoring of the individual submodali-ties. 
MRI, a combination of high-resolution 
multiparametric techniques of diffu-sion- 
classification in daily routine difficult, 
especially for radiologists who are 
less experienced in prostate MRI. It is 
therefore the aim of this paper to 
concretize the PI-RADS model for the 
detection of prostate cancer using 
representative images for the relevant 
scores, and to add a scoring table that 
combines the aggregated multipara-metric 
T2-weighted (T2w) mor-phological 
sequences and the 
weighted MRI (DWI), dynamic 
contrast-enhanced MRI (DCE-MRI), 
and proton MR spectroscopy (1H-MRS) 
[1, 2]. Previously, there were no uni-form 
multiparametric techniques of diffu-sion- 
weighted MRI (DWI), dynamic 
contrast-enhanced MRI (DCE-MRI), 
and proton MR spectroscopy (1H-MRS) 
[1, 2]. Previously, there were no uni-form 
recommendations in the form 
of guidelines for the implementation 
and standardized communication of 
findings. To improve the quality of 
the procedure and reporting, a group 
of experts of the European Society 
of Urogenital Radiology (ESUR) has 
recently published a guideline for MRI 
of the prostate [3]. In addition to pro-viding 
recommendations in the form 
This makes use of the PI-RADS 
of guidelines for the implementation 
and standardized communication of 
findings. To improve the quality of 
the procedure and reporting, a group 
of experts of the European Society 
of Urogenital Radiology (ESUR) has 
recently published a guideline for MRI 
of the prostate [3]. In addition to pro-viding 
recommendations relating to 
indications and minimum standards for 
MR protocols, the guideline describes 
according to the Likert scale. In addi-tion, 
reporting scheme is presented, which 
enables accurate communication of 
the findings to the urologist. Further-more, 
techniques are described and critically 
recommendations relating to 
indications and minimum standards for 
MR protocols, the guideline describes 
for breast imaging. This is 
assessed in terms of their advantages 
and disadvantages. 
a structured reporting scheme 
(PI-RADS) based on the BI-RADS classi-fication 
Materials and methods 
The fundamentals of technical imple-mentation 
for breast imaging. This is 
based on a Likert scale with scores 
ranging from 1 to 5. However, it lacks 
illustration of the individual manifes-tations 
and their criteria as well as 
selected by the authors by consensus 
on the basis of representative image 
findings from the 3 institutions. The 
scoring intervals for the aggregated 
PI-RADS score were also determined by 
consensus. The individual imaging 
aspects were described and evaluated 
with reference to current literature 
by one author in each case (T2w: M.R., 
DCE-MRI: T.F., DWI: D.B., MRS: H.S.). 
Furthermore, a graphic reporting 
scheme that allows the findings to be 
documented in terms of localization 
and classification was developed, 
taking into account the consensus 
paper on MRI of the prostate published 
in 2011 [4]. 
and their criteria as well as 
uniform instructions for aggregated 
scoring of the individual submodali-ties. 
This makes use of the PI-RADS 
classification in daily routine difficult, 
especially for radiologists who are 
less experienced in prostate MRI. It is 
therefore the aim of this paper to 
concretize the PI-RADS model for the 
detection of prostate cancer using 
representative images for the relevant 
scores, and to add a scoring table that 
combines the aggregated multipara-metric 
scores to a total PI-RADS score 
a standardized graphic prostate 
scores to a total PI-RADS score 
according to the Likert scale. In addi-tion, 
a standardized graphic prostate 
reporting scheme is presented, which 
enables accurate communication of 
the findings to the urologist. Further-more, 
the individual multiparametric 
the individual multiparametric 
techniques are described and critically 
assessed in terms of their advantages 
and disadvantages. 
were determined by con-sensus. 
Materials and methods 
The fundamentals of technical imple-mentation 
The sample images were 
were determined by con-sensus. 
The sample images were 
selected by the authors by consensus 
on the basis of representative image 
findings from the 3 institutions. The 
scoring intervals for the aggregated 
PI-RADS score were also determined by 
consensus. The individual imaging 
aspects were described and evaluated 
with reference to current literature 
by one author in each case (T2w: M.R., 
DCE-MRI: T.F., DWI: D.B., MRS: H.S.). 
Furthermore, a graphic reporting 
scheme that allows the findings to be 
documented in terms of localization 
and classification was developed, 
taking into account the consensus 
paper on MRI of the prostate published 
in 2011 [4]. 
1 
I: Normal PZ in T2w 
hyperintense 
II: Hypointense 
discrete focal lesion 
(wedge or band-shaped, 
I: Normal PZ in T2w 
hyperintense 
ill-defined) 
III: Changes not 
falling into categories 
1+2 & 4+5 
II: Hypointense 
discrete focal lesion 
(wedge or band-shaped, 
ill-defined) 
IV: Severely hypo-intense 
round-shaped, well-defined 
III: Changes not 
falling into categories 
1+2 & 4+5 
focal lesion, 
without extra-capsular 
extension 
IV: Severely hypo-intense 
focal lesion, 
round-shaped, well-defined 
V: Hypointense mass, 
round and bulging, 
with capsular 
involvement or seminal 
vesicle invasion 
without extra-capsular 
extension 
V: Hypointense mass, 
round and bulging, 
with capsular 
involvement or seminal 
vesicle invasion 
1 PI-RADS classification of T2w: peripheral glandular sections. 
30 MAGNETOM Flash | 4/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 
1604_MAGNETOM_Flash_54_ASTRO_Inhalt.indd 30 09.09.13 16:20 
Read the comprehensive article 
“PI-RADS Classification: 
Structured Reporting 
for MRI of the Prostate” 
by Matthias Röthke et al. 
in MAGNETOM Flash 4/2013 
page 30-38. 
Available for download at 
www.siemens.com/ 
magnetom-world 
I Choline Citrate 
II Choline Citrate 
III Choline Citrate 
IV Choline Citrate 
V Choline Citrate 
www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 
PI-RADS SCORING Image Atlas 
Prostate MRI 
Answers for life. 
DCE type 1 curve = 1 point 
I: Cho << Citrate 
II: Hypointense dull focal 
lesion (wedge or band-shaped, 
ill-defined) 
III: Changes not falling into 
categories 1+2 or 4+5 
IV: Hypointense focal lesion 
without extracapsular 
extension or bulging 
V: Hypointense mass with 
extracapsular extension or 
bulging 
I: Normal, hyperintense PZ 
in T2w, peripheral glandular 
lesions 
II: Hypointense lesion with 
well-defined capsule; band-shaped 
hypointense regions 
III: Changes not falling into 
categories 1+2 or 4+5 
IV: Hypointense lesion without 
capsular involvement with 
ill-defined margins, “erased 
charcoal sign” 
V: Oval-shaped mass with 
capsular involvement; 
infiltrating mass with invasion 
into anterior structures 
I: Stromal & glandular 
hyperplasia without focal 
hypointense lesions T2w, 
central glandular lesions 
II: Diffuse hyperintensity on 
DWI b ≥ 800 image, no focal 
ADC reduction 
III: Changes not falling into 
categories 1+2 or 4+5 
IV: Focal area with reduced 
ADC but isointense SI on 
DWI b ≥ 800 image 
V: Focal area with reduced 
ADC and hyperintense SI on 
DWI b ≥ 800 image 
I: No reduction in ADC 
and no increase in SI on 
DWI b ≥ 800 images 
2 points = probably benign 3 points = indeterminate 4 points = probably malignant 
5 points = highly suspicious of 
1 point = most probably benign malignancy 
DCE type 2 curve = 2 points DCE type 3 curve = 3 points 
DCE-MRI – asymmetric, non-focal: 
+ 1 point 
DCE-MRI – asymmetric, unusual 
location: + 2 points 
DCE-MRI – asymmetric, focal 
location: + 2 points 
DCE-MRI – symmetric, non-focal: 
+ 0 points 
II: Cho << Citrate 
III: Cho = Citrate 
IV: Cho > Citrate 
V: Cho >> Citrate 
For details please refer to: M. Röthke, D. Blondin, H.-P. Schlemmer, T. Franiel: “PI-RADS Classification: 
Structured Reporting for MRI of the Prostate”, MAGNETOM Flash issue 4/2013, ASTRO edition, page 30-38. 
T2w, 
peripheral 
glandular 
lesions 
T2w, 
central 
glandular 
lesions 
DWI b ≥ 800 
ADC 
DCE 
time curve / 
parametric 
color map 
1H-MRS 
Introduction 
Prostate MRI has become an increas-ingly 
common adjunctive procedure in 
the detection of prostate cancer. In 
Germany, it is mainly used in patients 
with prior negative biopsies and/or 
abnormal or increasing PSA levels. 
The procedure of choice is multipara-metric 
MRI, a combination of high-resolution 
T2-weighted (T2w) mor-phological 
sequences and the 
multiparametric techniques of diffu-sion- 
weighted MRI (DWI), dynamic 
contrast-enhanced MRI (DCE-MRI), 
and proton MR spectroscopy (1H-MRS) 
[1, 2]. Previously, there were no uni-form 
recommendations in the form 
of guidelines for the implementation 
and standardized communication of 
findings. To improve the quality of 
the procedure and reporting, a group 
of experts of the European Society 
of Urogenital Radiology (ESUR) has 
recently published a guideline for MRI 
of the prostate [3]. In addition to pro-viding 
recommendations relating to 
indications and minimum standards for 
MR protocols, the guideline describes 
a structured reporting scheme 
(PI-RADS) based on the BI-RADS classi-fication 
for breast imaging. This is 
based on a Likert scale with scores 
ranging from 1 to 5. However, it lacks 
illustration of the individual manifes-tations 
and their criteria as well as 
uniform instructions for aggregated 
scoring of the individual submodali-ties. 
This makes use of the PI-RADS 
classification in daily routine difficult, 
especially for radiologists who are 
less experienced in prostate MRI. It is 
therefore the aim of this paper to 
concretize the PI-RADS model for the 
detection of prostate cancer using 
representative images for the relevant 
scores, and to add a scoring table that 
combines the aggregated multipara-metric 
scores to a total PI-RADS score 
according to the Likert scale. In addi-tion, 
a standardized graphic prostate 
reporting scheme is presented, which 
enables accurate communication of 
the findings to the urologist. Further-more, 
the individual multiparametric 
techniques are described and critically 
assessed in terms of their advantages 
and disadvantages. 
Materials and methods 
The fundamentals of technical imple-mentation 
were determined by con-sensus. 
The sample images were 
selected by the authors by consensus 
on the basis of representative image 
findings from the 3 institutions. The 
scoring intervals for the aggregated 
PI-RADS score were also determined by 
consensus. The individual imaging 
aspects were described and evaluated 
with reference to current literature 
by one author in each case (T2w: M.R., 
DCE-MRI: T.F., DWI: D.B., MRS: H.S.). 
Furthermore, a graphic reporting 
scheme that allows the findings to be 
documented in terms of localization 
and classification was developed, 
taking into account the consensus 
paper on MRI of the prostate published 
in 2011 [4]. 
I: Normal PZ in T2w 
hyperintense 
II: Hypointense 
discrete focal lesion 
(wedge or band-shaped, 
ill-defined) 
III: Changes not 
falling into categories 
1+2 & 4+5 
IV: Severely hypo-intense 
focal lesion, 
round-shaped, well-defined 
without extra-capsular 
extension 
V: Hypointense mass, 
round and bulging, 
with capsular 
involvement or seminal 
vesicle invasion 
1 
1 PI-RADS classification of T2w: peripheral glandular sections. 
30 MAGNETOM Flash | 4/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 
1604_MAGNETOM_Flash_54_ASTRO_Inhalt.indd 30 09.09.13 16:20 
1 
1 PI-RADS classification of T2w: peripheral glandular sections. 
30 MAGNETOM Flash | 4/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 
1604_MAGNETOM_Flash_54_ASTRO_Inhalt.indd 30 09.09.13 16:20
Evaluation of the CIVCO Indexed Patient 
Position System (IPPS) MRI-Overlay 
for Positioning and Immobilization of 
Radiotherapy Patients 
Th. Koch1; K. Freundl1; M. Lenhart2; G. Klautke1; H.-J. Thiel1 
1 Klinik und Praxis für Strahlentherapie und Radioonkologie, Sozialstiftung Bamberg, Germany 
2 Klinik für Diagnostische Radiologie, Interventionelle Radiologie und Neuroradiologie, Bamberg, Germany 
Abstract 
The emerging development in 
modern radiotherapy planning (RTP) 
requires sophisticated imaging modal­ities. 
RTP for high precision requires 
exact delineation of the tumor, but 
this is currently the weakest link in 
the whole RTP process [1]. Therefore 
Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) is 
of increasing interest in radiotherapy 
treatment planning because it has 
a superior soft tissue contrast, making 
it possible to define tumors and sur­rounding 
healthy organs with greater 
accuracy. The way to use MRI in radio­therapy 
can be ­different. 
The MRI 
datasets can be used as secondary 
images to support the tumor delinea­tion. 
This is routinely in use in many 
radiotherapy departments. Two other 
methods of MRI guidance in the RTP 
process are until now only research 
3 One index bar is latched to the 
accuracy strongly depends on the 
MRI scan position. Hanvey et al. [3] 
and Brunt et al. [4] have shown that it 
is indispensable for the MRI dataset 
to be created in the treatment position 
which is primarily defined by the CT 
scan. 
The MRI dataset can also feasibily 
be used as the only dataset. Because 
of the lack of electron density infor­mation, 
which is required for dosimet­ric 
calculations, bulk densities have 
to be applied to the MRI images. For 
this purpose the different anatomic 
regions like bone, lung, air cavities 
and soft tissue have to be overwritten 
with the physical densities. With this 
method it is possible to achieve dose 
calculation results quite similar to the 
calculation in the CT dataset in the 
head and neck region [5, 6] as well 
as in the pelvic region [7]. The advan­tage 
of this method is that by avoid­ing 
the CT scan you save some time 
and money. In this case it is necessary 
for the treatment position to be deter­mined 
during the MRI scan, hence the 
MRI scanner has to be equipped with 
the same positioning and immobiliza­tion 
tools as the Linac. Further prob­lems 
to overcome are the evaluation 
and correction of possible image dis­tortions 
and the determination of 
accurate bulk densities. 
After the RTP process there are a 
lot of remaining uncertainties such 
as set-up errors, motion of the target 
structures and during the treatment 
changes of the tumor volume and 
shrinking. This problem can be over­come 
with the so-called image-guided 
radiotherapy (IGRT). IGRT involves 
a periodical verification (weekly or 
more frequent) of tumor position and 
size with appropriate imaging sys­tems. 
It is evident that IGRT is only as 
good as the accuracy with which 
the target structures can be defined. 
For this reason some groups try to 
develop hybrid systems, where a Linac 
or a cobalt treatment unit is combined 
with an MRI scanner for a so-called 
MR-guided radiotherapy [8-10]. 
Again: MR-guided radiotherapy can 
only be successful when the reference 
MRI dataset has been created in the 
treatment position. 
In any of the above three cases, where 
MRI can be helpful to improve the 
accuracy of radiotherapy, it is strongly 
advised that one has a robust and 
reproducible patient positioning and 
immobilization system, mainly at the 
MRI scanner, which is used for MR-guided 
RTP. Siemens provides with 
the CIVCO IPPS MRI-Overlay a suitable 
solution. In our clinic we have intro­duced 
and tested this ­MRI- 
overlay, 
especially for patients with tumors in 
the pelvis and for brain tumors and 
metastasis. 
Method 
Our 1.5T MAGNETOM Aera system 
(Siemens Healthcare, Erlangen, Ger­many) 
is located in the radiology 
department and can temporarily be 
used by the staff of the radiotherapy 
department. For the purpose of MR-guided 
RTP we have equipped the 
MAGNETOM Aera with the CIVCO IPPS 
MRI-Overlay. This overlay enables 
the fixation of positioning and immo­bilization 
tools necessary for radio­projects, 
but interest in them is 
increasing. The first method is to use 
MRI data as the primary and only 
image dataset and the second is the 
application of the MRI data as refer­ence 
dataset for a so-called ’MRI-guided 
radiotherapy in hybrid systems’ 
(Linear Accelerator (Linac) or Cobalt 
RT units combined with MRI). For 
all cases it is essential to create the 
MRI datasets in the radiotherapy treat­ment 
position. For this reason the 
CIVCO Indexed Patient Positioning 
System (IPPS) MRI-Overlay was intro­duced 
and tested with our Siemens 
MAGNETOM Aera MRI Scanner. 
Introduction 
Although computed tomography (CT) 
images are the current gold standard 
in radiotherapy planning, MRI 
becomes more and more interesting. 
Whilst CT has limitations in accuracy 
concerning the visualization of bound­aries 
between tumor and surrounding 
healthy organs, MRI can overcome 
these problems by yielding superior 
soft tissue contrast. Currently there are 
three different possible strategies by 
which MRI can help to improve radio­therapy 
treatment planning: 
The MRI datasets can be used as 
­secondary 
images for treatment plan­ning. 
These MR images can be used 
to delineate the tumor and the 
­surrounding 
organs, whilst the CT 
images – the primary planning data – 
are necessary to calculate the 3D dose 
distribution. The two image datasets 
have to be co-registered thoroughly 
to ensure that the anatomy correlates 
(see for example [2]). The registration 
therapy treatments. For our purpose 
we have used an MR compatible mask 
system for head and neck cases and 
vacuum cushions for patients with 
diseases in the pelvic region both from 
Medical Intelligence (Elekta, Schwab­münchen, 
Germany). These tools can 
all be fixed with so-called index bars 
(Figs. 4, 12) at the ­MRI- 
Overlay. These 
index bars are custom designed for 
our purpose by Innovative Technolo­gies 
Völp (IT-V, Innsbruck, Austria) for 
the MRI-Overlay and for use in the 
high field magnetic environment. For 
the correct positioning of the patients, 
the laser system Dorado 3 (LAP, 
­Lüneburg, 
Germany) was additionally 
installed in the MRI room. The prelim­inary 
modifications and the patient 
positioning is described in the follow­ing 
for two cases. 
The first case describes the procedure 
for a patient with a head tumor. The 
first step is the removal of the standard 
cushion of the MRI couch and the 
mounting of the MRI-Overlay (Figs. 
1–3). One index bar is necessary to 
fix the mask system on the overlay 
(Figs. 4, 5) to avoid movements and 
rotations during the scan. Because 
the standard head coil set cannot be 
used with the mask system, two flex 
coils (Flex4 Large) have to be prepared 
(Figs. 6–8). In figure 8 one can see, 
that the correct head angle could be 
adjusted. Now the patient is placed 
on the overlay and in the mask system. 
The patient’s head can be immobi­lized 
with the real and proper mask 
made from thermoplastic material 
called iCAST (Medical Intelligence, 
Elekta, Schwabmünchen, Germany) 
1 After the removal of the standard cushion the CIVCO 
1.5T MAGNETOM Aera with the standard cushion on 
the MRI couch. 
IPPS MRI-Overlay can be mounted. 
2 
1 2 
3 
The lines indicate the position for 
the index bars. 
MRI-Overlay. 
4 
4 
The mask system for head and neck fits 
to the index bar to avoid movement. 
5 
5 
Radiation Oncology Clinical 
MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 25 
Clinical Radiation Oncology 
24 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world
Clinical Radiation Oncology Radiation Oncology Clinical 
6 
7 
8 
10 
11 
as can be seen in figure 9. Now the 
flex coils can be fixed with hook-and-loop 
tapes and placed very tight to 
the patient (Figs. 10, 11). Now the 
MRI scan can be started. 
The second case describes the prepa­ration 
before the MRI scan for a 
patient with a tumor in the pelvic 
region. The first two steps are identi­cal, 
the remove of the standard 
­cushion 
followed by the mount of 
the overlay (Figs.1, 2). Then a custom-made 
vacuum cushion for the lower 
extremities is attached to the overlay 
with two index bars (Figs. 12, 13). 
For a robust position of the patients 
with diseases in the pelvis it is very 
important to keep the legs in well-defined 
position – not only during 
imaging but also throughout the 
whole treatment course, which spans 
over seven weeks. Any changes there 
can result in undesired rotations of 
the pelvis and in the end the tumor 
position and shape can also change. 
In figure 13 a second custom-made 
vacuum cushion can be seen. The only 
purpose of this vacuum cushion is to 
enable a comfortable position of the 
patient during scan and later during 
the treatment (Fig. 14). The more com­fortably 
the patient lies on the table 
the more robust and reproducible is the 
positioning. Fortunately MAGNETOM 
Aera has a bore diameter of 70 cm, 
hence there are almost no limitations 
concerning patient positioning. Now 
the accurate position of the patient 
should be checked with the moveable 
laser-system (Fig. 15). This is neces­sary 
to avoid rotations of the pelvis 
around the patients longitudinal and 
lateral axis. For the fixation of the 
flex-coil for the pelvic region a mount­ing- 
frame has to be attached to the 
overlay (Figs. 16, 17). This can be done 
with hook-and-loop tapes (Fig. 18). 
Now the patient set-up is completed 
and the MRI scan can be started 
(Fig. 19). 
14 
15 
16 
17 
19 
Results 
Two examples are shown in the fol­lowing 
pictures. In Fig. 20 you can 
see a brain tumor in two correspond­ing 
slices. The left picture shows the 
CT-slice and the right picture shows 
the corresponding MRI slice obtained 
with a T1-weighted sequence with 
contrast agent. It is clear to see that 
tumor boundary is much more pro­nounced 
in the MRI image. Figure 21 
shows the same slices with structures 
created by the radiotherapists. It is 
also helpful to create some control 
structures, such as brain and ventricles, 
to check the accuracy of the registra­tion. 
Figures 22 and 23 give an exam­ple 
of a patient with prostate cancer. 
In this case the MRI images on the right 
6 7 
A custom-made vacuum cushion 
for the lower extremities is latched 
to the MRI-Overlay with two index 
bars. 
12 
A second vacuum cushion is 
positioned on the table to fix the 
arms and shoulders and keep the 
patient in a comfortable position. 
13 
Now the patient can 
be positioned. 
The accurate position of 
the patient can be adjusted 
with the LAP laser system. 
A mounting-frame for the 
flex coil has to attached 
to the MRI-Overlay. 
The mounting-frame from a 
side view. 
The flex coil is fixed to the 
mounting-frame with hook-and- 
loop tapes. 
18 
The patient is ready to start 
the scan. 
12 13 
14 15 
16 17 
18 19 
Two flex coils (Flex4 Large) 
are prepared. 
The flex coils have to 
be positioned partly under 
the mask system, because 
the whole head of the patient 
should be covered. 
It is possible to adjust the 
head angle in an appropriate 
and reproducible position that 
is comfortable for the patient. 
Now the patient is immobi­lized 
using a custom-made 
mask made from thermo­plastic 
material. 
9 
The flex coils are closed 
with hook-and-loop tapes. 
The patient is ready 
for the scan. 
8 9 
10 11 
26 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 
MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 27
Clinical Radiation Oncology Radiation Oncology Clinical 
Contact 
Thomas Koch, Ph.D. 
Sozialstiftung Bamberg – Medizinisches 
­Versorgungszentrum 
am Bruderwald 
Praxis für Radioonkologie und Strahlentherapie 
Head Medical Physics 
Buger Straße 80 
96049 Bamberg 
Germany 
Phone: +49 951 503 12931 
thomas.koch@sozialstiftung-bamberg.de 
are acquired using a T2-weighted 
­TrueFISP 
sequence. The boundary 
of the prostate and the differentiation 
between prostate and rectum is 
much more easier to define in the 
MRI images. The control structures in 
this case are the femoral heads. For 
the head scans we normally use 3 
sequences, a T1w SE with contrast 
agent, a T2w TSE and a FLAIR sequence. 
For the pelvis scans we normally use 
a T2w SPACE, a T2w TrueFISP and 
a T2w TSE sequence. The coordinate 
­system 
should be the same for all 
sequences, that means same slices 
and same field-of-view. Hence one 
can use the same registration parame­ters 
for all sequences. 
References 
1 Njeh C. F. Tumor delineation: the weakest 
link in the search for accuracy in radio­therapy. 
J. Med. Phys. 2008 Oct-Dec; 
33(4): 136-140. 
2 Dean C.J. et al. An evaluation of four 
CT-MRI co-registration techniques 
for radiotherapy treatment planning of 
prone rectal cancer patients. Br. J. 
Radiol. 2012 Jan; 85: 61-68. 
3 Hanvey S. et al. The influence of MRI scan 
position on image registration accuracy, 
target delineation and calculated dose in 
prostatic radiotherapy. Br. J. Radiol. 
2012 Dec; 85: 1256-1262. 
Conclusion and outlook 
We can now look back over a period 
of two years working with the CIVKO 
IPPS MRI-Overlay. Our experience is 
very promising. The modifications on 
the table of the MRI scanner are very 
easy and can be executed and fin­ished 
in only a couple of minutes. 
The procedure is well accepted by the 
radiologic technologists. To date, we 
have scanned more than 100 radio­therapy 
patients, mainly with diseases 
in the pelvis (rectum and prostate 
cancer) and in the head (brain tumors 
and metastasis). So far we have only 
used MRI dataset as a ­secondary 
image dataset. The co-­registration 
with the CT datasets is now much 
easier because we have nearly identi­cal 
transversal slices in both image 
datasets. 
As a conclusion we can say that we 
are very happy with the options we 
have to create MRI scans in the treat­ment 
positions. It has been demon­strated 
that the MRI dataset is now 
much more helpful in the radiotherapy 
planning process. We should mention 
the need for a quality assurance pro­gram 
to take possible image distor­tions 
into consideration. Our next step 
is to install such a program, which 
involves the testing of suitable phan­toms. 
A further step will be to assess 
whether we can use MRI datasets 
alone for RTP. 
4 Brunt J.N.H. Computed Tomography – 
Magnetic Resonance Imaging Regis­tration 
in Radiotherapy Treatment 
Planning. Clin. Oncol. 2010 Oct; 22: 
688-697. 
5 Beavis A.W. et al. Radiotherapy treatment 
planning of brain tumours using MRI 
alone. Br. J. Radiol. 1998 May; 71: 544-548. 
6 Prabhakar R. et al. Feasibility of using MRI 
alone for Radiation Treatment Planning 
in Brain Tumors. Jpn. J. Clin. Oncol. 
2007 Jul; 37(6): 405-411. 
7 Lambert J. et al. MRI-guided prostate 
radiation therapy planning: Investigation 
of dosimetric accuracy of MRI-based 
dose planning. Radiother. Oncol. 2011 
Mar 98: 330-334. 
8 Raymakers B.W. et al. Integrating a 1.5 T 
MRI scanner with a 6 MV accelerator: 
proof of concept. Phys. Med. Biol. 2009 
May; 54: 229-237. 
9 Hu Y. et al. Initial Experience with the 
ViewRay System – Quality Assurance 
Testing of the Imaging Component. 
Med. Phys. 2012 Jun; 39:4013. 
10 ViewRay. Available at: 
http://www.viewray.com 
20 
Two corresponding slices of 
a brain scan: (20A) CT slice and 
(20B) MRI slice obtained using 
a T1-weighted sequence with 
contrast agent. 
20A 20B 
21 
The same slices as in 
figure 20, but now with 
delineated tumor and 
help structures. 
21A 21B 
22 
Two corresponding slices 
in the pelvic region of a 
patient with a prostate 
cancer: (22A) CT slice and 
(22B) MRI slice obtained 
with a T2-weighted TrueFISP 
sequence. 
22A 22B 
23 
The important structures 
rectum and prostate as defined 
in the MRI slice are shown. 
The accuracy of the registration 
can be tested with the coinci­dence 
of help structures – 
like the femoral heads in this 
case – in both datasets. 
23A 23B 
28 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 29
Technology Technology 
2A 
2D 
2B 
reference TSE qTSE qTSE-G 
2E 
2C 
2F 
2 
Representative 
slices from 2 
patients acquired 
with the reference 
TSE sequence (left 
column), the qTSE 
sequence (center 
column) and the 
qTSE-G sequence 
(right column). 
Making MRI Scanning Quieter: Optimized TSE 
Sequences with Parallel Imaging 
Eric Y. Pierre1; David Grodzki2; Bjoern Heismann2; Gunhild Aandal3, 5; Vikas Gulani1, 3; Jeffrey Sunshine3; 
Mark Schluchter4; Kecheng Liu6; Mark A. Griswold1, 3 
1 Biomedical Engineering, Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, Ohio, USA 
2 Siemens Healthcare, Erlangen, Germany 
3 Radiology, Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, Ohio, USA 
4 Division of Biostatistics, Case Western Reserve Univeristy, Cleveland, Ohio, USA 
5 Haraldsplass Deaconess Hospital, Bergen, Norway 
6 Siemens Medical Solutions, USA Inc., Malvern, Pennsylvania, USA 
Introduction 
Turbo Spin-Echo sequences at 1.5T 
can generate noise at over 100dBA 
inside the bore [1–3]. This noise is 
equivalent to standing 5 meters away 
from a jackhammer [3], and would 
be even louder on higher field sys­tems. 
Despite the use of ear-protec­tive 
equipment, reducing the Sound 
Pressure Level (SPL) generated by 
these standard clinical sequences 
could noticeably improve patient 
comfort [4]. MRI pulse sequences 
mostly generate acoustic noise 
because of rapidly varying gradient 
waveforms: The resulting Lorentz 
forces applied on the gradient coils 
make the entire scanner structure 
vibrate [5]. To circumvent this issue, 
several hardware solutions have been 
proposed. For example, the whole 
gradient coil can be enclosed in a 
vacuum chamber [6–8], or gradient 
field rotation can be performed 
mechanically [9]. While these solu­tions 
achieve significant noise reduc­tion 
for all types of sequences, they 
can noticeably increase manufactur­ing 
cost, and can even decrease 
­gradient 
efficiency. Mechanical and 
acoustic balanced designs of gradient 
coil systems including windings per­forming 
active acoustic control have 
also been considered and investi­gated 
[10, 11]. 
of acoustic noise in Echo Planar 
­Imaging 
(EPI) [14, 15]. The reduction 
was achieved by counterbalancing 
lengthened gradient waveforms with 
increased acquisition speed, thereby 
reducing acoustic noise without 
increasing acquisition time while main­taining 
inter-echo spacing, only at 
cost of signal-to-noise ratio (SNR). 
By extending such principles to other 
generally-used standard clinical MR 
sequences, this article demonstrates 
that with minor SNR reductions (≤ 10%), 
effective reduction in acoustic noise 
can be further achieved without 
noticeable degrade of diagnostic infor­mation 
or imaging time, as well as 
without sacrificing gradient efficiency. 
Two types of modifications in a 
T2-weighted Turbo Spin-Echo (TSE) 
sequence were investigated for acoustic 
noise reduction: First by solely modify­ing 
the gradient waveforms and sec­ond 
by additionally using GRAPPA at 
a reduction factor of two (R=2)*. Com­parative 
SPL measurements at the bore 
were performed between standard 
TSE, quiet TSE (qTSE)* and quiet TSE 
with GRAPPA (qTSE-G)*. A statistical 
analysis of comparative scores from 
a reader’s study was conducted. 
Methods 
The gradient waveforms of the TSE 
sequence were optimized with an 
automatic gradient optimization 
algorithm that extends any slope dura­tion 
to its maximum and reduces the 
number of slopes to their minimum. 
For instance, with minor changes in 
protocols, spoiling and crusher gradi­ent 
lobes are replaced by long rising 
or descending slopes, while maintain­ing 
the crusher moment unchanged. 
To keep the same total acquisition 
time, the reduction of the gradient 
slew rate is constrained by the fixed 
inter-echo spacing. The decreased 
slew rate of readout gradient will 
slightly reduce readout sampling time 
(Fig. 1). In consequence, the readout 
bandwidth (BW) increases slightly, 
with a tradeoff between reduction of 
SPL and SNR loss. 
In addition, parallel acquisition could 
be further employed to reduce the 
echo-train length, i.e. number of 
echoes per train, by a factor of R. 
Keeping the acquisition time con­stant, 
the inter-echo spacing can be 
extended by R, allowing further 
stretching of the gradient moments. 
This effectively represents a benefit 
of parallel imaging acceleration in 
acoustic noise reduction rather than 
imaging time reduction. 
The acquisition protocols changes 
are as follows: The readout BW was 
increased by about 10%, from 
107 Hz/pixel in the standard protocol 
to 125 Hz/pixel. The effective TR/TE 
were increased from 5000/93 ms to 
5180/85 ms, which resulted in only 
a 3 second increase in acquisition 
time, from 1:37 min to 1:40 min. The 
qTSE-G parameters were identical to 
the qTSE protocol, but with use of 
GRAPPA with R=2. For both qTSE and 
qTSE-G protocols, and the gradient 
slopes were maximally stretched as 
illustrated in figure 1. 
Modifying and/or optimizing pulse 
sequences can also reduce acoustic 
noise effectively. One such solution is 
to time the ramping up and ramping 
down of the gradient waveforms so 
that the induced scanner vibrations 
cancel each other out [12]. Another 
approach is to use lower gradient 
amplitude and slew rates of the gradi­ent 
waveforms [13]. By low-pass filter­ing 
the gradient, vibration frequencies 
for which the acoustic response of the 
gradient coil is high can be avoided. 
Elaborate redesigns of gradient wave­forms 
coupled with parallel imaging 
have demonstrated further reduction 
1 
Comparison of 
conventional 
sequence (dashed 
lines) with quiet 
sequence (solid 
lines). The reduction 
of ADC represents 
a BW increase. 
1 
ADC RF / 
ADC 
GSlice 
GRead 
* WIP, the product is currently under 
development and is not for sale in the US 
and other countries. Its future availability 
cannot be ensured. 
30 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 31
Technology Technology 
Table 1: Comparison of dBA values 
Sequence type Standard TSE qTSE qTSE-G Background 
LAEQ (30 sec 
average) 
92.5 81.3 72.7 53.0 
Max Peak 102.8 95.8 92.0 77.7 
Comparison of dBA values for standard TSE, qTSE, qTSE-G sequences, and measured background noise. Measurements were performed 
inside the bore at patient head position using a 2238 Mediator sound level meter (Brueel & Kjaer GmbH, Bremen, Germany). 
Table 2: Ratings by readers 
Sequence type 
All techniques compared to 
themselves 
Reader #1 
0.35 ± 0.40 (0.06, 0.64) 
p = 0.02 
Reader #2 
-0.03 ± 0.11 (-0.11, 0.04) 
p = 0.34 
Reader #3 
Average 
0.11 ± 0.14 (0.01, 0.21) 
p = 0.04 
Mean and standard deviation, 95% confidence interval, and p-value of the scores given by each radiologist to the different types of 
image volume pairs after self-bias correction. Positive score show preference of the right volume over the left volume, on a -10 to +10 scale. 
In-vivo studies were performed on 
a 3T MAGNETOM Verio MRI scanner 
(Siemens Healthcare, Erlangen, 
­Germany) 
with a 12-channel head 
coil with patients admitted for head 
examination. Informed consent was 
obtained from the volunteer before 
the start of the study in accordance 
with IRB protocol. A total of 10 differ­ent 
patient scannings were performed, 
each comparing standard TSE images 
with qTSE and qTSE-G images. The 
image resolution (192 × 256 matrix), 
number of slices (26), slice thickness 
(5 mm) and slice orientation were 
kept identical throughout the 3 differ­ent 
acquisitions. 
0 ± 0 
– 
To measure acoustic noise level LAEQ 
(Equivalent Continuous Sound Level 
in A-weighting) with 30 seconds aver­age 
and peak values, a professional 
device, 2238 Mediator sound level 
meter (Brueel & Kjaer GmbH, Bremen, 
Germany), was used, which was placed 
inside the bore at patient head posi­tion. 
qTSE : TSE qTSE-G : TSE 
-0.20 ± 0.26 (-0.38, -0.02) 
p = 0.04 
1.30 ± 1.96 (-0.10, 2.70) 
p = 0.07 
0.73 ± 1.59 (-0.41, 1.86) 
p = 0.18 
0.61 ± 1.17 (-0.23, 1.45) 
p = 0.13 
The background noise is mainly 
generated by the cold-head pump and 
the ventilation among other sources. 
To evaluate the image quality, a total 
of 7 image-volume-pairs were assem­bled 
from each of the 10 patient 
datasets. The first 2 pairs compared 
qTSE with TSE volumes, alternatively 
with qTSE on the left and TSE on 
the right. Similarly, another 2 pairs 
compared qTSE-G with TSE volumes 
in both left-right orders randomly. 
Finally, 3 pairs were assembled with 
the same volume on the left and 
right, which consist of TSE vs. TSE, 
qTSE vs. TSE, and qTSE-G vs. qTSE-G 
volumes, respectively. 
All 70 volume pairs were presented 
in the same random order to 3 trained 
radiologists blinded to the acquisition 
technique, who were asked the follow­ing 
question: “On a scale from -10 
to +10, how much better is the image 
quality of the volume on the right 
compared to the volume on the left, 
0.20 ± 0.59 (-0.22, 0.62) 
p = 0.31 
3.95 ± 0.86 (3.33, 4.57) 
p < 0.0001 
3.08 ± 1.25 (2.18, 3.97) 
p < 0.0001 
2.41 ± 0.80 (1.83, 2.98) 
p < 0.0001 
with a positive score indicating 
­superiority 
of the right volume, and 
0 representing no difference in quality 
between left and right?”. The graphical 
user interface used for the reading 
allowed user-navigation through the 
paired-volume slices, and simultaneous 
image windowing of the 2 displayed 
images. 
To avoid possible left-right bias, the 
average of the qTSE vs. TSE score and 
the TSE vs. qTSE score multiplied by -1 
was then calculated for each reader’s 
reading on each patient. The average 
of the corrected scores across readers 
was then computed for each patient. 
Corrected scores were calculated in 
the same way for the qTSE-G vs. TSE 
comparison. One-sample t-tests were 
used to test whether the mean aver­age 
reader scores differed from zero, 
and 95% confidence intervals (CI) for 
the mean scores were also calculated. 
One-sample t-tests and CI were also 
carried out using each reader’s scores 
10 
8 
6 
4 
2 
0 
-2 
-4 
-6 
-8 
-10 
preference for standard 
A B C 
preference for quiet 
3 
separately. A reader’s average rating 
of these three self-comparisons using 
images from each patient were aver­aged, 
and then the three reader aver­ages 
were averaged for each patient. 
A t-test was used to test whether the 
average of the reader ratings across 
patients differed from zero. One-sample 
t-tests and CI were also carried out for 
each reader separately. 
Results 
The respective average and peak SPL 
in [dBA] measurements for standard 
TSE, qTSE and qTSE-G protocols are 
listed in table 1. The achieved reduction 
of average SPL for qTSE and qTSE-G 
were 10 dBA and near 20 dBA (30 sec­onds 
average), respectively. 
Discussion 
Optimizing the gradient waveforms 
alone with a 10% increase in bandwidth 
achieves an 11 dBA SPL reduction 
(Table 1), with little cost to image qual­ity 
(Fig. 3). These results are in accor­dance 
with [16] though here the mea­surements 
were made directly at the 
bore. This cost might be more notice­able 
with lower SNR systems, however 
in this configuration, no statistically 
significant difference in image quality 
was observed (Table 2), making gradi­ent 
redesign a viable solution to make 
TSE sequences quieter. 
With additional use of Parallel Imag­ing, 
the modified quiet TSE sequence 
allows on average a 20 dBA reduction 
in SPL (Table 1). The modified sequence 
had an effect on in image quality 
A. self image comparison (all methods) 
(p < 0.05) 
B. qTSE vs. standard TSE 
Non significant difference for all 3 readers 
(p = 0.20, p = 0.06, p = 0.18) 
C. qTSE+GRAPPA vs. standard TSE 
(p < 0.0001) 
(Fig. 3): The average preference 
score across readers for standard TSE 
images over qTSE-G images was 
+2.41 (p<0.0001, Table 2), and the 
95% confidence interval places its 
true value between +1.8 and +3. 
However it should be noted that this 
change in image quality is to be 
expected as Parallel Imaging was 
used. In compensation, the reduction 
of acoustic noise was highly effec­tive: 
the SPL at the bore of the stan­dard 
TSE sequence was 39.5 dBA 
higher than the background noise, 
compared to 19.7 dBA for the modi­fied 
sequence. 
Conclusion 
In comparison with standard MR 
sequences, gradient wave modifica­tions 
in TSE sequence coupled with 
Parallel Imaging can achieve over a 
factor 10 of acoustic noise reduction, 
yielding an improved patient comfort 
with nearly identical diagnostic infor­mation 
and imaging time. Without 
any hardware modifications or 
upgrade, both proposals described 
in this article, qTSE and qTSE-G, can 
be easily implemented on a conven­tional 
MRI system for routine clinical 
applications. In addition, scanning 
on a high field system with multiple 
channel coils, such as the 32-channel 
head coil, provides more flexibility 
to make MRI scanning quieter. 
* Work in progress: The product is still under 
development and not commercially 
available yet. Its future availability cannot 
be ensured. 
3 
(A) 95% confidence 
intervals for averages 
scores by readers for 
volumes compared to 
themselves; (B) qTSE vs. 
standard TSE; and (C) 
qTSE-G vs. standard TSE. 
Positive scores show 
preference for standard 
TSE in the last two cases. 
References 
1 Shellock FG, Morisoli SM, Ziarati M. 
Measurement of acoustic noise during 
MR imaging: evaluation of six “worst-case” 
pulse sequences. Radiology 
1994;191:91–93. 
2 McJury M, Blug A, Joerger C, Condon B, 
Wyper D. Acoustic noise levels during 
magnetic resonance imaging scanning 
at 1.5 T. Br J Radiol 1994;67:413–415. 
3 McJury M. Acoustic noise levels 
generated during high field MR imaging. 
Clin Radiol 1995;50:331–334. 
4 Quirk ME, Letendre AJ, Ciottone RA, 
Lingley JF. Anxiety in patients under­going 
MR imaging. Radiology 
1989;170:463–466. 
5 Hedeen R, Edelstein W. Characterization 
and prediction of gradient acoustic noise 
in MR imagers. Magn Reson Med 
2005;37:7–10. 
6 Katsunuma A, Takamori H, Sakakura Y, 
Hamamura Y, Ogo Y, Katayama R. Quiet 
MRI with novel acoustic noise reduction. 
MAGMA 2002;13:139–44. 
7 Edelstein WA, Hedeen RA, Mallozzi RP, 
El-Hamamsy SA, Ackermann RA, Havens 
TJ. Making MRI quieter. Magn Reson 
Imaging 2002;20:155–63. 
8 Edelstein WA, Kidane TK, Taracila V, Baig 
TN, Eagan TP, Cheng Y-CN, Brown RW, 
Mallick J a. Active-passive gradient 
shielding for MRI acoustic noise reduction. 
Magn Reson Med 2005;53:1013–7. 
9 Cho ZH, Chung ST, Chung JY, Park SH, 
Kim JS, Moon CH, Hong IK. A new silent 
magnetic resonance imaging using a 
rotating DC gradient. Magn Reson Med 
1998;39:317–21. 
10 Mansfield P, Haywood B. Principles of 
active acoustic control in gradient coil 
design. MAGMA 2000;10:147–51. 
11 Haywood B, Chapman B, Mansfield P. 
Model gradient coil employing active 
acoustic control for MRI. MAGMA 
2007;20:223–31. 
32 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 33
Technology 
Quiet T1-weighted 3D Imaging 
of the Central Nervous System Using PETRA 
Masahiro Ida, M.D.1; Matthew Nielsen, M.A.2 
1 Dept. of Radiology, Tokyo Metropolitan Ebara Hospital, Tokyo, Japan 
2 Research & Collaboration Dept., Healthcare Sector, Siemens Japan K.K., Tokyo, Japan 
Introduction 
Nearly all MRI sequences in routine 
clinical use employ rapidly varying 
magnetic field gradients that generate 
considerable acoustic noise, one of the 
primary causes of patient discomfort 
and restlessness [1]. Eliminating such 
noise would provide additional com­fort 
for all patients, and may provide 
particular advantages for patients 
with pediatric*, dementia and certain 
psychiatric diseases who tend to have 
difficulty relaxing or remaining still 
during MR examinations. 
Ultra-short echo time sequences such 
as zero-TE [2], SWIFT [3] and PETRA [4] 
require only limited gradient activity 
and allow for inaudible 3D scanning. 
However, due to ultra-short TEs, the 
image contrast is given by the steady 
state and is limited to the range of 
PD- to T1-weighting unless pre-pulses 
are used [5]. Similar to the MPRAGE 
sequence [6-8], stronger T1-weight­ing 
can be generated by applying an 
inversion pre-pulse before every nth 
repetition in the PETRA* sequence. 
A study has shown that this quiet 
inversion-prepared PETRA sequence 
is capable of T1-weighting com-parable 
to that of MPRAGE when 
measured in the same time and 
with the same spatial resolution [1]. 
In this article, examples of quiet 
inversion-prepared PETRA images are 
compared with conventional 3D 
T1-weighted images (MPRAGE or 
3D-FLASH) from the same patients. 
All of the examples were obtained 
during brain examinations, and all 
but one of the examples employed 
contrast enhancement. 
* WIP, the product is currently under 
development and is not for sale in the US 
and other countries. Its future availability 
cannot be ensured. 
PETRA sequence principles 
and noise reduction 
In the PETRA sequence, gradients are 
already on and stable at a certain 
amplitude before the excitation pulse, 
as shown in figure 1. At the end of 
each repetition, the gradient strength 
on each axis is altered only slightly 
meaning that the required slew rate 
is extremely low (e.g., < 5 T/m/s with 
1A 1B 
PETRA combines two different sequences, acquiring central k-space in a ‘point-wise’ fashion (one k-space point per repetition), 
and the rest of k-space with radial trajectories. PETRA stands for Pointwise Encoding Time reduction with Radial Acquisition. 
No hardware modifications or dedicated coils are needed [1]. 
(1A) Pulse sequence diagram for one repetition of the radial part of the PETRA sequence. Gradients are held constant during 
almost an entire repetition and altered only slightly at the end of each repetition without being ramped down. This leads to 
negligible deformation and vibration of the gradient coil. Thus, no acoustic noise is generated by the gradient coil. THW is the 
time required to switch from transmission mode to receive mode (in the range of 10 to 100 μs on clinical scanners) [1]. 
(1B) During THW, a spherical volume (dots) at the center of k-space is missed by the radial part of the sequence. Each k-space 
point inside that spherical volume is acquired separately in the Pointwise Encoding (PE) part of the sequence. The acquisition 
time of the PE part is approximately 3 to 5% of the total measurement time [1]. 
1 
TX 
THW 
RX 
Tx/Rx 
Gradients 
TR 
Technology 
MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 35 
12 Shou X, Chen X, Derakhshan J, Eagan T, 
Baig T, Shvartsman S, Duerk J, Brown R. 
The suppression of selected acoustic 
frequencies in MRI. Appl Acoust 
2010;71:191–200. 
13 Hennel F, Girard F, Loenneker T. “Silent” 
MRI with soft gradient pulses. 
Magn Reson Med 1999;42:6–10. 
14 De Zwart J, Vangelderen P, Kellman P, 
Duyn J. Reduction of Gradient Acoustic 
Noise in MRI Using SENSE-EPI. Neuro­image 
2002;16:1151–1155. 
15 Witzel T, Wald LL. Methods for Functional 
Brain Imaging. Massachusetts Institute 
of Technology; 2011. 
Contact 
Eric Y. Pierre, Ph.D. 
Department of Biomedical 
Engineering 
Case Western Reserve University 
319 Wickenden Building 
10900 Euclid Avenue 
Cleveland, OH 44106-7207 
USA 
Phone: +1 (216)-368-4063 
pierre@case.edu 
16 Pierre EY, Grodzki D, Heismann B, Liu K, 
Griswold MA. Reduction of Acoustic Noise 
to Improve Patient Comfort Through 
Optimized Sequence Design. In: 
Proceedings of the 21st Annual Meeting 
of ISRMRM. Vol. 42. Salt Lake City, USA; 
2013. p. 256. 
Eric Pierre Gunhild Aandal Vikas Gulani Jeffrey Sunshine 
Mark Schluchter Kecheng Liu Mark Griswold 
Answers for life. 
www.siemens.com/quiet-suite 
Quiet Suite 
Imaging is to be seen, not heard. 
Scan and 
listen to 
Quiet-Suite.
PETRA) [1]. The resulting deformation 
and vibration of the gradient coil is 
negligible and produces almost no 
audible sound. Completely unrelated 
to the gradients however, transmit-mode- 
to-receive-mode switching (and 
vice versa) in receive-only RF coils 
produces some noise [1], while PETRA 
is essentially inaudible when used 
with transmit-and-receive RF coils. 
The acoustic noise levels generated by 
PETRA and MPRAGE on a ­MAGNETOM 
Trio A Tim System (3T) were measured 
using a sound-pressure meter with 
A-weighting. PETRA afforded a reduc­tion 
in acoustic noise of more than 
25 dBA with both the 12-channel head 
matrix coil and the 32-channel head 
coil. Since both coils were receive-only, 
an even greater reduction can be 
expected with transmit-and-receive 
coils. 
PETRA versus routine 
sequence image 
comparisons 
While MR angiography (MRA) is 
undoubtedly the most commonly-used 
3D sequence in brain MRI exams, 
other 3D sequences are used in cer­tain 
circumstances at Tokyo Metropol­itan 
Ebara Hospital. The most com­mon 
one is contrast-enhanced (CE) 
3D-FLASH which is employed for the 
following indications because of its 
high spatial resolution and short 
echo time: 
(1) To precisely diagnose head & 
neck tumors, pre- & post-operatively 
(with Quick FatSat), 
(2) to inspect blood pools (AVM, 
thrombosis, aneurysm, dissection), 
and 
(3) to detect cranial nerve 
inflammation. 
The second most common 3D scan 
other than MRA is CE MPRAGE which 
is employed to diagnose intracranial 
brain tumors. Among those, the 
most common indication is screening 
for intracranial metastases. 
MR imaging was performed on a 
3 Tesla MAGNETOM Trio A Tim System. 
PETRA was added to routine patient 
exams that included either MPRAGE 
or 3D-FLASH. The parameters of the 
three sequences are shown in table 1. 
The center of k-space for MPRAGE 
(scan time: 5 min 56 sec) was acquired 
approximately 6 to 11 minutes after 
contrast media administration, while 
the center of k-space for PETRA was 
acquired approximately 3 minutes 
later than that of MPRAGE, 9 to 14 
minutes after contrast media admin­istration. 
PETRA acquires the central 
portion of k-space first (in a pointwise 
fashion as shown in ­figure 
1) before 
acquiring the rest of 3D k-space with 
radial trajectories. A previous study 
showed that for enhancing intracranial 
lesions with a diameter of 5 mm or 
larger, enhancement reached a plateau 
in less than 10 minutes and lasted 
until at least 20 minutes after contrast 
media injection [9]. Thus, the 3 minute 
difference in the acquisition of k = 0 
between MPRAGE and PETRA would 
not result in differing lesion enhance­ment, 
and any difference in lesion 
enhancement can be taken as primar­ily 
due to sequence characteristics. 
Protocols provided with the PETRA 
sequence were designed to parallel the 
contrast and spatial resolution (0.9 
to 1.0 mm cubic voxels) typically avail­able 
with MPRAGE. Therefore, initial 
work with PETRA at our hospital focused 
on comparisons with MPRAGE. One 
of the protocols placed the priority on 
signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) (TI 900 ms), 
and one placed the priority on con­trast- 
to-noise ratio (CNR) (TI 500 ms, 
for higher contrast between gray ­matter 
(GM) and white matter (WM)). 
The scan times of both PETRA proto­cols 
were adjusted such that they were 
similar to that of the MPRAGE protocol 
used in patient exams. In a pilot study, 
volunteers and patients were scanned 
with both PETRA protocols and with 
Table 1: Sequence parameters 
PETRA 
Figs. 2, 3, 11, 12 
PETRA 
Figs. 4–10 
MPRAGE 
Figs. 2–8 
3D-FLASH 
Figs. 9–12 
Voxel size 
/ mm 
(0.99 mm)3 for Figs. 2,3 
(0.80 mm)3 for Figs. 11, 12 
(0.99 mm)3 (0.94 mm)3 0.6 × 0.6 × 1.0 mm3 
Matrix 288 × 288 288 × 288 256 × 256 346 × 384 
Slices 288 288 176 144 
TI / ms 
500 for Figs. 2, 3 
900 for Figs. 11, 12 
700 900 n.a. 
TR / ms 2.79 2.79 5.61 11 
TE / ms 0.07 0.07 2.4 6.2 
FA / deg 6 6 10 20 
FatSat No Yes No Yes 
Scan time 05:59 06:20 
5:56 
(3:54 for Fig. 2) 
02:52 
Technology 
36 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 
2A 2B 
MPRAGE. The SNR on PETRA images 
with TI 900 ms was visibly higher than 
on MPRAGE images, while PETRA 
images with TI 500 ms provided more 
GM-to-WM contrast than necessary 
for CE studies in the opinion of one 
radiologist (MI). A decision was made 
that some of the SNR could be ‘traded 
for’ tissue CNR, and an intermediate 
TI of 700 ms was chosen for further CE 
studies. Statistical comparisons of con­trast 
enhancement and SNR between 
PETRA and MPRAGE were performed 
(that study is under review for publica­tion 
in a peer-reviewed journal). 
PETRA was also compared with 
3D-FLASH while remaining conscious 
of the fact that, compared to the 
PETRA implementation discussed in 
this article, 3D-FLASH was capable of 
higher spatial resolution. 
Clinical observations 
Comparisons of PETRA 
and MPRAGE 
Comparisons between PETRA and 
MPRAGE with similar spatial reso-lution 
and without fat suppression 
are shown in figures 2 and 3. 
GM-to-WM contrast is seen to be 
similar, both without (Fig. 2) and 
with (Fig. 3) contrast enhancement 
(CE). In the latter CE case, a small 
enhancing lesion appears to have the 
2 
3 
Technology 
Contrast-enhanced 
screening for brain metas­tases 
was indicated for a 
57-year-old male who had 
lung cancer. A tiny metas­tasis 
(diameter 3.5 mm) 
was detected in the medial 
portion of the left temporal 
lobe (arrows) on both 
sequences. 
(3A) CE MPRAGE, 
(3B) CE PETRA with an 
inversion time of 500 ms. 
same size and enhancement on 
the PETRA image as on the MPRAGE 
image. 
The remaining comparisons between 
PETRA and MPRAGE, figures 4 through 
8, were contrast-enhanced studies 
of intracranial primary or metastatic 
tumors with the same resolution 
parameters as above. However, two 
PETRA parameters were modified: 
TI was changed to 700 ms, sacrificing 
some GM-to-WM contrast for a gain 
in SNR, and fat-suppression was 
added (to PETRA only, avoiding 
a change to the hospital’s routine 
MPRAGE protocol). 
3A 3B 
MR imaging was indicated 
for a 19-month-old* female 
experiencing seizures with 
no associated fever. Neither 
sequence revealed any brain 
abnormality. (2A) MPRAGE, 
(2B) CE PETRA with a TI of 
500 ms demonstrated 
excellent gray-to-white-matter 
contrast comparable 
with that of MPRAGE. 
* MR scanning has not been 
established as safe for imaging 
fetuses and infants less than 
two years of age. The respon­sible 
physician must ­evaluate 
the benefits of the MR 
­examination 
compared to those 
of other imaging procedures. 
MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 37 
1Repetition time of RF excitation pulses, which for MPRAGE is displayed on the MR console as ‘Echo spacing’.
Technology Technology 
6A 6B 
Contrast-enhanced screening for brain metastases was indicated for a 70-year-old female who had lung cancer. 
A small ­metastasis 
was detected in the supependymal zone of the pons (arrows) on both sequences. 
(6A) CE MPRAGE, (6B) fat-suppressed CE PETRA. 
6 
7A 7B 
Contrast-enhanced screening for brain metastases was indicated for a 69-year-old male who had lung cancer. 
A small ­metastasis 
was detected in the corticomedullary junction of the left parietal lobe on both sequences. 
(7A) CE MPRAGE, (7B) fat-suppressed CE PETRA. 
7 
4A 4B 
Contrast-enhanced images of gliobastoma in a 56-year-old female patient (not proven histologically). 
(4A) CE MPRAGE, (4B) fat-suppressed CE PETRA. 
4 
5A 5B 
Contrast-enhanced images of glioblastoma in a 33-year-old male patient. 
(5A) CE MPRAGE, (5B) fat-suppressed CE PETRA. 
5 
38 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 39
Technology Technology 
8B 
Contrast-enhanced screening for brain metastases was indicated for a 63-year-old male. A ring-enhancing lesion was detected 
in the left temporal lobe on both sequences. (8A) CE MPRAGE, (8B) fat-suppressed CE PETRA. 
8 
8A 
Comparisons of PETRA 
and 3D-FLASH 
Comparisons between PETRA and 
3D-FLASH are shown in figures 9 
through 12. While the acquired spatial 
resolution was higher for 3D-FLASH 
(0.6 × 0.6 × 1.0 mm3) than for PETRA, 
the clinical findings were not affected 
in these cases. PETRA had a voxel 
size of 0.993 mm3 (Figs. 9, 10) or 
0.803 mm3 (Figs. 11, 12). 
General clinical observations 
Susceptibility-related artifacts and 
flow voids were absent on PETRA 
images, while signal from cortical 
bone was observed. All three obser­vations 
can be attributed to the ultra-short 
TE. The absence of susceptibil­ity- 
related artifacts should allow 
PETRA to detect sinusitis or tumors 
within the paranasal sinsuses which 
tend to be highly distorted on 3D 
gradient-echo-based sequences such 
as MPRAGE and 3D-FLASH. Positive 
signal from bone may be useful in 
cases of head trauma for detecting 
fractures and in surgical planning 
and follow-up. While CT is normally 
used for this purpose in adults, its use 
is highly restricted in children. PETRA 
may be able to readily provide 3D 
bone images even for ­children, 
or 
to provide more frequent follow-ups 
after surgery in adults. 
The masticator space and the parana­sal 
space at the skull base tended to 
appear ‘dirty’ or ‘messy’ on PETRA 
images, but this was not the result of 
an artifact or distortion. Rather, this 
appearance was caused by strong 
venous enhancement due to the 
absence of flow voids. Also on 
PETRA, the dura mater as well as the 
mucosa in the paranasal sinuses 
exhibited contrast enhancement, and 
the enhancement of the dura was 
uniform in most cases. This was likely 
due to blood pool enhancement in 
capillary arteries which are dense in 
those tissues, in combination with the 
absence of flow voids as a result the 
ultra-short TE. Such enhancement 
did not appear on MPRAGE and 
3D-FLASH images. The uniform 
enhancement of the dura would pre­vent 
the use of PETRA for the detec­tion 
of dural inflammation, dural 
metastasis, intracranial hypotension 
or other causes of local dural 
enhancement. Nevertheless, many 
other applications of 3D T1-weighted 
imaging exist such as those presented 
in the current article. 
Finally, PETRA demonstrated excel­lent 
fat suppression which would 
allow the sequence to be employed, 
not only for the diagnosis of intra-cranial 
tumors, but also for the diag­nosis 
of extracranial, orbital and para­nasal 
tumors including bone-marrow 
metastases of the calvaria and cranial 
base. 
9 
Contrast-enhanced 
images of dilated, 
abnormal medullary 
veins representing 
developmental venous 
anomaly (red arrows) 
in a 47-year-old female 
patient. Yellow arrows: 
Small blood pool 
enhancement in the 
combined cavernous 
malformation. 
Blue arrows: T1 
shortening caused by 
methemoglobin. 
(9A) CE 3D-FLASH 
with a voxel size of 
0.6 × 0.6 × 1.0 mm3. 
(9B) CE PETRA 
(TI 700 ms) with a voxel 
size of (0.99 mm)3. 
9A 9B 
10 
Contrast-enhanced 
images of combined 
cavernous malformation 
and developmental 
venous anomaly in 
a 47-year-old female 
patient. 
(10A) CE 3D-FLASH with 
a voxel size of 
0.6 × 0.6 × 1.0 mm3. 
(10B) CE PETRA 
(TI 700 ms) with a voxel 
size of (0.99 mm)3. 
Flow voids are absent 
due to the ultra-short 
TE causing the venous 
malformation to appear 
more prominently. 
Developmental venous 
malformation was 
apparent in the same 
patient, again appearing 
more prominently on 
PETRA due to the ultra-short 
TE and lack of 
flow voids. 
(10C) CE 3D-FLASH. 
(10D) CE PETRA. 
10A 10B 
10C 10D 
40 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 41
Technology Technology 
11A 11B gradient-echo sequence-initial experience 
11 
Contrast-enhanced 
images of small vestibular 
schwannoma (arrows) 
localized in the right 
acoustic canal of 
a 67-year-old female 
patient. 
(11A) CE 3D-FLASH with 
a voxel size of 
0.6 × 0.6 × 1.0 mm3. 
(11B) CE PETRA (TI 900 ms) 
with a voxel size of 
(0.80 mm)3. 
12 
Normal optic nerves and 
paranasal sinuses in a 
74-year-old male patient. 
(12A) 3D-FLASH with a voxel 
size of 0.6 × 0.6 × 1.0 mm3. 
(12B) PETRA (TI 900 ms) with 
a voxel size of (0.80 mm)3. 
The septi of the paranasal 
sinuses are depicted clearly 
in the ethmoid sinuses due to 
the absence of susceptibility-induced 
artifacts. 
Normal paranasal sinuses 
in the same patient. 
(12C) 3D-FLASH. 
(12D) PETRA. Notice the 
absence of susceptibility-induced 
artifacts in the 
paranasal sinus. 
Conclusion 
The acoustic noise (A-weighted) 
­generated 
by PETRA was drastically 
lower than that of MPRAGE, while con­trast- 
enhancement and image quality 
were similar between the two 
sequences, and clinical findings did 
not differ, as shown in several exam­ples. 
In comparisons of PETRA with 
3D-FLASH, although the latter pro­vided 
a higher spatial resolution, again 
clinical findings did not differ. Quieter 
MRI examinations will be more com­fortable 
for all patients, and may have 
particular advantages for pediatric, 
dementia and certain psychiatric 
patients. 
References 
1 Grodzki DM, Heismann B. Quiet 
T1-weighted head scanning using PETRA. 
Proc ISMRM 2013; 21:0456. 
2 Weiger M, Pruessmann KP, Hennel F. 
MRI with zero echo time: hard versus 
sweep pulse excitation. Magn Reson 
Med 2011; 66(2):379-89. 
3 Idiyatullin D, Corum C, Park JY, Garwood M. 
Fast and quiet MRI using a swept radio­frequency. 
J Magn Reson 2006; 181(2): 
342-349. 
Contact 
Masahiro Ida, M.D. 
Chief Radiologist 
Dept. of Radiology 
Tokyo Metropolitan Ebara Hospital 
4-5-10 Higashi-yukigaya, Ota-ku 
Tokyo 145-0065 
Japan 
Phone: +81 3-5734-8000 
rxb00500@nifty.com 
4 Grodzki DM, Jakob PM, Heismann B. 
Ultrashort echo time imaging using 
pointwise encoding time reduction with 
radial acquisition (PETRA). Magn Reson 
Med 2012; 67(2):510-508. 
5 Chamberlain R, Moeller S, Corum C, 
Idiyatullin C, Garwood M. Quiet T1- and 
T2-weighted brain imaging using SWIFT. 
Proc ISMRM 2011; 19:2723. 
6 Mugler JP, Brookeman JR. Three-dimen­sional 
magnetization-prepared rapid 
gradient-echo imaging (3D MP RAGE). 
Magn Reson Med 1990; 15:152-157. 
7 Brant-Zawadzki M, Gillan GD, Nitz WR. MP 
RAGE: a three-dimensional, T1-weighted, 
in the brain. Radiology 1992; 
182:769-75. 
8 Brant-Zawadzki MN, Gillan GD, Atkinson 
DJ, Edalatpour N, Jensen M. Three-dimen­sional 
MR imaging and display of intra­cranial 
disease: improvements with the 
MP-RAGE sequence and gadolinium. J 
Magn Reson Imaging. 1993; 3(4): 656-62. 
9 Yuh WT, Tali ET, Nguyen HD, Simonson 
TM, Mayr NA, Fisher DJ. The effect of 
contrast dose, imaging time, and lesion 
size in the MR detection of intracerebral 
metastasis. AJNR 1995; 16:373-380. 
12A 12B 
12C 12D 
42 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 
Answers for life. 
www.siemens.com/quiet-suite 
Quiet Suite 
Imaging is to be seen, not heard. 
Scan and 
listen to 
Quiet-Suite.
Acute MR Stroke Protocol in Six Minutes 
Kambiz Nael; Rihan Khan; Kevin Johnson; Diego Martin 
University of Arizona, Department of Medical Imaging, Tucson, AZ, USA 
Background 
Stroke is a common and serious 
­disorder, 
with an annual incidence 
of approximately 795,000. Based on 
American Heart Association statistics 
update in 2010, approximately 
610,000 of these are first attacks, 
and 185,000 are recurrent attacks. On 
average, every 40 seconds, someone 
in the United States has a stroke with 
an estimated mortality rate of 5.5%, 
claiming approximately 1 of every 
18 deaths in the United States [1]. 
cranial hemorrhage including tissue 
viability, site of occlusion, and collat­eral 
status. While computed tomo­graphy 
(CT) is the most widely avail­able 
and faster imaging modality, 
some comprehensive stroke centers 
favor streamlined MR protocols over 
CT in the acute stroke setting due 
to the higher specificity and superior 
tissue characterization afforded by 
MRI. The success of CT in initial eval­uation 
of AIS is due, in part, to fast 
acquisition time, widespread avail­ability 
and ease of interpretation in 
the emergency setting. The introduc­tion 
of multi-slice technology has 
dramatically increased the speed and 
simplicity of CT techniques and has 
set a high standard for alternative 
Neuroimaging plays a central role in 
the evaluation of patients with acute 
ischemic stroke (AIS). With improved 
technology over the last decade, imag­ing 
now provides information beyond 
the mere presence or absence of intra­imaging 
techniques. A comprehen­sive 
CT stroke algorithm including 
parenchymal imaging (non-contrast 
head CT), CT angiography (CTA), and 
perfusion/penumbral imaging by CT 
perfusion can now be acquired and 
processed in less than 10 minutes 
[5, 6]. 
MRI has been demonstrated to be 
more sensitive for the detection of 
acute ischemia and more specific for 
delineation of infarction core volume 
when compared to CT [7, 8]. How­ever, 
due to longer acquisition time 
and limited availability; it has been 
mainly used in large institutions 
and comprehensive stroke centers. 
A comprehensive MR protocol includ­ing 
parenchymal imaging, MRA and 
MR perfusion can now be obtained 
in the order of 20 minutes as demon­strated 
in several clinical trials [9–13]. 
If MRI is to compete with CT for 
evaluation of acute stroke, there is 
need for further improvements in 
acquisition speed. 
In this article we describe our modi­fied 
acute stroke MRI protocol that 
can be obtained in approximately 
6 minutes rivaling that of any com­prehensive 
acute stroke CT protocol. 
We describe the technical aspects 
and review a few clinical examples 
based on our preliminary results. 
92-year-old man with sudden onset of right-sided weakness and aphasia presented to our 
emergency department after receiving IV-tPA at an outside institution. The acute stroke protocol 
was performed after 9 hours from the onset in our institution and selective images are shown. 
1A 1B 
1C 
Serial aligned DWI, ADC, EPI-FLAIR and EPI-GRE images 
are shown. There is acute infarction of the left MCA 
distribution involving the left operculum and insula. 
Small focus of hemorrhagic conversion is present 
within the area of infarction seen on both EPI-FLAIR 
and EPI-GRE images. 
1A Aligned DSC-Tmax, DSC-CBF and DSC-CBV images are shown. 
DSC maps show a heterogeneous pattern of perfusion deficit 
containing a small perfusion defect in the region of hemorrhage 
and predominant luxury perfusion along the left MCA territory 
seen on Tmax and CBF maps. 
1B 
Coronal MIP from CE-MRA of the entire supra-aortic arteries and cropped volume-rendered 
­reconstruction 
of the intracranial arteries show no evidence of hemodynamic significant arterial 
stenosis nor occlusion involving the proximal arteries. Note the high diagnostic image quality 
of the CE-MRA images which are obtained after administration of 8 ml of contrast. 
1C 
44 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 
How-I-do-it 
MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 45 
How-I-do-it
How-I-do-it How-I-do-it 
Both FLAIR and GRE images have 
been used to detect intraarterial clot 
with variable sensitivity and specificity 
[16, 17]. 
Introduction of fast imaging tech­niques 
such as parallel acquisition [18] 
and EPI [19, 20] has significantly 
enhanced the performance of MR 
imaging in terms of acquisition speed. 
The main advantage of EPI, as in the 
case of DWI imaging, is rapid acquisi­tion 
time, which is made possible by 
rapid gradient switching which per­mits 
the acquisition of all frequency 
and phase encoding steps during a sin­gle 
pulse cycle. The addition of parallel 
imaging can further enhance the 
acquisition speed and may also serve 
to mitigate the geometric distortion 
and susceptibility artifacts commonly 
associated with long echo-train 
sequences such as EPI [21, 22]. If their 
potential is realized, the application 
of EPI and parallel imaging techniques 
to the FLAIR and GRE sequences can 
result in reduction of image acquisition 
time of the entire brain to less than 
a minute, a three-fold reduction in 
scan time over conventional imaging 
[23, 24]. 
2. MR Angiogram 
An important aspect of the workup 
of patients with AIS is the imaging of 
both the intracranial and extracranial 
vasculature. Precise imaging of the 
vascular tree is required during the 
­initial 
assessment of patients with 
acute stroke to accurately detect the 
site of arterial disease, which in turn 
can be crucial in determining the 
type of acute therapy they are given. 
Intravenous thrombolysis has been 
shown to be more effective in small 
distal vessels than in the large vessels 
[25]. Larger vessel occlusion may be 
more effectively treated with intra-arterial 
thrombolysis or clot retrieval 
devices while associated with fewer 
complications [26, 27]. In addition, 
MRA of the extracranial circulation 
(neck arteries) is essential to estab­lish 
the mechanism of ischemia and 
to prevent subsequent episodes. 
Extracranial tandem stenoses with 
plaque involving the carotid or verte­bral 
arteries can be the source of 
­disease 
that triggers an acute stroke. 
Time-of-flight MRA (TOF-MRA) has 
been traditionally used in routine 
stroke protocols to evaluate the 
status of neck and brain arteries. 
Despite its promising results [28], 
TOF-MRA has significant disadvan­tages 
including spin saturation and 
phase dispersion due to slow or tur­bulent 
flow [29, 30]. This can result 
in overestimation of arterial stenosis 
and increase false positive rates, 
­usually 
due to slow flow distal to 
a subocclusive thrombus or clot. 
Most importantly the acquisition 
time ­usually 
is long, typically lasting 
5–7 minutes. 
The general consensus is that 
contrast-enhanced MR angiography 
­( 
CE-MRA) provides more accurate 
imaging of extracranial vessel mor­phology 
and of the degree of steno­sis 
than TOF-MRA techniques [31–33]. 
However, CE-MRA has not been 
widely incorporated into acute stroke 
protocols for several reasons. First, 
CE-MRA has lower spatial resolution 
relative to TOF-MRA, since the com­peting 
requirements of coverage and 
acquisition speed generally force a 
compromise in spatial resolution for 
­CE- 
MRA [34]. A second potential limi­tation 
to incorporation of CE-MRA 
into clinical stroke protocols is related 
to the requirement of an extra con­trast 
dose, which would be in addi­tion 
to the intravenous contrast 
bolus normally utilized for perfusion 
imaging. With introduction of high 
performance MR scanners and recent 
advances in fast imaging tools such 
as parallel acquisition (GRAPPA) [18], 
high matrices can now be spread out 
over a large field-of-view encompass­ing 
the entire head and neck, result­ing 
in acquisitions with submillimeter 
voxel sizes and acquisition times on 
the order of 20 seconds [35, 36]. 
3. MR Perfusion 
MR perfusion imaging has been used 
broadly in the identification of poten­tially 
salvageable tissue to determine 
the best treatment strategy in patients 
with acute ischemic stroke. Although 
the concept of perfusion-diffusion 
mismatch remains controversial 
[37, 38], it has been used with some 
­success 
to identify patients who may 
respond favorably to revasculariza­tion 
therapies in several clinical trials 
[12, 13, 39]. 
Faster image acquisition combined 
with higher signal-to-noise ratio 
(SNR) resulting from the use of gado­linium 
contrast agents has helped 
dynamic susceptibility contrast (DSC) 
perfusion become a more robust and 
widely accepted technique in com­parison 
to arterial spin labeling (ASL) 
to identify the presence of perfusion 
abnormalities in patients with AIS. 
A refined MR stroke protocol that 
can combine both CE-MRA and DSC-perfusion 
with improved acquisition 
time and diagnostic image quality 
as previously suggested [47, 48] may 
have important therapeutic and 
prognostic implications in the man­agement 
of patients with acute 
stroke. Higher inherent SNR of higher 
magnetic fields such as 3T with 
improved multi-coil technology has 
resulted in acquisition of low dose 
CE-MRA of the supra-aortic arteries 
with contrast dose as low as 8 ml 
[40, 41]. A modified 2-phase contrast 
injection scheme [46] can be used 
to perform both CE-MRA and DSC 
perfusion imaging, without the need 
for additional contrast. The influence 
of contrast dose reduction on DSC 
perfusion has been evaluated by 
several investigators [42, 43] and 
contrast dose as low as 0.05 mmol/kg 
has been used to perform DSC perfu­sion 
with promising results [44, 45]. 
Advances in MR technology including 
hardware and software, faster gradi­ent 
performance of MR scanners, 
improved sequence design and fast 
imaging tools such as EPI and parallel 
Technical consideration 
A comprehensive MR stroke protocol 
has three essential components: 
1) Parenchymal imaging that identi­fies 
the presence and size of an irre­versible 
infarcted core and deter­mines 
the presence of hemorrhage; 
2) MR angiogram to determine the 
presence of proximal arterial occlu­sion 
and/or intravascular thrombus 
that can be treated with thrombolysis 
or thrombectomy; 
3) Pwerfusion imaging to determine 
the presence of hypoperfused tissue 
at risk for subsequent infarction if 
adequate perfusion is not restored. 
Below we describe each of these 
components in detail and explain 
how recent technical advances can 
be used to enhance the performance 
of the different aspects of acute 
stroke imaging. 
1. Parenchymal imaging 
This encompasses three parts: 
1) DWI (diffusion-weighted imaging) 
that can detect ischemic tissue within 
minutes of its occurrence and has 
emerged as the most sensitive and 
specific imaging technique for acute 
ischemia, far beyond NECT or any 
other type of MRI sequences [14]. 
2) FLAIR that helps to age the infarc­tion 
and permits the detection of 
subtle subarachnoid hemorrhage; 
3) GRE to detect parenchymal hemor­rhage 
with comparable accuracy for 
the acute intraparenchymal hemor­rhage 
to CT [15]. 
2A 2B 2C 
Serial aligned DWI, ADC, EPI-FLAIR and EPI-GRE 
images are shown. There is acute right hemispheric 
infarction involving both the ACA and MCA territories. 
The EPI-FLAIR images demonstrate corresponding 
hyperintensity suggestive of completed infarction. 
There is associated mass effect. No hemorrhage is 
identified on corresponding EPI-GRE images. 
2B Coronal MIP from CE-MRA of the 
2A Aligned DSC-Tmax, DSC-CBF and DSC-CBV 
images are shown. There is a matched 
perfusion defect with the region of infarction. 
entire supra-aortic arteries shows 
complete occlusion of the right 
cervical ICA shortly after the origin. 
There is some reconstitution of 
flow signal at the supracliniod ICA 
likely via collaterals. 
2C 
68-year-old man with left sided weakness and altered level of consciousness of unknown onset. 
46 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 47
How-I-do-it How-I-do-it 
acquisition have promised the 
­potential 
for a fast but comprehen­sive 
MR stroke protocol that can be 
performed in approximately 6 min­utes 
rivaling those of CT protocols. 
Next we review our stroke protocol 
in terms of image acquisition and 
sequence parameters and show 
some of the clinical examples that 
were performed at our institution. 
How we do it 
At our institution, absent contraindi­cation, 
MR is the default imaging 
modality for AIS. An MR safety ques­tionnaire 
is administered, and MR 
compatible ECG leads are placed in 
the emergency department as 
patients are being evaluated by the 
neurology team. Patients are then 
placed onto an MR compatible table 
and wheeled to the MR magnet for 
rapid imaging. 
We use both 3T and 1.5T MR scanners 
(MAGNETOM Skyra and MAGNETOM 
Aera, Siemens Healthcare, Erlangen, 
Germany), with 3T the default scanner 
for acute stroke imaging when avail­able. 
For signal reception, a combina­tion 
of a 16-element array coil [head 
(n = 12), neck (n = 4)] will be used. 
The coil design allows for application 
of parallel acquisition in both the 
phase and slice encoding directions. 
Our 6-minute MR imaging protocol 
consist of DWI, EPI-FLAIR, ­EPI- 
GRE, 
Table 1: Imaging protocol 
CE-MRA and DSC perfusion. The clini­cal 
­indications 
for using this acute 
MR stroke protocol are patients with 
acute (< 9 hours) presentation from 
the onset of symptoms, unknown 
onset of symptoms, NIHSS > 4, or 
aphasia. Table 1 shows the sequence 
parameters of our acquisition 
protocol. 
A modified 2-phase contrast injection 
scheme [46] is used to perform both 
CE-MRA and DSC perfusion imaging, 
without the need for additional con­trast. 
To accomplish this, the total 
volume of 20 ml of gadolinium 
­( 
Multihance, Bracco Diagnostics Inc., 
Princeton, NJ, USA) that is used rou­tinely 
for MR perfusion is diluted with 
normal saline to a total 50 ml vol­ume. 
Using a timing bolus, a total of 
3 ml of contrast solution (1.2 ml of 
gadolinium) is injected at 1.5 ml/s to 
determine the transit time from the 
arm vein to the cervical carotid arter­ies. 
Then, a total of 22 ml contrast 
solution (8.8 ml of gadolinium) is 
injected at the same flow rate as the 
timing injection for the CE-MRA 
acquisition. A centric ordering k-space 
is used for CE-MRA to minimize intra­cranial 
venous contamination. Sub­sequently, 
the remaining 25 ml of 
­contrast 
solution (10 ml of gadolin­ium) 
is injected at 5 ml/s for the MR 
perfusion scan which is performed 
at the end. 
Image analysis 
Following data acquisition, CE-MRA 
image processing is performed on the 
scanner console with standard com­mercial 
software using a maximum 
intensity projection (MIP) algorithm. 
All of the reconstructed data, as well 
as the source images are available on 
the workstation for image analysis. 
­Perfusion 
analysis will be performed 
off-line on a dedicated FDA-approved 
workstation (Olea-sphere, Olea Medical 
SA, France). The arterial input function 
is selected automatically and multi­parametric 
perfusion maps including 
time-to-peak (TTP), time-to-maximum 
(Tmax) cerebral blood flow (CBF) and 
cerebral blood volume (CBV) are then 
calculated using a block-circulant 
­singular 
value decomposition tech­nique 
[49]. 
Our initial results using the described 
stroke MR protocol have been promis­ing. 
We have scanned more than 600 
patients with ASI since January 2013. 
More than 97% of our studies have 
been rated with diagnostic image qual­ity. 
The EPI-FLAIR sequence has been 
used in parallel to conventional FLAIR 
in a subset of patients with compara­ble 
qualitative and quantitative results 
[24]. In a study of 52 patients with 
AIS, the mean ± SD of the signal inten­sity 
ratios on EPI-FLAIR and FLAIR for 
DWI positive lesions were 1.28 ± 0.16 
and 1.25 ± 0.17 respectively with sig­nificant 
DWI EPI-FLAIR EPI-GRE CE-MRA DSC 
TR (ms) 4600 10000 (TI:2500) 1860 3.36 1450 
TE 65 88 48 1.24 22 
FA (degrees) – 90 90 25 90 
Matrix 160 192 192 448 128 
FOV 220 220 220 340 220 
Slices (n × thickness) 30 × 4 30 × 4 40 × 3 120 × 0.8 30 × 4 
Bandwidth (Hz/pixel) 1250 1488 964 590 1502 
Parallel acquisition (GRAPPA) 3 3 – 3 3 
Acquisition time 58 sec 52 sec 56 sec 20 sec 1 min and 30 sec 
correlation (r = 0.899, z value 
= 8.677, p < 0.0001). The EPI-GRE 
sequence has been also used in paral­lel 
to conventional GRE in a subset 
of patients with comparable results 
in terms of detection of hemorrhage 
(Fig. 1) and blood clot in proximal 
arteries. 
The combination of CE-MRA and 
DSC has been successfully tested in 
our institution [48] with diagnostic 
image quality. In a cohort of 30 
patients with acute stroke, the speci­ficity 
of CE-MRA for detection of 
­arterial 
stenosis > 50% was 97% com­pared 
to 89% for TOF-MRA when com­pared 
to DSA as the standard of refer­ence 
[48]. DSC perfusion imaging with 
reduced contrast dose is feasible with 
comparable quantitative and qualita­tive 
results to a full-dose control group 
[48]. Importantly, the presence of 
contrast in the circulating blood of the 
­CE- 
MRA half-dose group does not neg­atively 
impact the image quality nor 
the quantitative analysis of perfusion 
data when compared to the control 
full-dose group. 
Conclusion 
Described multimodal MR protocol 
is feasible for evaluation of patients 
with acute ischemic stroke with total 
acquisition time of 6 minutes rivaling 
that of the multimodal CT protocol. 
References 
1 Lloyd-Jones D, Adams RJ, Brown TM, 
et al. Heart disease and stroke statistics 
– 2010 update: a report from the 
American Heart Association. Circulation. 
Feb 23 2010;121(7):e46-e215. 
2 Saver JL. Time is brain-quantified. 
Stroke. Jan 2006;37(1):263-266. 
3 Michel P, Bogousslavsky J. Penumbra is 
brain: no excuse not to perfuse. Ann 
Neurol. Nov 2005;58(5):661-663. 
4 Gonzalez RG. Imaging-guided acute 
ischemic stroke therapy: From “time 
is brain” to “physiology is brain”. AJNR. 
American journal of neuroradiology. 
Apr 2006;27(4):728-735. 
15 Kidwell CS, Chalela JA, Saver JL, et al. 
Comparison of MRI and CT for detection 
of acute intracerebral hemorrhage. JAMA : 
the journal of the American Medical Associ-ation. 
Oct 20 2004;292(15):1823-1830. 
16 Flacke S, Urbach H, Keller E, et al. Middle 
cerebral artery (MCA) susceptibility sign 
at susceptibility-based perfusion MR 
imaging: clinical importance and 
comparison with hyperdense MCA sign at 
CT. Radiology. May 2000;215(2):476-482. 
17 Assouline E, Benziane K, Reizine D, et al. 
Intra-arterial thrombus visualized on T2* 
gradient echo imaging in acute ischemic 
stroke. Cerebrovasc Dis. 2005;20(1):6-11. 
18 Griswold MA, Jakob PM, Heidemann RM, 
et al. Generalized autocalibrating partially 
parallel acquisitions (GRAPPA). Magnetic 
resonance in medicine : official journal of 
the Society of Magnetic Resonance in 
Medicine / Society of Magnetic Resonance 
in Medicine. Jun 2002;47(6):1202-1210. 
19 Mansfield P. Real-time echo-planar imaging 
by NMR. Br Med Bull. Apr 1984;40(2): 
187-190. 
20 DeLaPaz RL. Echo-planar imaging. Radio-graphics. 
Sep 1994;14(5):1045-1058. 
21 Pruessmann KP. Parallel imaging at high 
field strength: synergies and joint 
potential. Topics in magnetic resonance 
imaging : TMRI. Aug 2004;15(4):237-244. 
22 Wiesinger F, Van de Moortele PF, Adriany 
G, De Zanche N, Ugurbil K, Pruessmann 
KP. Potential and feasibility of parallel MRI 
at high field. NMR in biomedicine. 
May 2006;19(3):368-378. 
23 Kinoshita T, Okudera T, Tamura H, 
Ogawa T, Hatazawa J. Assessment of 
lacunar hemorrhage associated with 
hypertensive stroke by echo-planar 
gradient-echo T2*-weighted MRI. 
Stroke. Jul 2000;31(7): 1646-1650. 
24 Meshksar A, Khan R, Carmody R, Nael K. 
The Role of Echo-planar Fluid-Attenuated 
Inversion Recovery (EPI-FLAIR) in Acute 
Stroke Setting: A Feasibility Study. 
Paper presented at: ASNR; May 22, 2013, 
2013; San Diego, CA. 
25 del Zoppo GJ, Poeck K, Pessin MS, et al. 
Recombinant tissue plasminogen activator 
in acute thrombotic and embolic stroke. 
Ann Neurol. Jul 1992;32(1):78-86. 
26 Furlan A, Higashida R, Wechsler L, et al. 
Intra-arterial prourokinase for acute 
ischemic stroke. The PROACT II study: 
a randomized controlled trial. Prolyse in 
Acute Cerebral Thromboembolism. 
JAMA : the journal of the American 
Medical Association. Dec 1 1999;282(21): 
2003-2011. 
5 Zhu G, Michel P, Aghaebrahim A, et al. 
Computed tomography workup of 
patients suspected of acute ischemic 
stroke: perfusion computed tomography 
adds value compared with clinical 
evaluation, noncontrast computed 
tomography, and computed tomography 
angiogram in terms of predicting 
outcome. Stroke; a journal of cerebral 
circulation. Apr 2013;44(4):1049-1055. 
6 Schaefer PW, Roccatagliata L, Ledezma C, 
et al. First-pass quantitative CT perfusion 
identifies thresholds for salvageable 
penumbra in acute stroke patients treated 
with intra-arterial therapy. AJNR. 
American journal of neuroradiology. 
Jan 2006;27(1):20-25. 
7 Jauch EC, Saver JL, Adams HP, Jr., et al. 
Guidelines for the early management 
of patients with acute ischemic stroke: 
a guideline for healthcare professionals 
from the American Heart Association/ 
American Stroke Association. Stroke. 
Mar 2013;44(3):870-947. 
8 Chalela JA, Kidwell CS, Nentwich LM, 
et al. Magnetic resonance imaging and 
computed tomography in emergency 
assessment of patients with suspected 
acute stroke: a prospective comparison. 
Lancet. Jan 27 
2007;369(9558):293-298. 
9 Kang DW, Chalela JA, Dunn W, Warach S, 
Investigators NI-SSC. MRI screening 
before standard tissue plasminogen 
activator therapy is feasible and safe. 
Stroke. Sep 2005;36(9):1939-1943. 
10 Hjort N, Butcher K, Davis SM, et al. 
Magnetic resonance imaging criteria for 
thrombolysis in acute cerebral infarct. 
Stroke. Feb 2005;36(2):388-397. 
11 Schellinger PD, Jansen O, Fiebach JB, 
Hacke W, Sartor K. A standardized MRI 
stroke protocol: comparison with CT in 
hyperacute intracerebral hemorrhage. 
Stroke; a journal of cerebral circulation. 
Apr 1999;30(4):765-768. 
12 Albers GW, Thijs VN, Wechsler L, et al. 
Magnetic resonance imaging profiles 
predict clinical response to early reper­fusion: 
the diffusion and perfusion 
imaging evaluation for understanding 
stroke evolution (DEFUSE) study. Ann 
Neurol. Nov 2006;60(5):508-517. 
13 Davis SM, Donnan GA, Parsons MW, et al. 
Effects of alteplase beyond 3 h after 
stroke in the Echoplanar Imaging 
Thrombolytic Evaluation Trial (EPITHET): 
a placebo-controlled randomised trial. 
Lancet neurology. Apr 2008;7(4): 
299-309. 
14 Fiebach JB, Schellinger PD, Jansen O, 
et al. CT and diffusion-weighted MR 
imaging in randomized order: diffusion-weighted 
imaging results in higher 
accuracy and lower interrater variability 
in the diagnosis of hyperacute ischemic 
stroke. Stroke; a journal of cerebral 
circulation. Sep 2002;33(9):2206-2210. 
48 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 49
Contact 
Kambiz Nael, M.D. 
Assistant Professor of Radiology 
Director of Neuroradiology MRI 
University of Arizona 
Medical Center 
Department of Medical Imaging, 
Neuroradiology Section 
1501 N. Campbell, 
PO Box 245067 
Tucson, AZ 85724-5067 
USA 
Phone: +1 520-626-2138 
Fax: +1 520-626-7093 
kambiz@radiology.arizona.edu 
37 Hacke W, Furlan AJ, Al-Rawi Y, et al. Intra­venous 
desmoteplase in patients with 
acute ischaemic stroke selected by MRI 
perfusion-diffusion weighted imaging 
or perfusion CT (DIAS-2): a prospective, 
randomised, double-blind, placebo-controlled 
study. Lancet neurology. 
Feb 2009;8(2):141-150. 
38 Kidwell CS, Jahan R, Gornbein J, et al. 
A trial of imaging selection and endovas­cular 
treatment for ischemic stroke. 
The New England journal of medicine. 
Mar 7 2013;368(10):914-923. 
39 Lansberg MG, Straka M, Kemp S, et al. 
MRI profile and response to endovas­cular 
reperfusion after stroke (DEFUSE 
2): a prospective cohort study. Lancet 
neurology. Oct 2012;11(10):860-867. 
40 Tomasian A, Salamon N, Lohan DG, 
Jalili M, Villablanca JP, Finn JP. Supra­aortic 
arteries: contrast material dose 
reduction at 3.0-T high-spatial-resolution 
MR angiography-feasibility study. 
Radiology. Dec 2008;249(3):980-990. 
41 Nael K, Moriarty JM, Finn JP. Low dose 
CE-MRA. Eur J Radiol. Oct 2011;80(1): 
2-8. 
42 Heiland S, Reith W, Forsting M, Sartor K. 
How do concentration and dosage of 
the contrast agent affect the signal 
change in perfusion-weighted magnetic 
resonance imaging? A computer 
simulation. Magnetic resonance 
imaging. Jul 2001;19(6):813-820. 
43 Alger JR, Schaewe TJ, Lai TC, et al. 
Contrast agent dose effects in cerebral 
dynamic susceptibility contrast magnetic 
resonance perfusion imaging. Journal 
of magnetic resonance imaging: JMRI. 
Jan 2009;29(1):52-64. 
44 Manka C, Traber F, Gieseke J, Schild HH, 
Kuhl CK. Three-dimensional dynamic 
susceptibility-weighted perfusion MR 
imaging at 3.0 T: feasibility and contrast 
agent dose. Radiology. Mar 2005; 
234(3):869-877. 
45 Alger JR, Schaewe TJ, Liebeskind DS, 
Saver JL, Kidwell CS. On the feasibility 
of reduced dose Dynamic Susceptibility 
Contrast perfusion MRI for stroke. Paper 
presented at: Intl. Soc. Mag. Reson. 
Med; 7-13 May 2011, 2011; Montréal, 
Québec, Canada. 
46 Habibi R, Krishnam MS, Lohan DG, et al. 
High-spatial-resolution lower extremity 
MR angiography at 3.0 T: contrast agent 
dose comparison study. Radiology. 
Aug 2008;248(2):680-692. 
47 Ryu CW, Lee DH, Kim HS, et al. Acqui­sition 
of MR perfusion images and 
contrast-enhanced MR angiography in 
acute ischaemic stroke patients: which 
procedure should be done first? The 
British journal of radiology. Dec 2006; 
79(948):962-967. 
48 Nael K, Pirastehfar M, Villablanca JP, 
Salamon N. Addition of a Low-dose 
Contrast Enhanced MRA at 3.0T in the 
Assessment of Acute Stroke: A More 
Efficient and Accurate Stroke Protocol. 
Paper presented at: ASNR 50th Annual 
Meeting; April, 2012; New York, NY. 
49 Wu O, Ostergaard L, Weisskoff RM, 
Benner T, Rosen BR, Sorensen AG. Tracer 
arrival timing-insensitive technique for 
estimating flow in MR perfusion-weighted 
imaging using singular value decompo­sition 
with a block-circulant deconvo­lution 
matrix. Magnetic resonance in 
medicine : official journal of the Society 
of Magnetic Resonance in Medicine / 
Society of Magnetic Resonance in 
Medicine. Jul 2003;50(1):164-174. 
How-I-do-it 
27 Becker KJ, Brott TG. Approval of the MERCI 
clot retriever: a critical view. Stroke; 
a journal of cerebral circulation. Feb 2005; 
36(2):400-403. 
28 Yucel EK, Anderson CM, Edelman RR, et al. 
AHA scientific statement. Magnetic 
resonance angiography : update on appli­cations 
for extracranial arteries. Circu-lation. 
Nov 30 1999;100(22):2284-2301. 
29 Isoda H, Takehara Y, Isogai S, et al. MRA 
of intracranial aneurysm models: 
a comparison of contrast-enhanced three-dimensional 
MRA with time-of-flight MRA. 
J Comput Assist Tomogr. Mar-Apr 2000; 
24(2):308-315. 
30 Lin W, Tkach JA, Haacke EM, Masaryk TJ. 
Intracranial MR angiography: application 
of magnetization transfer contrast and fat 
saturation to short gradient-echo, 
velocity-compensated sequences. 
Radiology. Mar 1993;186(3):753-761. 
31 Somford DM, Nederkoorn PJ, Rutgers DR, 
Kappelle LJ, Mali WP, van der Grond J. 
Proximal and distal hyperattenuating 
middle cerebral artery signs at CT: 
different prognostic implications. 
Radiology. Jun 2002;223(3):667-671. 
32 Cosottini M, Pingitore A, Puglioli M, et al. 
Contrast-enhanced three-dimensional 
magnetic resonance angiography of 
atherosclerotic internal carotid stenosis 
as the noninvasive imaging modality in 
revascularization decision making. Stroke; 
a journal of cerebral circulation. Mar 2003; 
34(3):660-664. 
33 Huston J, 3rd, Fain SB, Wald JT, et al. 
Carotid artery: elliptic centric contrast-enhanced 
MR angiography compared with 
conventional angiography. Radiology. 
Jan 2001;218(1):138-143. 
34 Fellner C, Lang W, Janka R, Wutke R, 
Bautz W, Fellner FA. Magnetic resonance 
angiography of the carotid arteries using 
three different techniques: accuracy 
compared with intraarterial x-ray angiog­raphy 
and endarterectomy specimens. 
Journal of magnetic resonance imaging : 
JMRI. Apr 2005;21(4):424-431. 
35 Nael K, Villablanca JP, Pope WB, McNamara 
TO, Laub G, Finn JP. Supraaortic arteries: 
contrast-enhanced MR angiography at 3.0 
T-highly accelerated parallel acquisition 
for improved spatial resolution over an 
extended field of view. Radiology. 
Feb 2007;242(2):600-609. 
36 Phan T, Huston J, 3rd, Bernstein MA, 
Riederer SJ, Brown RD, Jr. Contrast-enhanced 
magnetic resonance angiog­raphy 
of the cervical vessels: experience 
with 422 patients. Stroke; a journal of 
cerebral circulation. Oct 2001;32(10): 
2282-2286. 
50 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 
TOGETHER WE MOVE FORWARD IN THE FIGHT AGAINST CANCER 
When two leading companies join forces in the fight against cancer, it broadens the 
realm of what’s possible. That’s why Varian and Siemens have partnered. Siemens' 
advanced diagnostic imaging capabilities coupled with Varian's powerful delivery 
systems and treatment planning tools give even more of an edge in the pursuit of 
our common goal: to EnVision better cancer care. Together we offer more personalized 
treatment and expanded care options that aid you in making the best possible 
decisions for your patients—with confidence. By gathering our strengths, we have the 
energy and vision to better help healthcare professionals detect, diagnose and treat 
cancer while paving the way for the future of cancer care. 
© 2013 Varian, Varian Medical Systems, Trilogy, and ARIA are registered 
trademarks, and TrueBeam, Edge Radiosurgery and Eclipse are trademarks of 
Varian Medical Systems, Inc. All other trademarks are property of Siemens AG. 
Find out more at varian.com/envision 
Varian Medical Systems 
International AG 
Zug, Switzerland 
Tel: +41 - 41 749 88 44 
Fax: +41 - 41 740 33 40 
varian.com 
info.europe@varian.com 
Global Siemens Healthcare 
Headquarters 
Siemens AG 
Healthcare Sector 
Henkestrasse 127 
91052 Erlangen, Germany 
Tel: +49 9131 84-0 
siemens.com/healthcare
Clinical Neurology Neurology Clinical 
at the same time, but is generally 
ignored. A filter is applied to the phase 
image (High-pass Hamming Window 
Filter) on a 64 × 64 matrix to reduce 
aliasing artifacts. A new phase mask is 
created which, when added to the 
magnitude image, creates the suscep­tibility 
image. In order to obtain a 
­better 
interpretation, minimum inten­sity 
projections (minIP) are used [6]. 
During post-processing the phase con­trast 
image is filtered to reduce unde­sirable 
low spatial frequency compo­nents, 
leaving the high frequency field 
variations. The phase mask created 
can be ‘positive’ or ‘negative’. The 
phase mask is multiplied using the 
original magnitude image to produce 
images that maximize the negative 
intensity of the mineralization of the 
parenchyma. Minimum intensity pro­jection 
(usually from 2 to 4 slices) is 
used to display the processed data [1]. 
MAGNETOM ESSENZA 1.5 Tesla MRI 
unit with the following settings: 
TR 49 ms, TE 40 ms, FA 15°, number 
of slices 60, slice thickness 2 mm, 
acquisition matrix 256 ×157. 
Susceptibility-weighted imaging 
takes advantage of the loss of signal 
intensity created by alterations in 
a homogenous magnetic field; these 
disturbances can be caused by sev­eral 
different paramagnetic or dia­magnetic 
substances. The loss of sig­nal 
intensity in the T2*-weighted 
sequence is a result of the difference 
in the precession rate of the spins 
[5]. 
The susceptibility image is obtained 
during the acquisition process by 
combining the magnitude and phase 
of the images. Routine MR images 
are magnitude images where the sig­nal’s 
intensity is converted to a gray 
scale. Phase information is obtained 
Introduction 
Susceptibility-weighted imaging 
(SWI) is a sequence that utilizes a 
phenomenon in which the phase and 
change in the local magnetic field of 
the tissues are proportional to one 
another, provided the echo time is 
constant [1]. It uses magnitude and 
phase images, as well as a summa­tion 
of these in a three-dimensional 
gradient echo sequence with flow 
compensation [2]. It offers very high 
sensitivity for visualizing calcium, 
non-heme iron (ferritin) and hemo­globin 
degradation products (deoxy­hemoglobin 
and hemosiderin) [3, 4]. 
Initial experience 
By means of a series of cases we 
will illustrate the clinical usefulness 
of SWI with certain neurological 
conditions. The studies reviewed 
were performed in the Neurological 
Scanography Magnetic Resonance 
Imaging Service using a Siemens 
The method is highly sensitive for pur­poses 
of visualizing venous circulation, 
blood products and iron content, and 
is also useful for evaluating the vascu­larization 
of tumors and for identifying 
brain tissue that has been compro­mised 
by a stroke, vascular dementia 
or trauma, and can also be used in 
functional imaging [1, 4, 7-9] (Fig. 1). 
Hemorrhage 
Oxyhemoglobin, formed by the bind­ing 
of an oxygen and an iron atom 
contained in the Hem group, is a dia­magnetic 
substance. When the oxygen 
is released from the iron atom it forms 
deoxyhemoglobin, which is paramag­netic 
because of its unpaired electrons. 
Metahemoglobin is produced when 
deoxyhemoglobin oxidizes, making it 
less stable; in this state there is little 
susceptibility effect and thus it is more 
easily visualized in T1w images. 
Hemosiderin is the final product of the 
degradation of hemoglobin when it 
degrades within phagocytic cells, and 
is a highly paramagnetic [3, 4, 10] 
substance. Diamagnetic substances 
produce a weak local magnetic field, 
while paramagnetics generate a stron­ger 
magnetic field that leads to a 
­signal 
de-phase and therefore a signal 
reduction in the T2*w sequence [4]. 
The ferritin produced by different 
metabolic processes also has para-magnetic 
characteristics and is 
associated with Parkinson’s disease, 
Huntington’s disease and Alzheimer’s 
disease [9-11]. 
Trauma 
In the detection of diffuse axonal 
damage, this approach is more sensi­tive 
than conventional imaging for 
detecting microhemorrhages in the 
deep and subcortical white matter, 
which can be obscured in computed 
tomography (CT) scans [12, 13]. It is 
three to six times more sensitive than 
gradient echo images for detecting 
the number, size, and location of the 
lesions associated with this clinical 
status of the patient [1, 13-16]. It is 
equally useful in detecting brain-stem 
lesions, subarachnoid and intra­ventricular 
hemorrhage, as well as 
other types of hemorrhagic lesions 
of different origins [17] (Fig. 2). 
Calcifications 
Calcium is also diamagnetic and can 
lead to changes in the susceptibility 
image [12, 18]. SWI differentiates 
iron from calcium based on their dia­magnetic 
or paramagnetic character­istics 
in the filtered-phase image. 
­Calcium 
appears brilliant in this latter 
image, while the hemorrhage and 
its derivative products have low signal 
intensity. This differentiation is 
important when dealing with neuro­degenerative 
and metabolic diseases, 
trauma, and tumors [12, 18]. 
Vascular malformations 
Venous blood causes non-homogene­ity 
in the magnetic field due to the 
paramagnetic effect of the deoxygen­ated 
blood due to T2* reduction, 
depending on the oxygen saturation, 
the hematocrit and the condition of 
the erythrocytes; thus, the deoxyhe­moglobin 
present in venous blood 
allows for the visualization of the lat­ter 
[4] as well as the phase difference 
between the vessels and surrounding 
structures [19]. The susceptibility 
image provides contrast similar to that 
of a functional image (BOLD blood 
oxygen level-dependent). 
SWI is more sensitive in the detection 
of vascular structures that are hidden 
to T2* and low-flow malformations 
that are not detected by MR angiog­raphy, 
such as venous development 
malformations, telangiectasias and 
cavernomas, as well as vascular abnor­malities 
and calcifications related to 
Sturge-Weber Syndrome, since it is 
not affected by flow velocity or direc­tion 
[20-24]. In dural sinus thrombo­sis 
they show venous statis and col­lateral 
flow, as well as early detection 
of venous hypertension before infarcts 
or hemorrhages occur [7, 8, 19] 
(Figs. 3–5). 
Susceptibility-Weighted Imaging. 
Initial Experience 
José Luis Ascencio L.1; Tania Isabel Ruiz Z.2 
1 Escanografia Neurologica, Medellin, Colombia 
2 Universidad CES, Radiology, Medellín, Antioquia, Colombia 
1A 
Patient with bilateral frontal hemorrhagic contusion. (1A) T2w axial; no lesions observed. (1B) Axial gradient echo shows a low-signal 
lesion in left frontal lobe with a slight blooming effect. (1C) SWI magnitude, two bilateral frontal hemorrhagic contusions are observed. 
1 
1B 1C 2A 2B 2C 
Patient with diffuse axonal lesion. (2A) T2w axial; no lesions observed. (2B) Low-signal, puntiform lesions. (2C) SWI minIP 
makes the multiple microhemorrhagic lesions more apparent. 
2 
52 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 53
Clinical Neurology Neurology Clinical 
3A 3B 3C 
Venous development anomaly. (3A) Axial gradient echo; anomaly not visible. (3B) Axial contrast-enhanced image shows right 
frontal venous development anomaly that is more evident in the susceptibility image (3C). 
3 
4A 4B 
4 Left frontal cavernoma. (4A) Axial proton density-weighted image; (4B) minIP SWI. 
5A 5B 5C 
Left parietal arteriovenous malformation. (5A) Axial PDw show serpinginous images with absence of flow signal. (5B) mIP SWI. 
(5C) MIP TOF shows the AVM and the cortical drainage vein. 
5 
Brain tumors 
This approach provides information 
that supplements T1 with contrast for 
detecting margins, internal architec­ture, 
hemorrhage and vascularization 
of a tumor that are not visible with 
conventional sequences. This aids in 
differentiating between a recurring 
6A 6B 
7A 7B 7C 
Metastatic melanoma. (7A) T2w axial; large mass displacing the midline, with major edema and hypointense zone due to 
­hemorrhage 
in the medial portion. (7B) Magnitude image, (7C) MIP SWI shows a greater hemorrhagic component of the mass, 
on the contralateral side, as well as intraventricular hemorrhaging. 
7 
6C 
Hemorrhagic metathesis. (6A) T1w axial gadolinium-enhanced, (6B) T2w axial show a left parietal mass with heterogeneous 
enhancement, perilesional edema and mass effect on the lateral ventricles. (6C) MIP SWI shows hypervascularity and hemorrhage 
in the interior of the mass. 
6 
tumor and post-operative changes. 
The use of susceptibility imaging 
before and after the administration 
of gadolinium can differentiate areas 
of enhancement of the vessels. 
Because of its suppression of cerebro­spinal 
fluid, it enhances contrast 
between edema and normal tissue, 
similarly to what is provided by 
FLAIR, thus facilitating the detection 
of space-occupying lesions [4, 7, 25] 
(Figs. 6–8). 
8A 8B 8C 
Oligodendroglioma. (8A) T1w axial gadolinium shows mass with enhanced foci and a cystic component, (8B) MIP SWI right parietal 
hypervascular mass with increased relative flow (8C). 
8 
54 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 55
Clinical Neurology Neurology Clinical 
9A 9B 9C 
CVD with hemorrhagic transformation. (9A) Axial T2w, (9B) gradient echo in patient with left parietal hemorrhagic infarct with 
surrounding edema and hemorrhage. (9C) SWI makes the greater hemorrhagic component more obvious. 
9 
10A 10B 10C 
Right MCA aneurism with bleeding. (10A) Axial T2w, (10B) TOF demonstrating aneurysm with bleeding, (10C) SWI aneurism with 
greater bleeding than that shown in the T2w sequence. 
10 
Children: CT versus MRI versus Suscepti­bility 
Weighted Imaging (SWI). Journal of 
Neurotrauma. 2011;28(6):915-27. 
14 Wang M, Dai Y, Han Y, Haacke EM, Dai J, 
Shi D. Susceptibility weighted imaging in 
detecting hemorrhage in acute cervical 
spinal cord injury. Magnetic resonance 
imaging. 2011;29(3):365-73. 
15 Tong KA, Ashwal S, Holshouser BA, 
Shutter LA, Herigault G, Haacke EM, et 
al. Hemorrhagic Shearing Lesions in 
Children and Adolescents with Posttrau­matic 
Diffuse Axonal Injury: Improved 
Detection and Initial Results1. Radiology. 
2003 May 1, 2003;227(2):332-9. 
16 Babikian T, Freier MC, Tong KA, Nickerson 
JP, Wall CJ, Holshouser BA, et al. Suscep­tibility 
weighted imaging: neuropsycho­logic 
outcome and pediatric head injury. 
Pediatr Neurol. 2005;33(3):184-94. 
17 Wu Z, Li S, Lei J, An D, Haacke EM. Evalu­ation 
of Traumatic Subarachnoid Hemor­rhage 
Using Susceptibility-Weighted 
Imaging. AJNR Am J Neuroradiol. 2010 
August 1, 2010;31(7):1302-10. 
18 Wu Z, Mittal S, Kish K, Yu Y, Hu J, Haacke 
EM. Identification of calcification with MRI 
using susceptibility-weighted imaging: 
A case study. Journal of Magnetic 
Resonance Imaging. 2009;29(1):177-82. 
19 Tsui Y-K, Tsai FY, Hasso AN, Greensite F, 
Nguyen BV. Susceptibility-weighted 
imaging for differential diagnosis of 
cerebral vascular pathology: A pictorial 
review. Journal of the neurological 
sciences. 2009;287(1):7-16. 
20 Hu J, Yu Y, Juhasz C, Kou Z, Xuan Y, 
Latif Z, et al. MR susceptibility weighted 
imaging (SWI) complements conventional 
contrast enhanced T1 weighted MRI 
in characterizing brain abnormalities of 
Sturge-Weber Syndrome. Journal of 
Magnetic Resonance Imaging. 
2008;28(2):300-7. 
21 Deistung A, Dittrich E, Sedlacik J, 
Rauscher A, Reichenbach JR. ToF-SWI: 
Simultaneous time of flight and fully 
flow compensated susceptibility weighted 
imaging. Journal of Magnetic Resonance 
Imaging. 2009;29(6):1478-84. 
22 Koopmans P, Manniesing R, Niessen W, 
Viergever M, Barth M. MR venography 
of the human brain using susceptibility 
weighted imaging at very high field 
strength. Magnetic Resonance Materials 
in Physics, Biology and Medicine. 
2008;21(1):149-58. 
23 de Champfleur NM, Langlois C, Anken­brandt 
WJ, Le Bars E, Leroy MA, Duffau H, 
et al. Magnetic Resonance Imaging 
Evaluation of Cerebral Cavernous Malfor­mations 
With Susceptibility-Weighted 
Imaging. Neurosurgery. 2011;68(3): 
641-8 10.1227/NEU.0b013e31820773cf. 
24 Jagadeesan BD, Delgado Almandoz JE, 
Moran CJ, Benzinger TLS. Accuracy of 
Susceptibility-Weighted Imaging for the 
Detection of Arteriovenous Shunting in 
Vascular Malformations of the Brain. 
Stroke. 2011 January 1, 2011;42(1): 
87-92. 
25 Hori M, Ishigame K, Kabasawa H, 
Kumagai H, Ikenaga S, Shiraga N, et al. 
Precontrast and postcontrast suscepti­bility- 
weighted imaging in the assessment 
of intracranial brain neoplasms at 1.5 T. 
Japanese Journal of Radiology. 2010; 
28(4):299-304. 
26 Cherian A, Thomas B, Kesavadas C, 
Baheti N, Wattamwar P. Ischemic hyper­intensities 
on T1-weighted magnetic 
resonance imaging of patients with 
stroke: New insights from susceptibility 
weighted imaging2010 January 1, 2010 
Contract No.: 1. 
27 Mittal P, Dua S, Kalia V. Pictorial essay: 
Susceptibility-weighted imaging in 
cerebral ischemia2010. 
28 Santhosh K, Kesavadas C, Thomas B, 
Gupta AK, Thamburaj K, Kapilamoorthy 
TR. Susceptibility weighted imaging: a 
new tool in magnetic resonance imaging 
of stroke. Clinical Radiology. 
2009;64(1):74-83. 
29 Hermier M, Nighoghossian N. Contribution 
of Susceptibility-Weighted Imaging to 
Acute Stroke Assessment. Stroke. 2004 
August 1, 2004;35(8):1989-94. 
30 Haacke EM, Makki M, Ge Y, Maheshwari 
M, Sehgal V, Hu J, et al. Characterizing 
iron deposition in multiple sclerosis 
lesions using susceptibility weighted 
imaging. Journal of Magnetic Resonance 
Imaging. 2009;29(3):537-44. 
31 Niwa T, de Vries L, Benders M, Takahara T, 
Nikkels P, Groenendaal F. Punctate white 
matter lesions in infants: new insights 
using susceptibility-weighted imaging. 
Neuroradiology. 2011:1-11. 
32 Vinod Desai S, Bindu PS, Ravishankar S, 
Jayakumar PN, Pal PK. Relaxation and 
susceptibility MRI characteristics in 
Hallervorden-Spatz syndrome. Journal 
of Magnetic Resonance Imaging. 
2007;25(4):715-20. 
33 Kirsch W, McAuley G, Holshouser B, 
Petersen F, Ayaz M, Vinters HV, et al. 
Serial susceptibility weighted MRI 
measures brain iron and microbleeds in 
dementia. Journal of Alzheimer’s disease: 
JAD. 2009;17(3):599-609. 
References 
1 Haacke EM, Xu Y, Cheng Y-CN, Reichenbach 
JR. Susceptibility weighted imaging (SWI). 
Magnetic Resonance in Medicine. 
2004;52(3):612-8. 
2 Haacke EM, Mittal S, Wu Z, Neelavalli J, 
Cheng Y-CN. Susceptibility-Weighted 
Imaging: Technical Aspects and Clinical 
Applications, Part 1. AJNR Am J Neuro­radiol. 
2009 January 1, 2009;30(1):19-30. 
3 Mittal S, Wu Z, Neelavalli J, Haacke EM. 
Susceptibility-Weighted Imaging: Technical 
Aspects and Clinical Applications, Part 2. 
AJNR Am J Neuroradiol. 2009 February 1, 
2009;30(2):232-52. 
4 Sehgal V, Delproposto Z, Haacke EM, 
Tong KA, Wycliffe N, Kido DK, et al. 
Clinical applications of neuroimaging with 
susceptibility-weighted imaging. 
Journal of Magnetic Resonance Imaging. 
2005;22(4):439-50. 
5 Tong KA, Ashwal S, Obenaus A, Nickerson 
JP, Kido D, Haacke EM. Susceptibility- 
Weighted MR Imaging: A Review of Clinical 
Applications in Children. AJNR Am J Neuro­radiol. 
2008 January 1, 2008;29(1):9-17. 
6 Matsushita T AD, Arioka T, Inoue S, Kariya 
Y, Fujimoto M, Ida K, Sasai N, Kaji M, 
Kanazawa S, Joja I. Basic study of suscepti­bility- 
weighted imaging at 1.5T. Acta 
medica Okayama. [Journal Article]. 2008 
Jun;62(3):159-68. 
7 Thomas B, Somasundaram S, Thamburaj K, 
Kesavadas C, Gupta A, Bodhey N, et al. 
Clinical applications of susceptibility 
weighted MR imaging of the brain – 
a pictorial review. Neuroradiology. 
2008;50(2):105-16. 
8 Ong BC, Stuckey SL. Susceptibility weighted 
imaging: A pictorial review. Journal of 
Medical Imaging and Radiation Oncology. 
2010;54(5):435-49. 
9 Robinson RJ, Bhuta S. Susceptibility- 
Weighted Imaging of the Brain: Current 
Utility and Potential Applications. 
Journal of Neuroimaging. 2011:no-no. 
10 Goos JDC, van der Flier WM, Knol DL, 
Pouwels PJW, Scheltens P, Barkhof F, et al. 
Clinical Relevance of Improved Microbleed 
Detection by Susceptibility-Weighted 
Magnetic Resonance Imaging. Stroke. 
2011 May 12, 2011:STROKEAHA. 
110.599837. 
11 Gupta D, Saini J, Kesavadas C, Sarma P, 
Kishore A. Utility of susceptibility-weighted 
MRI in differentiating Parkinson’s disease 
and atypical parkinsonism. Neuroradiology. 
2010;52(12):1087-94. 
12 ZHU Wen-zhen QJ-p, ZHAN Chuan-jia, SHU 
Hong-ge, ZHANG Lin, WANG Cheng-yuan, 
XIA Li-ming, HU Jun-wu, FENG Ding-yi. 
Magnetic resonance susceptibility weighted 
imaging in detecting intracranial calcifi­cation 
and hemorrhage. Chinese Medical 
Journal. [Journal Article]. 2008 oct 
20;121(20):2021-5. 
13 Beauchamp MH, Ditchfield M, Babl FE, 
Kean M, Catroppa C, Yeates KO, et al. 
Detecting Traumatic Brain Lesions in 
Contact 
Jose Luis Ascencio L. 
Escanografia Neurologica 
Medellin 
Colombia 
jotaascencio@yahoo.com 
Cerebrovascular disease 
The susceptibility image can be used 
together with diffusion images to 
detect the hypoperfused region, the 
presence of hemorrhaging within the 
infarct (which could affect the treat­ment), 
detect acute thrombus and 
predict the likelihood of hemorrhagic 
transformation and hemorrhagic 
complications during and after throm­bolysis 
treatment, as well as micro­bleeding 
due to amyloid angiopathy 
and lacunar infarcts in patients 
with hypertensive encephalopathy 
[19, 26-28] (Figs. 9, 10). 
Vascular occlusion can change the 
susceptibility of the tissue as a 
result of reduced arterial flow and 
an increase in the accumulation 
of deoxygenated blood, which 
increases the amount of deoxy-hemoglobin 
that can be detected 
by SWI [27, 29]. 
Neurodegenerative 
illnesses 
Certain disorders, such as Parkin­son’s 
Disease, Huntington’s Disease, 
Alzheimer’s, multiple sclerosis 
and amyotrophic lateral sclerosis 
(Lou Gherig’s Disease) present with 
abnormal iron deposition, which can be 
detected and quantified using suscepti­bility 
imaging [11, 30-33]. SWI can 
show chronic demyelinating plaques 
with iron depositions that are hidden in 
conventional sequences, as the iron con­tent 
makes the lesions more visible. It 
can also determine the iron content of 
the nucleii of deep gray matter that can 
also be observed in patients with multi­ple 
sclerosis, as well as the perivenular 
distribution of the demyelinating lesions 
[30]. 
56 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 57
How-I-do-it How-I-do-it 
Curve Fitting of the Lipid-Lactate Range 
in an MR Spectrum: Some Useful Tips 
Jamie Ho Xiu Mei; Helmut Rumpel 
Department of Diagnostic Radiology, Singapore General Hospital, Singapore 
Purpose 
In the course of a neurological spec­troscopic 
application, questions about 
the lipid-lactate signals often occur: 
How can we accurately interpret an 
asymmetric pattern with ‘humps’ and 
partially inverted signals? How can 
we recognise some fundamental 
­patterns 
in order to differentiate 
between, for example, an early mem­brane 
degradation and necrosis? 
In addition, questions always arise 
about the proportion of lipid and 
­lactate 
in an overlapping pattern. 
This article offers some hints to curve 
fitting of the lipid-lactate range and 
to avoid incorrect or misleading label­ling 
of the peaks of an MR spectrum. 
Background 
The lipids are a large and diverse 
group of naturally occurring mole­cules 
with various functions, from 
storing energy to being components 
of membranes. They include miscella­neous 
subgroups, such as triglycer­ides 
of subcutaneous fat or bone 
­marrow 
and glycerophospholipids of 
membranes (Fig. 1). They have in 
common fatty acids comprising four 
different proton groups: olefinic pro­tons 
at 5.3 ppm, allylic protons and 
protons adjacent to the carboxyl 
group at 2.0 ppm, aliphatic methy­lene 
groups (main peak) at 1.3 ppm, 
and the terminal methyl group at 
0.9 ppm. However, their T2 values 
differ according to whether the fatty 
acids are part of triglycerides or cell 
membranes. Unlike glycerophospho­lipids, 
fatty acids in membranes are 
embedded in the interior of the mem­brane 
resulting in efficient spin-spin 
interactions, thus revealing short T2 
Line curve fitting in the 
NUMARIS software 
Within the NUMARIS software, line 
curve fitting is done in the frequency 
domain [2]. It is the last of the post-processing 
steps. Provided that the 
phase correction is optimal, the 
adequate line curve fitting protocol 
has to be selected out of a set of 
three ‘customised’ protocols, namely: 
1. lipid signal only, e.g. TE 30_lip 
2. lactate signal only, e.g. TE 30_lac 
3. lactate and lipid signals e.g. 
TE 30_lip_lac 
They are easily derived from the 
­Siemens 
protocol (CSI or SVS) TE 30 
using the interactive post-processing 
environment and adding new peak 
parameters and peak restrictions (see 
User Manual). The lipid-containing 
protocols fit both the lipid_1.3 and 
the lipid_0.9 peaks with parameters 
as shown in figure 3. An analogous 
set of protocols shall be customised 
for TE 135. 
How do we identify lipids and lactate? 
Lipid-only peak (Fig. 3A): Here, the 
assignment method is straightfor­ward. 
Firstly, we look at the line 
width of the peaks. Their full width 
at half maximum is reciprocally pro­portional 
to T2. As a rule of thumb, 
T2 of lipids is shorter than that of 
lactate, and thus the lipid peak is 
broader. Secondly, one can also 
look at the symmetry of the peak 
(whether it has a symmetrical 
Gaussian / Lorentzian shape). 
Thirdly, lipids should appear as two 
peaks. Their relative intensities 
may vary depending on the stage 
of degradation (Fig. 4). 
Lactate-only peak (Fig. 3A): The 
scalar coupling constant JIS and 
phase dependency of the lactate 
signal, S ~ [cos (JIS TE)] can be used 
as a kind of lactate editing: a dou­blet 
signal of 7 Hz and a 180 degree 
phase shift at TE 135 ms. In contrast 
to the lipid peak, the lactate peak 
reveals a sharp doublet pattern, or 
at least it appears foreshadowed. 
H1 H H2 H H 
H H3 H4 H 
1 
(1A) Triglycerides, 
(1B) Phospholipid 
structures. Note that 
in MR terminology, 
peaks arising from 
methyl-/methylene 
protons of fatty 
acids are referred 
to as ‘lipid peaks’. 
Schematic MR spectrum of normal brain tissue. Myo-inositol, choline, and lipid 
signals are ‘iceberg-like’ as most signal is invisible due to short T2. In the event of 
hydrolysis of inositol phospholipids or high cellular membrane turnover, 
myo-inositol, choline, and lipids become more ‘MR visible’ due to change in T2 
towards higher values. 
2 
values. As such, even in short TE 
spectra, signals from intact mem­branes 
are hardly visible, whereas the 
freely tumbling fatty acids in triglyc­erides 
and also the less restricted 
‘fragments’ of fatty acids from mem­brane 
degradation produce strong 
signals due to a longer T2. In drawing 
a comparison with an iceberg, pro­tons 
of membranes namely those of 
methyl-, methylene-groups, choline, 
and myo-inositol, are MR-invisible 
unless they ‘surface’ due to degrada­tion 
processes (Fig. 2). For example, 
depending on the grade of degrada­tion 
of membranes in brain tumours, 
the MR signals of the said membrane 
fragments are raised in a characteris­tic 
way [1]. 
Lipid-lactate peak (Fig. 3A): In the 
case of lipid-lactate overlapping, 
this approach of Lorentzian-Gauss­ian 
curve fitting will be inaccurate 
in differentiating between lipid and 
lactate proportions, because the 
best fit is driven by the method of 
least squares rather than taking 
2 
Schematic diagram of the peak pattern in the lipid-lactate range. (3A) Broad lipid 
peak due to short T2 (blue), sharp lactate doublet due to J coupling and long T2 
(orange), superposition of the lipid and lactate peak (black) for short TE. 
Depending on slight resonance offsets and relative intensities, often a ‘hump’ is 
visible (arrow). (3B) Superposition of lipid and lactate peaks for long TE (135 ms). 
3 
pre-knowledge of different shapes 
into account. In fact the operator 
will identify asymmetric patterns 
(showing a hump on one side) or 
if they partially invert on TE 135 
spectra (Fig. 3B). 
Representative cases are shown in 
figures 5 and 6. 
1B 
3A 3B 
1A 
O 
Fatty acid Glycerol Fatty acid 
O 
O 
O 
O 
C 
O 
C 
H H H H 
H 
H H H 
H 
H H 
Choline Choline 
fatty acid 
fatty acid fatty acid 
fatty acid 
Choline Choline 
fatty acid 
fatty acid fatty acid 
fatty acid 
Choline Choline 
fatty acid 
fatty acid fatty acid 
fatty acid 
myo-Ins myo-Ins 
fatty acid 
fatty acid fatty acid 
fatty acid 
myo-Ins myo-Ins 
fatty acid 
fatty acid fatty acid 
fatty acid 
myo-Ins myo-Ins 
fatty acid 
fatty acid fatty acid 
fatty acid 
INS CHO CRE NAA LAC LIP 
MR visible 
@TE 135 
MR invisible 
@TE 135 
58 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 59
How-I-do-it 
Lipid 
I: 19.3 
Lac 
I: 6.4 
Illustration of a representative case of lipid-lactate overlap. (5A) Metabolite maps. In (5B), the lactate doublet peak dominates the 
pattern which also shows an unequal doublet with higher signal and broadening of the right peak of the doublet. Therefore, the 
TE_30_lip_lac protocol has been used. Due to T2 relaxation, the lipid component became negligible at TE 135, and only the lactate 
has been labelled with the TE_135_lac protocol in (5C). In 5D–F, lipids overwhelm the pattern. Since lactate is neither detected on 
TE 135, nor a ‘hump’ is observable on TE 30, the protocol TE_30_lip_lac is inappropriate. 
C C H 
n Lipid_1.3 
5 Line curve fitting in the syngo.via software. Lipid-lactate compositions are 
slightly different in (7A) and (7B). 
7 
Line curve fitting in the NUMARIS software. (4A) Entire spectrum, (4B) lactate component, (4C) lipid _1.3 component, 
(4D) lipid_0.9 component. Note that the proportions of lipid and lactate should be regarded with caution. 
4 
Line curve fitting in syngo.via 
In syngo.via the approach of curve 
­fitting 
in the time domain has been 
chosen [3]. It is based on PRISMA [4] 
using the basis set of metabolic time 
signals of brain metabolites together 
with published values of chemical 
shifts and coupling constants. 
The delineation of a lactate-lipid over­lap 
is based on free induction decays 
(FIDs), in which the distinct T2 values 
make the segmentation more accu­rate. 
Figure 7 depicts two examples: 
4A 
5A 
Spectra of a glioblastoma multi­forme, 
(6A) from the peri-lesional 
area, (6B) from the solid 
enhancing area. Note the relative 
intensities of lipid at 1.3 ppm 
and 0.9 ppm as in an early stage 
of membrane degradation (6A) 
these signals do not reflect a 
proton density even at TE 30, 
rather they are T2-weighted, 
whilst in a more advanced stage 
(6B) T2 becomes long enough 
for both signals resulting in a 
proton density spectrum (6C). 
6 
6A 
6B 
TE 30 
TE 30_lip_lac 
TE 135 
TE 135_lac 
TE 30 
TE 30_lip 
TE 30 
TE 30_lip_lac 
TE 135 
TE 135_lip 
Lactate area Lipid area 
a) with a clearly visible hump at half 
maximum of the Lip_1.3 peak, and 
b) with only an adumbrated hump 
(arrow). 
It demonstrates that delineating 
highly non-uniform signal composi­tions 
is possible with only one 
protocol for all cases. The protocol 
can be easily linked together by 
selecting the appropriate lactate and 
lipid templates as shown in figure 8. 
7A 
7B 
4B 
4C 
4D 
Lactate map Lipid map 
5B 5C 5D 5E 5F 
6C 
Methylene – Group 
@ 1.3ppm 
Methyl – Group 
@ 0.9ppm 
H 
H 
H 
H 
I: 29.34 
Lac 
I: 1.19 
Lipid_1.3 
I: 18.46 
Lac 
I: 4.84 
How-I-do-it 
60 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 61
How-I-do-it 
8 Lipid-lactate protocol in syngo.via. 
References 
1 Li X, Vigneron DB, Cha S, Graves EE, 
Crawford F,Chang SM, Nelson SJ. 2005. 
Relationship of MR-Derived Lactate, 
Mobile Lipids, and Relative Blood Volume 
for Gliomas in Vivo. AJNR Am J 
­Neuroradiol 
26:760–769. 
2 Mierisová Š, Ala-Korpela M.2001.MR 
spectroscopy quantitation: a review of 
frequency domain methods. NMR in 
Biomedicine;14, 247-259. 
3 Vanhamme L, Sundin T, Van Hecke P, 
Van Huffel S. 2001. MR spectroscopy 
quantitation: a review of time-domain 
methods NMR in Biomedicine; 
14,233–246. 
4 http://elib.suub.uni-bremen.de/ 
publications/diss/html/E-Diss1066_HTML. 
html 
Contact 
Helmut Rumpel, Ph.D. 
Department of 
Diagnostic Radiology 
Singapore General Hospital 
helmut.rumpel@sgh.com.sg 
Conclusion 
Carefully labelled spectra in the lac­tate– 
lipid region are a prerequisite 
to sending them to a PACS system as 
otherwise they can be misleading 
for further examinations and treat­ment 
planning by clinicians. 
Curve fitting based on chemical 
shift assignments should be made 
with caution. The technologist is 
required to identify ‘what is what’, 
as erroneous lipid-lactate discrimi­nation 
is inherent to frequency 
domain curve fitting of overlapping 
peaks. By ­following 
basic steps, 
the lactate-lipid overlap within the 
region from 0.9 to 1.3 ppm can be 
reliably delineated. However, the 
proportions of lipid and lactate 
remain ambiguous as various sets 
of model peaks, i.e. half-width, 
­signal 
intensity and chemical shift, 
may lead to the same result of 
curve fitting. 
Incorporation of prior knowledge 
such as supportive model spectra 
automates the curve fitting of a 
­lactate- 
lipid overlap. The protocol 
TE_30_lip_lac can be made stan­dard 
practice. 
8 
62 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 
Head-to-Toe Imaging Clinical 
Relevant clinical information 
at your fingertips 
From technology to clinical applications, you will find 
all the latest news on Siemens MR at 
www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 
Don’t miss the talks of international experts on 
all aspects of Magnetic Resonance Imaging. 
Go to 
Clinical Corner > Clinical Talks 
The centerpiece of the MAGNETOM World Internet 
platform consists of our users’ clinical results. Here you 
will find case reports and clinical methods. 
Go to 
Clinical Corner > Case Studies 
Just a mouse click away you will find application videos 
and useful tips allowing you to optimize your daily MR 
examinations. 
Go to 
Clinical Corner > Application Tips 
Liver Imaging Today 
Tobias Heye, M.D.1; Mustafa R. Bashir, M.D.² 
1Department of Radiology, University Hospital Basel, Switzerland 
2Department of Radiology, Duke University Medical Center, NC, USA 
Introduction 
Liver disease is a global burden with a 
growing incidence and prevalence. The 
World Health Organization recently esti-mated 
that there are 800,000 cirrhosis-related 
deaths per year world-wide [1]. 
Chronic liver disease has a great impact 
on public health care costs with thera-peutic 
options ranging from antiviral 
treatment for viral hepatitis to orthotopic 
liver transplant for end stage cirrhosis. A 
variety of pathogens, which can be toxic, 
viral, metabolic or autoimmune in nature, 
can induce fibrosis which may progress to 
cirrhosis if the disease is not detected and 
treated. An estimated 150 million people 
world-wide are chronically infected with 
hepatitis C virus, approximately 350,000 
people die due to hepatitis C related liver 
disease [2]. Liver fibrosis may be revers-ible 
at an early stage, which indicates the 
1A 1B 
1089_Flash_52_Inhalt_CC.indd 111 02.04.13 10:45 
How-I-do-it 
Abdominal Imaging Clinical 
importance of screening and detection of 
liver disease. Many forms of liver fibrosis 
and cirrhosis especially secondary to viral 
hepatitis increase the risk for the devel-opment 
of liver cancer, namely hepato-cellular 
carcinoma. 
Non-alcoholic steatohepatatis is emerg-ing 
as a major pathway into chronic liver 
disease and is closely related to other 
metabolic disease entities such as diabe-tes 
and morbid obesity. The incidence 
and prevalence of these diseases has 
risen steadily over recent years. 
In a clinical context, liver disease is often 
reflected by a combination of several 
contributing factors, fibrosis, hepatic 
steatosis and iron overload, each with 
different forms of manifestations. 
Although these diseases are considered 
‘diffuse’, actual hepatic parenchymal 
involvement by any of these can be 
irregular and patchy, leaving other 
parenchymal areas unaffected. 
Clinical management of patients with 
diffuse liver disease requires tools to 
accurately detect and classify the various 
forms of liver disease. Even with decades 
of experience in imaging, liver biopsy and 
the histological workup of the specimens 
have traditionally been the reference 
standard in the characterization of liver 
disease [3]. However, biopsy is prone to 
sampling errors if less affected paren-chyma 
is sampled and may not reflect the 
true disease severity and distribution in a 
particular organ due to the variance in 
the heterogeneous pattern of histological 
changes on a macroscopic scale [4, 5]. 
Biopsy, associated with the risks of an 
invasive procedure, is employed for dis-ease 
detection and staging, but periodi-cally 
repeated biopsy is not a practical 
1 Results of the 
Screening Dixon tech-nique 
which produces 
color coded maps to 
visualize the distribution 
of detected abnormal 
metabolites in two dif-ferent 
clinical examples. 
(1A) A patient with dif-fuse 
hepatic steatosis as 
indicated by the yellow 
hue. (1B) A patient with 
diffuse iron overload as 
marked by blue overlay 
to the affected liver. 
MAGNETOM Flash · 2/2013 · www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 111 
Faster Abdominal 
MRI Examinations by 
Limiting Table Movement 
Mustafa Rifaat Bashir1; Brian Marshall Dale2; Wilhelm Horger3; 
Daniel Tobias Boll1; Elmar Max Merkle1 
1 Radiology, Duke University Medical Center, Durham, NC, USA 
2 Siemens Healthcare, Cary, NC, USA 
3 Siemens Healthcare, Erlangen, Germany 
1 How to create a minimized 
shimming protocol. 
Modifications will be made to pulse 
sequences following the initial 
localizers (1A). 
For the second sequence in the 
scan protocol, ‘Shim mode’ is set to 
‘Standard’, and ‘Adjust with body 
coil’ is selected (1B). 
For the third and subsequent se-quences, 
‘Positioning mode’ is set 
to ‘FIX’ (1C). ‘Shim mode’ is set to 
‘Standard’, ‘Adjust with body coil’ is 
selected, and ‘Adjustment Tolerance’ 
is set to ‘Maximum’ (1D). 
Finally, for the third sequence, 
a reference is created to the table 
position of the second sequence 
(1E). The same reference is created 
for all subsequent sequences (1F). 
1A 
1D 
118 MAGNETOM Flash · 2/2013 · www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 
1089_Flash_52_Inhalt_CC.indd 118 02.04.13 10:45 
Clinical Abdominal Imaging 
6 
configurable 
delay times 
6 Example of the Abdomen Dot Engine user interface showing the guidance view that allows global planning of 
delay times within a dynamic contrast enhanced liver MRI protocol. 
ity. Additionally, multiple scan types 
which differ by only a few minor compo-nents 
(e.g., with or without MR Cholan-giopancreatography 
(MRCP), with or 
without diffusion-weighted imaging) 
can be combined into a single, efficient 
protocol with a few key decision points, 
reducing redundancy and allowing for 
simpler base protocol maintenance and 
modification when necessary. 
Summary 
MRI examinations face serious competi-tion 
compared to sonography and CT 
when categories such as robustness, 
acquisition time, patient comfort and 
health care costs are considered. An 
abundance of information may be 
acquired through high resolution imag-ing 
and dedicated quantitative MRI 
sequences, but images and measure-ments 
should be reproducible and reli-able 
in their diagnostic value. The redun-dancy 
of preparatory steps for the 
operator within an MRI protocol is an 
opportunity for more efficient and less 
time consuming imaging. In addition, the 
image acquisition process can be 
improved by means of faster imaging at 
higher resolution with the implementa-tion 
of new parallel imaging acceleration 
techniques, to reduce the risk of motion 
116 MAGNETOM Flash · 2/2013 · www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 
1089_Flash_52_Inhalt_CC.indd 116 02.04.13 10:45 
How-I-do-it 
Methods 
Automated algorithms to minimize table 
movement have already been incorpo-rated 
into MAGNETOM MRI systems under 
syngo MR D11 and later software versions. 
Under earlier software versions, a few 
simple steps can be performed to convert 
a standard MRI protocol into a minimized 
shimming protocol, in order to realize the 
time savings previously described. These 
changes can all be made via the Exam 
Explorer (Fig. 1A). 
Pulse Sequence #1 – localizer 
The first pulse sequence of an examination 
is a localizer, typically utilizing either a 
three-plane TrueFISP or HASTE technique. 
At the MRI console, under the ‘Sequence’ 
card, the Shim is set to ‘None’ (typically the 
default value), and precalibrated prescan 
data is used with no need to acquire new 
prescan data. No additional modification 
of this sequence is required. 
Pulse Sequence #2 – first and only 
table move 
Using the image data from the localizer 
sequence, the image volume for Pulse 
Sequence #2 is prescribed. This volume 
should be centered on the area of interest 
and rather large, covering the volume of 
interest for the entire examination; at our 
in patients with limited breath-hold capa-bilities. 
which self-optimize during the course of 
the examination or use initial pulse 
sequences to tailor subsequent 
sequence selection, can provide faster 
and more efficient examinations, which 
include quantitative data when appro-priate. 
improvements may equip liver MRI 
examinations with sufficient tools to 
remain unique in delivering disease spe-cific 
their diagnostic value. 
2B 2E 
2D 
institution, we typically use a coronal 
HASTE sequence for this purpose. The 
prescan data acquired in this step, includ-ing 
shim data, will be carried forward for 
the remainder of the examination. The 
following modifications are made to this 
pulse sequence: 
1. In the ‘System’ card, under the ‘Adjust-ments’ 
tab, set ‘Shim mode’ to ‘Stan-dard’. 
Check the ‘Adjust with body coil’ 
box (Fig. 1B). 
Pulse Sequences #3 and higher – no 
further table movements 
For all subsequent pulse sequences, table 
movement is disallowed, and prescan 
adjustment data from Pulse Sequence #2 
is carried forward, so that as little time 
as possible is spent acquiring new adjust-ment 
data. The following modifications 
are made: 
1. In the ‘System’ card, under the ‘Miscel-laneous’ 
tab, set ‘Position mode’ to ‘FIX’ 
(Fig. 1C). 
2. In the ‘System’ card, under the ‘Adjust-ments’ 
tab: set ‘Shim mode’ to ‘Stan-dard’; 
select ‘Adjust with body coil’; and 
set ‘Adjustment Tolerance’ to ‘Maxi-mum’ 
(Fig. 1D). 
3. From the Exam Explorer, right-click on 
the sequence and select ‘Properties’. 
120 MAGNETOM Flash · 2/2013 · www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 
Intelligent imaging protocols, 
Combining all of the described 
quantitative data while expanding 
Under the ‘Copy References’ tab, check 
the ‘Copy reference is active’ box, then 
select Pulse Sequence #2 in the left-hand 
window and ‘Table position’ in 
the right-hand window (Fig. 1E). In 
combination with step #2 above, this 
ensures that the MRI system table will 
not move when progressing to later 
pulse sequences in the examination, 
despite different prescriptions for the 
imaging volume. 
4. Repeat steps 1–4 for all subsequent 
sequences (Figure 1F). 
Discussion 
Preparatory adjustments made by an MRI 
system are essential to realize excellent 
image quality. In particular, adequate 
shimming is necessary to ensure magnetic 
field homogeneity. Shimming is a process 
whereby the main magnetic field (B0) is 
fine-tuned to compensate for field fluctu-ations 
and inhomogeneities introduced 
by the presence of the human body within 
the scanner. These adjustments are applied 
specifically to a volume within the bore 
of the magnet (based on the anticipated 
imaging volume), attempting to optimize 
magnetic field homogeneity within that 
volume while sacrificing field homogene-ity 
outside of the volume. 
2A 
2C 
1089_Flash_52_Inhalt_CC.indd 120 02.04.13 10:46 
For the whole range of clinical MR information visit us at 
www.siemens.com/magnetom-world
Clinical Neurology Neurology Clinical 
T1-weighted Phase Sensitive Inversion 
Recovery for Imaging Multiple Sclerosis 
Lesions in the Cervical Spinal Cord 
MS lesions in the brain. The FLAIR 
technique is a T2-weighted sequence 
with a long TR and TE and is used to 
demonstrate the changes in T2 relax­ation 
times in lesions when compared 
to normal ­tissue. 
As the name indi­cates, 
the ­signal 
of cerebro-spinal 
fluid (CSF) is attenuated. 
CSF has a long T1 relaxation times 
compared to the other tissues in both 
the brain and cervical spine. There­fore, 
a rather long inversion time is 
needed to null the signal of CSF 
(~ 2500 ms). Hence, the contrast in 
T2-weighted FLAIR images allows 
for easier assessment of (MS) lesions, 
especially when the lesions are close 
to CSF, as compared to normal 
T2-weighted images. However, while 
the FLAIR technique works well in 
the brain, it is hampered by flow and 
motion artifacts when used in the 
cervical spine. 
Double Inversion recovery 
The Double Inversion Recovery tech­nique 
has been implemented in the 
SPACE-DIR sequence in the Siemens 
syngo MR D13 software. A protocol 
optimized for brain imaging is also 
provided. SPACE-DIR is a T2-weighted 
technique which uses two inversion 
pulses, combined with a fat satura­tion 
pulse, to null both the signal of 
CSF and normal white matter. Similar 
to the FLAIR technique, this sequence 
is used to exploit the changes in T2 
relaxation times in lesions when com­pared 
to normal tissue. In the brain, 
SPACE-DIR improves visualization of 
Bart Schraa, MSc., Senior MR Application Specialist 
Inversion Recovery 
Sequences used for imaging 
Multiple Sclerosis 
Several inversion recovery techniques 
are used for imaging lesions in MS. 
Among these are Fluid Attenuated 
Inversion Recovery (FLAIR), Sampling 
Perfection with Application optimized 
Contrasts using different flip-angle 
Evolutions Double Inversion Recovery 
(SPACE-DIR), and T1-weighted Phase 
Sensitive Inversion Recovery (PSIR). 
Fluid Attenuated 
Inversion Recovery 
FLAIR is commonly used to assess 
white matter lesions and in particular 
Siemens LTD Canada 
Introduction 
Multiple sclerosis (MS) is an inflam­matory 
disease in which the insulat­ing 
covers of nerve cells in the brain 
and spinal cord are damaged. Mag­netic 
resonance imaging (MRI) was 
first used to visualize multiple sclerosis 
(MS) in the upper cervical spine in 
late 1980 [1]. Spinal MS is often 
associated with concomitant brain 
lesions; however, as many as 20% 
of patients with spinal lesions do not 
have intracranial plaques [2]. This 
article describes the experiences with 
a T1-weighted phase sensitive inver­sion 
recovery sequence for the detec­tion 
of MS lesions in the cervical 
­spinal 
cord using the MAGNETOM 
Skyra with syngo MR D13A software. 
0.7 
0.6 
0.5 
0.4 
0.3 
0.2 
0.1 
0 
Magnitude Reconstruction 
110 160 210 260 310 360 410 460 510 560 610 
Normal Cord Lesion Inversion time 
Relative signal intensity 
the cortex and reveals cortical lesions 
as hyperintense relative to normal 
­surrounding 
gray matter. It also pro­vides 
a high contrast between white 
matter lesions and the surrounding 
normal white matter. Initial studies 
have investigated the applicability of 
DIR for lesion imaging in the spinal 
cord with positive results [3]. Never­theless, 
while SPACE-DIR provides a 
high contrast and isotropic voxels, its 
rather long acquisition time (~8 min) 
may prove challenging within a clinical 
setting. 
0.07 
0.06 
0.05 
0.04 
0.03 
0.02 
0.01 
0 
T1-weighted phase sensitive 
inversion recovery 
A promising potential alternative for 
imaging MS lesions in the cervical 
­spinal 
cord [4], is the T1-weighted 
true or phase sensitive inversion 
recovery (PSIR) sequence. This tech­nique 
has been used to detect MS 
lesions both in white and cortical gray 
matter in the brain [5, 6]. This 
sequence exploits the differences in 
T1 relaxation times of tissues rather 
than the differences in T2 relaxation 
times as for both FLAIR and SPACE-DIR. 
Contrast 
Since the inversion time used is 
­chosen 
such that it nulls the signal of 
normal white matter (~350–400 ms 
@ 3T), normal white matter is dis­played 
as intermediate gray. All other 
tissues will have either lower or higher 
signal intensity than normal white 
matter depending on their T1 relax­ation 
time relative to normal white 
matter. This provides a high contrast 
between MS lesions and surrounding 
tissue. Moreover, because PSIR uses 
a short TE, it is less sensitive to flow 
artifacts. High resolution imaging can 
also be achieved within reasonable 
scan times. 
Based on these advantages, 
T1-weighted PSIR is now being 
explored for the detection of MS 
lesions in the cervical spinal cord. 
Reconstruction methods 
The T1-weighted PSIR images can 
be reconstructed as a magnitude or a 
phase sensitive (real) image (Fig. 1). 
Magnitude reconstruction 
The magnitude reconstruction does 
not consider the sign of the signal. 
Therefore, the tissue which is nulled 
by the inversion time will have a 
­signal 
intensity of zero and all other 
tissues will have higher signal inten­sity 
(ranging from 0 to +4096), regard­less 
of whether they have shorter or 
longer T1 relaxation time than the 
nulled tissue (Fig. 2). However, there 
is a range of inversion times where 
the contrast between two different 
Signal behavior in an inversion recovery sequence using 
magnitude reconstruction. 
2 
Parameter Card for choosing magnitude or phase sensitive (real) 
reconstruction method in an Inversion Recovery sequence. 
1 
1 
2 
Contrast behavior in an inversion recovery sequence 
using magnitude or phase sensitive (real) reconstruction. 
3 
4 
T1-weighted 
PSIR images 
using (4A) 
magnitude and 
(4B) phase 
sensitive (real) 
reconstruc­tions. 
4A 4B 
Magnitude Real Inversion time 
Relative signal intensity 
110 160 210 260 310 360 410 460 510 560 610 
3 
64 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 65
Clinical Neurology Neurology Clinical 
tissues, e.g., lesion and normal tissue, 
can be decreased or even disappear. 
This range depends on T1 relaxation 
times of the two tissues and range 
between the two inversion times that 
would null one or the other tissue. 
In the example shown in figure 3, it 
ranges from approximately 390 to 
430 ms. An example of the magnitude 
image is shown in figure 4A. 
Phase sensitive reconstruction 
In the phase sensitive reconstruction, 
the sign of the signal is taken in 
account for the reconstruction of the 
image (Fig. 5). As opposed to the 
magnitude reconstruction where the 
signal intensity in the image ranges 
from 0 to +4096, for the phase sensi­tive 
reconstruction it ranges from 
-4096 to +4096. This results in an 
image where the tissue which is nulled 
by the inversion time will be dis­played 
as intermediate gray and all 
other tissues will have a lower or 
higher signal intensity depending on 
their T1 relaxation times relative to 
the T1 relaxation time of the nulled 
tissue. Tissues with a shorter T1 relax­ation 
time will have a higher signal 
(e.g. fat), whereas tissues with a lon­ger 
T1 relaxation time will have lower 
signal (e.g. CSF). Unlike the magni­tude 
reconstruction, the contrast 
between tissues remains largely pre­served 
independent of the chosen 
inversion time. Since the T1 relaxation 
time of lesions might vary from 
patient to patient and even from 
lesion to lesion, the phase sensitive 
reconstruction should be used to 
reconstruct the images. An example 
of the phase sensitive reconstruction 
is shown in figure 4B. 
Clinical Cases 
Case 1 
Patient with a MS lesion at the level 
of C6 (Fig. 6). The lesion is difficult 
to see on the T2- and PD-weighted 
images. However, the MS lesion can 
be clearly seen in the T1-weighted 
PSIR image. 
Case 2 
Patient with diffuse MS lesions in the 
spinal cord from level C3 to C6 (Fig. 7). 
The lesions are hardly visible on the 
T2- and PD-weighted images, whereas 
the T1-weighted PSIR shows the 
lesions more clearly. 
Case 3 
Patient with a known MS lesion at 
the level of C3-C4 (Figs. 8 A–C) and 
C7-T1 (Figs. 8 D–F). The lesion at 
the level of C3-C4 can hardly be seen 
on the T2-weighted image. Both the 
PD- and the T1-weighted PSIR show 
this lesion clearly. While the lesion at 
the level of C7-T1 is poorly visible 
on the T2- and PD-weighted images, 
the T1-weighted PSIR shows it very 
clearly. 
Imaging Parameters 
The parameters for the sequences 
used in the clinical cases are listed in 
table 1. 
Conclusion 
The T1-weighted PSIR shows great 
potential in revealing MS lesions in 
the cervical spinal cord. While using 
this technique it is important to use 
the phase sensitive reconstruction 
to preserve the contrast between MS 
lesions and normal appearing tissue. 
Due of the nature of the reconstruc­tion, 
and because T1 values of lesions 
can vary from patient to patient, for 
reliable depiction of lesions, the phase 
sensitive reconstruction is recom­mended. 
This is as, unlike the magni­tude 
reconstruction, the phase sensi­tive 
reconstruction provides a contrast 
between different tissues that is 
largely independent of the chosen 
inversion time. 
Acknowledgements 
We acknowledge the invaluable 
­support 
of Dr. Montanera, Dr. Alcaide 
Leon and Mrs. Karima Murji of 
St. Michael’s Hospital (Toronto, 
­Canada) 
for providing the clinical 
cases and their feedback. 
5 
8A 8B 8C 
8D 8E 8F 
Table 1: Imaging parameters for the sequences 
used in the clinical cases. 
t2_tse_sag_384 pd_tse_sag_p2 t1_tir_sag_ms 
TR 3500.0 ms 2500.0 ms 2400.0 ms 
TE 106.0 ms 23 ms 9.4 ms 
TI 400 ms 
Slices 15 15 15 
Slice thickness 3.0 mm 3.0 mm 3.0 mm 
FOV Read 220 mm 220 mm 220 mm 
FOV Phase 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 
Magn. preparation None None Slice-sel. IR 
Base resolution 384 320 320 
5 
Signal 
behavior in 
an inversion 
recovery 
sequence 
using phase 
sensitive (real) 
reconstruction. 
6A 6B 6C 
7A 7B 7C 
T2- (7A), PD- (7B) and T1-weighted PSIR (7C) images of a patient with known 
diffuse MS lesions at the level of C3–C6 (Case 2). 
7 
T2- (6A), PD- (6B) and T1-weighted (6C) PSIR images of a patient with a 
known MS lesion at the level of C6 (Case 1). 
6 
T2- (8A, D), PD- (8B, E) and T1-weighted PSIR (8C, F) images of a patient with 
known MS lesions at the level of C3–C4 (top row) and C7-T1 (bottom row) 
(Case 3). 
8 
Relative signal intensity 
0.4 
0.2 
0 
-0.2 
-0.4 
-0.6 
-0.8 
Real Reconstruction 
110 160 210 260 310 360 410 460 510 560 610 
Normal Cord Lesion 
Inversion time 
66 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 67
Clinical Neurology Whole-Body Imaging Clinical 
References 
1 Honig LS, Sheremata WA. Magnetic 
resonance imaging of spinal cord lesions 
in multiple sclerosis. J Neurol Neurosurg 
Psychiatry. Apr 1989;52(4):459-466. 
2 Noseworthy JH, Lucchinetti C, Rodriguez 
M, et al. Multiple sclerosis. N Engl J Med. 
Sep 28 2000;343(13):938-452. 
3 Shipp D. Case Report: Cervical Spine 3D 
Double Inversion Recovery (DIR) in 
Demyelination. MAGNETOM FLASH 
magazine 1/2012 ISMRM Edition: 49-50 
4 Poonawalla AH, Hou P, Nelson FA, 
Wolinsky JS, Narayana PA. Cervical 
Spinal Cord Lesions in Multiple Sclerosis: 
T1-weighted Inversion-Recovery MR 
Imaging with Phase-Sensitive Recon­struction. 
Radiology. 2008 Jan; 246(1): 
258-264. 
5 Hou P, Hasan KM, Sitton CW, Wolinsky JS, 
Narayana PA. Phase-sensitive T1 
inversion recovery imaging: a time-efficient 
interleaved technique for 
improved tissue contrast in neuro­imaging. 
AJNR Am J Neuroradiol 
2005;26:1432–1438. 
6 Nelson F, Poonawalla AH, Hou P, Huang F, 
Wolinsky JS, Narayana P. Improved 
visualization of intracortical lesions in 
multiple sclerosis by phase-sensitive 
inversion recovery in combination with 
fast double inversion recovery MR 
imaging. Presented at the 22nd Congress 
of the European Committee for the 
Treatment and Research in Multiple 
Sclerosis, Madrid, September 27–30, 
2006; 639. 
Download 
Visit us at 
www.siemens.com/ 
MAGNETOM-world 
to download the .edx file for 
3T MAGNETOM Skyra 
Contact 
Bart Schraa, MSc. 
Siemens Canada Ltd. 
NAM RC-CA H CX-CS APP 
1577 North Service 
Road East 
L6H 0H6 Oakville ON 
Canada 
Phone: +1 (416) 818 6795 
bart.schraa@siemens.com 
Save the Date 
Heidelberg Summer School 
Musculoskeletal Cross Sectional Imaging 2014 
July 25th / 26th 2014 
Heidelberg, Germany 
MAGNETOM Flash · 1/2012 · www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 69 
The Heidelberg Summer School offers advanced 
learning opportunities and promotes the academic 
exchange of knowledge, ideas, and experiences by 
bringing together physicians and professional staff 
from all over the world. Excellent speakers will cover 
a wide range of medical, physical, and technical 
topics in musculoskeletal imaging. All lectures are in 
English. 
Course director 
Marc-André Weber, M.D., M.Sc. 
Professor of Radiology, Section Head Musculoskeletal 
Radiology at the University Hospital Heidelberg 
CME Accreditation 
The symposium will be accredited by the 
‘Landesärztekammer Baden-Württemberg’ 
with CME credits (category A). 
Also, the symposium is accredited for 1 category 
3 credit point for the ESSR diploma by the 
European Society of Musculoskeletal Radiology. 
Registration 
Mrs. Marianne Krebs, Secretary of the Section 
Musculoskeletal Radiology 
Marianne.Krebs@med.uni-heidelberg.de 
For further information please visit: 
www.heidelbergsummerschool.de 
Expert Talks 
Don’t miss the talks of experienced and renowned experts 
covering a broad range of MR imaging 
Highest quality imaging in an optimized 
clinical workflow 
Johan Dehem, M.D. 
VZW Jan Yperman, Ieper, Belgium 
MR/PET and radiology as information business 
Dieter Enzman, M.D. 
University of California Los Angeles, Los Angeles, CA, USA 
Visit us at www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 
Go to Clinical Corner > Clinical Talks
Pictorial Essay 
Benign and Malignant Bone Tumors: 
Radiological Diagnosis and 
Imaging Features 
Katharina Grünberg, M.D.; Christoph Rehnitz, M.D.; Marc-André Weber, M.D., M.Sc. 
Section Musculoskeletal Radiology, Diagnostic and Interventional Radiology, 
University Hospital Heidelberg, Germany 
Topics 
The learning objectives of this review 
article are to identify benign vs. malig-nant 
criteria in bone tumor diagnosis 
and also to differentiate the types of 
bone tumors and their characteriza-tion. 
Based on the Lodwick classifica-tion 
an overview of the three main 
types of bone destruction patterns 
visible on radiographs will be given 
with many examples. Typical examples 
of benign and malignant bone 
tumors will be demonstrated, the 
various imaging modalities will be 
compared, and their utility will be dis-cussed. 
The image gallery comprises 
pearls and pitfalls. Presentation of 
standardized magnetic resonance 
imaging (MRI) protocols will be given. 
Of course, this pictorial essay does 
not have the focus of comprehensively 
presenting all bone tumor entities. 
Introduction 
Primary bone tumors are categorized 
according to their tissue of origin 
into cartilage, osteogenic, fibrogenic, 
fibrohistiocytic, haematopoietic, vas-cular, 
lipogenic tumors and several 
other tumors, like Ewing sarcoma and 
giant cell tumor [1]. Thy are also 
classified as either benign, malignant 
or semi-malignant, as well as tumor-like 
lesions [2]. They are rare, but found 
on radiographs during an investigation 
of a painful skeletal region or incidentally, 
e.g. when performing a joint or whole-body 
MRI. You will need four diagnostic 
columns to make a diagnosis of a bone 
tumor. 
1. Malignant vs. benign? 
X-rays: 
Aggressiveness: Analysis of growth rate 
(Lodwick classification), 
periosteal reaction? 
Further imaging modality CT, MRI? 
Make a specific diagnosis: 
2. Analysis of tumor matrix: X-rays, CT: 
­Osteolytic, 
osteoblastic, mixed 
3. Location within the tumor-bearing bone: 
Epi-, meta-, diaphysis 
4. Patient’s age, (affected bone) 
in 80% correct specific diagnosis [4] 
Four diagnostic columns 
Four diagnostic columns (Fig. 1) 
Tumor’s aggressiveness 
The radiograph is the first method to 
distinguish benign from malignant 
lesions: at first by analysing the aggres-siveness 
(analysis of growth rate) of 
a lesion according to the classification 
of Lodwick [3]. In radiographs there is 
a correlation between bone tumor‘s 
growth rate and dignity. If you identify 
an aggressive growth pattern and/or 
malignant periosteal reaction another 
imaging modality like computed 
tomography (CT) or magnetic reso-nance 
imaging (MRI) is needed. 
MRI is important for defining the 
extension of tumor before biopsy. 
Tumor matrix 
In a second step, it is essential to 
analyze the mineralisation of tumor 
matrix in radiographs or CT. The 
matrix may be osteolytic, osteoblastic, 
or mixed, i.e. osteolytic with matrix 
mineralisation. 
Lodwick classification (Fig. 2) 
Based on the Lodwick classification, 
an overview of the three main types 
of bone destruction patterns visible 
on radiographs are given with a repre-sentative 
example: 
Type 1: geographic (with a: well-defined 
border with sclerotic rim, b: 
well-defined and sharp border but 
without sclerotic rim, c: ill-defined 
and blurred border); 
Type 2: geographic with moth-eaten 
or permeated pattern (patchy lysis); 
Type 3: small, patchy, ill-defined 
areas of lytic bone destruction with 
moth-eaten or permeated pattern 
(patchy lucencies) [3, 6]. 
Lodwick classification 
IA IB IC II III 
Non-ossifying fibroma Aneurysmal bone cyst Giant cell tumor Ewing’s sarcoma Osteosarcoma 
Lodwick classification: An o 2 verview of the three main types of bone destruction patterns with representative image examples. 
1 
Tumor’s aggressiveness 
Tumor matrix 
Tumor location 
Patient’s age 
1 The four diagnostic columns needed to achieve a correct, specific diagnosis in about 80% of cases [4]. 
Tumor location and patient age 
To make a specific tumor diagnosis, 
the location within the tumor-bear-ing 
bone (epi-, meta- and diaphysis) 
and the patient’s age are also impor-tant. 
With an optimized combination 
of the different parameters, the expert 
achieves a correct, specific diagnosis 
in about 80% of cases [4, 5]. In other 
words, even a dedicated musculo-skeletal 
radiologist fails to predict the 
correct histological diagnosis in one 
fifth of all cases. 
2 
Orthopedic Imaging Clinical 
MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 71 
Clinical Orthopedic Imaging 
70 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 
Geographic, 
well-defined 
& sclerotic rim 
Geographic 
well-defined 
& sharp border 
but without 
sclerotic rim 
Geographic but 
blurred border 
Geographic 
& moth-eaten 
damage 
with patchy lysis 
Permeated lytic 
damage with 
small patchy 
lucencies
Criteria of malignancy (Fig. 3) 
Periosteal reactions are also indica­tors 
of lesion aggressiveness and can 
be differentiated according to a benign 
(thick, dense, wavy) type or an 
aggressive (lamellated, amorphous, 
sunburst) type. ­Figures 
3A–D show 
an example of an 80-year-old man 
with a cloudy inhomogeneous tumor 
of the distal humerus with perpendic­ular 
periosteal reaction of a malignant 
sunburst type, partial cortical destruc­tion 
and a big soft ­tissue 
component, 
best seen in MRI. All these criteria 
suggest a malignant process. Differ­ential 
diagnoses are osteosarcoma 
or bone metastasis. Biopsy results in 
the diagnosis of metastasis of rectal 
cancer (adenocarcinoma). 
Types of bone tumors 
According to their type of matrix 
(osteolytic, osteoblastic, or osteolytic 
with matrix mineralization) and to 
their tissue of origin, bone tumors 
are categorized into different types: 
osteoid, chondroid, fibrous, lipoid/ 
fatty, other, cystic (solitary bone cyst, 
aneurysmal bone cyst), vascular 
(hemangioma), special cell type: Giant 
cell (osteoclastoma), small cell 
(Ewing’s sarcoma), histiocytes (eosino­philic 
granuloma), plasma cells 
(multiple myeloma), notochordal 
cells (chordoma) and metastases. 
Osteoid type 
Osteoid osteoma 
and Osteoblastoma (Fig. 4) 
This entity is frequent: around 13.5% 
of all benign bone tumors are osteoid 
osteomas. The patients are usually 
younger than 30 years and suffer „night 
pain relieved by aspirin“ and other 
platelet aggregation inhibitors. The 
main location is in more than 50% 
within diaphysis of long bones and in 
10% within the vertebral column with 
painful scoliosis. Osteoid osteomas 
show in CT and X-ray a perifocal scle­rotic 
lesion with a central lucency 
(nidus) that is cortically based in 80%. 
Medullary, subperiosteal and articular 
locations also occur. ­Calcification 
of 
the nidus is possible. The nidus is 
extremely vascular in contrast-enhanced 
MRI and it is important to 
identify the nidus as the tumor itself; 
surrounding sclerosis and bone mar­row 
edema pattern is just reactive. It 
should be noted that lesions may 
have less or no sclerosis if the nidus 
is located in the marrow or in/adja­cent 
to a joint (Fig. 5). Osteoid oste­oma 
resembles osteomyelitis: For 
example if a Brodie’s abscess is in an 
eccentric position, e.g. cortically 
located, it is difficult to differ Brodie’s 
abscess from osteoid osteoma. The 
differentiation can then only be done 
by biopsy or radionuclide bone scan: 
Osteoid osteoma shows – in contrast 
to osteomyelitis – the ‘double density 
sign’ (i.e. a high intense central activity 
surrounded by an area of medium 
activity). A lesion larger than 1.5 cm 
is called osteoblastoma [7, 11]. 
Radiofrequency ablation (RFA) is 
a successful treatment [8, 9, 10]. 
Keys to diagnosis: Sclerotic lesion 
with a small lucency in X-ray. 
The nidus shows a high signal on 
T2-weighted MR images and has a 
strong contrast-enhancement. 
3 
80-year-old man 
with a cloudy 
inhomogeneous 
tumor of the left 
distal humerus. 
(3A) Radiograph 
with lateral 
projection shows 
the perpendicular 
periosteal reaction 
of a malignant 
sunburst type of 
the humerus with 
partial cortical 
destruction (yellow 
arrow). (3B) The 
corresponding 
antero-posterior 
radiograph shows 
the partial cortical 
destruction and 
a big soft tissue 
component 
(orange arrows), 
best demonstrated 
in MRI (orange 
arrows). (3C) 
Sagittal T1w, (3D) 
sagittal PDw with 
fat saturation. 
3A 3B 
3C 3D 
4A 4B 
16-year-old male patient with osteoidblastoma (OB) of the right fibula. (4A) lateral radiograph shows well the cortical swelling 
of the fibula in the patient with OB but without lucency. The reason for that is best seen in 4B, C (axial CT in different positions) 
and 4D (coronal CT), where the upper part of the nidus is completely calcified whereas the smaller lower part shows only little 
calcification (*). (4E) shows a coronal CT with the ablation cannula (*) in the upper calcified part of the nidus during CT-guided 
radiofrequency ablation and the second ablation channel thereunder (#). T2w STIR images (4F axial and 4G coronal) as well 
as T1w axial images (4H, I) demonstrate the vascularisation of the lower and the calcification of the upper nidus part with low 
T2w signal. 
4 
4C 
4F 
4D 
4G 
4E 
4H 
4I 
Orthopedic Imaging Clinical 
MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 73 
Clinical Orthopedic Imaging 
72 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world
5A 5B 5C 
5D 5E 5F 
17-year-old male patient with articular osteoid osteoma (OO) of the left knee joint. (5A–C) Axial, sagittal and coronal CT with the 
articular position of the OO show no sclerosis of the nidus-margin (orange circle). In CT you see well that the nidus shows some 
central ossifications. The axial T2w MRI with fat saturation (5D) demonstrates the joint effusion and synovitis (yellow arrow). 
You can also see well that because of the central nidus calcifications the OO has only isointense to less hyperintense signal in T2w 
(orange circle) instead of the typical strong hyperintense signal. (5E) Sagittal PDw MRI also shows the calcification. (5F) Axial 
contrast-enhanced T1w MRI with fat saturation demonstrates the enhancing nidus (orange circle). 
Osteosarcoma 
The patients are usually younger 
than 20 years. A 2nd peak exists in the 
5th decade and these cases are mostly 
secondary in Paget‘s disease and after 
irradiation. Osteosarcoma has a predi­lection 
for sites of rapid bone growth, 
usually the metaphyseal region. 
Typical symptoms are pain and local 
swelling. This entity shows typically 
destructive periosteal reactions as 
mentioned above (Fig. 6). Their X-ray 
morphology is very variable: Osteo­sarcomas 
may be osteogenic (i.e. the 
tumor induces new bone formation), 
lytic or mixed, which is the common 
manifestation form (Fig. 7) [12]. If 
such a lesion is lytic, consider also 
teleangiectatic osteosarcoma! From 
origin, sclerosis grade and soft tissue 
component, osteosarcomas are sepa­rated 
into a central, parosteal (origi­nates 
from the periosteum) and a 
periosteal variant, which is very rare 
(1% of osteosarcomas). In periosteal 
osteosarcomas the process starts 
either in the periosteum or adjacent 
soft tissue. Typical – in contrast to 
parosteal osteosarcoma – the perios­teal 
osteogenic sarcoma does not 
have large amounts of calcification in 
the soft tissue (Fig. 8) [11]. Osteosar­comas 
may produce osteoblastic lung 
metastases (Fig. 9). 
Keys to diagnosis are to detect criteria 
of malignancy in X-ray and further 
imaging modalities: CT is the best for 
identifying periosteal reaction versus 
tumor matrix because you can already 
see faint mineralization in CT. In MRI 
the signal depends on the degree of 
matrix mineralization. But MRI is impor­tant 
for assessing the tumor extent and 
for staging purposes, i.e. to identify 
skip-lesions, to assess the soft tissue, 
nerve and vessel involvement, and a 
potential joint infiltration. 
5 
6A 6B 6C 
21-year-old man with a central high-grade osteosarcoma in the distal left femur. Conventional osteosarcomas are the central 
osteosarcomas placed in the center of the metaphysis. Figure (6A) shows the antero-posterior and (6B) the lateral radiograph. 
In this case you can see in addition to periosteal reactions (orange arrows in 6A) the channel-shaped lucency in the radiograph 
correlating with the biopsy channel (yellow arrow in 6B) within a disorganization of the bone pattern and osteoid formation 
(orange circle in 6B). You also see the biopsy channel in the coronal T1-weighted MRI (orange arrow in 6C). Figure 6D demon­strates 
the heterogeneity of the tumor mass (axial T2w MRI with fat saturation). Performing MRI is important for preoperative 
local staging, e.g. in this case the vessel infiltration (orange arrows in 6E) is visible in the axial post-contrast T1-weighted MRI. 
6 
6D 6E 
7A 7B 7C 
These images demonstrate well the difference between osteogenic versus lytic osteosarcoma. Figures 7A (antero-posterior 
­radiograph 
of the lower leg) and 7B (sagittal contrast-enhanced T1w MRI with fat saturation of the lower leg) show an osteogenic 
parosteal osteosarcoma of the left tibia, a bone forming tumor with fluffy, amorphous, cloudlike mineralization (orange arrow 
in 7A) beside sunburst periosteal reaction as a criterion of malignancy (* in 7A). This tumor has a big soft tissue component 
(yellow arrow in 7B) with large amounts of calcification (yellow arrow in 7A). Figures 7C (antero-posterior radiograph of the 
pelvis) and 7D (axial contrast-enhanced T1w MRI with fat saturation) show a more lytic osteosarcoma of a 61-year-old female 
patient in the right os ileum with no mineralization (orange arrow). 
7 
7D 
MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 75 
Clinical Orthopedic Imaging 
74 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world
8A 8B 
8D 
57-year-old female patient with a periosteal osteosarcoma (G3) of the right lower leg. Figure 8A, antero-posterior radiograph 
of the right knee shows saucerization of the tibial metaphysic (orange circle) and also a bone prominence (yellow arrow). 
8B (coronal T1w MRI of the lower right leg) and 8C (sagittal T1w MRI of the lower right leg) show the big inhomogeneous 
tumor with a large soft tissue component. Keep in mind that the periosteal osteogenic sarcoma does not have large amounts 
of calcification in soft tissue as shown in 8A–C (orange circle). Figures 8D (axial T2w MRI with fat saturation) and 8E (axial 
contrast-enhanced T1w MRI with fat saturation) clearly demonstrate that the tumor inexplicably will not invade the medullary 
space of the tibia (orange circle) and that the fibula is not involved (yellow arrow). 
63-year-old female with osteoblastic lung metastases one year after resection of an osteosarcoma of the left thigh. Axial CT 
images (9A–C) show several osteoblastic lung metastases of a bone producing primary tumor: an osteosarcoma. Therefore the 
lung metastases may be also sclerotic. 
8 
9 
Chondroid type 
Enchondroma 
Enchondroma is a benign lytic lesion 
typically placed in the hand and chiefly 
centrally located, often with endosteal 
scalloping. It must have ­calcification 
except in the phalanges (Fig. 10). 
A typical size of enchondroma is around 
1–2 cm; low grade chondrosarcoma is 
larger than 4–5 cm. The enchondroma 
shows no periosteal reaction. An 
important differential diagnosis is the 
bone infarction (Fig. 12). 
Keys to diagnosis are: In T1-weighted 
MR imaging the lesion has a low 
­signal. 
The T2-weighted signal 
depends on the degree of calcifica­tion. 
After contrast-enhancement 
the tumor shows in T1-weighting 
MR imaging a lobulated appearance 
with septa (Figs. 10 and 11). 
Suspicious of malignancy in chondroid 
tumors are pain, a size larger than 
5 cm, the presence of a soft tissue mass 
and a growing surrounding edema 
on T2-weighted images. 
Multiple enchondromas occur on 
occasion, a condition called Ollier‘s 
disease. This is not hereditary and 
with no increased rate of malignant 
degeneration. 
By contrast, Maffucci‘s syndrome is 
a condition with multiple enchondro­mas 
associated with soft tissue hem­angiomas. 
Maffucci‘s syndrome is 
likewise not hereditary, but is charac­terized 
by an increased incidence 
of malignant degeneration of the 
enchondromas [11]. 
9A 9B 
8C 
8E 
9C 
10 A 10 B 
29-year-old female with an enchondroma of the phalanx D1. (10A) Lateral radiograph of the right D1 shows the lytic lesion in 
the proximal metacarpus of D1 which is hardly to identify and without sclerotic rim, according to a Lodwick IB lesion (orange 
circle) and without calcifications. (10B-F) show the typical signal characteristics of an enchondroma in MRI (orange circles) and 
that the lesion is smaller than 2 cm: low signal in T1-weighted imaging (10B, coronal), high signal in T2-weighted imaging 
because of absent calcification as shown in 10A (10E, axial T2w MRI with fat saturation). Coronal contrast-enhanced T1w MRI 
(10C), coronal T1w MRI subtraction (10D), and axial contrast-enhanced T1w MRI with fat saturation (10F), show that the tumor 
has a lobulated appearance with septa. 
10 
10 E 
10 C 
10 F 
10 D 
Orthopedic Imaging Clinical 
MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 77 
Clinical Orthopedic Imaging 
76 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world
11 A 11 B 12 A 
44-year-old female with an enchondroma within the humeral head. (11A) Antero-posterior radiograph of the shoulder, (11B) 
coronal CT of the shoulder, (11C) coronal T2w MRI with fat saturation, (11D) coronal T1w MRI, (11E) coronal contrast-enhanced 
T1w MRI. 11A and B show a lesion bigger than 2 cm with a sharp border (Lodwick IB) in the humerus head with the following 
different forms of calcification of the chondral tissue: Punctate, comma-shaped, arc like, ring like mineralization (orange circle). 
In T1w the tumor shows low signal (11D), in T2w with fat saturation high signal with some low signals according to the calcifica­tions, 
thus containing no fat (11C) and post-contrast a homogenous contrast-enhancement with a rough lobulated pattern 
(11E) (yellow arrows). 
11 
40-year-old female with bone infarction in the right tibia and femur. (12A) Antero-posterior, (12B) lateral radiograph of the 
knee, (12C) coronal contrast-enhanced T1w MRI, (12D) coronal T1w subtraction MRI, (12E) axial contrast-enhanced T1w MRI 
with fat saturation, (12F) axial T2w MRI with fat saturation, (12G) coronal STIR MRI. An infarct usually has a well-defined, 
densely sclerotic, serpiginous border as well shown in 12A and B (orange circles) and in MRI in 12C-G (yellow arrow), whereas 
an enchondroma does not. Fat in the lesion as seen in 12C, E and G (yellow star) is a hint of bone infarction and speaks against 
an enchondroma. 
12 E 
12 
12 B 
12 F 
12 C 12 D 
12 G 
11 C 11 D 11 E 
Orthopedic Imaging Clinical 
MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 79 
Clinical Orthopedic Imaging 
78 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world
Chondroid type 
Osteochondroma (Fig. 13) 
A synonym for osteochondroma is 
­cartilaginous 
exostosis. It is a common 
benign tumor of the extremities 
(10%–15% of all bone tumors) and 
is located in 50% of cases in the lower 
extremities, in 10–20% in the humerus, 
but rarely in the spine. For the diagno­sis 
it is important to identify the con­tinuation 
13 B 
20-year-old male patient with an osteochondroma of the proximal right humerus and a loose body within joint space. (13A) 
Axial radiograph of the right shoulder shows the sharp-bordered tumor of the humerus, (13B) coronal CT shows the osteochon­droma 
of the right shoulder, (13C) sagittal T2w MRI shows another part of the osteochondroma with its cartilage cap, where 
the cap seems to be much larger than 8 mm, see also 13F, (13D) axial T2w MRI with fat saturation shows the measurement of 
the T2w hyperintense cartilage cap with a distance of 8 mm, (13E) coronal T1w MRI shows the cartilage cap that is hypointense 
in T1w, (13F) axial contrast-enhanced T1w MRI with fat saturation show the same part of figure 13C with a chondroid lobated 
pattern after contrast-enhancement, (13G) 9 MHz ultrasound shows the structure seen in 13C and G as a round non-cystic 
structure. This lesion is with all imaging modalities suspicious of a low grade chondrosarcoma. After surgery and histologic 
examination revealed it to be no more than an osteochondroma and a neighboring loose body within joint space with caplike 
borders and nodose lobulated chondroid tissue with kept structure of the lobules. 
13 
of bone marrow and trabec­ular 
bone structures into the exostosis 
as well as the cartilage cap. The malig­nant 
degeneration occurs mainly in 
tumors near the trunk. 
Key to diagnosis is a mushroom-like 
tumor. The thickness of the cartilage 
cap is 8 mm or more (threshold in our 
institution, see also explanation in the 
next chapter) (Fig. 13) [13]. Contrast 
media is not needed to determine the 
thickness of the cartilage cap, because 
it is clearly visible on T2-weighted 
images. 
Osteochondroma 
vs. chondrosarcoma 
A malignant transformation is more 
likely if the cartilage cap thickness is 
8 mm or more, which is the threshold 
of our clinic. Further publicized 
threshold values are 1.5 cm according 
to Murphey et al. [14] and 2.0 cm 
according to Bernard et al. [15]. 
Proximity to trunk (location in the 
pelvis with highest malignant 
transformation rate!) and hereditary 
multiple exostoses (autosomal 
dominant inheritance) (Fig. 14) are 
correlated with a higher risk of 
malignant transformation (3–5% of 
tumors develop into chondrosarco­mas). 
A further ­criterion 
is a cartilage 
cap growth, especially beyond 
age 20. Note: It is extremely difficult 
for either a radiologist or a patholo­gist 
to differentiate a low-grade 
chondrosarcoma from enchondroma 
(Fig. 15). 
12-year-old male patient with hereditary multiple exostoses. (14A) Axial radiograph of the left shoulder, (14B) antero-posterior 
radiograph of the left shoulder, (14C) axial T2w MRI with fat saturation of the left humerus, (14D) sagittal T2w MRI with fat 
saturation of the left humerus, (14E) lateral radiograph of the left knee, (14F) antero-posterior radiograph of the left knee, (14G) 
coronal STIR MRI of the upper extremities. In 14A, B, E and F the continuation of bone marrow and trabecular bone structures 
into the exostosis are clearly depicted. The cartilage cap can be well evaluated in T2-weighted images as seen in 14C, D and 
also in 14G. 
14 
13 A 
13 D 13 E 13 F 
< 8 mm 
13 C 13 G 14 A 14 E 
14 C 
14 B 14 F 
14 D 14 G 
Orthopedic Imaging Clinical 
MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 81 
Clinical Orthopedic Imaging 
80 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world
Chondrosarcoma (Figs. 15–17) 
Patients are mostly older than 40 years 
and experience pain. Tumors are near 
the trunk and have a chondroid 
matrix. Chondrosarcomas are charac­terized 
by slow growth. Primary 
chondrosarcomas are lytic, per-meative 
and destructive lesions 
with calcification in 50%. Secondary 
chondrosarcomas have a cartilage 
cap‘s thickness larger than 8 mm as a 
sign of malignant transformation of 
an osteochondroma (see also the 
comments to threshold value in the 
last chapter) [13-15]. 
Keys to diagnosis are lytic, destructive 
lesion with flocculent, snowflake or 
popcorn calcification in patients older 
than 40 years. MRI: soft tissue mass 
or edema. The following criteria are in 
favor of a chondrosarcoma as opposed 
to an enchondroma: Pain, tracer 
uptake in bone scan, growth, cortical 
bone penetration. 
15 B 15 C 
31-year-old male patient with grade 1 chondrosarcoma of the right os ilium. (15A) The antero- posterior radiograph of the 
right hip joint shows a geographic well-defined lytic lesion in the right acetabulum with a sharp border but without sclerotic rim 
according to a Lodwick IB lesion (orange arrow), in the center there is some flocculent calcification. (15B) Coronal CT and (15C) 
axial CT of the right hip show the lytic lesion with sharp border, thinned cortex and central punctuate calcification without 
cortical destruction. (15D, E) Contrast-enhanced T1w MRI with fat saturation (coronal in 15D and axial in 15E) show a central 
contrast-enhancement. Figure 15F shows a coronal STIR MRI with a high signal in the border area of the tumor. 
15 
Orthopedic Imaging Clinical 
16 B 16 C 16 D 
16 E 16 F 16G 
33-year-old female with grade 2 chondrosarcoma of the left olecranon. 16A shows an antero-posterior radiograph of the left 
olecranon with a Lodwick type IC lesion: geographic but blurred border (orange circle). Figure 16B shows the lateral radiograph of 
the left olecranon and reveals a cortical destruction (orange arrow). (16C) Coronal T1-weighted MR image of the olecranon clearly 
shows the intraosseous borders of the tumor (orange arrows). (16D) Coronal STIR MR image clearly shows the muscle edema 
(orange arrow). (16E) Axial T2w MRI with fat saturation shows the chondroid matrix of the tumor (orange circle). (16F) Sagittal 
T2w MRI shows the hypointense calcification (orange arrow) in the center of the chondroid tumor. (16G) Sagittal contrast-enhanced 
T1w MRI with fat saturation shows the infiltration of the surrounding soft tissue (orange arrow). 
16 
58-year-old male patient with grade 3 chondrosarcoma of the right humerus. (17A) The antero-posterior radiograph of the right 
humerus shows in addition to a patchy lysis pattern (Lodwick II) the cortex destruction (orange circle). (17B) Coronal STIR MRI 
clearly shows the extension of this large amorphous lesion (size of 10 cm, long yellow arrow) and the soft tissue infiltration (small 
yellow arrow). The tumor has a predominant chondroid matrix with low signal in T1w (17C coronal T1w MRI) and an inhomoge­neous 
high signal in T2w (17D sagittal T2w MRI) as a further hint of a high-grade chondrosarcoma. (17D) Also shows well the 
cortex destruction and soft tissue infiltration (orange circle). (17E) Coronal contrast-enhanced MRI shows necrotic tumor areas 
within the tumor (yellow arrows). Also areas without chondroid matrix are a hint of a high-grade chondrosarcoma. 
17 
15 A 
15 D 15 E 15 F 
16 A 
17 A 17 B 17 C 17 D 17 E 
MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 83 
Clinical Orthopedic Imaging 
82 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world
Chondroblastoma (Fig. 18) 
Patients are usually younger than 
20 years (i. e. skeletally immature 
patients). The lesion must be located 
epiphyseally and is rare in metaphy­sis. 
This entity also occurs in carpal 
and tarsal bones and rarely in the 
patella (which with regard to the 
18 C 18 D 
12-year-old female patient with a chondroblastoma of the right lateral tibia epiphysis. (18A) Antero-posterior radiograph of the 
right knee shows the epiphyseal located lytic lesion of the tibia with discreet sclerotic rim and some central located calcification 
(orange circle). (18B) Axial CT shows the puncture needle in that lytic lesion having a sharp border (orange arrow). (18C) Coronal 
and (18D) sagittal T1-weighted MR images show the bordered lesion having a discreet hypointense sclerotic rim and a central 
hypointense punctual calcification (orange circle). (18E) Axial PD-weighted MR image shows a chondroid component with high 
signal and central calcification with low signal (orange circle). (18F) Coronal STIR MR image also shows a chondroid component 
with high signal and central calcification with low signal (orange circle) and a bone marrow edema in the circumference (orange 
arrows). Therefore biopsy was performed. 
18 
­differential 
diagnosis of lytic lesions 
behaves like an epiphysis) [11]. 
­Usually 
it appears in long bones and 
shows in 40–60% calcification. 
­Differential 
diagnoses are the seques­trum 
(osteomyelitis) and the eosino­philic 
granuloma. 
Key to diagnosis: Chondroblastomas 
are lytic epiphyseal lesions with ­sclerotic 
rim. In MRI it shows a chondroid com­ponent 
with high signal in T2-weighted 
imaging and calcification with low 
signal in T2-weighted imaging [4]. 
Fibrous type 
Non-ossifying fibroma – NOF 
(Figs. 19 and 20) 
Patients are usually younger than 
20 years and have no pain or periosteal 
reaction. This lesion is located in the 
metaphysis of long bone in eccentric 
position and emanates from the cortex, 
so that the cortex will be replaced with 
benign fibrous tissue. Non-ossifying 
fibromas ‘heal’ with sclerosis and disap­pear 
in the following years. Lesions 
smaller than 3 cm in length are called 
fibrous cortical defect and lesions 
larger than 3 cm in length are called 
non-ossifying fibroma. 
Key to diagnosis: A lytic lesion with 
expansive growth and scalloped, well-defined 
sclerotic border. The MRI 
appearance of an NOF is somewhat 
variable. Although they are essentially 
always low signal on T1-weighted 
MR imaging, they can have high or 
low signal on T2-weighted imaging. 
NOF has partly homogeneous or 
partly non-homogeneous contrast-media 
enhancement. During the 
‘healing period’ the non-ossifying 
fibroma can be hot on radionuclide 
bone scans indicating the osteoblas­tic 
activity. 
19 
14-year-old male patient with 
a non-ossifying fibroma of 
the left distal tibia. (19A) 
Antero-posterior radiograph 
shows a classic example of 
a non-ossifying fibroma that 
is slightly expansile and lytic 
and has a scalloped, well-defined 
sclerotic border 
(Lodwick IA, orange circle). 
(19B) Coronal T1-weighted 
MR image shows the typical 
low signal of the lesion 
(orange circle). (19C) Axial 
T2-weighted MR image shows 
in this case a low signal in 
T2-weighting what is variable 
(orange arrow). (19D) Axial 
contrast-enhanced 
T1-weighted MR image with 
fat saturation shows that in 
this case the NOF has a partly 
inhomogeneous contrast-media 
enhancement (orange 
arrow). 
18 A 
18 B 18 E 18 F 
19 A 
19 B 
19 C 19 D 
Orthopedic Imaging Clinical 
MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 85 
Clinical Orthopedic Imaging 
84 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world
Fibrous dysplasia (Figs. 21–23) 
Patients have usually no pain or peri­osteal 
reaction. Fibrous dysplasia can 
be either monostotic (most commonly) 
or polyostotic (McCune-Albright syn­drome) 
and has a predilection for the 
pelvis, the proximal femur, the ribs 
and skull. In its classic description, 
fibrous dysplasia has a, ‘ground-glass 
appearance’ or ‘smoky appearing’ in 
X-ray and/or CT (Fig. 21), but the 
ground glass appearance is not always 
present. Lesions may be mixed lytic 
and sclerotic [11] and bone may be 
deformed. 
Keys to diagnosis are: No periosteal 
reaction. Fibrous dysplasia shows lytic 
lesions, as the matrix calcifies it has a 
hazy, smoky and ground-glass look to 
the point of sclerotic lesion. The signal 
alterations of fibrous dysplasia in MRI 
follow the uniform pattern of all tumors 
(low signal in T1-weighted and inter­mediate 
to high signal in T2-weighted 
images). The fibrous tissue enhances 
contrast media. If the lesion is located 
in the tibia, consider also adamanti­noma, 
which has malignant potential, 
i.e. a mixed lytic and sclerotic lesion in 
anterior cortex of tibia that resembles 
the fibrous dysplasia. 
20 A 20 C 
20 D 20 E 
Image gallery of the non-ossifying fibroma. 
(20A) Antero-posterior radiograph of the right knee of a 17-year-old male patient clearly shows the various 
appearance of a NOF. Two healing periods can be seen: Lateral, a lesion with proceeding sclerosis indicating that 
the lesion is in a progressed healing stadium (orange circle) and medial, a classical scalloped lesion with 
­well- 
defined sclerotic border (orange arrows). 
(20B) Antero-posterior radiograph of the left knee of an 18-year-old male patient shows the typical appearance 
of a NOF: Scalloped lesion with well-defined sclerotic border. 
(20C) Antero-posterior radiograph of the knee of a 12-year-old male patient shows a lytic lesion with sclerotic rim 
(orange arrow) and below an exostosis (yellow arrow). (20D) Coronal T1-weighted MR image shows the typical 
low signal of a NOF (orange circle) and (20E) a coronal STIR MR image shows in this case also a low signal 
compatible to the diagnosis of a NOF. 
20 
21 A 
21 E 21 F 
21 G 
21 H 
21 B 21 C 
21 D 
20 B 
21 
44-year-old male patient with fibrous dysplasia 
of the left femur. 
(21A) Antero-posterior radiograph of the left femur 
shows well the ground glass appearance of a sclerotic 
lesion in the proximal diaphysis (orange circle). (21B) 
Coronal CT, (21C) axial CT and (21D) 3D figure also 
clearly show the ground glass appearance of that 
lesion (orange circle). (21E) Coronal T1-weighted MR 
image shows low signal of the lesion. (21F) Axial 
T2-weighted MR image with fat saturation shows that 
the lesion contains only point-shaped lipoid and 
calcified parts (orange arrow). (21G) Sagittal 
T2-weighted MR image shows in this case a homog­enous 
low signal, (21H) axial contrast-enhanced 
T1-weighted MR image with fat saturation shows 
a relatively homogenous contrast enhancing of the 
lesion. An inhomogeneous contrast-enhancement 
occurs in lesions with bigger parts of blood, fat and 
calcifications leading to signal alterations. 
Orthopedic Imaging Clinical 
MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 87 
Clinical Orthopedic Imaging 
86 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world
22 
Image gallery of fibrous 
dysplasia: “Fibrous 
dysplasia…can look like 
almost anything!” [11], 
as is clearly visible when 
you compare the following 
three cases. 
(22A) Antero-posterior 
radiograph of the pelvis 
of a 36-year-old male 
patient clearly shows that 
the ipsilateral proximal 
femur is always affected 
when the pelvis is 
involved with fibrous 
dysplasia (orange circles). 
The lesion in the pelvis 
is more lytic than the 
lesion in the femur which 
is more sclerotic. (22B) 
Antero-posterior radio­graph 
of the right knee 
of a 33-year-old female 
patient shows a circum­scripted 
lytic lesion of the 
distal femur with smoky 
parts (orange arrow). 
(22C) Lateral radiograph 
of the left lower leg of 
a 22-year-old male patient 
with a fibrous dysplasia 
of the tibia shows a lytic 
lesion in the tibia with 
cortical destruction 
(orange arrows). MRI and 
biopsy were needed to 
confirm the diagnosis. 
Figures 22D–F show the 
corresponding MRI 
images to this case: (22D) 
Coronal T1-weighted MR 
image shows the classi­cally 
low signal of lesion. 
(22E) Sagittal T2-weighted 
MR image and (22F) axial 
T2-weighted MR image 
with fat saturation show 
that the lesion is 
inhomogeneous. 
22 A 
22 D 22 E 
22 F 
22 B 22 C 23 A 23 B 23 C 
23 F 
23 D 23 E 
34-year-old male patient with a polyostotic fibrous dysplasia in pelvis and proximal femur (Albright-syndrome). 
(23A) Antero-posterior radiograph of the pelvis, (23B) antero-posterior radiograph of the left femur and (23C) lateral radiograph 
of the left femur show lots of lesions with smoky appearance in the right os ileum and the left femur (orange arrow). 
(23D) Coronal T1-weighted MR image of the left femur shows a low signal of the lesions (orange arrow). (23E) Coronal STIR MR 
image of the left femur shows an intermediate to high signal of the lesions (orange arrow) and (23F) axial contrast-enhanced 
T1-weighted MR image shows an inhomogeneous contrast-enhancement of the fibrous tissue (orange arrow). 
23 
Orthopedic Imaging Clinical 
MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 89 
Clinical Orthopedic Imaging 
88 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world
Lipoid/fatty type 
Calcaneus lipoma (Fig. 24) 
A common location is the calcaneus. 
It is a rare entity and a so-called 
‘leave-me-alone lesion’. Key to diag­nosis: 
Fat signal in all MRI sequences. 
Other types 
Solitary bone cyst (Figs. 25, 26) 
Patients are usually younger than 
20 years. Common location: calcaneus, 
proximal humerus and femur with cen­tral 
location of the lesion. Patients have 
no pain or periosteal reaction unless 
they suffer a fracture through this lesion. 
The fracture often produces fragments 
24 C 
49-year-old male patient with an intra-osseous lipoma of the calcaneus as typical location. (24A) Lateral 
radiograph of the calcaneus shows the geographic lesion with sclerotic rim, Lodwick IA (orange arrow). (24B) 
Axial contrast-enhanced T1w MRI with fat saturation, (24C) coronal T2w MRI, (24D) sagittal T1w MRI and 
(24E) coronal contrast-enhanced T1w MRI. MR images show well that the lesion contains fat, especially 
seen in 24B and E (orange circle). Notice the synovial cyst between calcaneus and talus in 24C as auxiliary 
diagnosis (orange arrow). 
24 
24 A 
24 B 
24 D 24 E 
that sink to the bottom of the lesion, 
well known as the ‘fallen fragment 
sign’ visible on radiographs. 
Key to diagnosis: Lytic centrally 
located lesion, well-defined with 
sclerotic rim (Lodwick type IA). The 
MRI shows non-enhancing pure fluid 
(in contrary to aneurysmal bone cyst). 
Orthopedic Imaging Clinical 
25-year-old male patient with a solitary bone cyst of the calcaneus. (25A) Lateral and (25B) antero-posterior ­radiographs 
of 
the calcaneus show both the geographic lesion with sclerotic rim, Lodwick IA (orange arrows). Typically for the location in the 
anterior to the midportion of the calcaneus and on the inferior border is: only in this position the solitary bone cyst has 
a characteristic triangular appearance. 
25 
25 B 
If the lesion is located in the calca­neus 
think about the differential 
diagnosis of an intra-osseous lipoma. 
A differentiation by X-ray is then only 
possible if the lipoma has a central 
calcification. But this differentiation is 
not relevant, because both lesions are 
‘leave-me-alone lesions’ [11]. 
25 A 
Save the Date 
3rd Heidelberg ­Summer 
School 
Musculoskeletal Cross Sectional Imaging 2014 
July 25/26, 2014 
Heidelberg, Germany 
Please visit: 
www.heidelbergsummerschool.de 
MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 91 
Clinical Orthopedic Imaging 
90 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world
26 
Image gallery of solitary bone cyst 
with the ‘fallen fragment sign’. 
(26A) Antero-posterior radiograph 
of the right shoulder of a 9-year-old 
female patient with the ‘fallen 
fragment sign’ in a solitary bone 
cyst of the humerus (orange 
arrow). 
Figures 26B–E show the case of 
an 11-year-old patient with a 
solitary bone cyst also in the right 
humerus. (26B) Antero-posterior 
radiograph of the right shoulder 
demonstrates well the pathogno­monic 
‘fallen fragment sign’ of the 
cystic lesion. 
(26C) Shows a coronal T1w MRI 
with low signal of the lesion and 
(26E) shows an axial T2w MRI with 
a small fluid level between the 
cystic fluid and the blood after the 
occurred fracture (orange arrow). 
Usually solitary bone cysts show no 
fluid-fluid levels as it is typical for 
the aneurysmal bone cyst. 
(26D) Coronal contrast-enhanced 
T1w MRI with fat saturation shows 
non-enhancing pure fluid. 
Aneurysmal bone cyst (ABC) (Fig. 27) 
The patients are usually younger than 
20 years. At the vertebral column, this 
entity often occurs at the posterior 
elements of the vertebral bodies. 
It shows an aneurysmal, expansive 
growth with thinned cortex or neo- 
­cortex 
(ballooned cortices) called ‘blow-out’ 
phenomenon in CT. 
Key to diagnosis: The aneurysmal 
bone cyst is a lytic geographic lesion, 
eccentrically located with extensive 
thinning of the cortex. Sedimentation 
effects of blood-filled cysts with fluid-fluid 
levels and contrast-enhancement 
of the cystic wall and the septa are 
typical signs in MRI. If there are solid 
27 B 
17-year-old male patient with an aneurysmal bone cyst of the right glenoid. (27A) Lateral radiograph of the right shoulder shows 
a geographic lesion in the glenoid without sclerotic rim, Lodwick IB (orange arrows). (27B) Coronal CT of the right shoulder 
shows a lytic expansible lesion with a thinned cortex (yellow arrow). (27C) Axial T2-weighted MRI shows the cystic parts with 
fluid-fluid level (yellow arrow). (27D) Axial contrast-enhanced T1w MRI shows the enhancement of the septa (orange circle). 
27 
contrast-enhancing parts consider 
secondary ABC with other tumors 
(e.g. giant cell tumor, osteosarcoma, 
chondrosarcoma, chondroblastoma). 
26 A 
26 C 
26 B 
26 D 
26 E 
27 A 
27 C 27 D 
Orthopedic Imaging Clinical 
MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 93 
Clinical Orthopedic Imaging 
92 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world
Giant cell tumor (Fig. 28) 
A precondition is that the epiphysis 
is closed. This tumour often abuts 
the articular surface and most often 
has an eccentric localization. This 
is often a well defined lesion with 
a non-sclerotic margin (Lodwick IB). 
Local aggressive growth and lung 
metastasis in 5–10% occur. 
Key to diagnosis: Osteolytic eccen­tric, 
epiphyseal lesion without 
matrix calcification and extensive 
thinning of the cortex. The tumor 
shows low signal in T1-weighting, 
inhomogeneous or low signal in 
T2-weighting and contrast-enhance­ment. 
If the tumor contains necrosis 
and hemosiderin, this results in an 
inhomogeneous contrast-enhance­ment 
pattern. 
Ewing‘s sarcoma (Figs. 29, 30) 
The classic Ewing‘s sarcoma is a, ‘per­meative 
lesion in the diaphysis of long 
bone in a child’, [11], with osteode­struction 
in CT and a very high signal 
in T2-weighted imaging indicating 
infiltration of bone marrow. The 
location of Ewing‘s sarcoma tends to 
follow the distribution of red marrow. 
In histology small round blue cells 
are visible. A large soft tissue mass 
is possible. Important differential 
diagnoses are osteomyelitis and 
eosinophilic granuloma, which have 
a benign periosteal reaction and 
sometimes a sequestrum. 
Keys to diagnosis are: A permeative 
lesion or lesion with sclerotic and 
29 D 29 E 
29 F 
16-year-old male patient with Ewing‘s sarcoma of the proximal left forearm. (29A) Bone scan shows an overview of the involvement 
of the proximal radius, the ulna and parts of the distal humerus. (29B) Lateral radiograph of the forearm shows the onion-skinned, 
multilamellated periosteal reaction of the proximal radius (yellow arrows). (29C) Three-phase radionuclide bone scan 
with Tc-99m MDP shows the tracer uptake in the big tumor mass. (29D, E) Contrast-enhanced T1-weighted MRI with fat 
saturation axial (D) and coronal (E) and (29F) coronal STIR MRI shows the big tumor involving radius and ulna. 
29 
3-year-old male patient with Ewing’s sarcoma of the left distal femur. (30A) Antero-posterior radiograph of the femur, 
(30B) lateral radiograph of the femur, (30C) coronal contrast-enhanced T1-weighted MRI with fat saturation, 
(30D) coronal T1-weighted MRI, (30E) coronal STIR MRI. Figure 30A clearly shows the Codman-triangle, whereby the elevated 
periosteum forms an angle with the cortex, (orange circle) and 30B the onion-skinned periosteal reaction (yellow arrow). 
Figures 30C–E show the T1w hypo-, T2w hyperintense signal character of the tumor with contrast-enhancement, the large 
soft tissue component (yellow arrows) and also the Codman triangle. 
30 
patchy appearance and periosteal 
reaction which can be onion-skinned 
(multilamellated), sunburst or amor­phous. 
Low signal in T1-weighted 
MR images, high signal in T2-weighted 
MR imaging with strong contrast-enhancement. 
More than 50% are 
osteolytic lesions. Edema and large 
soft tissue mass often occur. 
29 A 
28 A 28 B 
29 B 
29 C 
30 A 30 B 30 C 30 D 30 E 
28 
34-year-old female patient with giant cell 
tumor of the distal right femur. (28A) 
Antero-posterior radiograph of the knee, 
(28B) coronal CT of the knee, (28C) coronal 
T1w MRI, (28D) T2w axial MRI, (28E) 
coronal contrast-enhanced T1w MRI. Figure 
28A shows the well-defined lesion with an 
incomplete sclerotic rim (Lodwick IB) in the 
distal femur (yellow arrow). 28B shows the 
extensive thinning of the cortex in lateral 
direction with a little cortex destruction 
below (yellow arrow). 28C clearly shows the 
low signal in T1w, 28D the low signal in T2w 
(orange circle) and 28E an inhomogeneous 
contrast-enhancement pattern because 
of the necrosis area below (yellow arrow). 
28 C 
28 E 
28 D 
Orthopedic Imaging Clinical 
MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 95 
Clinical Orthopedic Imaging 
94 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world
Multiple myeloma (Fig. 31) 
In multiple myeloma, a proliferation 
of monoclonal plasma cells within 
the bone marrow occurs. The verte­bral 
column is mostly affected and 
70% of patients are older than 
60 years. Multiple lytic lesions in an 
adult older than 40 years almost 
always suggest metastases or multi­ple 
myeloma. Bone sarcomas are 
rare, and the most common cause of 
a solitary destructive lesion in an 
Metastases (Fig. 32) 
40% of all metastases are located 
in the vertebral column. The most 
­frequent 
primary tumors are lung, 
breast, prostate, renal cell, gastrointes-tinal 
and thyroid carcinomas. Bone 
marrow infiltration ­happens 
before 
osseous destruction. It is important to 
pay attention to ­fractures, 
spinal canal 
invasion and myelon compression. 
Key to diagnosis: For the diagnosis 
of bone metastases a low signal in 
T1-weighted MR images is more sen-sitive 
than osteolysis in CT [24]. 
Osteolytic metastases have a high sig­nal 
in T2-weighted images, whereas 
osteoblastic metastases have a low 
to isointense signal in T2-weighted 
images. Take into account these 
factors in older patients and consider 
several osteoblastic and/or osteolytic 
lesions. 
adult is a metastasis. Low-dose CT 
is important for proving osteolytic 
lesions and MRI [22] for proving bone 
marrow affection: Decrease of 
T1-weighted ­signal 
in bone marrow 
infiltration compared to the disks, 
and a signal increase in the STIR 
images compared to muscle tissue. 
Whole-body MRI is suitable for dem­onstration 
of the tumor burden. It is 
important to think of patient’s age 
when interpreting T1-weighted MR 
imaging, because young patients 
still have a cell-rich red bone marrow 
and therefore also a low T1 signal. 
We differentiate three patterns of bone 
marrow infiltration: diffuse, multi-focal, 
or ‘salt-and-pepper’ pattern. 
Salt-and-pepper pattern indicates a 
low grade disease stadium. A single 
lesion is called plasmacytoma [22, 23]. 
65-year-old female patient with multiple myeloma and pain of the 
backside. (31A) Antero-posterior radiograph shows osteopenic bone 
pattern with several punched out lytic lesions. (31B) Coronal T1-weighted 
MR image of the pelvis and (31C) coronal STIR MR image of the pelvis show 
a solitary lesion with low signal in T1w and high signal in STIR suitable to a 
focal lesion of the left os sacrum (yellow arrow). 
31 
32 
55-year-old man with 
osteoblastic metastases 
of vertebral column and 
pelvis in prostate cancer. 
(32A) Lateral radiograph 
of the vertebral column, 
(32B) antero-posterior 
radiograph of the lower 
vertebral column and os 
sacrum show several 
osteoblastic metastases 
of the vertebral bodies 
and the os sacrum. 
(32C) Scintigraphic bone 
scan shows more skeletal 
metastases. 
31 A 31 B 
32 C 
32 A 32 B 
31 C 
Head R lat Head L lat 
Thorax R V L Thorax L D R 
Pelvis R V L Pelvis L D R 
Orthopedic Imaging Clinical 
MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 97 
Clinical Orthopedic Imaging 
96 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world
Summary 
Role of X-ray 
In addition to patient history and 
clinical findings, a radiograph in two 
orthogonal planes is still of great 
importance for determining the 
Lodwick classification and the tumor 
matrix, whereas the bone matrix is 
only poorly visualized in X-ray: You 
cannot differentiate between lesions 
containing fluid and solid lesions with­out 
mineralized matrix. In general, 
conventional X-ray radiography is the 
starting point and CT and MR images 
should only be interpreted with 
concurrent radiographic correlation. 
Role of CT 
CT is superior to MRI for the assess­ment 
of mineralized structures espe­cially 
cortical integrity, matrix mineral­ization, 
and periosteal reactions [21]. 
Small lucency of the cortex, localized 
involvement of the soft tissues, and 
thin peripheral periosteal reaction can 
Contact 
Katharina Grünberg, M.D. 
Section Musculoskeletal Radiology 
Diagnostic and Interventional Radiology 
University Hospital Heidelberg 
Schlierbacher Landstraße 200a 
69118 Heidelberg 
Germany 
Katharina.Gruenberg@med.uni-heidelberg.de 
References 
1 WHO classification of bone tumours 2006. 
2 Vanel D, Ruggieri P, Ferrari S, Picci P, 
Gambarotti M, Staals E, Alberghini M. 
The incidental skeletal lesion: ignore or 
explore? Cancer Imaging. 2009 Oct 2; 
9 Spec No A: S38-43. 
3 Lodwick GS, Wilson AJ, Farrell C, Virtama P, 
Dittrich F. Determining growth rates of 
focal lesions of bone from radiographs. 
Radiology 1980; 134: 577-583. 
4 Erlemann R. Basic diagnostics of bone 
tumors. Radiologe 2009; 49: 257–267. 
5 Oudenhoven LF, Dhondt E, Kahn S, Nieborg 
A, Kroon HM, Hogendoorn PC, Gielen JL, 
Bloem JL, De Schepper A. Accuracy of 
radiography in grading and tissue-specific 
diagnosis-a study of 200 consecutive bone 
tumors of the hand. Skeletal Radiol. 2006; 
35: 78-87. 
6 Miller T. Bone tumors and tumorlike condi­tions: 
analysis with conventional radiog­raphy. 
Radiology 2008; 246: 662-674. 
7 Lucas DR, Unni KK, McLeod RA, O’Connor 
MI, Sim FH. Osteoblastoma: clinicopatho­logic 
study of 306 cases. Hum Pathol. 
1994 Feb;25(2):117-34. 
8 Rehnitz C, Sprengel SD, Lehner B, 
Ludwig K, Omlor G, Merle C, Kauczor HU, 
Ewerbeck V, Weber MA. CT-guided radio­frequency 
ablation of osteoid osteoma and 
osteoblastoma: clinical success and long-term 
follow up in 77 patients. Eur J Radiol 
2012 Nov;81(11):3426-34. doi: 10.1016/j. 
ejrad.2012.04.037. Epub 2012 Jul 6. 
9 Rehnitz C, Sprengel SD, Lehner B, 
Ludwig K, Omlor G, Merle C, Kauczor HU, 
Ewerbeck V, Weber MA. CT-guided radio­frequency 
ablation of osteoid osteoma: 
correlation of clinical outcome and imaging 
features. Diagn Interv Radiol. 2013 
Jul-Aug;19(4):330-9. doi: 10.5152/ 
dir.2013.096. 
be best seen with CT [16]. CT is the 
examination of choice in the diagnosis 
of the nidus of osteoid osteoma in 
dense bone [17]. CT is valuable in the 
diagnosis of tumors of the axial 
skeleton such as spinal metastasis as 
well as in systemic staging. 
Role of MRI [18-21] 
Without any radiation MRI can be help­ful 
while evaluating lesions that repre­sent 
a differential diagnosis dilemma 
between benign and malignant lesions 
before a biopsy. For example in aneu­rysmal 
bone cysts MRI can display 
fluid levels in blood filled cavities better 
than CT. Another example, MRI before 
biopsy for staging all suspected sarco­mas 
of bone could help identifying 
extraosseous sarcoma better. MRI plays 
an important role in planning limb sal­vage 
surgeries because of its superior 
role for soft tissue evaluation including 
the presence or absence of neurovascular 
invasion [21]. MRI helps by identifying 
skip lesions and helps measure the thick­ness 
of cartilage cap. The cap is thin in 
benign lesions and thicker in chondrosar­comas 
[14, 15]. This aids evaluation of 
the entire compartment of long bones in 
acceptable time. (Important here is a 
large field-of- view of the MR sequence, 
see Fig. 33.) This in turn helps to improve 
the quality of life by reducing morbidity 
without affecting survival. MRI is most 
useful in evaluation of spine metastasis 
differentiating osteoporotic and meta­static 
compression fractures. In Multiple 
Myeloma cases whole-body MRI scans 
are suitable for demonstration of the 
tumor burden. Though not yet in clinical 
routine, newer techniques such as diffu­sion- 
weighted imaging and DCE-MRI may 
support assessment of tumor response. 
More studies are being conducted. 
10 Omlor GW, Lehner B, Wiedenhöfer B, 
Deininger C, Weber MA, Rehnitz C. 
[Radiofrequency ablation in spinal 
osteoid osteoma. Options and limits]. 
[Article in German]. Orthopade. 2012 
Aug;41(8):618-22. doi: 10.1007/ 
s00132-012-1907-x. 
11 Clyde A. Helms, Fundamentals of Skeletal 
Radiology (2005),3. Edition, Elsevier inc. 
12 Murphey MD, Robbin MR, McRae GA, 
Flemming DJ, Temple HT, Kransdorf MJ. 
The many faces of osteosarcoma. 
­Radiographics 
1997; 17: 1205-1231. 
13 Kloth JK, Wolf M, Rehnitz C, Lehner B, 
Wiedenhöfer B, Weber MA. [Radiological 
diagnostics of spinal tumors. Part 1: 
general tumor diagnostics and special 
diagnostics of extradural tumors]. 
Orthopade. 2012 Aug;41(8):595-607. 
doi: 10.1007/s00132-012-1978-8. 
[Article in German]. 
14 Murphey MD, Choi JJ, Kransdorf MJ, 
Flemming DJ, Gannon FH. Imaging of 
osteochondroma: variants and complica­tions 
with radiologic-pathologic corre­lation. 
Radiographics. 2000 
Sep-Oct;20(5):1407-34. 
15 Bernard SA, Murphey MD, Flemming DJ, 
Kransdorf MJ. Improved differentiation 
of benign osteochondromas from 
secondary condrosarcomas with 
standardized measurement of cartilage 
cap at CT and MR imaging. Radiology 
2010 Jun;255(3):857-65. 
16 Brown KT, Kattapuram SV, Rosenthal DI. 
Computed tomography analysis of bone 
tumors: patterns of cortical destruction 
and soft tissue extension. Skeletal Radiol 
1986; 15: 448-451). 
17 Glass RB, Poznanski AK, Fisher MR, 
Shkolnik A, Dias L. MR imaging of 
osteoid osteoma. J Comput Assist 
Tomogr 1986; 10: 1065-1067. 
Proposed tumor MRI protocol 
Sequences unenhanced 
coronal STIR with a large 
field-of-view 
coronal T1-weighted TSE 
(turbo spin echo) 
axial T2-weighted TSE with fat 
saturation 
sagittal T2-weighted TSE 
Contrast-agent 
(0.1 mmol/kg body weight) 
axial contrast-enhanced T1-weighted 
TSE with fat saturation 
coronal contrast-enhanced 
T1-weigthed TSE + subtraction 
(contrast-enhanced minus native 
T1-weighted MRI scan) 
The contrast-enhanced sequences 
are important in biopsy planning for 
identifying necrotic and viable tumor 
tissue. The biopsy should be targeted 
to the viable tumor area. 
Optional 
MR-angiography 
Dynamic T1-weighted contrast-enhanced 
MRI (DCE-MRI) 
Dynamic sequences are important for 
biopsy planning to identify vital tumor 
tissue [19-21], to which the biopsy 
should be guided. 
13-year-old female patient with Ewing’s sarcoma. (33A, B) Coronal STIR MR 
images show the tumor in the left femur diaphysis (orange circle) with a large 
soft tissue mass surrounded by a soft tissue edema (yellow arrows) and a skip 
lesion in the femoral neck (orange arrow). 
33 
18 Anderson SE, Steinbach LS, Schlicht S, 
Powell G, Davies M, Choong P. Magnetic 
resonance imaging of bone tumors 
and joints. Top Magn Reson Imaging. 
2007 Dec; 18(6):457-65. 
19 Fayad LM, Jacobs MA, Wang X, Carrini JA, 
Bluemke DA. Musculoskeletal tumours: 
how to use anatomic, functional, and 
metabolic MR techniques. Radiology 
2012; 265: 340-356. 
20 Alyas F, James SL, Davies AM, Saifuddin 
A. The role of MR imaging in the 
diagnostic characterisation of appen­dicular 
bone tumours and tumour-like 
conditions. Eur Radiol 2007; 17: 
2675-2686. 
21 Roberts CC, Liu PT, Wenger DE. Musculo­skeletal 
tumor imaging, biopsy, and 
therapies: self-assessment module. AJR 
Am J Roentgenol. 2009; 193(6 Suppl): 
S74-78. 
22 Fechtner K, Hillengass J, Delorme S, Heiss 
C, Neben K, Goldschmidt H, Kauczor HU, 
Weber MA. Staging monoclonal plasma 
cell disease: comparison of the Durie- 
Salmon and the Durie-Salmon PLUS 
staging systems. Radiology. 2010 Oct; 
257(1):195-204. doi: 10.1148/ 
radiol.10091809. 
23 Bäuerle T, Hillengass J, Fechtner K, 
Zechmann CM, Grenacher L, Moehler 
TM, Christiane H, Wagner-Gund B, 
Neben K, Kauczor HU, Goldschmidt H, 
Delorme S. Multiple myeloma and 
monoclonal gammopathy of undeter­mined 
significance: importance of 
whole-body versus spinal MR imaging. 
Radiology. 2009 Aug; 252(2):477-85. 
doi: 10.1148/radiol.2522081756. 
24 Bohndorf K, et al. Radiologische 
Diagnostik der Knochen und Gelenke. 
(2006) 2nd edition, Thieme. 
33 A 33 B 
Orthopedic Imaging Clinical 
MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 99 
Clinical Orthopedic Imaging 
98 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world
Combined 18F-FDG PET and MRI Evaluation 
of a case of Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy 
Using Simultaneous MR-PET 
Ihn-ho Cho, M.D.; Eun-jung Kong, M.D. 
Department of Nuclear Medicine, Yeungnam University Hospital, Daegu, South Korea 
Introduction 
Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy (HCM) 
is a common condition causing left 
ventricular outflow obstruction, as 
well as cardiac arrhythmias. Cardiac 
MRI is a key modality for evaluation 
of HCM. Apart from estimating left 
ventricular (LV) wall thickness, LV 
function and aortic flow, MRI is capa­ble 
of estimating the late gadolinium 
enhancement in affected myocardium, 
which has been shown to have a 
direct correlation with incidence and 
Patient history 
A 25-year-old man presented to the 
cardiology department with inciden­tal 
ECG abnormality after fractures to 
his left 2nd and 4th fingers. Although 
he had not consulted a doctor, he had 
been suffering from mild dyspnea 
with chest discomfort at rest and 
exacerbation at exercise since May 
2012. Echocardiography revealed 
non-obstructive hypertrophic cardio­myopathy 
(Maron III) with trivial MR. 
The patient was referred for a simul­taneous 
MR-PET study for 18F-FDG 
PET and cardiac MRI with Gadolinium 
(Gd) contrast for evaluation of the 
morphological and metabolic status 
of the hypertrophic myocardium. 
The patient was injected with 10 mCi 
18F- FDG following glucose loading. 
Simultaneous MR-PET study per­formed 
on a Biograph mMR was 
started one hour following tracer 
injection. Following standard Dixon 
sequence acquisition for attenuation 
correction, the comprehensive car­diac 
MRI sequences were acquired 
including MR perfusion after Gd con­trast 
infusion, as well as post contrast 
late Gd enhancement studies. Static 
18F-FDG PET was acquired simultane­ously 
during the MRI acquisition. 
Cardiovascular Imaging Clinical 
2A 2 
Discussion 
The late Gd enhancement within 
the hypertrophic septum along with 
the non-uniform glucose metabolism 
demonstrated by the patchy 18F-FDG 
uptake within the hypertrophic septum 
exactly corresponding to the area of 
Gd enhancement reflect myocardial 
fibrosis within the asymmetric septal 
hypertrophy. Myocardial fibrosis and 
the presence of late Gd enhancement 
on MRI has been shown to be associ­ated 
with increased risk of cardiac 
arrhythmia [1] as evident from the 
symptoms of this patient. 
severity of arrhythmias in HCM [1]. 
In patients with HCM, late gadolinium 
enhancement (LGE) on CE-MRI is pre­sumed 
to represent intramyocardial 
fibrosis. PET myocardial per­fusion 
studies have shown slight impairment 
of myocardial blood flow with phar­macological 
stress in hypertrophic 
myocardium in HCM, presumably 
related to microvascular disease [2]. 
18F-FDG PET has been sporadically 
studied in HCM, mostly for evalua­tion 
of the metabolic status of the 
hypertrophic myocardial segment, espe­cially 
after interventions such as trans­coronary 
ablation of septal hypertro­phy 
(TASH) [3] or to demonstrate 
partial myocardial fibrosis [4]. This 
clinical example illustrates the value of 
integrated simultaneous 18F-FDG PET 
and MRI acquisition performed on the 
­Biograph 
mMR system. 
1A 1B 
Short-axis views of end diastole and end systole at 3 different sections in the left ventricle obtained from gated TrueFISP cine 
MRI acquisitions performed on Biograph mMR. Note the thick hypertrophic septum (white arrow), which demonstrates the 
degree of asymmetric septal hypertrophy. 
1 
1D 
1F 
1C 
1E 
1G 
1 
1 
End Diastole End Systole 
2 
3 
2 
3 
Simultaneous MR-PET acquisition 
provides combined acquisition of 
both modalities, thereby ensuring 
accurate fusion between morphologi­cal 
and functional images due to 
simultaneous PET acquisition for every 
MR sequence. The exact coregistra­tion 
of the patchy 18F-FDG uptake 
in the area of Gd enhancement within 
the hypertrophic upper septum 
reflects the advantage of simultane­ous 
acquisition. 
End diastolic 
and end 
systolic views 
of 2-chamber 
and 4-chamber 
views obtained 
from gated cine 
TrueFISP acqui­sitions 
showing 
thickness of 
the asymmetric 
septal hyper­trophy 
(white 
arrow). 
2C 
2B 
2D 
End Diastole 
4-chamber view 2-chamber view 
End Systole 
3 
3 
Static 18F-FDG 
PET images 
in short-axis, 
horizontal 
long-axis and 
vertical long-axis 
views 
demonstrating 
normal uptake 
in the LV 
myocardium 
except the 
non-uniform 
uptake pattern 
in the hypertro­phied 
septum 
(white arrows). 
LV cavity size 
appears normal. 
MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 101 
Clinical Cardiovascular Imaging 
100 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world
Clinical Cardiovascular Imaging How-I-do-it 
4 
5 
Contact 
Ihn-ho Cho, M.D. 
Department of Nuclear Medicine 
Yeungnam University 
College of Medicine 
Daegu Hyunchungro 170 
South Korea 
nuclear126@ynu.ac.kr 
4D 
T2 HASTE T2 STIR T1 FAT SAT 
4B 
4E 
References 
1 Rubinstein et al. Characteristics and 
Clinical Significance of Late Gadolinium 
Enhancement by Contrast-Enhanced 
Magnetic Resonance Imaging in Patients 
With Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy. 
Circ Heart Fail. 2010;3:51-58. 
2 Bravo et al. PET/CT Assessment of 
Symptomatic Individuals with Obstructive 
and Nonobstructive Hypertrophic Cardio­myopathy. 
J Nucl Med 2012; 53:407–414. 
Transverse, short-axis and 
vertical long-axis MR and 
fused MR-PET images show 
hypertrophied septum 
(white arrows) and normal 
thickness of rest of left 
ventricular myocardium 
with corresponding 
normal 18F-FDG uptake. 
The T2-weighted STIR (fat 
suppression) image shows 
slight hyperintensity in 
the middle of the hyper­trophied 
septum which 
shows corresponding 
non-uniformity in 18F-FDG 
uptake. 
Post-contrast MR short-axis 
images demonstrate late Gd 
enhancement within the 
hypertrophied septum 
(white arrow), which shows 
corresponding non-uniform 
patchy uptake of 18F-FDG. 
4A 
5A 5B 
4C 
4F 
4 Funabashi N et al. Partial myocardial 
fibrosis in hypertrophic cardiomyopathy 
demonstrated by 18F-fluoro-deoxy­glucose 
positron emission tomography 
and multislice computed tomography. 
Int J Cardiol. 2006 Feb 15;107(2):284-6. 
3 Kuhn et al. Changes in the left ventricular 
outflow tract after transcoronary 
ablation of septal hypertrophy (TASH) 
for hypertrophic obstructive cardiomy­opathy 
as assessed by transoesophageal 
echocardiography and by measuring 
myocardial glucose utilization and. 
perfusion. European Heart Journal 
(1999) 20, 1808–1817. 
102 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 
What’s your favorite Dot Feature? 
Dot (Day optimizing throughput) is the most comprehensive MRI workflow solution, 
and it helps take the complexity out of MRI. Dot has now established itself in the field 
and our customers have told us what they like best about Dot: 
“Within our environment, we just could 
not provide a cardiac MRI service without 
the Cardiac Dot Engine.” 
Dr. Russell Bull, MRCP, FRCR 
Consultant Radiologist 
Royal Bournemouth Hospital, Bournemouth, UK 
“The Dot Decisions functionality in Abdomen 
Dot has enabled us to schematize and simplify 
these protocols. With Dot, we can now ensure 
our examinations are far more reproducible 
and of excellent quality.” 
Arnaud Lambert 
Technologist 
Imagerie Médicale Saint Marie, Osny, France 
“Cardiac Dot (Engine) allows us to obtain 
automatic positioning of the main slices 
necessary to evaluate cardiac function with 
a high degree of reproducibility.” 
Professor Philippe Cluzel, MD, PhD 
Service de Radiologie Polyvalente Diagnostique et 
Interventionnelle Hôpital Pitié-Salpêtrière, Paris, France 
“AutoAlign is helpful especially for colleagues 
who rarely perform knee examinations 
because the slices are positioned automatically, 
which saves a lot of time. Furthermore, our 
knee examinations have become reproducible.” 
Linda Willeke 
Technologist 
St. Franziskus Hospital, Münster, Germany 
Experience a Dot workflow yourself and hear from more users at 
www.siemens.com/Dot 
Visit our site 
optimized for 
tablets and 
smartphones 
MAGNETOM Flash · 3/2011 · www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 103
Clinical Cardiology Cardiology Clinical 
New Generation Cardiac Parametric Mapping: 
the Clinical Role of T1 and T2 Mapping 
T1 mapping 
Initial T1 measurement methods were 
multi-breath-hold. These were time 
consuming and clunky, but were able 
to measure well diffuse myocardial 
fibrosis, a fundamental myocardial 
property with high potential clinical 
significance [1]. Healthy volunteers 
and those with disease had different 
extents of diffuse fibrosis [2], and 
these were shown to be clinically 
significant in a number of diseases. 
T1 mapping methods based on the 
MOLLI* approach with modifications 
for shorter breath-holds, better heart 
rate independence and better image 
registration for cleaner maps, however, 
transformed the field – albeit still 
with a variety of potential sequences 
in use [3-5]. There are two key ways 
of using T1 mapping: Without (or 
Viviana Maestrini; Amna Abdel-Gadir; Anna S. Herrey; James C. Moon 
The Heart Hospital Imaging Centre, University College London Hospitals, London, UK 
designed to optimize contrast 
between ‘normal’ and abnormal – 
a dichotomy of health and disease. As 
a result, global myocardial patholo­gies 
such as diffuse infiltration (fibro­sis, 
amyloid, iron, fat, pan-inflamma­tion) 
are missed. 
Recently, rapid technical innovations 
have generated new ‘mapping’ tech­niques. 
Rather than being ‘weighted’, 
these create a pixel map where each 
pixel value is the T1 or T2 (or T2*), 
displayed in color. These new 
sequences are single breath-hold, 
increasingly robust and now widely 
available. With T1 mapping, clever 
contrast agent use also permits the 
measurement of the extracellular 
­volume 
(ECV), quantifying the inter­stitium 
(odema, fibrosis or amyloid), 
also as a map. Early results with these 
methodologies are exciting – poten­tially 
representing a new era of CMR. 
Introduction 
Cardiovascular magnetic resonance 
(CMR) is an essential tool in cardiol­ogy 
and excellent for cardiac function 
and perfusion. However, a key, unique 
advantage is its ability to directly 
scrutinize the fundamental material 
properties of myocardium – ‘myocar­dial 
tissue characterization’. 
Between 2001 and 2011, the key 
methods for tissue characterization 
have been sequences ‘weighted’ to 
a magnetic property – T1-weighted 
imaging for scar (LGE) and T2-weighted 
for edema (area at risk, myocarditis). 
These, particularly LGE imaging, have 
changed our understanding and clini­cal 
practice in cardiology. 
However, there are limitations to 
these approaches: Both are difficult 
to quantify – the LGE technique in 
particular is very robust in infarction, 
but harder to quantify in non-ischemic 
cardiomyopathy. A more fundamental 
difference is that sequences are 
before) contrast – Native T1 mapping; 
and with contrast, typically by sub­tracting 
the pre and post maps with 
hematocrit correction to generate 
the ECV [6]. 
Native T1 
Native T1 mapping (pre-contrast T1) 
can demonstrate intrinsic myocardial 
contrast (Fig. 1). T1, measured in mil­liseconds, 
is higher where the extra­cellular 
compartment is increased. 
Fibrosis (focal, as in infarction, or dif­fuse) 
[7-8], odema [9-10] and amy­loid 
[11], are examples. T1 is lower in 
lipid (Anderson Fabry disease, AFD) 
[12], and iron [13] accumulation. 
These changes are large in some rare 
disease. Global myocardial changes 
are robustly detectable without con­trast, 
even in early disease. In iron, AFD 
and amyloid, changes appear before 
any other abnormality – there may be 
no left ventricular hypertrophy, a nor­mal 
electrocardiogram, and normal 
conventional CMR, for example – gen­uinely 
new information. In established 
disease, low T1 values in AFD appear 
to absolutely distinguish it from other 
causes of left ventricular hypertrophy 
[12] whilst in established amyloid T1 
elevation tracks known markers of 
cardiac severity [11]. 
A note of caution, however. Native 
T1, although stable between healthy 
volunteers to 1 part in 30, is depen­dent 
on platform (magnet manufac­turer, 
sequence and sequence variant, 
field strength) [14]. Normal reference 
ranges for your setup are needed. 
Lowest ECV Tertile 
Middle ECV Tertile 
Highest ECV Tertile 
p < 0.001 fortrend 
p < 0.015 for Middle Tertile 
compared to others 
2 ECV in non scar areas (LGE excluded) is associated with all-cause mortality [21]. 
The signal acquired is also a compos­ite 
signal – generated by both inter­stitium 
and myocytes. The use of 
an extracellular contrast agent adds 
another dimension to T1 mapping 
and the ability to characterize the 
extracellular compartment specifically. 
Extracellular volume (ECV) 
Initially, post-contrast T1 was mea­sured, 
but this is confounded by renal 
clearance, gadolinium dose, body 
composition, acquisition time post 
bolus, and hematocrit. Better is mea­suring 
the ECV. The ratio of change 
of T1 between blood and myocardium 
after contrast, at sufficient equilibrium 
(e.g. after 15 minutes post-bolus – no 
infusion generally needed) [15, 16], 
represents the contrast agent parti­tion 
coefficient [17], and if corrected 
for the hematocrit, the myocardial 
extracellular space – ECV [1]. The ECV 
is specific for extracellular expansion, 
and well validated. Clinically this 
occurs in fibrosis, amyloid and 
odema. To distinguish, the degree of 
ECV change and the clinical context 
is important. A multiparametric 
approach (e. g. T2 mapping or 
T2-weighted imaging in addition) 
may therefore be useful. Amyloid can 
have far higher ECVs than any other 
disease [18] whereas ageing has small 
changes – near the detection limits, 
but of high potential clinical impor­tance 
[19, 20]. For low ECV expan­sion 
diseases, biases from blood pool 
partial volume errors need to be metic­ulously 
addressed. Nevertheless, even 
modest ECV changes appear prognos­tic. 
In 793 consecutive patients 
(all-comers but excluding amyloid and 
HCM, measuring outside LGE areas) 
followed over 1 year, global ECV pre­dicted 
short term-mortality (Fig. 2) 
* The product is currently under develop­ment; 
is not for sale in the U.S. and other 
countries, and its future availability cannot 
be ensured. 
1B 1C 3A 3B 3C 
1 
Native T1 maps of (1A) healthy 
volunteer (author VM): the 
myocardium appears homogenously 
green and the blood is red; (1B) 
cardiac amyloid: the myocardium 
has a higher T1 (red); (1C) 
Anderson Fabry disease: the 
myocardium has a lower T1 (blue) 
from lipid – except the inferolateral 
wall where there is red from 
fibrosis; (1D) myocarditis, the 
myocardium has a higher T1 (red) 
from edema, which is regional; (1E) 
iron overload: the myocardium has 
a lower T1 (blue) from iron. 
1A 
2 
A patient with myocarditis. On the left side a native T1 map showing the higher T1 value in the inferolateral wall (1115 ms); 
in the centre, a post-contrast T1 map showing the shortened T1 value after contrast administration (594 ms); on the right side 
the derived ECV map showing higher value of ECV (58%) compared to remote myocardium. 
3 
1D 1E 
100% 
0% 
Proportion Surviving 
Years of Follow-up 
1.0 
0.9 
0.8 
0.7 
0.6 
0.5 
0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 
104 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 105
Clinical Cardiology Cardiology Clinical 
Progress is rapid; challenges remain. 
Delivery across sites and standard­ization 
is now beginning with new 
draft guidelines for T1 mapping 
in preparation. Watch this space. 
References 
1 Flett AS, Hayward MP, Ashworth MT, 
Hansen MS, Taylor AM, Elliott PM, 
McGregor C, Moon JC. Equilibrium 
Contrast Cardiovascular Magnetic 
Resonance for the measurement of 
diffuse myocardial fibrosis: preliminary 
validation in humans. Circulation 
2010;122:138-144. 
2 Sado DM, Flett AS, Banypersad SM, White 
SK, Maestrini V, Quarta G, Lachmann RH, 
Murphy E, Mehta A, Hughes DA, McKenna 
WJ, Taylor AM, Hausenloy DJ, Hawkins 
PN, Elliott PM, Moon JC. Cardiovascular 
magnetic resonance measurement of 
myocardial extracellular volume in health 
and disease. Heart 2012;98:1436-1441. 
3 Piechnik SK, Ferreira VM, Dall’Armellina E, 
Cochlin LE, Greiser A, Neubauer S, 
Robson MD. Shortened Modified Look- 
Locker Inversion recovery (ShMOLLI) for 
clinical myocardial T1-mapping at 1.5 
and 3 T within a 9 heartbeat breathhold. 
J Cardiovasc Magn Reson 2010;12:69. 
4 Messroghli DR, Greiser A, Fröhlich M, 
Dietz R, Schulz-Menger J. Optimization 
and validation of a fully-integrated pulse 
sequence for modified look-locker 
inversion-recovery (MOLLI) T1 mapping 
of the heart. J Magn Reson Imaging 
2007;26:1081–1086. 
5 Fontana M, White SK, Banypersad SM, 
Sado DM, Maestrini V, Flett AS, Piechnik 
SK, Neubauer S, Roberts N, Moon JC. 
Comparison of T1 mapping techniques for 
ECV quantification. Histological validation 
and reproducibility of ShMOLLI versus 
multibreath-hold T1 quantification 
equilibrium contrast CMR. J Cardiovasc 
Magn Reson 201;14:88. 
6 Kellman P, Wilson JR, Xue H, Ugander M, 
Arai AE. Extracellular volume fraction 
mapping in the myocardium, part 1: 
evaluation of an automated method. 
J Cardiovasc Magn Reson 2012;14:63. 
7 Dass S, Suttie JJ, Piechnik SK, Ferreira VM, 
Holloway CJ, Banerjee R, Mahmod M, 
Cochlin L, Karamitsos TD, Robson MD, 
Watkins H, Neubauer S. Myocardial tissue 
characterization using magnetic resonance 
non contrast T1 mapping in hypertrophic 
and dilated cardiomyopathy. Circ 
Cardiovasc Imaging. 2012; 6:726-33. 
8 Puntmann VO, Voigt T, Chen Z, Mayr M, 
Karim R, Rhode K, Pastor A, Carr-White G, 
Razavi R, Schaeffter T, Nagel E. Native T1 
mapping in differentiation of normal 
myocardium from diffuse disease in 
hypertrophic and dilated cardiomy­opathy. 
J Am Coll Cardiovasc Imgaging 
2013;6:475–84. 
Contact 
Dr. James C. Moon 
The Heart Hospital Imaging Centre 
University College London Hospitals 
16–18 Westmoreland Street 
London W1G 8PH 
UK 
Phone: +44 (20) 34563081 
Fax: +44 (20) 34563086 
james.moon@uclh.nhs.uk 
4A 4B 
4C 4D 
(4A) T2 mapping in a normal volunteer (author VM). (4B) High T2 value in patient 
with myocarditis – here epicardial edema. (4C) Edema in acute myocardial 
infarction – here patchy due to microvascular obstruction – see LGE, (4D). 
4 
[21]. The same group also found 
(n ~1000) higher ECVs in diabetics. 
Those on renin-angiotensin-aldoste­rone 
system blockade had lower ECVs. 
ECV also predicted mortality and/or 
incident hospitalization for heart 
­failure 
in diabetics [22]. 
The use and capability of ECV quanti­fication 
is growing. T1 mapping is 
getting better and inline ECV maps 
are now possible where each pixel 
carries directly the ECV value (Fig. 3) 
– a more biologically relevant figure 
than T1 [6]. 
T2 mapping 
T2-weighted CMR identifies myocar­dial 
odema both in inflammatory 
pathologies and acute ischemia, delin­eating 
the area at risk. However, these 
imaging techniques (e. g. STIR) are 
fragile in the heart and can be chal­lenging, 
both to acquire and to inter­pret. 
Preliminary advances were made 
with T2-weighted SSFP sequences, 
which reduce false negatives and 
positives [23, 24]. T2 mapping seems 
a further increment [25] (Fig. 4). As 
with T1 mapping, global diseases such 
as pan-myocarditis may now be iden­tified 
by T2 mapping, and preliminary 
results are showing this in several 
rheumatologic diseases (lupus, sys­temic 
capillary leak syndrome) and 
transplant rejection, detecting early 
rejection missed by other modalities 
[26, 27]. 
Conclusion 
Mapping – T1, T2, ECV mapping of 
myocardium is an emerging topic with 
the potential to be a powerful tool in 
the identification and quantification 
of diffuse myocardial processes with­out 
biopsy. Early evidence suggests 
that this technique detects early stage 
disease missed by other imaging 
methods and has potential as a prog­nosticator, 
as a surrogate endpoint 
in trials, and to monitor therapy. 
9 Ferreira VM, Piechnik SK, Dall’Armellina E, 
Karamitsos TD, Francis JM, Choudhury 
RP, Friedrich MG, Robson MD, Neubauer 
S. Non-contrast T1-mapping detects acute 
myocardial edema with high diagnostic 
accuracy: a comparison to T2-weighted 
cardiovascular magnetic resonance. J 
Cardiovasc Magn Reson 2012; 14:42. 
10 Dall’Armellina E, Piechnik SK, Ferreira VM, 
Si Ql, Robson MD, Francis JM, Cuculi F, 
Kharbanda RK, Banning AP, Choudhury 
RP, Karamitsos TD, Neubauer S. Cardio­vascular 
magnetic resonance by non 
contrast T1-mapping allows assessment 
of severity of injury in acute myocardial 
infarction. J Cardiovasc Magn Reson 
2012;14:15. 
11 Karamitsos TD, Piechnik SK, Banypersad 
SM, Fontana M, MD, Ntusi NB, Ferreira 
VM, Whelan CJ, Myerson SG, Robson MD, 
Hawkins PN, Neubauer S, Moon JC. 
Non-contrast T1 Mapping for the 
Diagnosis of Cardiac Amyloidosis. 
J Am Coll Cardiol Img 2013;6:488–97. 
12 Sado DM, White SK, Piechnik SK, 
Banypersad SM, Treibel T, Captur G, 
Fontana M, Maestrini V, Flett AS, Robson 
MD, Lachmann RH, Murphy E, Mehta A, 
Hughes D, Neubauer S, Elliott PM, 
Moon JC. Identification and assessment 
of Anderson-Fabry Disease by Cardiovas­cular 
Magnetic Resonance Non-contrast 
myocardial T1 Mapping clinical 
perspective. Circ Cardiovasc Imaging 
2013;6:392-398. 
13 Pedersen SF, Thrys SA, Robich MP, Paaske 
WP, Ringgaard S, Bøtker HE, Hansen ESS, 
Kim WY. Assessment of intramyocardial 
hemorrhage by T1-weighted cardiovas­cular 
magnetic resonance in reperfused 
acute myocardial infarction. J Cardiovasc 
Magn Reson 2012; 14:59. 
14 Raman FS, Kawel-Boehm N, Gai N, Freed 
M, Han J, Liu CY, Lima JAC, Bluemke DA, 
Liu S. Modified look-locker inversion 
recovery T1 mapping indices: assessment 
of accuracy and reproducibility between 
magnetic resonance scanners. 
J Cardiovasc Magn Reson 2013; 15:64. 
15 White SK, Sado DM, Fontana M, Banypersad 
SM, Maestrini V, Flett AS, Piechnik SK, 
Robson MD, Hausenloy DJ, Sheikh AM, 
Hawkins PN, Moon JC. T1 Mapping for 
Myocardial Extracellular Volume 
measurement by CMR: Bolus Only Versus 
Primed Infusion Technique, 2013 Apr 5 
[Epub ahead of print]. 
16 Schelbert EB, Testa SM, Meier CG, 
Ceyrolles WJ, Levenson JE, Blair AJ, 
Kellman P, Jones BL, Ludwig DR, 
Schwartzman D, Shroff SG, Wong TC. 
Myocardial extravascular extracellular 
volume fraction measurement by 
gadolinium cardiovascular magnetic 
resonance in humans: slow infusion 
versus bolus. J Cardiovasc Magn Reson 
2011, Mar 4;13-16. 
17 Flacke SJ, Fischer SE, Lorenz CH. 
Measurement of the gadopentetate 
dimeglumine partition coefficient in 
human myocardium in vivo: normal 
distribution and elevation in acute and 
chronic infarction. Radiology 
2001;218:703-10. 
18 Banypersad SM, Sado DM, Flett AS, 
Gibbs SDG, Pinney JH, Maestrini V, 
Cox AT, Fontana M, Whelan CJ, 
Wechalekar AD, Hawkins PN, Moon JC. 
Quantification of myocardial extracellular 
volume fraction in systemic AL amyloi­dosis: 
An Equilibrium Contrast Cardio-vascular 
Magnetic Resonance Study. 
Circ Cardiovasc Imaging 2013;6:34-39. 
19 Ugander M, Oki AJ, Hsu LY, Kellman P, 
Greiser A, Aletras AH, Sibley CT, Chen MY, 
Bandettini WP, Arai AE. Extracellular 
volume imaging by magnetic resonance 
imaging provides insights into overt 
and sub-clinical myocardial pathology. 
Eur Heart J 2012; 33: 1268–1278. 
20 Liu CY, Chang Liu Y, Wu C, Armstrong A, 
Volpe GJ, van der Geest RJ, Liu Y, Hundley 
WG, Gomes AS, Liu S, Nacif M, Bluemke 
DA, Lima JAC. Evaluation of age related 
interstitial myocardial fibrosis with Cardiac 
Magnetic Resonance Contrast-Enhanced 
T1 Mapping in the Multi-ethnic Study of 
Atherosclerosis (MESA). J Am Coll Cardiol 
2013 Jul 3 [Epub ahead of print]. 
21 Wong TC, Piehler K, Meier CG, Testa SM, 
Klock AM, Aneizi AA, Shakesprere J, 
Kellman P, Shroff SG, Schwartzman DS, 
Mulukutla SR, Simon MA, Schelbert EB. 
Association between extracellular matrix 
expansion quantified by cardiovascular 
magnetic resonance and short-term 
mortality. Circulation 2012 Sep 
4;126(10):1206-16. 
22 Wong TC, Piehler KM, Kang IA, Kadakkal 
A, Kellman P, Schwartzman DS, Mulukutla 
SR, Simon MA, Shroff SG, Kuller LH, 
Schelbert EB. Myocardial extracellular 
volume fraction quantified by cardiovas­cular 
magnetic resonance is increased 
in diabetes and associated with mortality 
and incident heart failure admission. Eur 
Heart J 2013 Jun 11 [Epub ahead of print]. 
23 Giri S, Chung YC, Merchant A, Mihai G, 
Rajagopalan S, Raman SV, Simonetti OP. 
T2 quantification for improved detection 
of myocardial edema. J Cardiovasc Magn 
Reson 2009; 11:56. 
24 Verhaert D, Thavendiranathan P, Giri S, 
Mihai G, Rajagopalan S, Simonetti OP, 
Raman SV. Direct T2 Quantification of 
Myocardial Edema in Acute Ischemic 
Injury. J Am Coll Cardiol Img 2011;4: 
269-78. 
25 Ugander M, Bagi PS, Oki AB, Chen B, 
Hsu LY, Aletras AH, Shah S, Greiser A, 
Kellman P, Arai AE. Myocardial oedema 
as detected by Pre-contrast T1 and T2 
CMR delineates area at risk associated 
with acute myocardial infarction. 
J Am Coll Cardiol Img 2012;5:596–603. 
26 ThavendiranathanP, Walls M, Giri S, 
Verhaert D, Rajagopalan S, Moore S, 
Simonetti OP, Raman SV. Improved 
detection of myocardial involvement in 
acute inflammatory cardiomyopathies 
using T2 Mapping. Circ Cardiovasc 
Imaging 2012;5:102-110. 
27 Usman AA, Taimen K, Wasielewski M, 
McDonald J, Shah S, Shivraman G, 
Cotts W, McGee E, Gordon R, Collins JD, 
Markl M, Carr JC. Cardiac Magnetic 
Resonance T2 Mapping in the monitoring 
and follow-up of acute cardiac transplant 
rejection: A Pilot Study. Circ Cardiovasc 
Imaging. 2012; 6:782-90. 
120 
ms 
0 
ms 
106 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 107
Clinical Cardiovascular Imaging Cardiovascular Imaging Clinical 
Preliminary Experiences with Compressed 
Sensing Multi-Slice Cine Acquisitions for 
the Assessment of Left Ventricular Function: 
CV_sparse WIP 
G. Vincenti, M.D.1; D. Piccini2,4; P. Monney, M.D.1; J. Chaptinel3; T. Rutz, M.D.1; S. Coppo3; M. O. Zenge, Ph.D.4; 
M. Schmidt4; M. S. Nadar5; Q. Wang5; P. Chevre1, 6; M.; Stuber, Ph.D.3; J. Schwitter, M.D.1 
1 Division of Cardiology and Cardiac MR Center, University Hospital of Lausanne (CHUV), Lausanne, Switzerland 
2 Advanced Clinical Imaging Technology, Siemens Healthcare IM BM PI, Lausanne, Switzerland 
3 Department of Radiology, University Hospital (CHUV) and University of Lausanne (UNIL) / Center for Biomedical Imaging 
(CIBM), Lausanne, Switzerland 
4 MR Applications and Workflow Development, Healthcare Sector, Siemens AG, Erlangen, Germany 
5 Siemens Corportate Technology, Princeton, USA 
6 Department of Radiology, University Hospital Lausanne, Switzerland 
ize pathological myocardial tissue was 
the basis to assign a class 1 indication 
for patients with known or suspected 
heart failure to undergo CMR in the 
new Heart Failure Guidelines of the 
European Society of Cardiology [3]. 
decision making [3] e.g. to start [4] 
or stop [5] specific drug treatments 
or to implant devices [6]. CMR is 
generally accepted as the gold stan­dard 
method to yield most accurate 
measures of LV ejection fraction and 
LV volumes. This capability and the 
additional value of CMR to character­Introduction 
Left ventricular (LV) ejection fraction 
is one of the most important measures 
in cardiology and part of every car­diac 
imaging evaluation as it is recog­nized 
as one of the strongest predic­tors 
of outcome [1]. It allows to assess 
the effect of established or novel 
treatments [2], and it is crucial for 
The evaluation of LV volumes and LV 
ejection fraction are based on well-defined 
protocols [7] and it involves 
the acquisition of a stack of LV short 
axis cine images from which volumes 
are calculated by applying Simpson’s 
rule. These stacks are typically acquired 
in multiple breath-holds. Quality crite­ria 
[8] for these functional images are 
available and are implemented e.g. 
for the quality assessment within the 
European CMR registry which currently 
holds approximately 33,000 patients 
and connects 59 centers [9]. 
Recently, compressed sensing (CS) 
techniques emerged as a means to 
considerably accelerate data acquisi­tion 
without compromising signifi­cantly 
image quality. CS has three 
requirements: 
1) transform sparsity, 
2) incoherence of undersampling 
­artifacts, 
and 
3) nonlinear reconstruction (for 
details, see below). 
Based on these prerequisites, a CS 
approach for the acquisition of cardiac 
cine images was developed and 
tested*. In particular, the potential to 
acquire several slices covering the 
heart in different orientations within 
a single breath-hold would allow to 
apply model-based analysis tools 
which theoretically could improve the 
motion assessment at the base of the 
heart, where considerable through-plane 
motion on short-axis slices can 
introduce substantial errors in LV 
volume and LV ejection fraction cal­culations. 
Conversely, with a multi-breath- 
hold approach, there are 
typically small differences in breath-hold 
positions which can introduce 
errors in volume and function calcu­lations. 
The pulse sequence tested 
here allows for the acquisition of 7 
cine slices within 14 heartbeats with 
an excellent temporal and spatial 
resolution. 
Such a pulse sequence would also 
offer the advantage to obtain func­tional 
information in at least a single 
plane in patients unable to hold their 
breath for several heartbeats or in 
patients with frequent extrasystoles 
or atrial fibrillation. However, it should 
be mentioned that accurate quantita­tive 
measures of LV volumes and 
function cannot be obtained in highly 
arrhythmic hearts or in atrial fibrilla­tion, 
as under such conditions vol­umes 
and ejection fraction change 
from beat to beat due to variable fill­ing 
conditions. Nevertheless, rough 
estimates of LV volumes and function 
would still be desirable in arrhythmic 
patients. 
In a group of healthy volunteers and 
patients with different LV patholo­gies, 
the novel single-breath-hold CS 
cine approach was compared with 
the standard multi-breath-hold cine 
technique with respect to measure 
LV volumes and LV ejection fraction. 
The CV_sparse 
work-in-­progress 
(WIP) 
The CV_sparse WIP package imple­ments 
sparse, incoherent sampling 
and iterative reconstruction for car­diac 
applications. This method in 
principle allows for high acceleration 
factors which enable triggered 2D 
real-time cine CMR while preserving 
high spatial and/or temporal resolu­tion 
of conventional cine acquisi­tions. 
Compressed sensing methods 
exploit the potential of image com­pression 
during the acquisition of 
raw input data. Three components 
[10] are crucial for the concept of 
compressed sensing to work 
I. Sparsity: In order to guarantee 
compressibility of the input data, 
sparsity must be present in a specific 
transform domain. Sparsity can be 
computed e.g. by calculating differ­ences 
between neighboring pixels 
or by calculating finite differences in 
angiograms which then detect pri­marily 
vessel contours which typically 
1 
* Work in progress: The product is still under 
development and not commercially available 
yet. Its future availability cannot be ensured. 
1 Display of the represent a few percent of the 
planning of the 
7 slices (4 short 
axis and 3 long 
axis slices) 
acquired within 
a single breath-hold 
with the 
three localizers. 
1 
2A 2B 
Displays of the data analysis tools for the conventional short axis stack of cine images covering the entire LV (2A) and the 4D 
analysis tool (2B), which is model-based and takes long axis shortening of the LV, i.e. mitral annulus motion into account. 
Note that with both analysis tools, LV trabeculations are included into the LV volume, particularly in the end-diastolic images 
(corresponding images on the left of top row in 2A and 2B). 
2 
108 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 109
Clinical Cardiovascular Imaging Cardiovascular Imaging Clinical 
entire image data only. Furthermore, 
sparsity is not limited to the spatial 
domain: the acquisition of cine 
images of the heart can be highly 
sparsified in the temporal dimension. 
II. Incoherent sampling: The alias­ing 
artifacts due to k-space unders­ampling 
must be incoherent, i.e. 
noise-like, in that transform domain. 
Here, it is to mention that fully ran­dom 
k-space sampling is suboptimal 
as k-space trajectories should be 
smooth for hardware and physiologi­cal 
considerations. Therefore, inco­herent 
sampling schemes must be 
designed to avoid these concerns 
while fulfilling the condition of ran­dom, 
i.e. incoherent sampling. 
III. Reconstruction: A non-linear iter­ative 
optimization corrects for sub-sampling 
artifacts during the process 
of image reconstruction yielding to a 
best solution with a sparse 
­representation 
in a specific transform 
domain and which is consistent with 
the input data. Such compressed 
sensing techniques can also be com­bined 
with parallel imaging tech­niques 
[11]. 
WIP CV_sparse Sequence 
The current CV_sparse sequence [12] 
realizes incoherent sampling by 
­initially 
distributing the readouts 
pseudo-randomly on the Cartesian 
grid in k-space. In addition, for 
cine-CMR imaging, a pseudo-random 
­offset 
is applied from frame-to-frame 
which results in an incoherent tem­poral 
jitter. Finally, a variable sam­pling 
density in k-space stabilizes 
the iterative reconstruction. To avoid 
eddy current effects for balanced 
steady-state free precession (bSSFP) 
acquisitions, pairing [13] can also be 
applied. Thus, the tested CV_sparse 
sequence is characterized by sparse, 
incoherent sampling in space and 
time, non-linear iterative reconstruc­tion 
integrating SENSE, and L1 wave­let 
regularization in the phase encod­ing 
direction and/or the temporal 
dimension. With regard to reconstruc­tion, 
the ICE program runs a non-­linear 
iterative reconstruction with 
k-t regularization in space and time 
specifically modified for compressed 
sensing. The algorithm derives from 
a parallel imaging type reconstruc­tion 
which takes coil sensitivity maps 
into account, thus supporting pre­dominantly 
high acceleration factors. 
For cine CMR, no additional reference 
scans are needed because – similar 
to TPAT – the coil sensitivity maps are 
calculated from the temporal average 
of the input data in a central region 
of k-space consisting of not more 
than 48 reference lines. The exten­sive 
calculations for image recon­struction 
typically running 80 itera­tions 
are performed online on all 
CPUs on the MARS computer in paral­lel, 
in order to reduce reconstruction 
times. 
Volunteer and Patient 
studies 
In order to obtain insight into the 
image quality of single-breath-hold 
multi-slice cine CMR images acquired 
with the compressed sensing (CS) 
approach, we studied a group of 
healthy volunteers and a patient 
group with different pathologies of 
the left ventricle. In addition to the 
evaluation of image quality, the 
robustness and the precision of the 
CS approach for LV volumes and LV 
ejection fraction was also assessed in 
comparison with a standard high-­resolution 
cine CMR approach. All CMR 
examinations were performed on a 
1.5T MAGNETOM Aera (Siemens 
Healthcare, Erlangen, Germany). The 
imaging protocol consisted of a set 
of cardiac localizers followed by the 
acquisition of a stack of conventional 
short-axis SSFP cine images covering 
the entire LV with a spatial and tem­poral 
resolution of 1.2 x 1.6 mm2, 
and approximately 40 ms, respectively 
(slice thickness: 8 mm; gap between 
slices: 2 mm). LV 2-chamber, 3-cham­ber, 
and 4-chamber long-axis acquisi­tions 
were obtained for image quality 
assessment but were not used for LV 
volume quantifications. As a next step, 
to test the new CS-based technique, 
slice orientations were planned to cover 
the LV with 4 short-axis slices distrib­uted 
evenly over the LV long axis com­plemented 
by 3 long-axis slices (i.e. a 
2-chamber, 3-chamber, and 4-chamber 
slice) (Fig. 1). These 7 slices were 
then acquired in a single breath-hold 
maneuver lasting 14 heart beats (i.e. 
2 heart beats per slice) resulting in an 
acceleration factor of 11.0 with a tem­poral 
and spatial resolution of 30 ms 
and 1.5 x 1.5 mm2, respectively (slice 
thickness: 6 mm). As the reconstruc­tion 
algorithm is ­susceptible 
to aliasing 
in the phase-encoding direction, the 
7 slices were first acquired with a non-cine 
acquisition to check for correct 
phase-encoding directions and, if 
needed, to adjust the field-of-view 
to avoid fold-over artifacts. After 
­confirmation 
of correct imaging 
parameters, the 7-slice single-breath- 
hold cine CS-acquisition was 
performed. In order to obtain a refer­ence 
for the LV volume measurement, 
a phase-contrast flow measurement 
in the ascending aorta was per­formed 
to be compared with the 
LV stroke volumes calculated from 
the standard and CS cine data. 
The conventional stack of cine SSFP 
images was analyzed by the Argus 
software (Siemens Argus 4D Ventric­ular 
Function, Fig. 2A). The CS cine 
data were analyzed by the 4D-Argus 
software (Siemens Argus, Fig. 2B). 
Such software is based on an LV 
model and, with relatively few opera­tor 
interactions, the contours for the 
LV endocardium and epicardium are 
generated by the analysis tool. Of 
note, this 4D analysis tool automati­cally 
tracks the 3-dimensional motion 
of the mitral annulus throughout the 
cardiac cycle which allows for an 
accurate volume calculation particu­larly 
at the base of the heart. 
Results and discussion 
Image quality – robustness 
of the technique 
Overall, a very good image quality 
of the single-breath-hold multi-slice 
CS acquisitions was obtained in the 
12 volunteers and 14 patient studies. 
All CS data sets were of adequate 
quality to undergo 4D analysis. Small 
structures such as trabeculations 
were visualized in the CS data sets 
as shown in Figures 3 and 4. However, 
very small structures, detectable by 
the conventional cine acquisitions, 
were less well discernible by the CS 
images. Therefore, it should be men­tioned 
here, that this accelerated 
­single- 
breath-hold CS approach would 
be adequate for functional measure­ments, 
i.e. LV ejection fraction 
assessment (see also results below), 
whereas assessment of small struc­tures 
as present in many cardiomyop­athies 
is more reliable when per­formed 
on conventional cine images. 
Temporal resolution of the new tech­nique 
appears adequate to even 
detect visually the dyssynchroneous 
contraction pattern in left bundle 
branch block. Also, the image con­trast 
between the LV myocardium 
and the blood pool was high on the 
CS images allowing for an easy 
assessment of the LV motion pattern. 
As a result, the single-breath-hold 
cine approach permits to reconstruct 
the LV in 3D space with high tempo­ral 
resolution as illustrated in Figure 
5. Since these data allow to correctly 
include the 3D motion of the base 
of the heart during the cardiac cycle, 
the LV stroke volume appears to be 
measurable by the CS approach with 
higher accuracy than with the con­ventional 
multi-breath-hold approach 
(see results below). With an accurate 
measurement of the LV stroke vol­ume, 
the quantification of a mitral 
insufficiency should theoretically ben­efit 
(when calculating mitral regurgi­tant 
volume as ‘LV stroke volume 
minus aortic forward-flow volume’). 
As a current limitation of the CS 
approach, its susceptibility for fold-over 
artifacts should be mentioned 
(Figs. 6A). Therefore, the field-of-view 
must cover the entire anatomy 
and thus, some penalty in spatial res­Standard 
cine 
9 heartbeats 
CV_SPARSE 
3 heartbeats 
CV_SPARSE 
2 heartbeats 
CV_SPARSE 
1 heartbeat 
Examples of visualization of small trabecular structures in the LV (in the rectangle) with the standard cine SSFP sequence (image 
on the left) and the accelerated compressed sensing sequences (images on the right). Despite increasing acceleration most infor­mation 
on small intraluminal structures remains visible. 
3 
RCA 
Example demonstrating the performance of the compressed sensing 
technique visualizing small structures such as the right coronary artery 
(RCA) with high temporal and spatial resolution acquired within 2 heart­beats. 
Short-axis view of the base of the heart (1 out of 17 frames). 
4 
3 
4 
110 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 111
Clinical Cardiovascular Imaging Cardiovascular Imaging Clinical 
olution may occur in relation to the 
patient’s anatomy. In addition, the 
sparsity in the temporal domain may 
be limited in anatomical regions of 
very high flow, and therefore, in 
some acquisitions, flow-related arti­facts 
occurred in the phase-encoding 
direction during systole (Figs. 6B, C). 
Also, in its current version, the 
sequence is prospective, thus it does 
not cover the very last phases of the 
cardiac cycle and the reconstruction 
times for the CS images lasted sev­eral 
minutes precluding an immediate 
assessment of the image data quality 
or using this image information to 
plan next steps of a CMR examination. 
Performance of the single-breath- 
hold CS approach in 
comparison with the stan-dard 
multi-breath-hold cine 
approach 
From a quantitative point-of-view, 
the accurate and reliable measure­ment 
of LV volumes and function is 
crucial as many therapeutic decisions 
directly depend on these measures 
[3–6]. In this current relatively small 
study group, LV end-diastolic and 
end-systolic volumes measured by 
the single-breath-hold CS approach 
were comparable with those calcu­lated 
from the standard multi-breath-hold 
cine SSFP approach. LVEDV and 
LVESV differed by 10 ml ± 17 ml and 
2 ml ± 12 ml, respectively. Most impor­tantly, 
LV ejection fraction differed 
by only 1.3 ± 4.7% (50.6% vs 49.3% 
for multi-breath-hold and single-breath-hold, 
respectively, p = 0.17; regres­sion: 
r = 0.96, p < 0.0001; y = 0.96x + 
0.8 ml). Thus, it can be concluded that 
the single-breath-hold CS approach 
could potentially replace the multi-breath- 
hold standard technique for the 
assessment of LV volumes and systolic 
function. 
What about the accuracy of 
the novel single-breath-hold 
CS technique? 
To assess the accuracy of the LV vol­ume 
measurements, LV stroke volume 
was compared with the LV output 
measured in the ascending aorta with 
phase-contrast MR. As the flow mea­surements 
were performed distally to 
the coronary arteries, flow in the coro­naries 
was estimated as the LV mass 
multiplied by 0.8 ml/min/g. An excel­lent 
agreement was found with a 
mean of 86.8 ml/beat for the aortic 
flow measurement and 91.9 ml/beat 
for the LV measurements derived 
from the single-breath-hold CS data 
(r = 0.93, p < 0.0001). By Bland-Altman 
analysis, the stroke volume approach 
overestimated by 5.2 ml/beat versus 
the reference flow measurement. For 
the conventional stroke volume mea­surements, 
this difference was 15.6 
ml/beat (linear regression analysis vs 
­aortic 
flow: r = 0.69, p < 0.01). More 
importantly, the CS LV stroke data were 
not only more precise with a smaller 
mean difference, the variability of the 
CS data vs the reference flow data was 
less with a standard deviation as low 
as 6.8 ml/beat vs 12.9 ml/beat for the 
standard multi-breath-hold approach 
(Fig. 7). Several explanations may apply 
for the higher accuracy of the single-breath- 
hold multi-slice CS approach in 
comparison to the conventional multi-breath- 
hold approach: 
1) With the single-breath-hold 
approach, all acquired slices are cor­rectly 
co-registered, i.e. they are cor­rectly 
aligned in space, a prerequisite 
for the 4D-analysis tool to work 
properly. 
2) This 4D-analysis tool allows for an 
accurate tracking of the mitral valve 
plane motion during the cardiac cycle 
as shown in Figure 5, which is impor­tant 
as the cross-sectional area of the 
heart at its base is large and thus, inac­curate 
slice positioning at the base of 
Display of the 3D reconstruction derived from the 7 slices acquired within a single breath-hold. Note the long-axis shortening of the 
LV during systole allowing for accurate LV volume measurements (5A, 5B, yellow plane). Any orientation of the 3D is available for 
inspection of function (5A–D). 
5 
6A 
A typical fold-over 
artifact along the 
phase-encoding 
direction in a short 
axis slice, oriented 
superior-inferior for 
demonstrative 
purpose. 
6B 
No flow-related 
artifacts are 
visible on the 
end-diastolic 
phases, while 
small artifacts in 
phase-encoding 
direction (Artif, 
arrows) occur in 
mid-systole 
projecting over 
the mitral valve 
(6C). 
5A 5B 
5C 5D 
6A 
6B 
6C 
Artif 
Artif 
112 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 113
Clinical Cardiovascular Imaging Cardiovascular Imaging Clinical 
50 60 70 
120 130 
130 
120 
110 
100 
90 
80 
70 
the heart with conventional short-axis 
slices typically translate in 
relatively large errors. Nevertheless, 
we observed a systematic overesti­mation 
of the stroke volume by the 
CS approach of 5.2 ml/beat in com­parison 
to the flow measurements. 
In normal hearts with tricuspid aortic 
valves, an underestimation of aortic 
flow by the phase-contrast technique 
is very unlikely [14]. Thus, overesti­mation 
of stroke volume by the volume 
approach is to consider. In the vol­ume 
contours, the papillary muscles 
are excluded as illustrated in Figure 8. 
As these papillary muscles are excluded 
in both the diastolic and systolic con­tours, 
this aspect should not affect 
net LV stroke volume. However, as 
shown in Figure 8, smaller trabecula­tions 
of the LV wall are included into 
the LV blood pool contour in the 
­diastolic 
phase, while these trabecu­lations, 
CS technique 
Standard technique 
when compacted in the 
­end- 
systolic phase, are excluded from 
the blood pool resulting in a small 
overestimation of the end-diastolic 
volume, and thus, LV stroke volume. 
This explanation is likely as Van 
­Rossum 
et al. demonstrated a slight 
underestimation of the LV mass when 
calculated on end-diastolic phases 
versus end-systolic phases, as trabec­ulations 
in end-diastole are typically 
excluded from the LV walls [15]. 
In summary, this novel very fast 
acquisition strategy based on a CS 
technique allows to cover the entire 
LV with high temporal and spatial 
resolution within a single breath-hold. 
The image quality based on these 
preliminary results appears adequate 
to yield highly accurate measures 
of LV volumes, LV stroke volume, 
LV mass, and LV ejection fraction. 
7 
Testing of this very fast multi-slice cine 
approach for the atria and the right 
ventricle is currently ongoing. Finally, 
these preliminary data show that com­pressed 
sensing MR acquisitions in 
the heart are feasible in humans and 
compressed sensing might be imple­mented 
for other important cardiac 
sequences such as fibrosis/viability 
imaging, i.e. late gadolinium enhance­ment, 
coronary MR angiography, or 
MR first-pass perfusion. 
The Cardiac MR Center of the 
University Hospital Lausanne 
The Cardiac Magnetic Resonance Center 
(CRMC) of the University Hospital of 
Lausanne (Centre Hospitalier Universi­taire 
Vaudois; CHUV) was established 
in 2009. The CMR center is dedicated 
to high-quality clinical work-up of car­diac 
patients, to deliver state-of-the-art 
training in CMR to cardiologists and 
radiologists, and to pursue research. 
In the CMR center education is pro­vided 
for two specialties while focus­ing 
on one organ system. Traditionally, 
radiologists have focussed on using 
one technique for different organs, 
while cardiologists have concentrated 
on one organ and perhaps one tech­nique. 
Now in the CMR center the 
focus is put on a combination of spe­cialists 
with different background on 
one organ. Research at the CMR center 
is devoted to four major areas: the 
study of 
1.) cardiac function and tissue charac­terization, 
specifically to better under­stand 
diastolic dysfunction, 
2.) the development of MR-compatible 
cardiac devices such as pacemakers 
and ICDs; 
3.) the utilization of hyperpolarized 
13C-carbon contrast media to investi­gate 
metabolism in the heart, and 
An excellent corre­lation 
is obtained for 
the LV stroke volume 
calculated from the 
compressed sensing 
data with the flow 
volume in the aorta 
measured by phase-contast 
technique. 
Variability of the 
conventional LV 
stroke volume data 
appears higher than 
for the compressed 
sensing data. 
LV stroke volume: comparison vs aortic forward flow 
LV short-axis slice: CV_SPARSE 
4.) the development of 19F-fluorine-based 
CMR techniques to detect 
inflammation and to label and track 
cells non-invasively. 
For the latter two topics, the CMR 
center established tight collabora­tions 
with the Center for Biomedical 
Imaging (CIBM), a network around 
Lake Geneva that includes the Ecole 
Polytechnique Fédérale de Lausanne 
(EPFL), and the universities and uni­versity 
hospitals of Lausanne and 
Geneva. In particular, strong collab­orative 
links are in place with the 
CVMR team of Prof. Matthias Stuber, 
a part of the CIBM and located at the 
University Hospital Lausanne and 
with Prof. A. Comment, with whom 
we perform the studies on real-time 
metabolism based on the 13C-carbon 
hyperpolarization (DNP) technique. 
In addition, collaborative studies are 
ongoing with the Heart Failure and 
Cardiac Transplantation Unit led by 
Prof. R. Hullin (detection of graft 
rejection by tissue characterization) 
and the Oncology Department led 
by Prof. Coukos (T cell tracking by­19F- 
MRI in collaboration with Prof. 
Stuber, R. van Heeswijk, CIBM, and 
Prof. O. Michielin, Oncology). This 
structure allows for a direct interdis­ciplinary 
interaction between physi­cians, 
engineers, and basic scientists 
on a daily basis with the aim to 
enable innovative research and fast 
translation of these techniques from 
bench to bedside. 
The CMRC is also the center of com­petence 
for the quality assessment of 
the European CMR registry which 
holds currently approximately 33,000 
patient studies acquired in 59 centers 
across Europe. 
The members of the CRMC team are: 
Prof. J. Schwitter (director of the 
­center), 
PD Dr. X. Jeanrenaud, Dr. D. 
Locca, MER, Dr. P. Monney, Dr. T. 
Rutz, Dr. C. Sierro, and Dr. S. Koest­ner 
(cardiologists, staff members), 
Overestimation of end-diastolic LV volumes by volumetric measurements. In comparison to ejected blood from the LV as measured 
with phase-contrast techniques, the volumetric measurements of LV stroke volume overestimated by approximately 5 ml, most 
likely by overestimation of LV end-diastolic volume. Small trabculations (yellow contours in 8A) are included into the LV blood 
volume (red contour in 8A) in diastole, while these trabeculations (yellow contours in 8B) are typically included in the end-systolic 
phase (red contours in 8B). For the same reasons, LV mass (= green contour minus red contour) is often slightly underestimated in 
diastole vs systole. 
8 
7 
8A 8B 
End-diastolic frame End-systolic frame 
ml/beat (aortic forward flow by PC) 
ml/beat (LV stroke volume) 
80 90 100 110 
60 
114 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 115
References 
1 Curtis JP, Sokol SI, Wang Y, Rathore SS, 
Ko DT, Jadbabaie F, Portnay EL, Marshalko 
SJ, Radford MJ, Krumholz HM. The associ­ation 
of left ventricular ejection fraction, 
mortality, and cause of death in stable 
outpatients with heart failure. Journal of 
the American College of Cardiology. 
2003;42(4):736-42. 
2 Sürder D, Manka R, Lo Cicero V, Moccetti T, 
Rufibach K, Soncin S, Turchetto L, 
Radrizzani M, Astori G, Schwitter J, Erne P, 
Jamshidi P, Auf Der Maur C, Zuber M, 
Windecker S, Moschovitis A, Wahl A, 
Bühler I, Wyss C, Landmesser U, Lüscher T, 
Corti R. Intracoronary injection of bone 
marrow derived mononuclear cells, early 
or late after acute myocardial infarction: 
Effects on global LV-function: 4 months 
results of the SWISS-AMI trial. Circulation. 
2013;127:1968-79. 
11 Liang D, Liu B, Wang J, Ying L. Accelerating 
SENSE using compressed sensing. Magnetic 
Resonance in Medicine. 2009;62(6): 
1574-84. 
12 Liu J. Dynamic cardiac MRI reconstruction 
with weighted redundant Haar wavelets. 
Magn Reson Med. 2012;Proc. ISMRM 
2012,abstract. 
13 Bieri O, Markl M, Scheffler K. Analysis 
and compensation of eddy currents in 
balanced SSFP. Magn Reson Med. 
2005;54:129-37. 
14 Muzzarelli S, Monney P, O’Brien K, Faletra F, 
Moccetti T, Vogt P, Schwitter J. Quantifi­cation 
of aortic valve regurgitation by 
phase-contrast magnetic resonance in 
patients with bicuspid aortic valve: where 
to measure the flow? . Eur Heart J - CV 
Imaging. 2013:in press. 
15 Papavassiliu T, Kühl HP, Schröder M, 
Süselbeck T, Bondarenko O, Böhm CK, 
Beek A, Hofman MMB, van Rossum AC. 
Effect of Endocardial Trabeculae on 
Left Ventricular Measurements and 
Measurement Reproducibility at Cardio­vascular 
MR Imaging1. Radiology. 2005 
July 1, 2005;236(1):57-64. 
Contact 
Professor Juerg Schwitter 
Médecin Chef Cardiologie 
Directeur du Centre de la RM 
Cardiaque du CHUV 
Centre Hospitalier 
­Universitaire 
Vaudois – CHUV 
Rue du Bugnon 46 
1011 Lausanne 
Suisse 
Phone: +41 21 314 0012 
jurg.schwitter@chuv.ch 
www.cardiologie.chuv.ch 
Dr. G. Vincenti (cardiologist) and 
Dr. N. Barras (cardiologist in training, 
rotation), PD. Dr. S. Muzzarellli (affili­ated 
cardiologist), Prof. C. Beigelman 
and Dr. X. Boulanger (radiologists, 
staff members), Dr. G.L. Fetz (radiol­ogist 
in training, rotation), C. Gonza­les, 
PhD (19F-fluorine project leader), 
H. Yoshihara, PhD (13C-carbon project 
leader), V. Klinke (medical student, 
doctoral thesis), C. Bongard (medical 
student, master thesis), P. Chevre 
(chief CMR technician), and F. Recor­don 
and N. Lauriers (research 
nurses). 
Acknowledgements 
The authors would like to thank all 
the members of the team of MR tech­nologists 
at the CHUV for their highly 
valuable participation, helpfulness 
and support during the daily clinical 
CMR examinations and with the 
research protocols. Finally, a very 
important acknowledgment goes to 
Dr. Michael Zenge, Ms. Michaela 
Schmidt, and the whole Siemens MR 
Cardio team of Edgar Müller in 
Erlangen. 
3 McMurray JJV, Adamopoulos S, Anker SD, 
Auricchio A, Böhm M, Dickstein K, Falk V, 
Filippatos G, Fonseca C, Sanchez MAG, 
Jaarsma T, Køber L, Lip GYH, Maggioni 
AP, Parkhomenko A, Pieske BM, Popescu 
BA, Rønnevik PK, Rutten FH, Schwitter J, 
Seferovic P, Stepinska J, Trindade PT, 
Voors AA, Zannad F, Zeiher A. ESC Guide­lines 
for the diagnosis and treatment of 
acute and chronic heart failure 2012. 
European Heart Journal. 2012 May 19, 
2012(33):1787–847. 
4 Zannad F, McMurray JJV, Krum H, 
van Veldhuisen DJ, Swedberg K, Shi H, 
Vincent J, Pocock SJ, Pitt B. Eplerenone 
in Patients with Systolic Heart Failure 
and Mild Symptoms. New England 
Journal of Medicine. 2011;364(1):11-21. 
5 Gharib MI, Burnett AK. Chemotherapy-induced 
cardiotoxicity: current practice 
and prospects of prophylaxis. European 
Journal of Heart Failure. 2002 June 1, 
2002;4(3):235-42. 
6 Bardy GH, Lee KL, Mark DB, Poole JE, 
Packer DL, Boineau R, Domanski M, 
Troutman C, Anderson J, Johnson G, 
McNulty SE, Clapp-Channing N, Davidson- 
Ray LD, Fraulo ES, Fishbein DP, Luceri 
RM, Ip JH. Amiodarone or an Implantable 
Cardioverter–Defibrillator for Congestive 
Heart Failure. New England Journal of 
Medicine. 2005;352(3):225-37. 
7 Schwitter J. CMR-Update. 2. Edition ed. 
Lausanne, Switzerland. www.herz-mri.ch. 
8 Klinke V, Muzzarelli S, Lauriers N, 
Locca D, Vincenti G, Monney P, Lu C, 
Nothnagel D, Pilz G, Lombardi M, 
van Rossum A, Wagner A, Bruder O, 
Mahrholdt H, Schwitter J. Quality 
assessment of cardiovascular magnetic 
resonance in the setting of the European 
CMR registry: description and validation 
of standardized criteria. Journal of 
Cardiovascular Magnetic Resonance. 
2013;15(1):55. 
9 Bruder O, Wagner A, Lombardi M, 
Schwitter J, van Rossum A, Pilz G, 
Nothnagel D, Steen H, Petersen S, 
Nagel E, Prasad S, Schumm J, Greulich S, 
Cagnolo A, Monney P, Deluigi C, Dill T, 
Frank H, Sabin G, Schneider S, 
Mahrholdt H. European Cardiovascular 
Magnetic Resonance (EuroCMR) 
registry-multi national results from 57 
centers in 15 countries. J Cardiovasc 
Magn Reson. 2013;15:1-9. 
10 Lustig M, Donoho D, Pauly JM. Sparse 
MRI: The application of compressed 
sensing for rapid MR imaging. Magnetic 
Resonance in Medicine. 
2007;58(6):1182-95. 
Accelerated Segmented Cine TrueFISP 
of the Heart on a 1.5T MAGNETOM Aera 
Using k-t-sparse SENSE 
Maria Carr1; Bruce Spottiswoode2; Bradley Allen1; Michaela Schmidt2; Mariappan Nadar4; Qiu Wang4; 
Jeremy Collins1; James Carr1; Michael Zenge2 
1 Northwestern University, Feinberg School of Medicine, Chicago, IL, USA 
2 Siemens Healthcare 
3 Siemens Corporate Technology, Princeton, United States 
Introduction 
Cine MRI of the heart is widely 
regarded as the gold standard for 
assessment of left ventricular volume 
and myocardial mass and is increas­ingly 
utilized for assessment of car­diac 
anatomy and pathology as part 
of clinical routine. Conventional cine 
imaging approaches typically require 
1 slice per breath-hold, resulting in 
lengthy protocols for complete cardiac 
coverage. Parallel imaging allows 
some shortening of the acquisition 
time, such that 2–3 slices can be 
acquired in a single breath-hold. In 
cardiac cine imaging artifacts become 
more prevalent with increasing accel­eration 
factor. This will negatively 
impact the diagnostic utility of the 
images and may reduce accuracy of 
quantitative measurements. However, 
regularized iterative reconstruction 
techniques can be used to consider­ably 
improve the images obtained 
from highly undersampled data. In 
this work, L1-regularized iterative 
SENSE as proposed in [1] was applied 
to reconstruct under-sampled k-space 
data. This technique* takes advan­tage 
of the de-noising characteristics 
of Wavelet regularization and prom­ises 
to very effectively suppress sub-sampling 
artifacts. This may allow for 
high acceleration factors to be used, 
while diagnostic image quality is 
preserved. 
The purpose of this study was to 
compare segmented cine TrueFISP 
images from a group of volunteers 
and patients using three acceleration 
and reconstruction approaches: iPAT 
factor 2 with conventional recon­struction; 
T-PAT factor 4 with conven­Table 
tional reconstruction; and T-PAT factor 
4 with iterative k-t-sparse SENSE 
reconstruction. 
Technique 
Cardiac MRI seems to be particularly 
well suited to benefit from a group of 
novel image reconstruction methods 
known as compressed sensing [2] 
which promise to significantly speed 
up data acquisition. Compressed 
sensing methods were introduced to 
MR imaging [3, 4] just a few years 
ago and have since been successfully 
combined with parallel imaging [5, 
6]. Such methods try to utilize the 
* Work in progress: The product is still 
­under 
development and not commercially 
available yet. Its future availability cannot 
be ensured. 
1: MRI conventional and iterative imaging parameters 
Parameters Conventional iPAT 2 Conventional T-PAT 4 Iterative T-PAT 4 
Iterative recon No No Yes 
Parallel imaging iPAT2 (GRAPPA) TPAT4 TPAT4 
TR/TE (ms) 3.2 / 1.6 3.2 / 1.6 3.2 / 1.6 
Flip angle (degrees) 70 70 70 
Pixel size (mm2) 1.9 × 1.9 1.9 × 1.9 1.9 × 1.9 
Slice thickness (mm) 8 8 8 
Temp. res. (msec) 38 38 38 
Acq. time (sec) 7 3.2 3.2 
Clinical Cardiovascular Imaging 
116 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 
Cardiovascular Imaging Technology 
MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 117
As outlined by Liu et al. in [1], the 
image reconstruction can be formu­lated 
as an unconstrained optimization 
problem. In the current implementa­tion, 
this optimization is solved using 
a Nesterov-type algorithm [7]. The 
L1-regularization with a redundant 
Haar transform is efficiently solved 
using a Dykstra-type algorithm [8]. 
This allowed a smooth integration into 
the current MAGNETOM platform and, 
therefore, facilitates a broad clinical 
evaluation. 
Materials and methods 
Nine healthy human volunteers 
(57.4 male/56.7 female) and 
20 patients (54.4 male/40.0 female) 
with suspected cardiac disease were 
scanned on a 1.5T MAGNETOM Aera 
system under an approved institutional 
review board protocol. All nine volun­teers 
and 16 patients were imaged 
using segmented cine TrueFISP 
sequences with conventional GRAPPA 
factor 2 acceleration (conventional 
iPAT 2) T-PAT factor 4 acceleration 
(conventional T-PAT 4), and T-PAT factor 
4 acceleration with iterative k-t-sparse 
SENSE reconstruction (iterative 
T-PAT 4). The remaining 4 patients 
were scanned using only conventional 
iPAT 2 and iterative T-PAT 4 techniques. 
Note that the iterative technique is 
fully integrated into the standard 
reconstruction environment. 
The imaging parameters for each 
imaging sequence are provided in 
Table 1. All three sequences were run 
in 3 chamber and 4 chamber views, 
as well as a stack of short axis slices. 
Quantitative analysis was performed 
on all volunteer data sets at a syngo 
MultiModality Workplace (Leonardo) 
using Argus post-processing software 
(Siemens Healthcare, Erlangen, 
­Germany) 
by an experienced cardio­vascular 
MRI technician. Ejection frac­tion, 
end-diastolic volume, end-systolic 
volume, stroke volume, ­cardiac 
out­put, 
and myocardial mass were calcu­lated. 
In all volunteers and patients, 
5 
4 
3 
2 
1 
blinded qualitative scoring was per­formed 
by a radiologist using a 5 point 
Likert scale to assess overall image 
quality (1 – non diagnostic; 2 – poor; 
3 – fair; 4 – good; 5 – excellent). 
Images were also scored for artifact 
and noise (1 – severe; 2 – moderate; 
3 – mild; 4 – trace; 5 – none). 
All continuous variables were com­pared 
between groups using an 
unpaired t-test, while ordinal qualita­tive 
variables were compared using 
a Wilcoxon signed-rank test. 
Results 
All images were acquired successfully 
and image quality was of diagnostic 
quality in all cases. The average scan 
time per slice for conventional iPAT 2, 
conventional T-PAT 4 and iterative 
T-PAT 4 were for patients 7.7 ± 1.5 sec, 
5.6 ± 1.5 sec and 2.9 ± 1.5 sec and 
for the volunteers 9.8 ± 1.5 sec, 3.2 ± 
1.5 sec and 3.0 ± 1.5 sec, respectively. 
The results in scan time are illustrated 
in Figure 1. In both patients and volun­teers, 
conventional iPAT 2 were signifi­cantly 
longer than both conventional 
T-PAT 4 and iterative T-PAT 4 techniques 
(p < 0.001 for each group). 
The results for ejection fraction (EF) 
for all three imaging techniques are 
provided in Figure 2. The average EF 
for conventional T-PAT 4 was slightly 
lower than that measured for con­ventional 
iPAT 2 and iterative T-PAT, 
but the group size is relatively small 
(9 subjects) and this difference was 
not significant (p = 0.34 and p = 0.22 
respectively).There was no statisti­cally 
significant difference in ejection 
fraction between the conventional 
iPAT 2 and the iterative T-PAT 4 
sequences (p = 0.48). 
The results for image quality, noise 
and artifact are provided in Figure 3. 
The iterative T-PAT 4 images had com­parable 
image quality, noise and arti­fact 
scores compared to the conven­tional 
iPAT 2 images. The conventional 
T-PAT 4 images had lower image qual­ity, 
more artifacts and higher noise 
compared to the other techniques. 
Figures 4 and 5 show an example of 
4-chamber and mid-short axis images 
from all three techniques in a patient 
with basal septal hypertrophy. In both 
series’, the conventional iPAT 2 and 
iterative T-PAT 4 images are compara­ble 
in quality, while the conventional 
T-PAT 4 image is visibly noisier. 
Cardiovascular Imaging Technology 
Discussion 
This study compares a novel acceler­ated 
segmented cine TrueFISP tech­nique 
to conventional iPAT 2 cine 
TrueFISP and T-PAT 4 cine TrueFISP in 
a cohort of normal subjects and 
patients. The iterative reconstruction 
technique provided comparable mea­surements 
of ejection fraction to the 
clinical gold standard (conventional 
iPAT 2). The accelerated segmented 
cine TrueFISP with T-PAT 4, which 
was used as comparison technique, 
produced slightly lower EF values 
compared to the other techniques, 
although this was not found to be 
statistically significant. The iterative 
reconstruction produced comparable 
image quality, noise and artifact 
scores to the conventional reconstruc­tion 
using iPAT 2. The conventional 
T-PAT 4 technique had lower image 
quality and higher noise scores com­pared 
to the other two techniques. 
The iterative T-PAT 4 segmented cine 
technique allows for greater than 
50% reduction in acquisition time for 
comparable image quality and spatial 
resolution as the clinically used iPAT 2 
cine TrueFISP technique. This itera­tive 
technique could be extended to 
permit complete heart coverage in 
a single breath-hold thus greatly sim­plifying 
and shortening routine clini­cal 
cardiac MRI protocols, which has 
been one of the biggest obstacles to 
wide acceptance of cardiac MRI. With 
a shorter cine acquisition, additional 
advanced imaging techniques, such 
as perfusion and flow, can be more 
readily added to patient scans within 
a reasonable protocol length. 
Technology Cardiovascular Imaging 
12 
10 
8 
6 
4 
Single slice scan time in patients and volunteers. There was a statistically 
significant reduction in scan time compared to the standard iPAT2 for both 
TPAT4 acceleration and iterative reconstruction TPAT4 acceleration. 
1 
Qualitative scores in patients and volunteers. Image quality was highest and 
noise and artifact were lowest with iterative T-PAT 4 and conventional iPAT 2 
compared to conventional T-PAT 4. 
3 
full potential of image compression 
during the acquisition of raw input 
data. In the case of highly subsam­pled 
input data, a non-linear iterative 
optimization avoids sub-sampling 
artifacts during the process of image 
reconstruction. The resulting images 
represent the best solution consis­tent 
with the input data, which have 
a sparse representation in a specific 
transform domain. In the most favor­able 
case, residual artifacts are not 
visibly perceptible or are diagnosti­cally 
irrelevant. 
0 
Conventional iPAT 2 
Scan Time (sec) 
Conventional T-PAT 4 Iterative T-PAT 4 
2 
Standard iPAT 2 T-PAT 4 Acceleration Iterative Reconstruction T-PAT 4 Accel. 
0 
Quality Noise Artifact 
1 3 
65,00 
60,00 
55,00 
50,00 
45,00 
40,00 
Ejection fraction in volunteers. Quantitatively measured ejection fractions 
were comparable across all three techniques. 
2 
Conventional iPAT 2 
Ejection Fraction (%) 
Conventional T-PAT 4 Iterative T-PAT 4 
2 
118 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 119
Technology Cardiovascular Imaging Cardiovascular Imaging Technology 
There are currently some limitations 
to the technique. Firstly, the use of 
SENSE implies that aliasing artifacts 
can occur if the field-of-view is 
smaller than the subject, which is 
sometimes difficult to avoid in the 
short axis orientation. But a solution 
to this is promised to be part of a 
future release of the current proto-type. 
Secondly, the image reconstruc-tion 
times of the current implemen-tation 
seems to be prohibitive for 
routine clinical use. However, 
we anticipate future algorithmic 
6A 6B 
6 Real-time cine TrueFISP T-PAT 6 images reconstructed using (6A) conventional, and (6B) iterative techniques. 
Contact 
Maria Carr, RT (CT)(MR) 
CV Research Technologist 
Department of Radiology 
Northwestern University 
Feinberg School of Medicine 
737 N. Michigan Ave. 
Suite 1600 
Chicago, IL 60611 
USA 
Phone: +1 312-926-5292 
m-carr@northwestern.edu 
References 
1 Liu J, Rapin J, Chang TC, Lefebvre A, 
Zenge M, Mueller E, Nadar MS. Dynamic 
cardiac MRI reconstruction with 
weighted redundant Haar wavelets. In 
Proceedings of the 20th Annual Meeting 
of ISMRM, Melbourne, Australia, 2002. 
p 4249. 
2 Candes EJ, Wakin MB. An Introduction 
to compressive sampling. IEEE Signal 
Processing Magazine 2008. 25(2):21-30. 
doi: 10.1109/MSP.2007.914731. 
improvements with increased compu-tational 
power to reduce the recon-struction 
time to clinically acceptable 
values. 
Of course, iterative reconstruction 
techniques are not just limited to 
cine imaging of the heart. Future 
work may see this technique applied 
to time intense techniques such as 
4D flow phase contrast MRI and 3D 
coronary MR angiography, making 
them more clinically applicable. 
Furthermore, higher acceleration 
rates might be achieved by using an 
incoherent sampling pattern [9]. 
With sufficiently high acceleration, the 
technique can also be used effectively 
for real time cine cardiac imaging in 
patients with breath-holding difficul-ties 
or arrhythmia. Figure 6 shows that 
real-time acquisition with T-PAT 6 and 
k-t iterative reconstruction still results 
in excellent image quality. 
In conclusion, cine TrueFISP of the 
heart with inline k-t-sparse iterative 
reconstruction is a promising tech-nique 
for obtaining high quality cine 
images at a fraction of the scan time 
compared to conventional techniques. 
Acknowledgement 
The authors would like to thank Judy 
Wood, Manger of the MRI Department 
at Northwestern Memorial Hospital, 
for her continued support and collabo-ration 
with our ongoing research 
through the years. Secondly, we would 
like to thank the magnificent Cardio-vascular 
Technologist’s Cheryl Jarvis, 
Tinu John, Paul Magarity, Scott Luster 
for their patience and dedication to 
research. Finally, the Resource Coordi-nators 
that help us make this possible 
Irene Lekkas, Melissa Niemczura and 
Paulino San Pedro. 
3 Block KT, Uecker M, Frahm J. Unders-ampled 
Radial MRI with Multiple Coils. 
Iterative Image Reconstruction Using a 
Total Variation Constraint. Magn Reson 
Med 2007. 57(6):1086-98. 
4 Lustig M, Donoho D, Pauly JM. Sparse 
MRI: The application of compressed 
sensing for rapid MR imaging. Magn 
Reson Med 2007. 58(6):1182-95. 
5 Liang D, Liu B, Wang J, Ying L. Acceler-ating 
SENSE using compressed sensing. 
Magn Reson Med 2009. 62(6):154-84. 
doi: 10.1002/mrm.22161. 
6 Lustig M, Pauly, JM. SPIRiT: Iterative 
­self- 
consistent parallel imaging 
reconstruction from arbitrary k-space. 
Magn Reson Med 2010. 64(2):457-71. 
doi: 10.1002/mrm.22428. 
7 Beck A, Teboulle M. A fast iterative 
shrinkage-thresholding algorithm for 
linear inverse problems. SIAM J Imaging 
Sciences 2009. 2(1): 183-202. 
8 Dykstra RL. An algorithm for restricted 
least squares regression. J Amer Stat 
Assoc 1983 78(384):837-842. 
9 Schmidt M, Ekinci O, Liu J, Lefebvre A, 
Nadar MS, Mueller E, Zenge MO. Novel 
highly accelerated real-time CINE-MRI 
featuring compressed sensing with k-t 
regularization in comparison to TSENSE 
segmented and real-time Cine imaging. 
J Cardiovasc Magn Reson 2013. 
15(Suppl 1):P36. 
4A 4B 4C 
Four chamber cine TrueFISP from a normal volunteer. (4A) Conventional iPAT 2, acquisition time 8 s. (4B) Conventional 
T-PAT 4, acquisition time 3 seconds. (4C) Iterative T-PAT 4, acquisition time 3 seconds. 
4 
5A 5B 5C 
End-systolic short axis cine TrueFISP images from a patient with a history of myocardial infarction. A metal artifact from a previous 
sternotomy is noted in the sternum. There is wall thinning in the inferolateral wall with akinesia on cine views, consistent with 
an old infarct in the circumflex territory. (5A) Conventional iPAT 2, (5B) conventional T-PAT 4, (5C) iterative T-PAT 4. 
5 
120 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 121
Subscriptions 
Siemens Healthcare Publications 
Our publications offer the latest information and background for every 
healthcare field. From the hospital director to the radiological assistant – 
here, you can quickly find information relevant to your needs. 
Heartbeat 
Everything from the world 
of sustainable cardiovascular 
care. 
MAGNETOM Flash 
Everything from the world 
of magnetic resonance 
imaging. 
SOMATOM Sessions 
Everything from the world 
of computed tomography. 
Medical Solutions Online 
The online version includes additional video features 
and greater depth to the articles in the printed 
healthcare leadership magazine. Read online at: 
www.siemens.com/medical-solutions 
AXIOM Innovations 
Everything from the world 
of interventional radiology, 
cardiology, and surgery. 
Imaging Life 
Everything from the 
world of molecular imaging 
innovations. 
For current and past issues and to order the 
magazines, please visit 
www.siemens.com/healthcare-magazine 
cannot 
Siemens sales 
subject to 
herein may 
specifications 
be present 
options 
information. 
tolerances. 
Europe/Africa/Middle East: 
Siemens AG, Healthcare Sector 
Henkestr. 127 
91052 Erlangen, Germany 
Phone: +49 9131 84-0 
Latin America: 
Siemens S.A., Medical Solutions 
Avenida de Pte. Julio A. Roca No 516, Piso 
C1067 ABN Buenos Aires, Argentina 
Phone: +54 11 4340-8400 
USA: 
Siemens Medical Solutions USA, Inc. 
51 Valley Stream Parkway 
Malvern, PA 19355-1406, USA 
Phone: +1 888 826-9702 
09.13, Siemens AG 
MAGNETOM Flash ASTRO Edition | Issue Number 4/2013 54 
MAGNETOM Flash 
The Magazine of MRI 
Issue Number 4/2013 | ASTRO Edition 
54 
Functional, Volumetric, 
Treatment Response Assess-ment 
Using MR OncoTreat 
Page 24 
Optimizing MRI for 
Radiation Oncology 
Page 45 
How-I-do-it 
Tissue 4D on syngo.via 
Page 18 
Not for distribution in the US 
11.09.13 09:35 
122 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world
Imprint 
The entire editorial staff at Duke University Medical Center 
and at Simens Healthcare extends their appreciation to all the 
radiologists, technologists, physicists, experts and scholars 
who donate their time and energy – without payment – in order 
to share their expertise with the readers of MAGNETOM Flash. 
connection with such use. The Operating 
Instructions must always be strictly 
followed when operating the MR system. 
The sources for the technical data are the 
corresponding data sheets. Results may 
vary. 
Partial reproduction in printed form of 
individual contributions is permitted, 
provided the customary bibliographical 
data such as author’s name and title of 
the contribution as well as year, issue 
number and pages of MAGNETOM Flash 
are named, but the editors request that 
two copies be sent to them. The written 
consent of the authors and publisher is 
required for the complete reprinting of 
an article. 
We welcome your questions and 
comments about the editorial content of 
MAGNETOM Flash. Please contact us at 
magnetomworld.med@siemens.com. 
Manuscripts as well as suggestions, 
proposals and information are always 
welcome; they are carefully examined 
and submitted to the editorial board for 
attention. MAGNETOM Flash is not 
responsible for loss, damage, or any 
other MAGNETOM injury to Flash unsolicited is also 
manuscripts 
or available other materials. on the internet: 
We reserve the right 
to www.edit siemens.for clarity, com/accuracy, magnetom-and world 
space. 
Include your name, address, and phone 
number and send to the editors, address 
above. 
MAGNETOM Flash – Imprint 
© 2013 by Siemens AG, 
Berlin and Munich, 
All Rights Reserved 
Publisher: 
Siemens AG 
Medical Solutions 
Business Unit Magnetic Resonance, 
Karl-Schall-Straße 6, D-91052 Erlangen, 
Germany 
Guest Editor: 
Mustafa R. Bashir, M.D. 
Director of MRI 
Assistant Professor of Radiology 
Division of Abdominal Imaging 
Duke University Medical Center 
Durham, NC, USA 
Associate Editor: Antje Hellwich 
(antje.hellwich@siemens.com) 
Editorial Board: Wellesley Were; 
Ralph Strecker; Sven Zühlsdorff, Ph.D.; 
Gary R. McNeal, MS (BME); 
Peter Kreisler, Ph.D. 
Production: Norbert Moser, Siemens AG, 
Medical Solutions 
Layout: independent Medien-Design 
Widenmayerstrasse 16, D-80538 Munich, 
Germany 
Printer: G. Peschke Druckerei GmbH, 
Schatzbogen 35, D-81829 Munich, 
Germany 
Note in accordance with § 33 Para.1 of 
the German Federal Data Protection Law: 
Despatch is made using an address file 
which is maintained with the aid of an 
automated data processing system. 
MAGNETOM Flash is sent free of charge 
to Siemens MR customers, qualified 
physicians, technologists, physicists and 
radiology departments throughout the 
world. It includes reports in the English 
language on magnetic resonance: 
diagnostic and therapeutic methods and 
their application as well as results and 
experience gained with corresponding 
systems and solutions. It introduces from 
case to case new principles and proce-dures 
and discusses their clinical poten-tial. 
The statements and views of the 
authors in the individual contributions 
do not necessarily reflect the opinion of 
the publisher. 
The information presented in these 
articles and case reports is for illustration 
only and is not intended to be relied 
upon by the reader for instruction as to 
the practice of medicine. Any health 
care practitioner reading this information 
is reminded that they must use their 
own learning, training and expertise in 
dealing with their individual patients. 
This material does not substitute for that 
duty and is not intended by Siemens 
Medical Solutions to be used for any 
purpose in that regard. The drugs and 
doses mentioned herein are consistent 
with the approval labeling for uses and/or 
indications of the drug. The treating 
physician bears the sole responsibility for 
the diagnosis and treatment of patients, 
including drugs and doses prescribed in 
MAGNETOM Flash is also available on the internet: 
www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 
Not for distribution in the US. MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 123
Please include me in your mailing list for the 
following Siemens Healthcare customer magazine(s): 
Medical Solutions 
MAGNETOM Flash 
SOMATOM Sessions 
AXIOM Innovations 
Stay up to date with the latest information 
Register for: 
Yes, I consent to the above information being used 
for future contact regarding product updates and other 
important news from Siemens. 
Please print clearly! 
Subscription 
unsubscribe from info service 
Please enter your business address 
Institution 
Department 
Function 
Title 
Name 
Street 
Postal Code 
City 
State 
Country 
MR system used 
E-mail
➔Visit www.siemens.com/ 
magnetom-world 
for case reports, 
clinical methods, 
application tips, 
talks and much more 
clinical information. 
SUBSCRIBE NOW! 
– and get your free copy of future 
MAGNETOM Flash! Interesting information from 
the world of magnetic resonance – gratis to your 
desk. Send us this postcard, or subscribe online at 
www.siemens.com/MAGNETOM-World 
MAGNETOM 
Flash 
Siemens AG 
Healthcare Sector 
Magnetic Resonance 
Antje Hellwich – Marketing 
P.O. Box 32 60 
D-91050 Erlangen 
Germany
On account of certain regional limitations of sales rights and service availability, we ­cannot 
guarantee that all products included in this brochure are available through the ­Siemens 
sales 
organization worldwide. Availability and packaging may vary by country and is subject to 
change without prior notice. Some/All of the features and products described herein may 
not be available in the United States. 
The information in this document contains general technical descriptions of specifications 
and options as well as standard and optional features which do not always have to be present 
in individual cases. 
Siemens reserves the right to modify the design, packaging, specifications, and options 
described herein without prior notice. 
Please contact your local Siemens sales representative for the most current information. 
Note: Any technical data contained in this document may vary within defined tolerances. 
Original images always lose a certain amount of detail when reproduced. 
Local Contact Information 
Asia/Pacific: 
Siemens Medical Solutions 
Asia Pacific Headquarters 
The Siemens Center 
60 MacPherson Road 
Singapore 348615 
Phone: +65 6490 6000 
Canada: 
Siemens Canada Limited 
Healthcare Sector 
1550 Appleby Lane 
Burlington, ON L7L 6X7, Canada 
Phone +1 905 315-6868 
Europe/Africa/Middle East: 
Siemens AG, Healthcare Sector 
Henkestr. 127 
91052 Erlangen, Germany 
Phone: +49 9131 84-0 
Latin America: 
Siemens S.A., Medical Solutions 
Avenida de Pte. Julio A. Roca No 516, Piso 
C1067 ABN Buenos Aires, Argentina 
Phone: +54 11 4340-8400 
USA: 
Siemens Medical Solutions USA, Inc. 
51 Valley Stream Parkway 
Malvern, PA 19355-1406, USA 
Phone: +1 888 826-9702 
Global Siemens 
Healthcare Headquarters 
Siemens AG 
Healthcare Sector 
Henkestrasse 127 
91052 Erlangen 
Germany 
Phone: +49 9131 84-0 
www.siemens.com/healthcare 
Not for distribution in the US 
Global Business Unit 
Siemens AG 
Medical Solutions 
Magnetic Resonance 
Henkestrasse 127 
DE-91052 Erlangen 
Germany 
Phone: +49 9131 84-0 
www.siemens.com/healthcare 
Global Siemens Headquarters 
Siemens AG 
Wittelsbacherplatz 2 
80333 Munich 
Germany 
Order No. A91MR-1000-102C-7600 | Printed in Germany | CC MR 1661 111320. | © 11.13, Siemens AG 
www.siemens.com/magnetom-world

Magnetom flash 55

  • 1.
    MAGNETOM Flash TheMagazine of MRI 55 Clinical T1w MRI using Radial VIBE Page 6 Acute MR Stroke Protocol in 6 Minutes Page 44 New Generation Cardiac Parametric Mapping: The Clinical Role of T1 and T2 Mapping Page 104 Issue Number 5/2013 | RSNA Edition Not for distribution in the US
  • 2.
    Editorial The themeof the 99th Annual Meeting of the Radiological Society of North America is “The Power of Partnership”. Nowhere is this concept ­better exem­plified than in the cooperation between academic medical ­centers and industry partners in the development and improvement of diagnostic imaging. This issue of ­MAGNETOM Flash con­tains a wealth of examples of how such collaborations have advanced the dis­cipline of MRI. As the world population’s healthcare needs grow, so must diagnosis and ­disease management continue to advance. Diagnostic imaging plays an increasingly central role in detect­ing and characterizing disease, and guiding therapy. In particular, MRI remains a cornerstone of neurologic, orthopedic, oncologic, and cardio­vascular imaging. MRI has long had advantages in lever­aging useful contrast mechanisms for visualization of anatomy and pathol­ogy. This is well-demonstrated in arti­cles describing visualization of diffu­sion- weighted imaging data [Doring et al. page 12], spectroscopic imaging of prostate cancer [Scheenen et al. page 16], susceptibility-weighted imaging [Ascencio et al. page 52], Mustafa R. Bashir, M.D., is an Assistant Professor of Radiology at Duke University Medical Center, Durham, USA. He joined the faculty at Duke in 2010, and serves as the Director of MRI and Director of Body MRI. In 2012, he was named the Medical Director of the Center for Advanced Magnetic Resonance ­Development, Duke Radiology’s MRI research and development facility. He has been awarded several industry research grants as principal investigator and serves as site imaging principal investigator on several NIH-funded grants. Dr. Bashir serves as a working group chair for the Liver Imaging Reporting and Data System (LI-RADS) committee for the American College of Radiology and is a site radiologist for the NIH-funded Non- Alcoholic Steatohepatitis Clinical Research Network. His clinical and research interests include abdominal MRI, liver imaging, quantitative imaging, and novel contrast mechanisms. and quantitative myocardial relaxivity mapping [Moon et al. page 104]. However, gone are the days when lengthy examinations producing inconsistent image quality were con­sidered acceptable. In an atmosphere of rising cost and diminishing resources, all imaging is under pres­sure to demonstrate consistent examination quality, despite increas­ing use in challenging populations, such as the obese and those with diminished breath-holding capacity. In their article on the New York Uni­versity- Langone Medical Center expe­rience using Radial VIBE*, Tobias Block et al. show the power of a motion-robust non-Cartesian strategy to obtain free-breathing, artifact-free, volumetric T1-weighted image sets in the body [page 6]. Such paradigms can be applied to improve image quality in patients unable to hold their breath, and to enhance the MRI ­experience by providing healthier patients with a more comfortable examination with fewer breath-holds. In addition, colleagues at the Univer­sity Hospital of Lausanne and North­western University demonstrate the feasibility of rapid cardiac acquisition using compressed sensing* methods [page 108 and 117]. Such techniques are shown to produce high-resolution, multiplanar acquisitions in single breath-holds, which can both shorten total examination time and provide comparable or more accurate measure-ments of left ventricular ejection fraction and stroke volume, compared with conventional methods. The broad availability of commercial wide-bore systems with high channel counts makes clinical MR imaging a reality in a larger portion of the popu­lation. Particularly in the United States, where over 35% of the population is obese [http://www.cdc.gov/obesity/ data/adult.html], high-quality imaging is now available to more patients than ever, with greater physical comfort. In addition to comfort, turnaround time is also considered an important mea­sure of examination quality, and as a first-line diagnostic modality, MRI must provide rapid, definitive diagnosis in order for appropriate treatment to be rendered in a timely manner. Working Together Editorial “In an atmosphere of rising cost and diminishing ­resources, all imaging is under pressure to ­demonstrate consistent examination quality, ­despite increasing use in challenging populations, such as the obese and those with diminished ­breath- holding capacity.” Mustafa R. Bashir, M.D. This is exemplified in the article by Kambiz Nael et al., who describe a six-minute comprehensive acute stroke protocol, combining brain structure imaging, functional measures including diffusion- and perfusion-weighted imaging, and MR angiography [page 44]. This ‘one-stop-shop’ approach can facilitate rapid triage of appropriate patients to endovascular management while avoiding unnecessary, and poten­tially dangerous, delays in diagnosis. Finally, Mark Griswold et al. and Masahiro Ida address another impor­tant element of a comfortable MRI experience, as they discuss simple methods for optimizing frequently-used pulse sequences to reduce acoustic noise [page 30 and 35]. In the following pages, fifteen high-quality articles from a diverse group of authors are presented. These high­light important advances that build on the excellent contrast/visualization capabilities of MRI, strengthen image quality and robustness, or that improve the patient experience and throughput. Importantly, they show the success that can be realized by bringing innovators from academia and industry together into coopera­tive teams. Happy reading, and see you at RSNA! Editorial Board We appreciate your comments. Please contact us at [email protected] Review Board Lisa Chuah, Ph.D. Global Segment Manager Neurology Lars Drüppel, Ph.D. Global Segment Manager Cardiovascular MR Wilhelm Horger Application Development Oncology Michelle Kessler US Installed Base Manager Berthold Kiefer, Ph.D. Oncological and Interventional Applications Sunil Kumar S.L., Ph.D. Senior Manager Applications Reto Merges Head of Outbound Marketing MR Applications Heiko Meyer, Ph.D. Neuro Applications Edgar Müller Cardiovascular Applications Nashiely Sofia Pineda Alonso, Ph.D. Global Segment Manager Men’s and ­Women’s Health Silke Quick Global Segment Manager Body Imaging Heike Weh Clinical Data Manager Antje Hellwich Associate Editor Sven Zühlsdorff, Ph.D. Clinical Collaboration Manager, Chicago, IL, USA Ralph Strecker MR Collaborations Manager, São Paulo, Brazil Wellesley Were MR Business Development Manager Australia and New Zealand Gary R. McNeal, MS (BME) Advanced Application ­Specialist, Cardiovascular MR Imaging Hoffman ­Estates, IL, USA Peter Kreisler, Ph.D. Collaborations & Applications, ­Erlangen, Germany *WIP, the product is currently under development and is not for sale in the US and other countries. Its future availability cannot be ensured. 2 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 3
  • 3.
    Content Content RCA 24 52 70 108 Positioning and immobilization of SWI with MAGNETOM ESSENZA Pictorial essay: Benign and malignant RT patients bone tumors Compressed sensing* 64 Imaging MS lesions in the cervical spinal cord Cover Growth with Body MRI. New Certainty in Liver MRI. Already today, many important staging and treatment decisions are taken on the basis of Body MRI. By using MRI for your body imaging examinations you can profit from excellent soft tissue contrast, high spatial and temporal resolution, as well as 3D and 4D data acquisition. Siemens Healthcare enables you to expand your Body MRI services. www.siemens.com/ growth-with-BodyMRI Clinical Head-to-Toe Imaging 6 Improving the robustness of ­clinical T1-weighted MRI using Radial VIBE* Tobias Block, et al. 12 New features of syngo MR D13 for improved whole-body DWI Thomas Doring, et al. Clinical Oncology 16 The metabolite ratio in spectro­scopic imaging of prostate cancer Tom Scheenen, et al. 24 Evaluation of the CIVCO Indexed Patient Position System (IPPS) ­MRI- overlay for positioning and immobilization of radiotherapy patients Thomas Koch, et al. Technology 30 Making MRI quieter: Optimizing TSE with parallel imaging Eric Y. Pierre, et al. 35 Quiet T1-weighted 3D imaging of the central nervous system using PETRA* Masahiro Ida, et al. Clinical Neurology 44 How I do it: Acute stroke protocol in 6 minutes Kambiz Nael, et al. 52 SWI with 1.5T MAGNETOM ESSENZA José L. Ascencio, et al. 58 How I do it: Curve fitting of the lipid-lactate range in an MR ­Spectrum: Some useful tips Helmut Rumpel, et al. 64 T1w PSIR for imaging multiple sclerosis in the cervical spinal cord Bart Schraa Clinical Orthopedic Imaging 70 Pictorial Essay: Benign and ­malignant bone tumors Katharina Gruenberg, et al. Clincial Cardiovascular Imaging 100 Combined 18F-FDG PET and MRI evaluation of a case of hypertrophic cardiomyopathy using Biograph mMR Ihn-ho Cho, et al. 104 New generation cardiac parametric mapping: The clinical role of T1 and T2 mapping James C. Moon, et al. 108 Preliminary experiences with compressed sensing* multi-slice cine acquisitions for the assessment of left ventricular function J. Schwitter, et al. 117 Accelerated segmented cine TrueFISP of the heart on a 1.5T MAGNETOM Aera using k-t-sparse SENSE* Maria Carr, et al. The information presented in MAGNETOM Flash is for illustration only and is not intended to be relied upon by the reader for instruction as to the practice of medicine. Any health care practitioner reading this information is reminded that they must use their own learning, training and expertise in dealing with their individual patients. This material does not substitute for that duty and is not intended by Siemens Medical Solutions to be used for any purpose in that regard. The treating physician bears the sole responsibility for the diagnosis and treatment of patients, including drugs and doses prescribed in connection with such use. The Operating Instructions must always be strictly followed when operating the MR System. The source for the technical data is the corresponding data sheets. Content * WIP, the product is currently under development and is not for sale in the US and other countries. Its future availability cannot be ensured. 4 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 5
  • 4.
    Clinical Head-to-Toe ImagingHead-to-Toe Imaging Clinical Improving the Robustness of Clinical T1-Weighted MRI Using Radial VIBE Kai Tobias Block1; Hersh Chandarana1; Girish Fatterpekar1; Mari Hagiwara1; Sarah Milla1; Thomas Mulholland1; Mary Bruno1; Christian Geppert2; Daniel K. Sodickson1 1 Department of Radiology, NYU Langone Medical Center, New York, NY, USA 2 Siemens Medical Solutions, New York, NY, USA Introduction Despite the tremendous develop­ments that MR imaging has made over the last decades, one of the major limitations of conventional MRI is its pronounced sensitivity to motion, which requires strict immobility of the patient during the data acquisi­tion. In clinical practice, however, suppression of motion is often not possible. As a consequence, MR images frequently show motion arti­facts that appear as shifted object copies, which are well-known as ‘ghosting’ artifacts and which, depend­ing on the artifact strength, can potentially obscure important diag­nostic information. Ghosting artifacts pose a particular problem for abdom­inopelvic exams that need to be per­formed during suspended respira­tion. Because many patients struggle to adequately hold breath during the scan, the number of exams with suboptimal image quality is relatively high. This has impaired the accep­tance of MRI as an imaging modality of choice in many abdominopelvic indications. Other widely utilized MRI applications such as head and neck imaging are also often affected by motion-induced ghosting artifacts, e.g., if patients are anxious, or if wthey cannot suppress swallowing or coughing during the exam. Radial k-space acquisition scheme The high sensitivity to motion results from the data-sampling strategy used in conventional MR imaging to spa­tially resolve the object. Conventional sequences acquire the data space Interestingly, although the advantages for clinical applications seem clear and although the idea of radial sampling has been known since the early days of MRI, the technique has not been widely employed in clinical practice so far. Radial sampling was first described by Lauterbur in his seminal MRI paper from 1973 [1]. However, because practical implementation required cop­ing with a number of technical com­plexities, it was soon replaced by the Cartesian acquisition scheme which could be more easily and more robustly implemented on early MRI systems. These technical complexities include a more sophisticated image recon­struction, higher required homogeneity of the magnetic field, and the need for much more accurate and precise gen­eration of time-varying gradient fields. Consequently, radial sampling has only been used sporadically in research projects while clinically established techniques are currently almost exclu­sively based on the Cartesian scheme. Over the last several years, however, it has become possible to resolve the majority of issues that prevented a practical application of radial sampling, in part through improvements of the MR hardware designs and in part through new algorithmic developments. Therefore, it is now for the first time feasible to utilize radial acquisitions routinely on unmodified clinical MRI systems, with sufficient reliability and robustness for clinical applications and with image quality comparable to that of the conventional Cartesian scans. Radial VIBE sequence The Radial VIBE sequence* is the first available works-in-progress sequence for Siemens MR systems that inte­grates these developments for volu­metric acquisitions and provides radial k-space sampling in a fully seamless way, aiming at achieving higher robustness to motion and flow effects in daily practice. It is based on the conventional product VIBE sequence, which is an optimized T1-weighted 3D gradient echo sequence (3D FLASH) with various fat-saturation options. Radial sampling has been implemented using a 3D ‘stack-of-stars’ approach, which acquires the kx-ky plane along radial spokes and the kz dimension (k-space) using a sampling scheme along parallel lines (Fig. 1A), which is usually referred to as ‘Cartesian’ sampling. The acquired parallel lines differ by a fixed difference in the ­signal phase, which is why the scheme is also called ‘phase encod­ing’ principle. However, if the object moves during the exam, phase off­sets are created that disturb the phase-encoding scheme. In a simpli­fied view, it can be thought of as ­jittering of the sampled lines, which causes gaps in the k-space coverage and results in aliasing artifacts along the phase-encoding direction from improper data sampling. Hence, the Cartesian geometry is inherently prone to motion-induced phase distortions. Even if navigation or triggering techniques are used to minimize phase inconsistencies within the acquired data, a certain amount of residual ghosting artifacts is almost always present. The situation can be improved when changing the k-space acquisition to a different sampling geometry. One promising alternative is the ‘radial’ sampling scheme, which acquires the data along rotated spokes (Fig. 1B). Due to the overlap of the spokes in the center, gaps in the k-space coverage cannot occur if individual spokes are ‘jittered’ and, therefore, appearance of ghosting artifacts is not possible with this scheme. Furthermore, the overlap has a motion-averaging effect. Data inconsistencies can instead lead to ‘streak’ artifacts. However, in most cases the streaks have only a mild effect on the image quality, and they can easily be identified as artifacts due to their characteristic visual appearance (e.g., Fig. 3B). Because the artifacts appear mainly as ‘texture’ added to the under­lying object, the likelihood that lesions get obscured is significantly lower than for the more dominant Cartesian ghosting artifacts. with conventional sampling, resulting in cylindrical k-space coverage (see Fig. 2). This trajectory design enables use of time-efficient fat-saturation methods, such as Quick FatSat or SPAIR, with minimal artifact strength, which is important as radial scans should be performed with fat suppres­sion for most applications. Although Cartesian acquisition steps are employed along the kz dimension, a high degree of motion robustness is achieved due to the use of an inco­herent temporal acquisition order. The Radial VIBE sequence can be used on the full range of Siemens MR systems, including systems from the B-line generation (e.g., MAGNETOM Avanto, Trio, Verio) and D-line generation (e.g., MAGNETOM Skyra, Aera), and it can also be used on the Biograph mMR MR-PET system as well as Siemens’ 7T** systems. Because the sequence does not require any 2 modification of the MR hardware or reconstruction system, it can be deployed to installed systems and used clinically for fat-saturated T1-weighted exams as a motion-robust alternative to 3D GRE, VIBE, MPRAGE, or 2D TSE sequences. Clinical applications and results Over the last two years, the sequence has been tested extensively at NYU Langone Medical Center to evaluate the achievable image quality across various MR systems in daily routine applications. Radial VIBE scans were added to clinical protocols under IRB approval in more than 5000 patient exams and compared to established reference protocols. Several clinical studies have been performed or are ongoing that investigate the improve­ment in diagnostic accuracy resulting from the absence of ghosting artifacts. Free-breathing abdominal imaging A key application of the Radial VIBE sequence is imaging of the abdomen and/or pelvis before and after injec­tion of a contrast medium, which is conventionally performed during sus­pended respiration. With Radial VIBE, it is possible to acquire the data ­during continued shallow breathing, which therefore can be the preferred exam strategy for patients who are unable to sustain the normally 1A 1B (1A) Conventional ‘Cartesian’ MRI sampling scheme along parallel lines, and (1B) radial sampling scheme along rotated spokes that overlap in the center of k-space. 1 Stack-of-stars trajectory as implemented by Radial VIBE, which employs radial k-space sampling in the kx-ky plane and Cartesian sampling along kz. 2 kz * Radial VIBE is a prototype for StarVIBE. StarVIBE is now 510k released and is available for 1.5T MAGNETOM Aera and 3T MAGNETOM Skyra. Radial VIBE is work in progress. ** The product is under development and not commercially available yet. Its future avail­ability cannot be ensured. This research system is not cleared, approved or licensed in any jurisdiction for patient examinations. This research system is not labelled accord­ing to applicable medical device law and therefore may only be used for volunteer or patient examinations in the context of clinical studies according to applicable law. 6 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 7
  • 5.
    Clinical Head-to-Toe ImagingHead-to-Toe Imaging Clinical 7A 7B required breath-hold time, such as elderly or severely sick patients. A blinded-reader study by Chandarana et al. demonstrated that the average image quality obtained with free-breathing radial acquisition is compa­rable to conventional breath-hold exams and significantly better than free-breathing exams with Cartesian acquisition [2]. As an example, figure 3 compares a free-breathing Radial VIBE exam to a conventional Cartesian exam of a patient with insufficient breath-hold capability. The Radial VIBE image is affected by a certain amount of streak artifacts but clearly depicts a lesion in the right lobe of the liver, which is fully obscured in the Cartesian scan. High-resolution ­abdominopelvic imaging The ability to acquire data during ­continued respiration also has advan­tages for the examination of patients with proper breath-hold capacity. With conventional Cartesian sequences, the achievable spatial resolution in abdominopelvic exams is limited by the amount of k-space data obtainable within typical breath-hold durations of less than 20 sec. Because Radial VIBE eliminates the need for breath hold­ing, it is possible to sample data over several minutes and, thus, to increase the spatial resolution by a significant factor. Figure 4 demonstrates this possibility for an isotropic 1 mm high-resolution scan of the liver 20 min after injection of Gadoxetate Disodium, which provides clearly sharper visualization of the biliary duct compared to the corresponding Cartesian protocol. In figure 5, the achievable resolution improvement is shown for the case of MR enterogra­phy, which is another good candidate for Radial VIBE due to the higher over­all robustness to the bowel motion. Pediatric imaging During the clinical evaluation phase, Radial VIBE demonstrated particular value for the application in pediatric* patients. Pediatric exams are often conducted under general anesthesia or deep sedation, which makes active breath holding impossible. Therefore, conventional abdominopelvic scans are in most cases affected by respira­tion artifacts that impair the achiev­able effective resolution and diagnos­tic accuracy. Due to the inherent motion robustness, much sharper and crisper images are obtained with Radial VIBE, as evident from the depic­tion of small cysts in the kidneys of a patient with Tuberous Sclerosis shown in figure 6. A retrospective blinded-reader study of our case col­lection revealed that 8% of all lesions were only identified with Radial VIBE but missed in the corresponding ­Cartesian reference exams [3]. In young neonatal patients, sedation is usually avoided due to the higher risk of potential adverse effects. Imaging these patients is challenging because they often move spontane­ously in the scanner. Also in this patient cohort Radial VIBE provides improved image quality and reliabil­ity, which is demonstrated in figure 7 for a brain exam of a 4-day-old patient, in this case compared to a Cartesian MPRAGE protocol. *MR scanning has not been established as safe for imaging fetuses and infants less than two years of age. The responsible physician must evaluate the benefits of the MR examination compared to those of other imaging procedures. 4 5 6 Abdominopelvic exam of a sedated pediatric patient with Tuberous Sclerosis. (6A) Because suspending respi­ration is not possible under deep sedation, conventional exams are affected by respi­ration artifacts. (6B) Radial VIBE provides significantly sharper images with improved spatial resolution, as visible from the small cysts in the kidneys. 6A 6B Brain exam of a 4-day-old* patient using (7A) conventional MPRAGE and (7B) Radial VIBE sequence. Due to vigorous patient activity, the MPRAGE scan is affected by strong ghosting artifacts, while Radial VIBE provides diagnostic image quality. *MR scanning has not been established as safe for imaging fetuses and infants less than two years of age. The responsible physician must evaluate the benefits of the MR examination compared to those of other imaging procedures. 7 (3A) Conventional VIBE exam of a patient failing to hold breath during the acquisition and (3B) Radial VIBE acquisition during free breathing. Radial VIBE provides significantly higher image quality and reveals a lesion in the liver (arrow) not seen on the conven­tional scan 3 3A 3B (4A) Conventional breath-hold VIBE exam of a patient 20 min after injection of Gadoxetate Disodium. (4B) Because Radial VIBE exams can be performed during continued respiration, data can be acquired over longer time, resulting in clearly improved resolution (here 1.0 mm isotropic). 4A 4B MR enterography using (5A) conventional VIBE and (5B) Radial VIBE acquisition. The higher motion robustness achieved with Radial VIBE leads to sharper images and improved resolution. 5A 5B 8 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 9
  • 6.
    Clinical Head-to-Toe ImagingHead-to-Toe Imaging Clinical 8A 8B 9B 9C Examination of the neck and upper chest using (8A) a conventional 2D TSE sequence and (8B) Radial VIBE. Because of the respiration and strong blood flow, the TSE scan shows drastic artifacts. Two suspicious lesions are more clearly visible on the Radial VIBE exam (arrows). Imaging of the neck and upper chest Although imaging of the head and neck region appears less critical at first glance, severe motion-related artifacts occur quite often in routine exams. Conventional neck protocols usually include slice-selective T1-weighted TSE sequences, which are especially sensitive to motion and flow. If patients are unable to sup­press swallowing or coughing during the acquisition, images are rendered non-diagnostic. Furthermore, ade­quate examination of the upper chest region is often not possible because of drastic artifacts from respiration and strong blood flow in the proxim­ity of the heart. Radial VIBE exams are a promising alternative for this application and are largely unaffected by swallowing, minor head move­ments, or flow, which is illustrated in figure 8. The sequence also main­tains a convincing sensitivity to chest lesions in the presence of respiratory motion [4]. Because Radial VIBE scans are immune to ghosting arti­facts, exams can be performed with high isotropic spatial resolution, which allows for retrospective recon­struction in multiple planes (MPRs). In this way, it is possible to substitute multiple conventional slice-selective protocols in varying orientation with a single Radial VIBE high-resolution scan. A representative example is shown in figure 9. Imaging of the orbits, inner auditory canal, and full brain Finally, the sequence also offers improved sharpness and clarity for the examination of the orbits. When patients move the eyes or change the position of the eyelids during the exam, conventional protocols show a band of strong ghosting artifacts along the phase-encoding direction, which can make identifying patholo­gies a difficult task. Radial VIBE pro­vides cleaner depiction of the optic nerves and improved suppression of intra- and extraconal fat [5]. Flow effects from surrounding larger blood vessels can lead to mild streak pat­terns but are less prominent than for most Cartesian protocols and can be additionally attenuated with the use of parallel saturation bands. The possibility to create high-resolution MPRs is another advantage of using Radial VIBE for this application, which is demonstrated in figure 10 for a patient with optic nerve sheath meningioma. In a similar way, the sequence can be applied for examina­tions of the inner auditory canal (IAC) or the full brain, in which a particularly high sharpness of vessel structures is achieved. Conclusion The large number of successful patient exams of various body parts conducted with Radial VIBE over the last two years demonstrates that radial sampling is now robust and reliable for routine use on standard clinical MR systems. Due to the higher resistance to patient motion and the absence of ghosting artifacts, improved image quality can be obtained in applications where motion-induced image artifacts are a common problem. In particular, the Radial VIBE sequence enables exams of the abdomen and upper chest during continued shallow respiration, which can be a significant advantage for patients that struggle to adequately hold breath. Furthermore, the sequence enables reconfiguring exam protocols towards higher spatial resolution and allows consolidating redundant acqui­sitions into MPR-capable isotropic scans. Because the sequence works robustly on existing MRI hardware, Radial VIBE has the potential to find broad application as motion-robust T1-weighted sequence alternative and will complement the spectrum of clini­cally established imaging protocols. 8 Sag Cor Tra Neck exam using transversal Radial VIBE acquisition with 1 mm isotropic resolution. Due to the robustness to swallowing and minor head motion, high quality 3D scans are possible that can be reconstructed in multiple planes (MPR). This enables consolidating redundant 2D protocols with varying scan orientation. 9 9A References 1 Lauterbur PD. Image formation by induced local interactions: Examples employing nuclear magnetic resonance. Nature 242:190–191, 1973. 2 Chandarana H, Block KT, Rosenkrantz AB, Lim RP, Kim D, Mossa DJ, Babb JS, Kiefer B, Lee VS. Free-breathing radial 3D fat-suppressed T1-weighted gradient echo sequence: a viable alternative for contrast-enhanced liver imaging in patients unable to suspend respiration. Invest Radiology 46(10):648-53, 2011. 3 Chandarana H, Block KT, Winfeld JM, Lala SV, Mazori D, Giuffrida E, Babb JS, Milla S. Free-breathing contrast-enhanced T1-weighted gradient-echo imaging with radial k-space sampling for paediatric abdominopelvic MRI. European Radiology, September 2013. 4 Chandarana H, Heacock L, Rakheja R, Demello LR, Bonavita J, Block KT, Geppert C, Babb JS, Friedman KP. Pulmonary Nodules in Patients with Primary Malignancy: Comparison of Hybrid PET/MR and PET/CT Imaging. Radiology 268(3):874-81, 2013. 5 Bangiyev L, Raz E, Block KT, Hagiwara M, Yu E, Fatterpekar GM. Contrast-enhanced radial 3D fat-suppressed T1-weighted gradient echo (Radial-VIBE) 10 Multiplanar reconstruc­tions of a transversal Radial VIBE exam with 0.8 mm resolution. The sequence achieves good fat suppression and provides sharp depiction of the optic nerves without artifacts from eye motion. An abnormal contrast enhancement of the left optic nerve is clearly visible (arrows), which is indicative of an optic nerve sheath meningioma. sequence: A viable and potentially superior alternative to conventional T1-MPRAGE with water excitation and fat-suppressed contrast-enhanced T1W sequence for evalu-ation of the orbit. ASNR Annual Meeting 2013: O-413. Contact Tobias Block, Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Radiology New York University School of Medicine Center for Biomedical Imaging New York, NY 10016 USA [email protected] 10A 10B 10C 10 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 11
  • 7.
    3 Same patientas in figure 3 with curved reconstructed MPRs in the coronal plane. (4A) Clearly visible the discontinuity in the spinal cord due to composing errors. (4B) Significantly better registration of the stations. 4 4B New Features of syngo MR D13 for Improved Whole-Body Diffusion-Weighted MRI Thomas Doring1; Ralph Strecker2; Michael da Silva1; Wilhelm Horger3; Roberto Domingues1; Leonardo Kayat Bittencourt1; Romeu Domingues1 1 CDPI and Multi-imagem (DASA), Rio de Janeiro, Brazil 2 Siemens Ltda, São Paulo, Brazil 3 Siemens Healthcare, Erlangen, Germany Backround Whole-body diffusion-weighted imaging (WB-DWI) is gaining in clinical importance for oncological ­imaging. It has been shown to be a promising tool principally for tumor detection, tumor characterization, and therapy monitoring of bone metastases [1, 2]. The clinical imple­mentation of WB-DWI aims for stan­dardization of the acquisition protocol. For this reason, further improve­ments of data acquisition, analysis and display of the results are requested. The recently launched new software version syngo MR D13 provides sev­eral new features for WB-DWI such as variable averaging of the b-values, inline composing, and a Bias Field Correction (BiFiC) filter in order to overcome previously existing limita­tions such as long acquisition times, mis-registration between, and inten­sity inhomogeneities across image stations. New features in syngo MR D13 b-value specific averaging One limitation of the broader clinical usability is the long acquisition time of over 25 minutes for head-to-pelvis WB-DWI MRI. For more efficient scan­ning the new feature b-value specific averaging was developed: This allows us to set the number of averages (NEX) for each b-value individually. The current product protocol uses a b-value of 50 with NEX 2, and a b-value of 800 with NEX 5, resulting in a reduction of scan time of 30%, when compared to the previously used NEX 5 for all b-values (Fig. 1). A similar image quality can be achieved for lower b-value images with lower NEX with almost no impact on the signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) for the calculated ADC. New composing mode diffusion An inline composing filter can be acti­vated within the diffusion sequence of syngo MR D13 on the diffusion taskcard of the sequence (Fig. 2). The composing itself is a fully automatic process and creates for each b-value a continuous stack of composed images as an individual new series. Similarly a new series for the optional calculated b-value images is generated. Depend­ing on the local shim situation the ­frequency differences between neigh­bored stations can lead to discontinui­ties of anatomical structures like the ‘broken-spine’ artifact. During the com­posing step a correction is applied showing a much smoother transition of local anatomy (Fig. 2). In older software versions (syngo MR D11) composing had to be done ­manually within the syngo.3D taskcard by dragging and dropping all trace-weighted series at once with no possi­bility to correct for any discontinuities in the anatomy. The new inline com­posing feature significantly improves the acquisition workflow of the tech­nologist as it allows to load the single composed series to syngo.3D for the generation of the 3D reformatted ­maximum intensity projection (MIP) images. Bias Field Correction (BiFiC) filter The BiFiC filter as a homomorphic filter aims to normalize inhomogeneities in image intensities from multi-station measurements such as whole-spine imaging. After completing the inline composing step the filter is automati­cally applied to the composed 3D con­tinuous image stack and saved as the new composed series. The strength of the filter (weak, medium, strong) can be set within the diffusion task card (Fig. 2, arrow). In the Diffusion taskcard it is now possible to select the number of averages for each b-value individually (Here: b50 NEX 2, b800 NEX 5, red arrows). 1 1 4A 64-year-old female patient, after surgery, with endome­trial stromal sarcoma, that has evolved with bony metastases. Acquisition parameters: 1.5T MAGNETOM Aera, echoplanar imaging diffusion sequence with fat suppression (STIR), TR 14100 ms, TE 79 ms, TI 180 ms, 4 stations, 50 slices with 5 mm slice thickness, no gap, voxel size 1.7 × 1.7 × 5 mm3, b50 with 2 and b800 with 5 averages. (3A) b800 manually composed images within the syngo.3D tool shows the artifact in the neck shoulder transition where the stations are joined (arrows). (3B) The new inline composing feature demonstrates signifi­cantly better composing of the neck and shoulder transition. 3A 3B By checking the Inline Composing box in the diffusion taskcard of the sequence the automatic composing modus is activated. The strength of the BiFiC filter can be set to weak, medium or strong (red arrows). 2 2 Head-to-Toe Imaging Clinical MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 13 Clinical Head-to-Toe Imaging 12 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world
  • 8.
    References 1 PadhaniAR, Koh DM, Collins DJ. Whole-Body Diffusion-weighted MR Imaging in Cancer: Current Status and Research ­Directions. Radiology. 2011 Dec; 261(3): 700-718. Contact Thomas Doring, Ph.D. Clínica de Diagnóstico por Imagem Rio de Janeiro Brazil [email protected] Clinical Head-to-Toe Imaging Conclusion The new features within the product sequence of syngo MR D13 improve the image quality of whole-body DWI when compared to older software versions. The new inline composing filter, in particular, shows good results in the neck-shoulder transition com­pared to the previously manual tech­nique in syngo MR D11 that was not able to recover discontinuities in the spine. Improvements in the clinical workflow are also addressed. 5 56-year-old male patient underwent WB-DWI. Coronal (5A) and Sagital (5B) MIP from b800. It can be seen that the BiFiC Filter works well in the body although the signal in the head/neck is cancelled out by susceptibility artifacts. Patient had a PSA of 2580 ng/ml, with three prior negative biopsies and one negative transurethral prostate resection. Digital rectal examination was normal. ­Multiparametric prostate MR revealed a highly suspicious lesion on the right anterior the peripheral zone, along with massively enlarged iliac and periaortic lymph nodes seen on WB-DWI. 5A 5B 2 Initial Experience with Whole-Body Diffusion-Weighted Imaging in Oncological and Non-Oncological Patients. Marcos Vieira Godinho, Romulo Varella de Oliveira, Clarissa Canella, Flavia Costa, Thomas Doring, Ralph Strecker, Romeu Cortes Domingues, Leonardo Kayat Bittencourt. MAGNETOM Flash 2/2013: 94-102. 14 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world Growth with Body MRI. New Certainty in Liver MRI. Are you striving to always catch the correct timepoint of lesion enhancement throughout the arterial phase? With TWIST-VIBE you can! Do you have patients who cannot hold their breath throughout an MRI scan? With StarVIBE they don’t need to! Are you facing challenges in Body MRI? With us you will be able to solve them! Find out how we do that and see what other users say: www.siemens.com/growth-with-bodyMRI
  • 9.
    Clinical Oncology OncologyClinical The Metabolite Ratio in Spectroscopic Imaging of Prostate Cancer Alan J. Wright; Thiele Kobus; Arend Heerschap; Tom W. J. Scheenen Radboud University Nijmegen Medical Centre, Radiology Department, Nijmegen, The Netherlands Introduction Prostate cancer is the second leading cause of cancer related death in Western countries [1]. The prevalence of the disease is very high, but many men diagnosed with the disease will die from unrelated causes. This is because prostate cancer very often is a disease of old age that grows slowly. Common treatment for pros­tate cancer in clinical practice involves radical resection of the entire gland or radiotherapy with a dose distrib­uted over the whole organ. Provided that the cancer has not metastasized, these therapies are curative, though concern over their side effects has led to patients and their doctors delay­ing this treatment and, instead, enter­ing into active surveillance or watch­ful waiting programs. In order for patients to safely forgo curative treat­ment, it is essential to characterize their disease: to determine that it is sufficiently benign that growth will be slow and metastasis improbable. Selecting these patients, with low risk disease, that are appropriate for active surveillance requires accurate diagno­sis of not just the presence of tumor, but how aggressive it is: i.e. how fast it is growing and how likely it is to metastasise to the lymphatic system. Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) is an emerging technique for making this patient selection. It can diagnose the presence of tumor, localize it in the organ and provide information as to how aggressive it is. The MRI exams employed for this purpose usually involve multiple imaging sequences including a T2-weighted sequence, diffusion-weighted imaging (DWI) and one or more further techniques such as dynamic contrast enhanced MRI (DCE-MRI) or Proton Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopic Imaging (1H MRSI) [2]. Radiologists can read the different imaging modalities to decide the loca­tion, size and potential malignancy of the tumor which are all indicators of its metastatic potential. Acquiring and reporting imaging data in this way is known as multiparametric (mp) MRI. MRSI is the only mpMRI method­ology that acquires data from mole­cules other than water [19]. A three dimensional (3D) 1H MRSI data set consists of a grid of spatial locations throughout the prostate (see Fig. 1) called voxels. For each voxel a spec­trum is available. Each spectrum consists of a number of peaks on a frequency axis, corresponding to resonances from ­protons with a certain chemical shift in different molecules. The size of a peak at a certain frequency (chemical shift) corresponds to the amount of the metabolite present in the voxel. In this way MRSI measures the bio-chemicals in regions of tissue in vivo without the need for any exter­nal contrast agent or invasive proce­dures. Examples of spectra from two voxels, acquired at a magnetic field strength of 3 Tesla (3T), are given in figure 1B, C, which clearly shows the differing profiles that are characteristic of benign prostate tissue and its tumors. Important metabolites in prostate MRSI The initial papers on in vivo prostate MRSI were performed at a magnetic field strength of 1.5T [3-5], and three assignments were provided for the observed resonances: choline, creatine and citrate (Fig. 2). The small number of these assignments reflected the simplicity of the spectrum, which con­tained two groups of resonances: one in the region of 3.3 to 3 ppm, which will be referred to as the choline-cre­atine region, and another at 2.55–2.75 ppm, which shall be called the citrate group. These assignments related to what were believed to be the strongest metabolite resonances. People should be aware however, that the assign­ments are representative of multiple similar molecules. The choline assign­ment reflects the methyl resonances from multiple compounds containing a choline group (Fig. 4): choline, phosphocholine and glycerophospho­choline. Similarly, creatine refers to both creatine and phosphocreatine. In between the choline and creatine signals another group of resonances are present: the polyamines (mainly spermine and spermidine). The citrate resonances are from citrate only but can have a complicated shape, although in vivo at 1.5T they give the appear­ance of a single peak. Nowadays a mag­netic field strength of 3T is used more and more for prostate spectroscopic imaging, which gives opportunities to better resolve the choline, polyamines, creatine resonances, but also changes the shape of the citrate signal. Larger choline signals are associated with tumor in nearly all cancers [6]. High choline signals are interpreted as being evidence of rapid prolifera­tive growth and, more directly, the increased membrane turnover required for cell division. Membranes contain phospholipids: phosphatidyl choline and phosphatidyl ethanol­amine, which are synthesised by a metabolic pathway involving cho­line- containing metabolites known as the Kennedy pathway. It is in the synthesis and catabolism of these products, upregulated in proliferative tumor growth, that causes the increase in these signals. The large amplitude of citrate reso­nances observed in prostate tissue is due to an altered metabolism particu­lar to this gland. Prostate tissue accu­mulates high concentrations of zinc ions which inhibit mitochondrial acon­itase, leading to a build up of citrate in the prostate’s epithelial cells [7]. This citrate is further secreted into the ductal spaces of the prostate as (1A) T2-weighted MR image of a transverse section through a prostate with an overlaid grid of MRSI spectra from voxels within the prostate. 1 (1B) One example spectrum shown on a ppm scale from a region of benign prostate tissue. (1C) A spectrum from another voxel that, in this case, co-localises to a region of tumor. 1 Benign tissue Choline-Creatine Citrate 3.2 2.9 2.6 ppm Tumortissue Choline 3.2 2.9 2.6 ppm Examples of 1H MRSI spectra acquired from benign prostate tissue and tumor at 1.5T. 2 1A 1B 1C 2A 2B 16 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 17
  • 10.
    Clinical Oncology OncologyClinical T2-weighted MRI image of a transverse section through a prostate as shown in figure 1 with an overlaid grid of MRSI-voxel data displayed as fitted spectra (5A). 5 1.5T Cho Ci ppm Choline Phosphocholine Glycero-phospholine CH3 N CH3 CH3 OH CH3 N CH3 CH3 OPO3H2 CH3 N CH3 CH3 Creatine Phospho-creatine Citrate CH3 N NH2 NH O OH CH3 N NH PO3H2 OH NH part of prostatic fluid, which has a high concentration of this metabo­lite. Prostate carcinomas do not accu­mulate zinc ions, so they do not have this high citrate concentration. The increased presence of tumor cells within a 1H MRSI voxel can, therefore, have two diminishing effects on the observed citrate signals: epithelial cells that accumulate citrate can trans­form into, or be replaced by, tumor which has low citrate, or the lesion can grow through the ductal spaces, 3T Cho Ci ppm OPO2HO OH OH O O OH O OH OH HH HH OH O thus displacing the prostatic fluid. The relative contribution of each of these two physiological changes, whether we are observing tumor for­mation and malignant progression or a histological change in tumor invasion of ductal structure, is not yet known. It is, however, clear that there is an inverse correlation of the levels of citrate metabolite and tumor cell density with some evidence to support a similar correlation with the aggres­siveness of the tumor as well [8]. The introduction of a metabolite ratio To transform the described changes in choline and citrate signals between benign (high citrate) and tumorous ­tissue (low citrate, high choline) into a marker for prostate cancer, the metabolite ratio was introduced [3-5]. The signal intensities of the different spectral peaks were quantified by ­simple integration of the two groups of resonances (the choline-creatine region and the citrate group), and the results were expressed as a ratio of the two. This gave the choline plus creatine over citrate ratio (abbreviated to CC/C [4]) or its inverse (with citrate as the numerator, [3, 5]). With choline in the numerator and citrate in the denominator, it became a positive biomarker for the presence of cancer. Acquiring the MRSI data sets As the prostate is embedded in lipid tissue, and lipids can cause very strong unwanted resonance artefacts in pros­tate spectra, the pulse sequence to acquire proton spectra is equipped with five properties to keep lipid signals out and retain optimal signals-of-interest in the whole prostate [9]. 1. Localization of the signal with slice-selective pulses. The point resolved spectroscopy sequence (PRESS) is a combination of one slice selective excitation pulse and two slice selective refocusing pulses leading to an echo at the desired echo time. The three slices are orthogonal, producing an echo of the volume-of- interest (crossing of three slices) only. 2. Weighted acquisition and filtering. Proton MRSI data sets are acquired using a phase encoding technique where the gradients across spatial dimensions are varied with each repeat of the pulse sequence. By using weighted averaging of these phase encoding steps (smaller ­gradient steps are averaged more often than larger gradient steps) and adjusted filtering of the noise in these weighted steps, the result­ing shape of a voxel after the math­ematical translation of the signal into an image (Fourier Transform) is a sphere. Contrary to conven­tional acquisition without filtering, the spherical voxels after filtering are not contaminated with signals from non-neighboring voxels. 3. Frequency-selective water and lipid suppression. The pulse sequence has two additional refocusing pulses Structural formulas of the key small molecule metabolites observed in the spectra of prostate tissue. For each group, cholines and creatines, the common moiety is highlighted in red. The protons that give the MR spectral resonances present in the choline-creatine region are indicated in green. Choline-containing metabolites have 9 co-resonant protons in the region 3.2–3.25 ppm. Creatines have three co-resonant protons at 3.05 ppm. Citrate has four protons that resonate at two chemical shifts (2.6 and 2.7 ppm), one for each proton in a pair bonded to the same carbon. This pair also has a coupling between them and the symmetry of the whole molecule ensures that two protons co-resonate at each frequency. 4 Simulated spectral shape of Cho and Ci for typical echo times (120 ms at 1.5T, 145 ms at 3T). Identical concentrations, i.e. scale factors, are applied, but different line broadening of the signals (4 Hz at 1.5T; 8 Hz at 3T). Note the difference in the spectral shape of Ci and the different peak amplitude ratios for Cho/Ci. 3 3A 4 3B that only touch upon water and lipid signals. Together with strong crushing gradients, signals from water and lipids are suppressed. 4. Outer volume suppression. Around the prostate, slice-selective pulses can be positioned to suppress all signals in the selected slabs. These slices can be positioned quite close to the prostate, even inside the PRESS-selected volume-of-interest. 5. Long echo time. To accommodate all localization and frequency selective pulses, the echo time of 1H MRSI of the prostate is around 120 ms at 1.5T and 145 ms at 3T. At longer echo times, lipid signals decay due to their short T2 relax­ation time. The prostate is small enough (< 75 cubic centimetres) to allow a 3D 1H MRSI data set to be acquired, with complete organ coverage, within 10 minutes of acquisition time. The nominal voxel size is usually around 6 × 6 × 6 mm, which after filtering as described above results in a true voxel size of 0.63 cm3. Spectral patterns Due to multiple different protons in the molecule, a single metabolite can have multiple resonances. If interac­tions exist between protons within a metabolite, the shape of a spectral peak can be complicated. A resonance group of protons that has a mixture of positive and negative parts is said to have a dispersion component in its shape; a symmetrical-positive peak is referred to as an absorption shape. Choline and creatine resonances appear as simple peaks (singlets), 5A 5B 5C 5 Two spectra (shown previously in figure 1) with their fitted model metabolite signals (5B, C). 18 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 19
  • 11.
    Clinical Oncology OncologyClinical Table 1: Typical integral values of the CC/C ratio in prostate tissue at 1.5T [17] and pseudo integral values of CC/C at 3T [18]: Tissue 1.5 Tesla* 3 Tesla** Non-cancer peripheral zone 0.28 (0.21– 0.37) 0.22 (0.12) Non-cancer central gland*** 0.36 (0.28–0.44) 0.34 (0.14) Cancer 0.68 (0.43–1.35) 1.3 (3.7) *median and 25th and 75th percentile **mean and standard deviation ***combined transition zone and central zone T2-weighted MR image of a transverse section through a prostate as shown in figure 1 with an overlaid grid of MRSI-voxel data displayed as spectra (6A) and as the pseudo integral CC/C ratio (6B) from metabolite fitting of the spectra. The ratio data points are interpolated and shown on a color scale of values from 0 (blue) to 3 (red). The tumor containing region of the prostate corresponds to the higher ratio values: the cyan-red area in the image. although they very often cannot be separated from each other as they overlap within in vivo spectral line­widths. The structure of citrate, given in figure 4, results in protons at two different chemical shifts, with cou­pling between each proton and one other (a strongly coupled spin sys­tem). The spectral shape of these protons depends on their exact chemi­cal shift, the coupling constant between them, the pulse sequence timing and the main magnetic field strength. At an echo time of 120 ms at 1.5T (and a very short delay between excitation and first 180 degree refocusing pulse), the spec­tral peaks of citrate are close to a positive absorption mode. The spec­tral shape consists mainly of an inner doublet with small side lobes on the outer wings. Together with line broadening the citrate protons quite closely resemble a single, somewhat broadened peak. The small side lobes around this peak are hardly detect­able over the spectral noise in vivo. At 3T with an echo time of 145 ms (examples given in Fig. 1), the nega­tive dispersion components of the citrate shape cannot be ignored. Its side lobes are substantially larger and reveal also some negative compo­nents [10]. Therefore the area under the curve, the integral, is substantially smaller at 3T than at 1.5T. Because of its complicated shape, it is essen­tial at 3T to incorporate this shape in quantification of the signal. Signal quantification by integration or metabolite fitting The size of the peaks of the individ­ual resonances represent the amount of the metabolite present in the voxel. Integration provides a simple method to quantify the spectra, as long as all signals have an absorption shape. Although it cannot discriminate between overlapping resonances, as long as overlapping signals (choline and creatine) are summed in a ratio this does not matter. With clear sepa­ration between citrate resonances and the choline-creatine region, the CC/C ratio can be calculated. How­ever, as pointed out earlier, the spec­tral shape of citrate is not straight­forward, and ignoring the small satellites at 1.5T, or simply integrat­ing the large dispersion parts of the signal at 3T, would inevitably lead to underestimation of the total citrate signal intensity. An alternative is to fit the spectra with models of the citrate resonances with their expected shape. The shape can either be measured, using a solution of citrate placed in the MRI system and a spec­trum acquired with the same sequence as the in vivo data, or it can be calcu­lated using a quantum mechanical simulation (Fig. 3). By this process of spectral fitting, models of each metab­olite’s spectral peaks are fit to the total spectrum and the intensities of each fitted model are calculated. A linear combination of the metabolite models is found by the fitting routine such that Data = C1 *choline model + C2 * ­creatine model + C3 *citrate model + baseline Eqn1. The coefficients C1-4 give the relative concentrations of the individual metabolites. When fitting with syngo.via, the result of a fit to a spectral peak can be expressed in two ways: as an integral value, which describes the area under the fitted spectral peak, or as a relative concentration (incorporating the num­ber of protons in the corresponding peak) of the metabolite, called the scale factor (SF) of the metabolite. As noted earlier, the integral value of citrate is different for 1.5 vs. 3 Tesla due to the different spectral patterns and would also change if pulse sequence timing other than standard 6 would be used. If the scale factor is multiplied with the number of resonat­ing protons (#H), it represents the intensity of a signal, in relation to the integral value of a pure singlet of one resonating proton in absorption mode. We call this entity pseudo integral, which is calculated as A. pseudo integral (Metabolite) = #H * SF (Metabolite). For citrate this pseudo integral is per­haps best described as the numerical integral of the magnitude (all negative intensity turned positive) of the citrate spectral shape, ignoring signal cancel­lations of absorption and dispersion parts of the shape. The spectral fits are shown for the two spectra in figure 5 with model spectra of the three metabolites choline, cre­atine and citrate. It can be seen from these spectra that the relative ampli­tudes of the metabolites vary between the benign and the tumor spectrum. As expected, the benign spectrum has a higher citrate amplitude while the tumor has a greater choline amplitude, relative to the other metabolites. Com­bined in the CC/C ratio, the positive biomarker for the presence of tumor in the prostate is calculated. Depending on the used quantification (spectral integration without fitting (a), fitted relative concentrations (b) or pseudo integrals (c)) the CC/C can be calculated by: (a) {Integral(Choline) + Integral ­( Creatine)} / Integral(Citrate) (b) {SF(Choline) + SF(Creatine) } / SF(Citrate) (c) {9*SF(Choline) + 3*SF(Creatine)} / 4*SF(Citrate), respectively. The numbers in the last equation ­correspond to the number of protons of the different signals. Generally, use of the pseudo integral ratio is strongly preferred, as it is least sensi­tive to large variations in individual metabolite fits in overlapping signals (choline and creatine). Note (again) that this pseudo integral ratio does not aim to provide a ratio of absolute metabolite concentrations, as this is very difficult with overlapping metabolite signals, partially saturated metabolite signals due to short TR (T1 effects), and variation in signal attenuation due to the use of a long echo time (T2 effects). Now, what could be the effect on the ratio if further metabolites are included in the fitting? Could even polyamines be incorporated in the analysis [11]? After separate fitting, the main focus of the analysis could just be on choline and citrate, which have opposite changes in intensity with cancer, to make a simpler and potentially more sensitive choline/ citrate ratio. Various metabolite ratios have been proposed [12, 13], and there is certainly value in using choline over creatine as a secondary marker of tumor malignancy that can give complementary information to the CC/C ratio [14-16]. However, any of these interpretations are limited by how well the individual metabolite resonances can be resolved. At 3T the choline, polyamines and creatine resonances all overlap (Figs. 1 and 5). In practice this lack of resolution in the spectrum translates to errors in the model ­fitting where one metabo­lite can be overestimated at the expense of another. For example a choline over citrate ratio could be underestimated if the polyamines fit was overestimated and accounted for some of the true choline signal. While acquisition and fitting methods are being actively researched to improve the individual quantification of these metabolites, it is more reli­able to stick to the pseudo-integral CC/C ratio. Once reliably calculated, the CC/C ratio combines the essence of the observable spectroscopic data into a single quantity that can be displayed on an image (Fig. 6), combining the key information into a simple to read form for radiological reporting. Published values of the ratios for tumor and benign tissue, which are calculated in a similar way to the syngo.via fitting, are listed in table 1. Future perspective of MRSI for prostate cancer The CC/C ratio is the most used method for interpreting 1H MRSI data of prostate and prostate cancer. It remains, essentially, the integral of the choline-creatine region divided by the citrate region, a simple combi­nation of the metabolite information in a single-value marker that is sensi­tive to the presence of tumor. The use of areas under the resonances in the ratio has the implication that the absolute value of this biomarker is largely dependent on the acquisition sequence used. Any change in field strength, the pulses or pulse timings will change resonance amplitude and shape due to T1 and T2 relaxations and the scalar couplings of especially citrate. Values of the ratio quoted in the literature for tumor or benign tissues depend strongly on how the 6A 6B 20 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 21
  • 12.
    Clinical Oncology PediatricImagHinogw C-lIi-ndioc-aitl References 1 Siegel R, Naishadham D, Jemal A. Cancer statistics, 2012. CA Cancer J Clin 2012; 62(1):10-29. 2 Hoeks CMA, Barentsz JO, Hambrock T, Yakar D, Somford DM, Heijmink SWTPJ, Scheenen TWJ, Vos PC, Huisman H, van Oort IM, Witjes JA, Heerschap A, Fütterer JJ. Prostate Cancer: Multiparametric MR Imaging for Detection, Localization, and Staging. Radiology 2011; 261: 46 –66. 3 Heerschap A, Jager GJ, van der Graaf M, Barentsz JO, Ruijs SH. Proton MR spectroscopy of the normal human prostate with an endorectal coil and a double spin-echo pulse sequence. Magn Reson Med 1997;37(2):204-213. 4 Kurhanewicz J, Vigneron DB, Hricak H, Parivar F, Nelson SJ, Shinohara K, Carroll PR. Prostate cancer: metabolic response to cryosurgery as detected with 3D H-1 MR spectroscopic imaging. Radiology 1996;200(2):489-496. 5 Kurhanewicz J, Vigneron DB, Nelson SJ, Hricak H, MacDonald JM, Konety B, Narayan P. Citrate as an in vivo marker to discriminate prostate cancer from benign prostatic hyperplasia and normal prostate peripheral zone: detection via localized proton spectroscopy. Urology 1995;45(3):459-466. 6 Glunde K, Bhujwalla ZM, Ronen SM. Choline metabolism in malignant trans­formation. Nat Rev Cancer;11(12): 835-848. 7 Costello LC, Franklin RB. Novel role of zinc in the regulation of prostate citrate metabolism and its implications in prostate cancer. The Prostate 1998; 35(4):285-296. 8 Giskeodegard GF, Bertilsson H, Selnaes KM, Wright AJ, Bathen TF, Viset T, Halgunset J, Angelsen A, Gribbestad IS, Tessem MB. Spermine and citrate as metabolic biomarkers for assessing prostate cancer aggressiveness. PloS one;8(4):e62375. 9 Scheenen TW, Klomp DW, Roll SA, Futterer JJ, Barentsz JO, Heerschap A. Fast acquisition-weighted three-dimen­sional proton MR spectroscopic imaging of the human prostate. Magn Reson Med 2004;52(1):80-88. 10 Scheenen TW, Gambarota G, Weiland E, Klomp DW, Futterer JJ, Barentsz JO, Heerschap A. Optimal timing for in vivo 1H-MR spectroscopic imaging of the human prostate at 3T. Magn Reson Med 2005;53(6):1268-1274. 11 Shukla-Dave A, Hricak H, Moskowitz C, Ishill N, Akin O, Kuroiwa K, Spector J, Kumar M, Reuter VE, Koutcher JA, Zakian KL. Detection of prostate cancer with MR spectroscopic imaging: an expanded paradigm incorporating polyamines. Radiology 2007;245(2):499-506. 12 Garcia-Martin ML, Adrados M, Ortega MP, Fernandez Gonzalez I, Lopez-Larrubia P, Viano J, Garcia-Segura JM. Quantitative (1) H MR spectroscopic imaging of the prostate gland using LCModel and a dedicated basis-set: correlation with histologic findings. Magn Reson Med; 65(2):329-339. 13 Heerschap A, Jager GJ, van der Graaf M, Barentsz JO, de la Rosette JJ, Oosterhof GO, Ruijter ET, Ruijs SH. In vivo proton MR spectroscopy reveals altered metabolite content in malignant prostate tissue. Anticancer research 1997; 17(3A): 1455-1460. 14 Jung JA, Coakley FV, Vigneron DB, Swanson MG, Qayyum A, Weinberg V, Jones KD, Carroll PR, Kurhanewicz J. Prostate depiction at endorectal MR spectroscopic imaging: investigation of a standardized evaluation system. Radiology 2004;233(3):701-708. 15 Futterer JJ, Scheenen TW, Heijmink SW, Huisman HJ, Hulsbergen-Van de Kaa CA, Witjes JA, Heerschap A, Barentsz JO. Standardized threshold approach using three-dimensional proton magnetic resonance spectroscopic imaging in prostate cancer localization of the entire prostate. Investigative radiology 2007;42(2):116-122. 16 Kobus T, Hambrock T, Hulsbergen-van de Kaa CA, Wright AJ, Barentsz JO, Heerschap A, Scheenen TW. In vivo assessment of prostate cancer aggressiveness using magnetic resonance spectroscopic imaging at 3 T with an endorectal coil. European urology;60(5):1074-1080. 17 Scheenen TWJ, Fütterer J, Weiland E and others. Discriminating cancer from noncancer tissue in the prostate by 3-dimensional proton magnetic resonance spectroscopic imaging: A prospective multicenter validation study. Invest Radiol 2011;46(1):25-33. 18 Scheenen TW, Heijmink SW, Roell SA, Hulsbergen-Van de Kaa CA, Knipscheer BC, Witjes JA, Barentsz JO, Heerschap A. Three-dimensional proton MR spectroscopy of human prostate at 3 T without endorectal coil: feasibility. Radiology 2007;245(2):507-516. 19 Kobus T, Wright AJ, Scheenen TW, Heerschap A. Mapping of prostate cancer by 1H MRSI. NMR Biomed. 2013 Jun 13. doi: 10.1002/nbm.2973. [Epub ahead of print] PMID:23761200. ratio is actually calculated and are, therefore, often not directly compa­rable. However, using the Siemens-supplied default protocols for acquisi­tion and syngo.via postprocessing enables one to make use of published values as given in table 1, and incor­porate 1H MRSI of the prostate into their clinical routine. Contact Tom Scheenen, Ph.D. Radboud University Nijmegen Medical Centre Radiology Department P.O. Box 9102 6500 HC Nijmegen The Netherlands [email protected] Alan Wright Arend Heerschap Thiele Kobus Tom Scheenen 22 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world Get your free copy of the PI-RADS Scoring Image Atlas Visit us at www.siemens.com/ magnetom-world Go to > Publications > Subscriptions > MRI Poster Clinical Men’s Health PI-RADS Clinical Men’s Health Classification: Structured Reporting for MRI of the Prostate PI-RADS Clinical Men’s Health Classification: Structured Reporting for MRI of the Prostate PI-RADS Classification: Structured Reporting for MRI of the Prostate M. Röthke1; D. Blondin2; H.-P. Schlemmer1; T. Franiel3 1 Department of Radiology, German Cancer Research Center (DKFZ), Heidelberg, Germany 2 Department M. Röthke1; of Diagnostic D. and Blondin2; Interventional H.-P. Schlemmer1; Radiology, University T. Franiel3 Hospital Düsseldorf, Germany 3 Department of Radiology, Charité Campus Mitte, Medical University Berlin, Germany 1 Department of Radiology, German Cancer Research Center (DKFZ), Heidelberg, Germany 2 Department M. Röthke1; of Diagnostic D. and Blondin2; Interventional H.-P. Schlemmer1; Radiology, University T. Franiel3 Hospital Düsseldorf, Germany 3 Department of Radiology, Charité Campus Mitte, Medical University Berlin, Germany 1 Department of Radiology, German Cancer Research Center (DKFZ), Heidelberg, Germany 2 Department of Diagnostic and Interventional Radiology, University Hospital Düsseldorf, Germany 3 Department of Radiology, Charité Campus Mitte, Medical University Berlin, Germany Introduction Prostate MRI has become an increas-ingly common adjunctive procedure in a structured reporting scheme (PI-RADS) based on the BI-RADS classi-fication Introduction Prostate MRI has become an increas-ingly the detection of prostate cancer. In Germany, it is mainly used in patients with prior negative biopsies and/or abnormal or increasing PSA levels. The procedure of choice is multipara-metric based on a Likert scale with scores ranging from 1 to 5. However, it lacks illustration of the individual manifes-tations common adjunctive procedure in the detection of prostate cancer. In Germany, it is mainly used in patients with prior negative biopsies and/or abnormal or increasing PSA levels. The procedure of choice is multipara-metric MRI, a combination of high-resolution T2-weighted (T2w) mor-phological sequences and the uniform instructions for aggregated scoring of the individual submodali-ties. MRI, a combination of high-resolution multiparametric techniques of diffu-sion- classification in daily routine difficult, especially for radiologists who are less experienced in prostate MRI. It is therefore the aim of this paper to concretize the PI-RADS model for the detection of prostate cancer using representative images for the relevant scores, and to add a scoring table that combines the aggregated multipara-metric T2-weighted (T2w) mor-phological sequences and the weighted MRI (DWI), dynamic contrast-enhanced MRI (DCE-MRI), and proton MR spectroscopy (1H-MRS) [1, 2]. Previously, there were no uni-form multiparametric techniques of diffu-sion- weighted MRI (DWI), dynamic contrast-enhanced MRI (DCE-MRI), and proton MR spectroscopy (1H-MRS) [1, 2]. Previously, there were no uni-form recommendations in the form of guidelines for the implementation and standardized communication of findings. To improve the quality of the procedure and reporting, a group of experts of the European Society of Urogenital Radiology (ESUR) has recently published a guideline for MRI of the prostate [3]. In addition to pro-viding recommendations in the form This makes use of the PI-RADS of guidelines for the implementation and standardized communication of findings. To improve the quality of the procedure and reporting, a group of experts of the European Society of Urogenital Radiology (ESUR) has recently published a guideline for MRI of the prostate [3]. In addition to pro-viding recommendations relating to indications and minimum standards for MR protocols, the guideline describes according to the Likert scale. In addi-tion, reporting scheme is presented, which enables accurate communication of the findings to the urologist. Further-more, techniques are described and critically recommendations relating to indications and minimum standards for MR protocols, the guideline describes for breast imaging. This is assessed in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. a structured reporting scheme (PI-RADS) based on the BI-RADS classi-fication Materials and methods The fundamentals of technical imple-mentation for breast imaging. This is based on a Likert scale with scores ranging from 1 to 5. However, it lacks illustration of the individual manifes-tations and their criteria as well as selected by the authors by consensus on the basis of representative image findings from the 3 institutions. The scoring intervals for the aggregated PI-RADS score were also determined by consensus. The individual imaging aspects were described and evaluated with reference to current literature by one author in each case (T2w: M.R., DCE-MRI: T.F., DWI: D.B., MRS: H.S.). Furthermore, a graphic reporting scheme that allows the findings to be documented in terms of localization and classification was developed, taking into account the consensus paper on MRI of the prostate published in 2011 [4]. and their criteria as well as uniform instructions for aggregated scoring of the individual submodali-ties. This makes use of the PI-RADS classification in daily routine difficult, especially for radiologists who are less experienced in prostate MRI. It is therefore the aim of this paper to concretize the PI-RADS model for the detection of prostate cancer using representative images for the relevant scores, and to add a scoring table that combines the aggregated multipara-metric scores to a total PI-RADS score a standardized graphic prostate scores to a total PI-RADS score according to the Likert scale. In addi-tion, a standardized graphic prostate reporting scheme is presented, which enables accurate communication of the findings to the urologist. Further-more, the individual multiparametric the individual multiparametric techniques are described and critically assessed in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. were determined by con-sensus. Materials and methods The fundamentals of technical imple-mentation The sample images were were determined by con-sensus. The sample images were selected by the authors by consensus on the basis of representative image findings from the 3 institutions. The scoring intervals for the aggregated PI-RADS score were also determined by consensus. The individual imaging aspects were described and evaluated with reference to current literature by one author in each case (T2w: M.R., DCE-MRI: T.F., DWI: D.B., MRS: H.S.). Furthermore, a graphic reporting scheme that allows the findings to be documented in terms of localization and classification was developed, taking into account the consensus paper on MRI of the prostate published in 2011 [4]. 1 I: Normal PZ in T2w hyperintense II: Hypointense discrete focal lesion (wedge or band-shaped, I: Normal PZ in T2w hyperintense ill-defined) III: Changes not falling into categories 1+2 & 4+5 II: Hypointense discrete focal lesion (wedge or band-shaped, ill-defined) IV: Severely hypo-intense round-shaped, well-defined III: Changes not falling into categories 1+2 & 4+5 focal lesion, without extra-capsular extension IV: Severely hypo-intense focal lesion, round-shaped, well-defined V: Hypointense mass, round and bulging, with capsular involvement or seminal vesicle invasion without extra-capsular extension V: Hypointense mass, round and bulging, with capsular involvement or seminal vesicle invasion 1 PI-RADS classification of T2w: peripheral glandular sections. 30 MAGNETOM Flash | 4/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 1604_MAGNETOM_Flash_54_ASTRO_Inhalt.indd 30 09.09.13 16:20 Read the comprehensive article “PI-RADS Classification: Structured Reporting for MRI of the Prostate” by Matthias Röthke et al. in MAGNETOM Flash 4/2013 page 30-38. Available for download at www.siemens.com/ magnetom-world I Choline Citrate II Choline Citrate III Choline Citrate IV Choline Citrate V Choline Citrate www.siemens.com/magnetom-world PI-RADS SCORING Image Atlas Prostate MRI Answers for life. DCE type 1 curve = 1 point I: Cho << Citrate II: Hypointense dull focal lesion (wedge or band-shaped, ill-defined) III: Changes not falling into categories 1+2 or 4+5 IV: Hypointense focal lesion without extracapsular extension or bulging V: Hypointense mass with extracapsular extension or bulging I: Normal, hyperintense PZ in T2w, peripheral glandular lesions II: Hypointense lesion with well-defined capsule; band-shaped hypointense regions III: Changes not falling into categories 1+2 or 4+5 IV: Hypointense lesion without capsular involvement with ill-defined margins, “erased charcoal sign” V: Oval-shaped mass with capsular involvement; infiltrating mass with invasion into anterior structures I: Stromal & glandular hyperplasia without focal hypointense lesions T2w, central glandular lesions II: Diffuse hyperintensity on DWI b ≥ 800 image, no focal ADC reduction III: Changes not falling into categories 1+2 or 4+5 IV: Focal area with reduced ADC but isointense SI on DWI b ≥ 800 image V: Focal area with reduced ADC and hyperintense SI on DWI b ≥ 800 image I: No reduction in ADC and no increase in SI on DWI b ≥ 800 images 2 points = probably benign 3 points = indeterminate 4 points = probably malignant 5 points = highly suspicious of 1 point = most probably benign malignancy DCE type 2 curve = 2 points DCE type 3 curve = 3 points DCE-MRI – asymmetric, non-focal: + 1 point DCE-MRI – asymmetric, unusual location: + 2 points DCE-MRI – asymmetric, focal location: + 2 points DCE-MRI – symmetric, non-focal: + 0 points II: Cho << Citrate III: Cho = Citrate IV: Cho > Citrate V: Cho >> Citrate For details please refer to: M. Röthke, D. Blondin, H.-P. Schlemmer, T. Franiel: “PI-RADS Classification: Structured Reporting for MRI of the Prostate”, MAGNETOM Flash issue 4/2013, ASTRO edition, page 30-38. T2w, peripheral glandular lesions T2w, central glandular lesions DWI b ≥ 800 ADC DCE time curve / parametric color map 1H-MRS Introduction Prostate MRI has become an increas-ingly common adjunctive procedure in the detection of prostate cancer. In Germany, it is mainly used in patients with prior negative biopsies and/or abnormal or increasing PSA levels. The procedure of choice is multipara-metric MRI, a combination of high-resolution T2-weighted (T2w) mor-phological sequences and the multiparametric techniques of diffu-sion- weighted MRI (DWI), dynamic contrast-enhanced MRI (DCE-MRI), and proton MR spectroscopy (1H-MRS) [1, 2]. Previously, there were no uni-form recommendations in the form of guidelines for the implementation and standardized communication of findings. To improve the quality of the procedure and reporting, a group of experts of the European Society of Urogenital Radiology (ESUR) has recently published a guideline for MRI of the prostate [3]. In addition to pro-viding recommendations relating to indications and minimum standards for MR protocols, the guideline describes a structured reporting scheme (PI-RADS) based on the BI-RADS classi-fication for breast imaging. This is based on a Likert scale with scores ranging from 1 to 5. However, it lacks illustration of the individual manifes-tations and their criteria as well as uniform instructions for aggregated scoring of the individual submodali-ties. This makes use of the PI-RADS classification in daily routine difficult, especially for radiologists who are less experienced in prostate MRI. It is therefore the aim of this paper to concretize the PI-RADS model for the detection of prostate cancer using representative images for the relevant scores, and to add a scoring table that combines the aggregated multipara-metric scores to a total PI-RADS score according to the Likert scale. In addi-tion, a standardized graphic prostate reporting scheme is presented, which enables accurate communication of the findings to the urologist. Further-more, the individual multiparametric techniques are described and critically assessed in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. Materials and methods The fundamentals of technical imple-mentation were determined by con-sensus. The sample images were selected by the authors by consensus on the basis of representative image findings from the 3 institutions. The scoring intervals for the aggregated PI-RADS score were also determined by consensus. The individual imaging aspects were described and evaluated with reference to current literature by one author in each case (T2w: M.R., DCE-MRI: T.F., DWI: D.B., MRS: H.S.). Furthermore, a graphic reporting scheme that allows the findings to be documented in terms of localization and classification was developed, taking into account the consensus paper on MRI of the prostate published in 2011 [4]. I: Normal PZ in T2w hyperintense II: Hypointense discrete focal lesion (wedge or band-shaped, ill-defined) III: Changes not falling into categories 1+2 & 4+5 IV: Severely hypo-intense focal lesion, round-shaped, well-defined without extra-capsular extension V: Hypointense mass, round and bulging, with capsular involvement or seminal vesicle invasion 1 1 PI-RADS classification of T2w: peripheral glandular sections. 30 MAGNETOM Flash | 4/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 1604_MAGNETOM_Flash_54_ASTRO_Inhalt.indd 30 09.09.13 16:20 1 1 PI-RADS classification of T2w: peripheral glandular sections. 30 MAGNETOM Flash | 4/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 1604_MAGNETOM_Flash_54_ASTRO_Inhalt.indd 30 09.09.13 16:20
  • 13.
    Evaluation of theCIVCO Indexed Patient Position System (IPPS) MRI-Overlay for Positioning and Immobilization of Radiotherapy Patients Th. Koch1; K. Freundl1; M. Lenhart2; G. Klautke1; H.-J. Thiel1 1 Klinik und Praxis für Strahlentherapie und Radioonkologie, Sozialstiftung Bamberg, Germany 2 Klinik für Diagnostische Radiologie, Interventionelle Radiologie und Neuroradiologie, Bamberg, Germany Abstract The emerging development in modern radiotherapy planning (RTP) requires sophisticated imaging modal­ities. RTP for high precision requires exact delineation of the tumor, but this is currently the weakest link in the whole RTP process [1]. Therefore Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) is of increasing interest in radiotherapy treatment planning because it has a superior soft tissue contrast, making it possible to define tumors and sur­rounding healthy organs with greater accuracy. The way to use MRI in radio­therapy can be ­different. The MRI datasets can be used as secondary images to support the tumor delinea­tion. This is routinely in use in many radiotherapy departments. Two other methods of MRI guidance in the RTP process are until now only research 3 One index bar is latched to the accuracy strongly depends on the MRI scan position. Hanvey et al. [3] and Brunt et al. [4] have shown that it is indispensable for the MRI dataset to be created in the treatment position which is primarily defined by the CT scan. The MRI dataset can also feasibily be used as the only dataset. Because of the lack of electron density infor­mation, which is required for dosimet­ric calculations, bulk densities have to be applied to the MRI images. For this purpose the different anatomic regions like bone, lung, air cavities and soft tissue have to be overwritten with the physical densities. With this method it is possible to achieve dose calculation results quite similar to the calculation in the CT dataset in the head and neck region [5, 6] as well as in the pelvic region [7]. The advan­tage of this method is that by avoid­ing the CT scan you save some time and money. In this case it is necessary for the treatment position to be deter­mined during the MRI scan, hence the MRI scanner has to be equipped with the same positioning and immobiliza­tion tools as the Linac. Further prob­lems to overcome are the evaluation and correction of possible image dis­tortions and the determination of accurate bulk densities. After the RTP process there are a lot of remaining uncertainties such as set-up errors, motion of the target structures and during the treatment changes of the tumor volume and shrinking. This problem can be over­come with the so-called image-guided radiotherapy (IGRT). IGRT involves a periodical verification (weekly or more frequent) of tumor position and size with appropriate imaging sys­tems. It is evident that IGRT is only as good as the accuracy with which the target structures can be defined. For this reason some groups try to develop hybrid systems, where a Linac or a cobalt treatment unit is combined with an MRI scanner for a so-called MR-guided radiotherapy [8-10]. Again: MR-guided radiotherapy can only be successful when the reference MRI dataset has been created in the treatment position. In any of the above three cases, where MRI can be helpful to improve the accuracy of radiotherapy, it is strongly advised that one has a robust and reproducible patient positioning and immobilization system, mainly at the MRI scanner, which is used for MR-guided RTP. Siemens provides with the CIVCO IPPS MRI-Overlay a suitable solution. In our clinic we have intro­duced and tested this ­MRI- overlay, especially for patients with tumors in the pelvis and for brain tumors and metastasis. Method Our 1.5T MAGNETOM Aera system (Siemens Healthcare, Erlangen, Ger­many) is located in the radiology department and can temporarily be used by the staff of the radiotherapy department. For the purpose of MR-guided RTP we have equipped the MAGNETOM Aera with the CIVCO IPPS MRI-Overlay. This overlay enables the fixation of positioning and immo­bilization tools necessary for radio­projects, but interest in them is increasing. The first method is to use MRI data as the primary and only image dataset and the second is the application of the MRI data as refer­ence dataset for a so-called ’MRI-guided radiotherapy in hybrid systems’ (Linear Accelerator (Linac) or Cobalt RT units combined with MRI). For all cases it is essential to create the MRI datasets in the radiotherapy treat­ment position. For this reason the CIVCO Indexed Patient Positioning System (IPPS) MRI-Overlay was intro­duced and tested with our Siemens MAGNETOM Aera MRI Scanner. Introduction Although computed tomography (CT) images are the current gold standard in radiotherapy planning, MRI becomes more and more interesting. Whilst CT has limitations in accuracy concerning the visualization of bound­aries between tumor and surrounding healthy organs, MRI can overcome these problems by yielding superior soft tissue contrast. Currently there are three different possible strategies by which MRI can help to improve radio­therapy treatment planning: The MRI datasets can be used as ­secondary images for treatment plan­ning. These MR images can be used to delineate the tumor and the ­surrounding organs, whilst the CT images – the primary planning data – are necessary to calculate the 3D dose distribution. The two image datasets have to be co-registered thoroughly to ensure that the anatomy correlates (see for example [2]). The registration therapy treatments. For our purpose we have used an MR compatible mask system for head and neck cases and vacuum cushions for patients with diseases in the pelvic region both from Medical Intelligence (Elekta, Schwab­münchen, Germany). These tools can all be fixed with so-called index bars (Figs. 4, 12) at the ­MRI- Overlay. These index bars are custom designed for our purpose by Innovative Technolo­gies Völp (IT-V, Innsbruck, Austria) for the MRI-Overlay and for use in the high field magnetic environment. For the correct positioning of the patients, the laser system Dorado 3 (LAP, ­Lüneburg, Germany) was additionally installed in the MRI room. The prelim­inary modifications and the patient positioning is described in the follow­ing for two cases. The first case describes the procedure for a patient with a head tumor. The first step is the removal of the standard cushion of the MRI couch and the mounting of the MRI-Overlay (Figs. 1–3). One index bar is necessary to fix the mask system on the overlay (Figs. 4, 5) to avoid movements and rotations during the scan. Because the standard head coil set cannot be used with the mask system, two flex coils (Flex4 Large) have to be prepared (Figs. 6–8). In figure 8 one can see, that the correct head angle could be adjusted. Now the patient is placed on the overlay and in the mask system. The patient’s head can be immobi­lized with the real and proper mask made from thermoplastic material called iCAST (Medical Intelligence, Elekta, Schwabmünchen, Germany) 1 After the removal of the standard cushion the CIVCO 1.5T MAGNETOM Aera with the standard cushion on the MRI couch. IPPS MRI-Overlay can be mounted. 2 1 2 3 The lines indicate the position for the index bars. MRI-Overlay. 4 4 The mask system for head and neck fits to the index bar to avoid movement. 5 5 Radiation Oncology Clinical MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 25 Clinical Radiation Oncology 24 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world
  • 14.
    Clinical Radiation OncologyRadiation Oncology Clinical 6 7 8 10 11 as can be seen in figure 9. Now the flex coils can be fixed with hook-and-loop tapes and placed very tight to the patient (Figs. 10, 11). Now the MRI scan can be started. The second case describes the prepa­ration before the MRI scan for a patient with a tumor in the pelvic region. The first two steps are identi­cal, the remove of the standard ­cushion followed by the mount of the overlay (Figs.1, 2). Then a custom-made vacuum cushion for the lower extremities is attached to the overlay with two index bars (Figs. 12, 13). For a robust position of the patients with diseases in the pelvis it is very important to keep the legs in well-defined position – not only during imaging but also throughout the whole treatment course, which spans over seven weeks. Any changes there can result in undesired rotations of the pelvis and in the end the tumor position and shape can also change. In figure 13 a second custom-made vacuum cushion can be seen. The only purpose of this vacuum cushion is to enable a comfortable position of the patient during scan and later during the treatment (Fig. 14). The more com­fortably the patient lies on the table the more robust and reproducible is the positioning. Fortunately MAGNETOM Aera has a bore diameter of 70 cm, hence there are almost no limitations concerning patient positioning. Now the accurate position of the patient should be checked with the moveable laser-system (Fig. 15). This is neces­sary to avoid rotations of the pelvis around the patients longitudinal and lateral axis. For the fixation of the flex-coil for the pelvic region a mount­ing- frame has to be attached to the overlay (Figs. 16, 17). This can be done with hook-and-loop tapes (Fig. 18). Now the patient set-up is completed and the MRI scan can be started (Fig. 19). 14 15 16 17 19 Results Two examples are shown in the fol­lowing pictures. In Fig. 20 you can see a brain tumor in two correspond­ing slices. The left picture shows the CT-slice and the right picture shows the corresponding MRI slice obtained with a T1-weighted sequence with contrast agent. It is clear to see that tumor boundary is much more pro­nounced in the MRI image. Figure 21 shows the same slices with structures created by the radiotherapists. It is also helpful to create some control structures, such as brain and ventricles, to check the accuracy of the registra­tion. Figures 22 and 23 give an exam­ple of a patient with prostate cancer. In this case the MRI images on the right 6 7 A custom-made vacuum cushion for the lower extremities is latched to the MRI-Overlay with two index bars. 12 A second vacuum cushion is positioned on the table to fix the arms and shoulders and keep the patient in a comfortable position. 13 Now the patient can be positioned. The accurate position of the patient can be adjusted with the LAP laser system. A mounting-frame for the flex coil has to attached to the MRI-Overlay. The mounting-frame from a side view. The flex coil is fixed to the mounting-frame with hook-and- loop tapes. 18 The patient is ready to start the scan. 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Two flex coils (Flex4 Large) are prepared. The flex coils have to be positioned partly under the mask system, because the whole head of the patient should be covered. It is possible to adjust the head angle in an appropriate and reproducible position that is comfortable for the patient. Now the patient is immobi­lized using a custom-made mask made from thermo­plastic material. 9 The flex coils are closed with hook-and-loop tapes. The patient is ready for the scan. 8 9 10 11 26 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 27
  • 15.
    Clinical Radiation OncologyRadiation Oncology Clinical Contact Thomas Koch, Ph.D. Sozialstiftung Bamberg – Medizinisches ­Versorgungszentrum am Bruderwald Praxis für Radioonkologie und Strahlentherapie Head Medical Physics Buger Straße 80 96049 Bamberg Germany Phone: +49 951 503 12931 [email protected] are acquired using a T2-weighted ­TrueFISP sequence. The boundary of the prostate and the differentiation between prostate and rectum is much more easier to define in the MRI images. The control structures in this case are the femoral heads. For the head scans we normally use 3 sequences, a T1w SE with contrast agent, a T2w TSE and a FLAIR sequence. For the pelvis scans we normally use a T2w SPACE, a T2w TrueFISP and a T2w TSE sequence. The coordinate ­system should be the same for all sequences, that means same slices and same field-of-view. Hence one can use the same registration parame­ters for all sequences. References 1 Njeh C. F. Tumor delineation: the weakest link in the search for accuracy in radio­therapy. J. Med. Phys. 2008 Oct-Dec; 33(4): 136-140. 2 Dean C.J. et al. An evaluation of four CT-MRI co-registration techniques for radiotherapy treatment planning of prone rectal cancer patients. Br. J. Radiol. 2012 Jan; 85: 61-68. 3 Hanvey S. et al. The influence of MRI scan position on image registration accuracy, target delineation and calculated dose in prostatic radiotherapy. Br. J. Radiol. 2012 Dec; 85: 1256-1262. Conclusion and outlook We can now look back over a period of two years working with the CIVKO IPPS MRI-Overlay. Our experience is very promising. The modifications on the table of the MRI scanner are very easy and can be executed and fin­ished in only a couple of minutes. The procedure is well accepted by the radiologic technologists. To date, we have scanned more than 100 radio­therapy patients, mainly with diseases in the pelvis (rectum and prostate cancer) and in the head (brain tumors and metastasis). So far we have only used MRI dataset as a ­secondary image dataset. The co-­registration with the CT datasets is now much easier because we have nearly identi­cal transversal slices in both image datasets. As a conclusion we can say that we are very happy with the options we have to create MRI scans in the treat­ment positions. It has been demon­strated that the MRI dataset is now much more helpful in the radiotherapy planning process. We should mention the need for a quality assurance pro­gram to take possible image distor­tions into consideration. Our next step is to install such a program, which involves the testing of suitable phan­toms. A further step will be to assess whether we can use MRI datasets alone for RTP. 4 Brunt J.N.H. Computed Tomography – Magnetic Resonance Imaging Regis­tration in Radiotherapy Treatment Planning. Clin. Oncol. 2010 Oct; 22: 688-697. 5 Beavis A.W. et al. Radiotherapy treatment planning of brain tumours using MRI alone. Br. J. Radiol. 1998 May; 71: 544-548. 6 Prabhakar R. et al. Feasibility of using MRI alone for Radiation Treatment Planning in Brain Tumors. Jpn. J. Clin. Oncol. 2007 Jul; 37(6): 405-411. 7 Lambert J. et al. MRI-guided prostate radiation therapy planning: Investigation of dosimetric accuracy of MRI-based dose planning. Radiother. Oncol. 2011 Mar 98: 330-334. 8 Raymakers B.W. et al. Integrating a 1.5 T MRI scanner with a 6 MV accelerator: proof of concept. Phys. Med. Biol. 2009 May; 54: 229-237. 9 Hu Y. et al. Initial Experience with the ViewRay System – Quality Assurance Testing of the Imaging Component. Med. Phys. 2012 Jun; 39:4013. 10 ViewRay. Available at: http://www.viewray.com 20 Two corresponding slices of a brain scan: (20A) CT slice and (20B) MRI slice obtained using a T1-weighted sequence with contrast agent. 20A 20B 21 The same slices as in figure 20, but now with delineated tumor and help structures. 21A 21B 22 Two corresponding slices in the pelvic region of a patient with a prostate cancer: (22A) CT slice and (22B) MRI slice obtained with a T2-weighted TrueFISP sequence. 22A 22B 23 The important structures rectum and prostate as defined in the MRI slice are shown. The accuracy of the registration can be tested with the coinci­dence of help structures – like the femoral heads in this case – in both datasets. 23A 23B 28 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 29
  • 16.
    Technology Technology 2A 2D 2B reference TSE qTSE qTSE-G 2E 2C 2F 2 Representative slices from 2 patients acquired with the reference TSE sequence (left column), the qTSE sequence (center column) and the qTSE-G sequence (right column). Making MRI Scanning Quieter: Optimized TSE Sequences with Parallel Imaging Eric Y. Pierre1; David Grodzki2; Bjoern Heismann2; Gunhild Aandal3, 5; Vikas Gulani1, 3; Jeffrey Sunshine3; Mark Schluchter4; Kecheng Liu6; Mark A. Griswold1, 3 1 Biomedical Engineering, Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, Ohio, USA 2 Siemens Healthcare, Erlangen, Germany 3 Radiology, Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, Ohio, USA 4 Division of Biostatistics, Case Western Reserve Univeristy, Cleveland, Ohio, USA 5 Haraldsplass Deaconess Hospital, Bergen, Norway 6 Siemens Medical Solutions, USA Inc., Malvern, Pennsylvania, USA Introduction Turbo Spin-Echo sequences at 1.5T can generate noise at over 100dBA inside the bore [1–3]. This noise is equivalent to standing 5 meters away from a jackhammer [3], and would be even louder on higher field sys­tems. Despite the use of ear-protec­tive equipment, reducing the Sound Pressure Level (SPL) generated by these standard clinical sequences could noticeably improve patient comfort [4]. MRI pulse sequences mostly generate acoustic noise because of rapidly varying gradient waveforms: The resulting Lorentz forces applied on the gradient coils make the entire scanner structure vibrate [5]. To circumvent this issue, several hardware solutions have been proposed. For example, the whole gradient coil can be enclosed in a vacuum chamber [6–8], or gradient field rotation can be performed mechanically [9]. While these solu­tions achieve significant noise reduc­tion for all types of sequences, they can noticeably increase manufactur­ing cost, and can even decrease ­gradient efficiency. Mechanical and acoustic balanced designs of gradient coil systems including windings per­forming active acoustic control have also been considered and investi­gated [10, 11]. of acoustic noise in Echo Planar ­Imaging (EPI) [14, 15]. The reduction was achieved by counterbalancing lengthened gradient waveforms with increased acquisition speed, thereby reducing acoustic noise without increasing acquisition time while main­taining inter-echo spacing, only at cost of signal-to-noise ratio (SNR). By extending such principles to other generally-used standard clinical MR sequences, this article demonstrates that with minor SNR reductions (≤ 10%), effective reduction in acoustic noise can be further achieved without noticeable degrade of diagnostic infor­mation or imaging time, as well as without sacrificing gradient efficiency. Two types of modifications in a T2-weighted Turbo Spin-Echo (TSE) sequence were investigated for acoustic noise reduction: First by solely modify­ing the gradient waveforms and sec­ond by additionally using GRAPPA at a reduction factor of two (R=2)*. Com­parative SPL measurements at the bore were performed between standard TSE, quiet TSE (qTSE)* and quiet TSE with GRAPPA (qTSE-G)*. A statistical analysis of comparative scores from a reader’s study was conducted. Methods The gradient waveforms of the TSE sequence were optimized with an automatic gradient optimization algorithm that extends any slope dura­tion to its maximum and reduces the number of slopes to their minimum. For instance, with minor changes in protocols, spoiling and crusher gradi­ent lobes are replaced by long rising or descending slopes, while maintain­ing the crusher moment unchanged. To keep the same total acquisition time, the reduction of the gradient slew rate is constrained by the fixed inter-echo spacing. The decreased slew rate of readout gradient will slightly reduce readout sampling time (Fig. 1). In consequence, the readout bandwidth (BW) increases slightly, with a tradeoff between reduction of SPL and SNR loss. In addition, parallel acquisition could be further employed to reduce the echo-train length, i.e. number of echoes per train, by a factor of R. Keeping the acquisition time con­stant, the inter-echo spacing can be extended by R, allowing further stretching of the gradient moments. This effectively represents a benefit of parallel imaging acceleration in acoustic noise reduction rather than imaging time reduction. The acquisition protocols changes are as follows: The readout BW was increased by about 10%, from 107 Hz/pixel in the standard protocol to 125 Hz/pixel. The effective TR/TE were increased from 5000/93 ms to 5180/85 ms, which resulted in only a 3 second increase in acquisition time, from 1:37 min to 1:40 min. The qTSE-G parameters were identical to the qTSE protocol, but with use of GRAPPA with R=2. For both qTSE and qTSE-G protocols, and the gradient slopes were maximally stretched as illustrated in figure 1. Modifying and/or optimizing pulse sequences can also reduce acoustic noise effectively. One such solution is to time the ramping up and ramping down of the gradient waveforms so that the induced scanner vibrations cancel each other out [12]. Another approach is to use lower gradient amplitude and slew rates of the gradi­ent waveforms [13]. By low-pass filter­ing the gradient, vibration frequencies for which the acoustic response of the gradient coil is high can be avoided. Elaborate redesigns of gradient wave­forms coupled with parallel imaging have demonstrated further reduction 1 Comparison of conventional sequence (dashed lines) with quiet sequence (solid lines). The reduction of ADC represents a BW increase. 1 ADC RF / ADC GSlice GRead * WIP, the product is currently under development and is not for sale in the US and other countries. Its future availability cannot be ensured. 30 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 31
  • 17.
    Technology Technology Table1: Comparison of dBA values Sequence type Standard TSE qTSE qTSE-G Background LAEQ (30 sec average) 92.5 81.3 72.7 53.0 Max Peak 102.8 95.8 92.0 77.7 Comparison of dBA values for standard TSE, qTSE, qTSE-G sequences, and measured background noise. Measurements were performed inside the bore at patient head position using a 2238 Mediator sound level meter (Brueel & Kjaer GmbH, Bremen, Germany). Table 2: Ratings by readers Sequence type All techniques compared to themselves Reader #1 0.35 ± 0.40 (0.06, 0.64) p = 0.02 Reader #2 -0.03 ± 0.11 (-0.11, 0.04) p = 0.34 Reader #3 Average 0.11 ± 0.14 (0.01, 0.21) p = 0.04 Mean and standard deviation, 95% confidence interval, and p-value of the scores given by each radiologist to the different types of image volume pairs after self-bias correction. Positive score show preference of the right volume over the left volume, on a -10 to +10 scale. In-vivo studies were performed on a 3T MAGNETOM Verio MRI scanner (Siemens Healthcare, Erlangen, ­Germany) with a 12-channel head coil with patients admitted for head examination. Informed consent was obtained from the volunteer before the start of the study in accordance with IRB protocol. A total of 10 differ­ent patient scannings were performed, each comparing standard TSE images with qTSE and qTSE-G images. The image resolution (192 × 256 matrix), number of slices (26), slice thickness (5 mm) and slice orientation were kept identical throughout the 3 differ­ent acquisitions. 0 ± 0 – To measure acoustic noise level LAEQ (Equivalent Continuous Sound Level in A-weighting) with 30 seconds aver­age and peak values, a professional device, 2238 Mediator sound level meter (Brueel & Kjaer GmbH, Bremen, Germany), was used, which was placed inside the bore at patient head posi­tion. qTSE : TSE qTSE-G : TSE -0.20 ± 0.26 (-0.38, -0.02) p = 0.04 1.30 ± 1.96 (-0.10, 2.70) p = 0.07 0.73 ± 1.59 (-0.41, 1.86) p = 0.18 0.61 ± 1.17 (-0.23, 1.45) p = 0.13 The background noise is mainly generated by the cold-head pump and the ventilation among other sources. To evaluate the image quality, a total of 7 image-volume-pairs were assem­bled from each of the 10 patient datasets. The first 2 pairs compared qTSE with TSE volumes, alternatively with qTSE on the left and TSE on the right. Similarly, another 2 pairs compared qTSE-G with TSE volumes in both left-right orders randomly. Finally, 3 pairs were assembled with the same volume on the left and right, which consist of TSE vs. TSE, qTSE vs. TSE, and qTSE-G vs. qTSE-G volumes, respectively. All 70 volume pairs were presented in the same random order to 3 trained radiologists blinded to the acquisition technique, who were asked the follow­ing question: “On a scale from -10 to +10, how much better is the image quality of the volume on the right compared to the volume on the left, 0.20 ± 0.59 (-0.22, 0.62) p = 0.31 3.95 ± 0.86 (3.33, 4.57) p < 0.0001 3.08 ± 1.25 (2.18, 3.97) p < 0.0001 2.41 ± 0.80 (1.83, 2.98) p < 0.0001 with a positive score indicating ­superiority of the right volume, and 0 representing no difference in quality between left and right?”. The graphical user interface used for the reading allowed user-navigation through the paired-volume slices, and simultaneous image windowing of the 2 displayed images. To avoid possible left-right bias, the average of the qTSE vs. TSE score and the TSE vs. qTSE score multiplied by -1 was then calculated for each reader’s reading on each patient. The average of the corrected scores across readers was then computed for each patient. Corrected scores were calculated in the same way for the qTSE-G vs. TSE comparison. One-sample t-tests were used to test whether the mean aver­age reader scores differed from zero, and 95% confidence intervals (CI) for the mean scores were also calculated. One-sample t-tests and CI were also carried out using each reader’s scores 10 8 6 4 2 0 -2 -4 -6 -8 -10 preference for standard A B C preference for quiet 3 separately. A reader’s average rating of these three self-comparisons using images from each patient were aver­aged, and then the three reader aver­ages were averaged for each patient. A t-test was used to test whether the average of the reader ratings across patients differed from zero. One-sample t-tests and CI were also carried out for each reader separately. Results The respective average and peak SPL in [dBA] measurements for standard TSE, qTSE and qTSE-G protocols are listed in table 1. The achieved reduction of average SPL for qTSE and qTSE-G were 10 dBA and near 20 dBA (30 sec­onds average), respectively. Discussion Optimizing the gradient waveforms alone with a 10% increase in bandwidth achieves an 11 dBA SPL reduction (Table 1), with little cost to image qual­ity (Fig. 3). These results are in accor­dance with [16] though here the mea­surements were made directly at the bore. This cost might be more notice­able with lower SNR systems, however in this configuration, no statistically significant difference in image quality was observed (Table 2), making gradi­ent redesign a viable solution to make TSE sequences quieter. With additional use of Parallel Imag­ing, the modified quiet TSE sequence allows on average a 20 dBA reduction in SPL (Table 1). The modified sequence had an effect on in image quality A. self image comparison (all methods) (p < 0.05) B. qTSE vs. standard TSE Non significant difference for all 3 readers (p = 0.20, p = 0.06, p = 0.18) C. qTSE+GRAPPA vs. standard TSE (p < 0.0001) (Fig. 3): The average preference score across readers for standard TSE images over qTSE-G images was +2.41 (p<0.0001, Table 2), and the 95% confidence interval places its true value between +1.8 and +3. However it should be noted that this change in image quality is to be expected as Parallel Imaging was used. In compensation, the reduction of acoustic noise was highly effec­tive: the SPL at the bore of the stan­dard TSE sequence was 39.5 dBA higher than the background noise, compared to 19.7 dBA for the modi­fied sequence. Conclusion In comparison with standard MR sequences, gradient wave modifica­tions in TSE sequence coupled with Parallel Imaging can achieve over a factor 10 of acoustic noise reduction, yielding an improved patient comfort with nearly identical diagnostic infor­mation and imaging time. Without any hardware modifications or upgrade, both proposals described in this article, qTSE and qTSE-G, can be easily implemented on a conven­tional MRI system for routine clinical applications. In addition, scanning on a high field system with multiple channel coils, such as the 32-channel head coil, provides more flexibility to make MRI scanning quieter. * Work in progress: The product is still under development and not commercially available yet. Its future availability cannot be ensured. 3 (A) 95% confidence intervals for averages scores by readers for volumes compared to themselves; (B) qTSE vs. standard TSE; and (C) qTSE-G vs. standard TSE. Positive scores show preference for standard TSE in the last two cases. References 1 Shellock FG, Morisoli SM, Ziarati M. Measurement of acoustic noise during MR imaging: evaluation of six “worst-case” pulse sequences. Radiology 1994;191:91–93. 2 McJury M, Blug A, Joerger C, Condon B, Wyper D. Acoustic noise levels during magnetic resonance imaging scanning at 1.5 T. Br J Radiol 1994;67:413–415. 3 McJury M. Acoustic noise levels generated during high field MR imaging. Clin Radiol 1995;50:331–334. 4 Quirk ME, Letendre AJ, Ciottone RA, Lingley JF. Anxiety in patients under­going MR imaging. Radiology 1989;170:463–466. 5 Hedeen R, Edelstein W. Characterization and prediction of gradient acoustic noise in MR imagers. Magn Reson Med 2005;37:7–10. 6 Katsunuma A, Takamori H, Sakakura Y, Hamamura Y, Ogo Y, Katayama R. Quiet MRI with novel acoustic noise reduction. MAGMA 2002;13:139–44. 7 Edelstein WA, Hedeen RA, Mallozzi RP, El-Hamamsy SA, Ackermann RA, Havens TJ. Making MRI quieter. Magn Reson Imaging 2002;20:155–63. 8 Edelstein WA, Kidane TK, Taracila V, Baig TN, Eagan TP, Cheng Y-CN, Brown RW, Mallick J a. Active-passive gradient shielding for MRI acoustic noise reduction. Magn Reson Med 2005;53:1013–7. 9 Cho ZH, Chung ST, Chung JY, Park SH, Kim JS, Moon CH, Hong IK. A new silent magnetic resonance imaging using a rotating DC gradient. Magn Reson Med 1998;39:317–21. 10 Mansfield P, Haywood B. Principles of active acoustic control in gradient coil design. MAGMA 2000;10:147–51. 11 Haywood B, Chapman B, Mansfield P. Model gradient coil employing active acoustic control for MRI. MAGMA 2007;20:223–31. 32 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 33
  • 18.
    Technology Quiet T1-weighted3D Imaging of the Central Nervous System Using PETRA Masahiro Ida, M.D.1; Matthew Nielsen, M.A.2 1 Dept. of Radiology, Tokyo Metropolitan Ebara Hospital, Tokyo, Japan 2 Research & Collaboration Dept., Healthcare Sector, Siemens Japan K.K., Tokyo, Japan Introduction Nearly all MRI sequences in routine clinical use employ rapidly varying magnetic field gradients that generate considerable acoustic noise, one of the primary causes of patient discomfort and restlessness [1]. Eliminating such noise would provide additional com­fort for all patients, and may provide particular advantages for patients with pediatric*, dementia and certain psychiatric diseases who tend to have difficulty relaxing or remaining still during MR examinations. Ultra-short echo time sequences such as zero-TE [2], SWIFT [3] and PETRA [4] require only limited gradient activity and allow for inaudible 3D scanning. However, due to ultra-short TEs, the image contrast is given by the steady state and is limited to the range of PD- to T1-weighting unless pre-pulses are used [5]. Similar to the MPRAGE sequence [6-8], stronger T1-weight­ing can be generated by applying an inversion pre-pulse before every nth repetition in the PETRA* sequence. A study has shown that this quiet inversion-prepared PETRA sequence is capable of T1-weighting com-parable to that of MPRAGE when measured in the same time and with the same spatial resolution [1]. In this article, examples of quiet inversion-prepared PETRA images are compared with conventional 3D T1-weighted images (MPRAGE or 3D-FLASH) from the same patients. All of the examples were obtained during brain examinations, and all but one of the examples employed contrast enhancement. * WIP, the product is currently under development and is not for sale in the US and other countries. Its future availability cannot be ensured. PETRA sequence principles and noise reduction In the PETRA sequence, gradients are already on and stable at a certain amplitude before the excitation pulse, as shown in figure 1. At the end of each repetition, the gradient strength on each axis is altered only slightly meaning that the required slew rate is extremely low (e.g., < 5 T/m/s with 1A 1B PETRA combines two different sequences, acquiring central k-space in a ‘point-wise’ fashion (one k-space point per repetition), and the rest of k-space with radial trajectories. PETRA stands for Pointwise Encoding Time reduction with Radial Acquisition. No hardware modifications or dedicated coils are needed [1]. (1A) Pulse sequence diagram for one repetition of the radial part of the PETRA sequence. Gradients are held constant during almost an entire repetition and altered only slightly at the end of each repetition without being ramped down. This leads to negligible deformation and vibration of the gradient coil. Thus, no acoustic noise is generated by the gradient coil. THW is the time required to switch from transmission mode to receive mode (in the range of 10 to 100 μs on clinical scanners) [1]. (1B) During THW, a spherical volume (dots) at the center of k-space is missed by the radial part of the sequence. Each k-space point inside that spherical volume is acquired separately in the Pointwise Encoding (PE) part of the sequence. The acquisition time of the PE part is approximately 3 to 5% of the total measurement time [1]. 1 TX THW RX Tx/Rx Gradients TR Technology MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 35 12 Shou X, Chen X, Derakhshan J, Eagan T, Baig T, Shvartsman S, Duerk J, Brown R. The suppression of selected acoustic frequencies in MRI. Appl Acoust 2010;71:191–200. 13 Hennel F, Girard F, Loenneker T. “Silent” MRI with soft gradient pulses. Magn Reson Med 1999;42:6–10. 14 De Zwart J, Vangelderen P, Kellman P, Duyn J. Reduction of Gradient Acoustic Noise in MRI Using SENSE-EPI. Neuro­image 2002;16:1151–1155. 15 Witzel T, Wald LL. Methods for Functional Brain Imaging. Massachusetts Institute of Technology; 2011. Contact Eric Y. Pierre, Ph.D. Department of Biomedical Engineering Case Western Reserve University 319 Wickenden Building 10900 Euclid Avenue Cleveland, OH 44106-7207 USA Phone: +1 (216)-368-4063 [email protected] 16 Pierre EY, Grodzki D, Heismann B, Liu K, Griswold MA. Reduction of Acoustic Noise to Improve Patient Comfort Through Optimized Sequence Design. In: Proceedings of the 21st Annual Meeting of ISRMRM. Vol. 42. Salt Lake City, USA; 2013. p. 256. Eric Pierre Gunhild Aandal Vikas Gulani Jeffrey Sunshine Mark Schluchter Kecheng Liu Mark Griswold Answers for life. www.siemens.com/quiet-suite Quiet Suite Imaging is to be seen, not heard. Scan and listen to Quiet-Suite.
  • 19.
    PETRA) [1]. Theresulting deformation and vibration of the gradient coil is negligible and produces almost no audible sound. Completely unrelated to the gradients however, transmit-mode- to-receive-mode switching (and vice versa) in receive-only RF coils produces some noise [1], while PETRA is essentially inaudible when used with transmit-and-receive RF coils. The acoustic noise levels generated by PETRA and MPRAGE on a ­MAGNETOM Trio A Tim System (3T) were measured using a sound-pressure meter with A-weighting. PETRA afforded a reduc­tion in acoustic noise of more than 25 dBA with both the 12-channel head matrix coil and the 32-channel head coil. Since both coils were receive-only, an even greater reduction can be expected with transmit-and-receive coils. PETRA versus routine sequence image comparisons While MR angiography (MRA) is undoubtedly the most commonly-used 3D sequence in brain MRI exams, other 3D sequences are used in cer­tain circumstances at Tokyo Metropol­itan Ebara Hospital. The most com­mon one is contrast-enhanced (CE) 3D-FLASH which is employed for the following indications because of its high spatial resolution and short echo time: (1) To precisely diagnose head & neck tumors, pre- & post-operatively (with Quick FatSat), (2) to inspect blood pools (AVM, thrombosis, aneurysm, dissection), and (3) to detect cranial nerve inflammation. The second most common 3D scan other than MRA is CE MPRAGE which is employed to diagnose intracranial brain tumors. Among those, the most common indication is screening for intracranial metastases. MR imaging was performed on a 3 Tesla MAGNETOM Trio A Tim System. PETRA was added to routine patient exams that included either MPRAGE or 3D-FLASH. The parameters of the three sequences are shown in table 1. The center of k-space for MPRAGE (scan time: 5 min 56 sec) was acquired approximately 6 to 11 minutes after contrast media administration, while the center of k-space for PETRA was acquired approximately 3 minutes later than that of MPRAGE, 9 to 14 minutes after contrast media admin­istration. PETRA acquires the central portion of k-space first (in a pointwise fashion as shown in ­figure 1) before acquiring the rest of 3D k-space with radial trajectories. A previous study showed that for enhancing intracranial lesions with a diameter of 5 mm or larger, enhancement reached a plateau in less than 10 minutes and lasted until at least 20 minutes after contrast media injection [9]. Thus, the 3 minute difference in the acquisition of k = 0 between MPRAGE and PETRA would not result in differing lesion enhance­ment, and any difference in lesion enhancement can be taken as primar­ily due to sequence characteristics. Protocols provided with the PETRA sequence were designed to parallel the contrast and spatial resolution (0.9 to 1.0 mm cubic voxels) typically avail­able with MPRAGE. Therefore, initial work with PETRA at our hospital focused on comparisons with MPRAGE. One of the protocols placed the priority on signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) (TI 900 ms), and one placed the priority on con­trast- to-noise ratio (CNR) (TI 500 ms, for higher contrast between gray ­matter (GM) and white matter (WM)). The scan times of both PETRA proto­cols were adjusted such that they were similar to that of the MPRAGE protocol used in patient exams. In a pilot study, volunteers and patients were scanned with both PETRA protocols and with Table 1: Sequence parameters PETRA Figs. 2, 3, 11, 12 PETRA Figs. 4–10 MPRAGE Figs. 2–8 3D-FLASH Figs. 9–12 Voxel size / mm (0.99 mm)3 for Figs. 2,3 (0.80 mm)3 for Figs. 11, 12 (0.99 mm)3 (0.94 mm)3 0.6 × 0.6 × 1.0 mm3 Matrix 288 × 288 288 × 288 256 × 256 346 × 384 Slices 288 288 176 144 TI / ms 500 for Figs. 2, 3 900 for Figs. 11, 12 700 900 n.a. TR / ms 2.79 2.79 5.61 11 TE / ms 0.07 0.07 2.4 6.2 FA / deg 6 6 10 20 FatSat No Yes No Yes Scan time 05:59 06:20 5:56 (3:54 for Fig. 2) 02:52 Technology 36 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 2A 2B MPRAGE. The SNR on PETRA images with TI 900 ms was visibly higher than on MPRAGE images, while PETRA images with TI 500 ms provided more GM-to-WM contrast than necessary for CE studies in the opinion of one radiologist (MI). A decision was made that some of the SNR could be ‘traded for’ tissue CNR, and an intermediate TI of 700 ms was chosen for further CE studies. Statistical comparisons of con­trast enhancement and SNR between PETRA and MPRAGE were performed (that study is under review for publica­tion in a peer-reviewed journal). PETRA was also compared with 3D-FLASH while remaining conscious of the fact that, compared to the PETRA implementation discussed in this article, 3D-FLASH was capable of higher spatial resolution. Clinical observations Comparisons of PETRA and MPRAGE Comparisons between PETRA and MPRAGE with similar spatial reso-lution and without fat suppression are shown in figures 2 and 3. GM-to-WM contrast is seen to be similar, both without (Fig. 2) and with (Fig. 3) contrast enhancement (CE). In the latter CE case, a small enhancing lesion appears to have the 2 3 Technology Contrast-enhanced screening for brain metas­tases was indicated for a 57-year-old male who had lung cancer. A tiny metas­tasis (diameter 3.5 mm) was detected in the medial portion of the left temporal lobe (arrows) on both sequences. (3A) CE MPRAGE, (3B) CE PETRA with an inversion time of 500 ms. same size and enhancement on the PETRA image as on the MPRAGE image. The remaining comparisons between PETRA and MPRAGE, figures 4 through 8, were contrast-enhanced studies of intracranial primary or metastatic tumors with the same resolution parameters as above. However, two PETRA parameters were modified: TI was changed to 700 ms, sacrificing some GM-to-WM contrast for a gain in SNR, and fat-suppression was added (to PETRA only, avoiding a change to the hospital’s routine MPRAGE protocol). 3A 3B MR imaging was indicated for a 19-month-old* female experiencing seizures with no associated fever. Neither sequence revealed any brain abnormality. (2A) MPRAGE, (2B) CE PETRA with a TI of 500 ms demonstrated excellent gray-to-white-matter contrast comparable with that of MPRAGE. * MR scanning has not been established as safe for imaging fetuses and infants less than two years of age. The respon­sible physician must ­evaluate the benefits of the MR ­examination compared to those of other imaging procedures. MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 37 1Repetition time of RF excitation pulses, which for MPRAGE is displayed on the MR console as ‘Echo spacing’.
  • 20.
    Technology Technology 6A6B Contrast-enhanced screening for brain metastases was indicated for a 70-year-old female who had lung cancer. A small ­metastasis was detected in the supependymal zone of the pons (arrows) on both sequences. (6A) CE MPRAGE, (6B) fat-suppressed CE PETRA. 6 7A 7B Contrast-enhanced screening for brain metastases was indicated for a 69-year-old male who had lung cancer. A small ­metastasis was detected in the corticomedullary junction of the left parietal lobe on both sequences. (7A) CE MPRAGE, (7B) fat-suppressed CE PETRA. 7 4A 4B Contrast-enhanced images of gliobastoma in a 56-year-old female patient (not proven histologically). (4A) CE MPRAGE, (4B) fat-suppressed CE PETRA. 4 5A 5B Contrast-enhanced images of glioblastoma in a 33-year-old male patient. (5A) CE MPRAGE, (5B) fat-suppressed CE PETRA. 5 38 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 39
  • 21.
    Technology Technology 8B Contrast-enhanced screening for brain metastases was indicated for a 63-year-old male. A ring-enhancing lesion was detected in the left temporal lobe on both sequences. (8A) CE MPRAGE, (8B) fat-suppressed CE PETRA. 8 8A Comparisons of PETRA and 3D-FLASH Comparisons between PETRA and 3D-FLASH are shown in figures 9 through 12. While the acquired spatial resolution was higher for 3D-FLASH (0.6 × 0.6 × 1.0 mm3) than for PETRA, the clinical findings were not affected in these cases. PETRA had a voxel size of 0.993 mm3 (Figs. 9, 10) or 0.803 mm3 (Figs. 11, 12). General clinical observations Susceptibility-related artifacts and flow voids were absent on PETRA images, while signal from cortical bone was observed. All three obser­vations can be attributed to the ultra-short TE. The absence of susceptibil­ity- related artifacts should allow PETRA to detect sinusitis or tumors within the paranasal sinsuses which tend to be highly distorted on 3D gradient-echo-based sequences such as MPRAGE and 3D-FLASH. Positive signal from bone may be useful in cases of head trauma for detecting fractures and in surgical planning and follow-up. While CT is normally used for this purpose in adults, its use is highly restricted in children. PETRA may be able to readily provide 3D bone images even for ­children, or to provide more frequent follow-ups after surgery in adults. The masticator space and the parana­sal space at the skull base tended to appear ‘dirty’ or ‘messy’ on PETRA images, but this was not the result of an artifact or distortion. Rather, this appearance was caused by strong venous enhancement due to the absence of flow voids. Also on PETRA, the dura mater as well as the mucosa in the paranasal sinuses exhibited contrast enhancement, and the enhancement of the dura was uniform in most cases. This was likely due to blood pool enhancement in capillary arteries which are dense in those tissues, in combination with the absence of flow voids as a result the ultra-short TE. Such enhancement did not appear on MPRAGE and 3D-FLASH images. The uniform enhancement of the dura would pre­vent the use of PETRA for the detec­tion of dural inflammation, dural metastasis, intracranial hypotension or other causes of local dural enhancement. Nevertheless, many other applications of 3D T1-weighted imaging exist such as those presented in the current article. Finally, PETRA demonstrated excel­lent fat suppression which would allow the sequence to be employed, not only for the diagnosis of intra-cranial tumors, but also for the diag­nosis of extracranial, orbital and para­nasal tumors including bone-marrow metastases of the calvaria and cranial base. 9 Contrast-enhanced images of dilated, abnormal medullary veins representing developmental venous anomaly (red arrows) in a 47-year-old female patient. Yellow arrows: Small blood pool enhancement in the combined cavernous malformation. Blue arrows: T1 shortening caused by methemoglobin. (9A) CE 3D-FLASH with a voxel size of 0.6 × 0.6 × 1.0 mm3. (9B) CE PETRA (TI 700 ms) with a voxel size of (0.99 mm)3. 9A 9B 10 Contrast-enhanced images of combined cavernous malformation and developmental venous anomaly in a 47-year-old female patient. (10A) CE 3D-FLASH with a voxel size of 0.6 × 0.6 × 1.0 mm3. (10B) CE PETRA (TI 700 ms) with a voxel size of (0.99 mm)3. Flow voids are absent due to the ultra-short TE causing the venous malformation to appear more prominently. Developmental venous malformation was apparent in the same patient, again appearing more prominently on PETRA due to the ultra-short TE and lack of flow voids. (10C) CE 3D-FLASH. (10D) CE PETRA. 10A 10B 10C 10D 40 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 41
  • 22.
    Technology Technology 11A11B gradient-echo sequence-initial experience 11 Contrast-enhanced images of small vestibular schwannoma (arrows) localized in the right acoustic canal of a 67-year-old female patient. (11A) CE 3D-FLASH with a voxel size of 0.6 × 0.6 × 1.0 mm3. (11B) CE PETRA (TI 900 ms) with a voxel size of (0.80 mm)3. 12 Normal optic nerves and paranasal sinuses in a 74-year-old male patient. (12A) 3D-FLASH with a voxel size of 0.6 × 0.6 × 1.0 mm3. (12B) PETRA (TI 900 ms) with a voxel size of (0.80 mm)3. The septi of the paranasal sinuses are depicted clearly in the ethmoid sinuses due to the absence of susceptibility-induced artifacts. Normal paranasal sinuses in the same patient. (12C) 3D-FLASH. (12D) PETRA. Notice the absence of susceptibility-induced artifacts in the paranasal sinus. Conclusion The acoustic noise (A-weighted) ­generated by PETRA was drastically lower than that of MPRAGE, while con­trast- enhancement and image quality were similar between the two sequences, and clinical findings did not differ, as shown in several exam­ples. In comparisons of PETRA with 3D-FLASH, although the latter pro­vided a higher spatial resolution, again clinical findings did not differ. Quieter MRI examinations will be more com­fortable for all patients, and may have particular advantages for pediatric, dementia and certain psychiatric patients. References 1 Grodzki DM, Heismann B. Quiet T1-weighted head scanning using PETRA. Proc ISMRM 2013; 21:0456. 2 Weiger M, Pruessmann KP, Hennel F. MRI with zero echo time: hard versus sweep pulse excitation. Magn Reson Med 2011; 66(2):379-89. 3 Idiyatullin D, Corum C, Park JY, Garwood M. Fast and quiet MRI using a swept radio­frequency. J Magn Reson 2006; 181(2): 342-349. Contact Masahiro Ida, M.D. Chief Radiologist Dept. of Radiology Tokyo Metropolitan Ebara Hospital 4-5-10 Higashi-yukigaya, Ota-ku Tokyo 145-0065 Japan Phone: +81 3-5734-8000 [email protected] 4 Grodzki DM, Jakob PM, Heismann B. Ultrashort echo time imaging using pointwise encoding time reduction with radial acquisition (PETRA). Magn Reson Med 2012; 67(2):510-508. 5 Chamberlain R, Moeller S, Corum C, Idiyatullin C, Garwood M. Quiet T1- and T2-weighted brain imaging using SWIFT. Proc ISMRM 2011; 19:2723. 6 Mugler JP, Brookeman JR. Three-dimen­sional magnetization-prepared rapid gradient-echo imaging (3D MP RAGE). Magn Reson Med 1990; 15:152-157. 7 Brant-Zawadzki M, Gillan GD, Nitz WR. MP RAGE: a three-dimensional, T1-weighted, in the brain. Radiology 1992; 182:769-75. 8 Brant-Zawadzki MN, Gillan GD, Atkinson DJ, Edalatpour N, Jensen M. Three-dimen­sional MR imaging and display of intra­cranial disease: improvements with the MP-RAGE sequence and gadolinium. J Magn Reson Imaging. 1993; 3(4): 656-62. 9 Yuh WT, Tali ET, Nguyen HD, Simonson TM, Mayr NA, Fisher DJ. The effect of contrast dose, imaging time, and lesion size in the MR detection of intracerebral metastasis. AJNR 1995; 16:373-380. 12A 12B 12C 12D 42 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world Answers for life. www.siemens.com/quiet-suite Quiet Suite Imaging is to be seen, not heard. Scan and listen to Quiet-Suite.
  • 23.
    Acute MR StrokeProtocol in Six Minutes Kambiz Nael; Rihan Khan; Kevin Johnson; Diego Martin University of Arizona, Department of Medical Imaging, Tucson, AZ, USA Background Stroke is a common and serious ­disorder, with an annual incidence of approximately 795,000. Based on American Heart Association statistics update in 2010, approximately 610,000 of these are first attacks, and 185,000 are recurrent attacks. On average, every 40 seconds, someone in the United States has a stroke with an estimated mortality rate of 5.5%, claiming approximately 1 of every 18 deaths in the United States [1]. cranial hemorrhage including tissue viability, site of occlusion, and collat­eral status. While computed tomo­graphy (CT) is the most widely avail­able and faster imaging modality, some comprehensive stroke centers favor streamlined MR protocols over CT in the acute stroke setting due to the higher specificity and superior tissue characterization afforded by MRI. The success of CT in initial eval­uation of AIS is due, in part, to fast acquisition time, widespread avail­ability and ease of interpretation in the emergency setting. The introduc­tion of multi-slice technology has dramatically increased the speed and simplicity of CT techniques and has set a high standard for alternative Neuroimaging plays a central role in the evaluation of patients with acute ischemic stroke (AIS). With improved technology over the last decade, imag­ing now provides information beyond the mere presence or absence of intra­imaging techniques. A comprehen­sive CT stroke algorithm including parenchymal imaging (non-contrast head CT), CT angiography (CTA), and perfusion/penumbral imaging by CT perfusion can now be acquired and processed in less than 10 minutes [5, 6]. MRI has been demonstrated to be more sensitive for the detection of acute ischemia and more specific for delineation of infarction core volume when compared to CT [7, 8]. How­ever, due to longer acquisition time and limited availability; it has been mainly used in large institutions and comprehensive stroke centers. A comprehensive MR protocol includ­ing parenchymal imaging, MRA and MR perfusion can now be obtained in the order of 20 minutes as demon­strated in several clinical trials [9–13]. If MRI is to compete with CT for evaluation of acute stroke, there is need for further improvements in acquisition speed. In this article we describe our modi­fied acute stroke MRI protocol that can be obtained in approximately 6 minutes rivaling that of any com­prehensive acute stroke CT protocol. We describe the technical aspects and review a few clinical examples based on our preliminary results. 92-year-old man with sudden onset of right-sided weakness and aphasia presented to our emergency department after receiving IV-tPA at an outside institution. The acute stroke protocol was performed after 9 hours from the onset in our institution and selective images are shown. 1A 1B 1C Serial aligned DWI, ADC, EPI-FLAIR and EPI-GRE images are shown. There is acute infarction of the left MCA distribution involving the left operculum and insula. Small focus of hemorrhagic conversion is present within the area of infarction seen on both EPI-FLAIR and EPI-GRE images. 1A Aligned DSC-Tmax, DSC-CBF and DSC-CBV images are shown. DSC maps show a heterogeneous pattern of perfusion deficit containing a small perfusion defect in the region of hemorrhage and predominant luxury perfusion along the left MCA territory seen on Tmax and CBF maps. 1B Coronal MIP from CE-MRA of the entire supra-aortic arteries and cropped volume-rendered ­reconstruction of the intracranial arteries show no evidence of hemodynamic significant arterial stenosis nor occlusion involving the proximal arteries. Note the high diagnostic image quality of the CE-MRA images which are obtained after administration of 8 ml of contrast. 1C 44 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world How-I-do-it MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 45 How-I-do-it
  • 24.
    How-I-do-it How-I-do-it BothFLAIR and GRE images have been used to detect intraarterial clot with variable sensitivity and specificity [16, 17]. Introduction of fast imaging tech­niques such as parallel acquisition [18] and EPI [19, 20] has significantly enhanced the performance of MR imaging in terms of acquisition speed. The main advantage of EPI, as in the case of DWI imaging, is rapid acquisi­tion time, which is made possible by rapid gradient switching which per­mits the acquisition of all frequency and phase encoding steps during a sin­gle pulse cycle. The addition of parallel imaging can further enhance the acquisition speed and may also serve to mitigate the geometric distortion and susceptibility artifacts commonly associated with long echo-train sequences such as EPI [21, 22]. If their potential is realized, the application of EPI and parallel imaging techniques to the FLAIR and GRE sequences can result in reduction of image acquisition time of the entire brain to less than a minute, a three-fold reduction in scan time over conventional imaging [23, 24]. 2. MR Angiogram An important aspect of the workup of patients with AIS is the imaging of both the intracranial and extracranial vasculature. Precise imaging of the vascular tree is required during the ­initial assessment of patients with acute stroke to accurately detect the site of arterial disease, which in turn can be crucial in determining the type of acute therapy they are given. Intravenous thrombolysis has been shown to be more effective in small distal vessels than in the large vessels [25]. Larger vessel occlusion may be more effectively treated with intra-arterial thrombolysis or clot retrieval devices while associated with fewer complications [26, 27]. In addition, MRA of the extracranial circulation (neck arteries) is essential to estab­lish the mechanism of ischemia and to prevent subsequent episodes. Extracranial tandem stenoses with plaque involving the carotid or verte­bral arteries can be the source of ­disease that triggers an acute stroke. Time-of-flight MRA (TOF-MRA) has been traditionally used in routine stroke protocols to evaluate the status of neck and brain arteries. Despite its promising results [28], TOF-MRA has significant disadvan­tages including spin saturation and phase dispersion due to slow or tur­bulent flow [29, 30]. This can result in overestimation of arterial stenosis and increase false positive rates, ­usually due to slow flow distal to a subocclusive thrombus or clot. Most importantly the acquisition time ­usually is long, typically lasting 5–7 minutes. The general consensus is that contrast-enhanced MR angiography ­( CE-MRA) provides more accurate imaging of extracranial vessel mor­phology and of the degree of steno­sis than TOF-MRA techniques [31–33]. However, CE-MRA has not been widely incorporated into acute stroke protocols for several reasons. First, CE-MRA has lower spatial resolution relative to TOF-MRA, since the com­peting requirements of coverage and acquisition speed generally force a compromise in spatial resolution for ­CE- MRA [34]. A second potential limi­tation to incorporation of CE-MRA into clinical stroke protocols is related to the requirement of an extra con­trast dose, which would be in addi­tion to the intravenous contrast bolus normally utilized for perfusion imaging. With introduction of high performance MR scanners and recent advances in fast imaging tools such as parallel acquisition (GRAPPA) [18], high matrices can now be spread out over a large field-of-view encompass­ing the entire head and neck, result­ing in acquisitions with submillimeter voxel sizes and acquisition times on the order of 20 seconds [35, 36]. 3. MR Perfusion MR perfusion imaging has been used broadly in the identification of poten­tially salvageable tissue to determine the best treatment strategy in patients with acute ischemic stroke. Although the concept of perfusion-diffusion mismatch remains controversial [37, 38], it has been used with some ­success to identify patients who may respond favorably to revasculariza­tion therapies in several clinical trials [12, 13, 39]. Faster image acquisition combined with higher signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) resulting from the use of gado­linium contrast agents has helped dynamic susceptibility contrast (DSC) perfusion become a more robust and widely accepted technique in com­parison to arterial spin labeling (ASL) to identify the presence of perfusion abnormalities in patients with AIS. A refined MR stroke protocol that can combine both CE-MRA and DSC-perfusion with improved acquisition time and diagnostic image quality as previously suggested [47, 48] may have important therapeutic and prognostic implications in the man­agement of patients with acute stroke. Higher inherent SNR of higher magnetic fields such as 3T with improved multi-coil technology has resulted in acquisition of low dose CE-MRA of the supra-aortic arteries with contrast dose as low as 8 ml [40, 41]. A modified 2-phase contrast injection scheme [46] can be used to perform both CE-MRA and DSC perfusion imaging, without the need for additional contrast. The influence of contrast dose reduction on DSC perfusion has been evaluated by several investigators [42, 43] and contrast dose as low as 0.05 mmol/kg has been used to perform DSC perfu­sion with promising results [44, 45]. Advances in MR technology including hardware and software, faster gradi­ent performance of MR scanners, improved sequence design and fast imaging tools such as EPI and parallel Technical consideration A comprehensive MR stroke protocol has three essential components: 1) Parenchymal imaging that identi­fies the presence and size of an irre­versible infarcted core and deter­mines the presence of hemorrhage; 2) MR angiogram to determine the presence of proximal arterial occlu­sion and/or intravascular thrombus that can be treated with thrombolysis or thrombectomy; 3) Pwerfusion imaging to determine the presence of hypoperfused tissue at risk for subsequent infarction if adequate perfusion is not restored. Below we describe each of these components in detail and explain how recent technical advances can be used to enhance the performance of the different aspects of acute stroke imaging. 1. Parenchymal imaging This encompasses three parts: 1) DWI (diffusion-weighted imaging) that can detect ischemic tissue within minutes of its occurrence and has emerged as the most sensitive and specific imaging technique for acute ischemia, far beyond NECT or any other type of MRI sequences [14]. 2) FLAIR that helps to age the infarc­tion and permits the detection of subtle subarachnoid hemorrhage; 3) GRE to detect parenchymal hemor­rhage with comparable accuracy for the acute intraparenchymal hemor­rhage to CT [15]. 2A 2B 2C Serial aligned DWI, ADC, EPI-FLAIR and EPI-GRE images are shown. There is acute right hemispheric infarction involving both the ACA and MCA territories. The EPI-FLAIR images demonstrate corresponding hyperintensity suggestive of completed infarction. There is associated mass effect. No hemorrhage is identified on corresponding EPI-GRE images. 2B Coronal MIP from CE-MRA of the 2A Aligned DSC-Tmax, DSC-CBF and DSC-CBV images are shown. There is a matched perfusion defect with the region of infarction. entire supra-aortic arteries shows complete occlusion of the right cervical ICA shortly after the origin. There is some reconstitution of flow signal at the supracliniod ICA likely via collaterals. 2C 68-year-old man with left sided weakness and altered level of consciousness of unknown onset. 46 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 47
  • 25.
    How-I-do-it How-I-do-it acquisitionhave promised the ­potential for a fast but comprehen­sive MR stroke protocol that can be performed in approximately 6 min­utes rivaling those of CT protocols. Next we review our stroke protocol in terms of image acquisition and sequence parameters and show some of the clinical examples that were performed at our institution. How we do it At our institution, absent contraindi­cation, MR is the default imaging modality for AIS. An MR safety ques­tionnaire is administered, and MR compatible ECG leads are placed in the emergency department as patients are being evaluated by the neurology team. Patients are then placed onto an MR compatible table and wheeled to the MR magnet for rapid imaging. We use both 3T and 1.5T MR scanners (MAGNETOM Skyra and MAGNETOM Aera, Siemens Healthcare, Erlangen, Germany), with 3T the default scanner for acute stroke imaging when avail­able. For signal reception, a combina­tion of a 16-element array coil [head (n = 12), neck (n = 4)] will be used. The coil design allows for application of parallel acquisition in both the phase and slice encoding directions. Our 6-minute MR imaging protocol consist of DWI, EPI-FLAIR, ­EPI- GRE, Table 1: Imaging protocol CE-MRA and DSC perfusion. The clini­cal ­indications for using this acute MR stroke protocol are patients with acute (< 9 hours) presentation from the onset of symptoms, unknown onset of symptoms, NIHSS > 4, or aphasia. Table 1 shows the sequence parameters of our acquisition protocol. A modified 2-phase contrast injection scheme [46] is used to perform both CE-MRA and DSC perfusion imaging, without the need for additional con­trast. To accomplish this, the total volume of 20 ml of gadolinium ­( Multihance, Bracco Diagnostics Inc., Princeton, NJ, USA) that is used rou­tinely for MR perfusion is diluted with normal saline to a total 50 ml vol­ume. Using a timing bolus, a total of 3 ml of contrast solution (1.2 ml of gadolinium) is injected at 1.5 ml/s to determine the transit time from the arm vein to the cervical carotid arter­ies. Then, a total of 22 ml contrast solution (8.8 ml of gadolinium) is injected at the same flow rate as the timing injection for the CE-MRA acquisition. A centric ordering k-space is used for CE-MRA to minimize intra­cranial venous contamination. Sub­sequently, the remaining 25 ml of ­contrast solution (10 ml of gadolin­ium) is injected at 5 ml/s for the MR perfusion scan which is performed at the end. Image analysis Following data acquisition, CE-MRA image processing is performed on the scanner console with standard com­mercial software using a maximum intensity projection (MIP) algorithm. All of the reconstructed data, as well as the source images are available on the workstation for image analysis. ­Perfusion analysis will be performed off-line on a dedicated FDA-approved workstation (Olea-sphere, Olea Medical SA, France). The arterial input function is selected automatically and multi­parametric perfusion maps including time-to-peak (TTP), time-to-maximum (Tmax) cerebral blood flow (CBF) and cerebral blood volume (CBV) are then calculated using a block-circulant ­singular value decomposition tech­nique [49]. Our initial results using the described stroke MR protocol have been promis­ing. We have scanned more than 600 patients with ASI since January 2013. More than 97% of our studies have been rated with diagnostic image qual­ity. The EPI-FLAIR sequence has been used in parallel to conventional FLAIR in a subset of patients with compara­ble qualitative and quantitative results [24]. In a study of 52 patients with AIS, the mean ± SD of the signal inten­sity ratios on EPI-FLAIR and FLAIR for DWI positive lesions were 1.28 ± 0.16 and 1.25 ± 0.17 respectively with sig­nificant DWI EPI-FLAIR EPI-GRE CE-MRA DSC TR (ms) 4600 10000 (TI:2500) 1860 3.36 1450 TE 65 88 48 1.24 22 FA (degrees) – 90 90 25 90 Matrix 160 192 192 448 128 FOV 220 220 220 340 220 Slices (n × thickness) 30 × 4 30 × 4 40 × 3 120 × 0.8 30 × 4 Bandwidth (Hz/pixel) 1250 1488 964 590 1502 Parallel acquisition (GRAPPA) 3 3 – 3 3 Acquisition time 58 sec 52 sec 56 sec 20 sec 1 min and 30 sec correlation (r = 0.899, z value = 8.677, p < 0.0001). The EPI-GRE sequence has been also used in paral­lel to conventional GRE in a subset of patients with comparable results in terms of detection of hemorrhage (Fig. 1) and blood clot in proximal arteries. The combination of CE-MRA and DSC has been successfully tested in our institution [48] with diagnostic image quality. In a cohort of 30 patients with acute stroke, the speci­ficity of CE-MRA for detection of ­arterial stenosis > 50% was 97% com­pared to 89% for TOF-MRA when com­pared to DSA as the standard of refer­ence [48]. DSC perfusion imaging with reduced contrast dose is feasible with comparable quantitative and qualita­tive results to a full-dose control group [48]. Importantly, the presence of contrast in the circulating blood of the ­CE- MRA half-dose group does not neg­atively impact the image quality nor the quantitative analysis of perfusion data when compared to the control full-dose group. Conclusion Described multimodal MR protocol is feasible for evaluation of patients with acute ischemic stroke with total acquisition time of 6 minutes rivaling that of the multimodal CT protocol. References 1 Lloyd-Jones D, Adams RJ, Brown TM, et al. Heart disease and stroke statistics – 2010 update: a report from the American Heart Association. Circulation. Feb 23 2010;121(7):e46-e215. 2 Saver JL. Time is brain-quantified. Stroke. Jan 2006;37(1):263-266. 3 Michel P, Bogousslavsky J. Penumbra is brain: no excuse not to perfuse. Ann Neurol. Nov 2005;58(5):661-663. 4 Gonzalez RG. Imaging-guided acute ischemic stroke therapy: From “time is brain” to “physiology is brain”. AJNR. American journal of neuroradiology. Apr 2006;27(4):728-735. 15 Kidwell CS, Chalela JA, Saver JL, et al. Comparison of MRI and CT for detection of acute intracerebral hemorrhage. JAMA : the journal of the American Medical Associ-ation. Oct 20 2004;292(15):1823-1830. 16 Flacke S, Urbach H, Keller E, et al. Middle cerebral artery (MCA) susceptibility sign at susceptibility-based perfusion MR imaging: clinical importance and comparison with hyperdense MCA sign at CT. Radiology. May 2000;215(2):476-482. 17 Assouline E, Benziane K, Reizine D, et al. Intra-arterial thrombus visualized on T2* gradient echo imaging in acute ischemic stroke. Cerebrovasc Dis. 2005;20(1):6-11. 18 Griswold MA, Jakob PM, Heidemann RM, et al. Generalized autocalibrating partially parallel acquisitions (GRAPPA). Magnetic resonance in medicine : official journal of the Society of Magnetic Resonance in Medicine / Society of Magnetic Resonance in Medicine. Jun 2002;47(6):1202-1210. 19 Mansfield P. Real-time echo-planar imaging by NMR. Br Med Bull. Apr 1984;40(2): 187-190. 20 DeLaPaz RL. Echo-planar imaging. Radio-graphics. Sep 1994;14(5):1045-1058. 21 Pruessmann KP. Parallel imaging at high field strength: synergies and joint potential. Topics in magnetic resonance imaging : TMRI. Aug 2004;15(4):237-244. 22 Wiesinger F, Van de Moortele PF, Adriany G, De Zanche N, Ugurbil K, Pruessmann KP. Potential and feasibility of parallel MRI at high field. NMR in biomedicine. May 2006;19(3):368-378. 23 Kinoshita T, Okudera T, Tamura H, Ogawa T, Hatazawa J. Assessment of lacunar hemorrhage associated with hypertensive stroke by echo-planar gradient-echo T2*-weighted MRI. Stroke. Jul 2000;31(7): 1646-1650. 24 Meshksar A, Khan R, Carmody R, Nael K. The Role of Echo-planar Fluid-Attenuated Inversion Recovery (EPI-FLAIR) in Acute Stroke Setting: A Feasibility Study. Paper presented at: ASNR; May 22, 2013, 2013; San Diego, CA. 25 del Zoppo GJ, Poeck K, Pessin MS, et al. Recombinant tissue plasminogen activator in acute thrombotic and embolic stroke. Ann Neurol. Jul 1992;32(1):78-86. 26 Furlan A, Higashida R, Wechsler L, et al. Intra-arterial prourokinase for acute ischemic stroke. The PROACT II study: a randomized controlled trial. Prolyse in Acute Cerebral Thromboembolism. JAMA : the journal of the American Medical Association. Dec 1 1999;282(21): 2003-2011. 5 Zhu G, Michel P, Aghaebrahim A, et al. Computed tomography workup of patients suspected of acute ischemic stroke: perfusion computed tomography adds value compared with clinical evaluation, noncontrast computed tomography, and computed tomography angiogram in terms of predicting outcome. Stroke; a journal of cerebral circulation. Apr 2013;44(4):1049-1055. 6 Schaefer PW, Roccatagliata L, Ledezma C, et al. First-pass quantitative CT perfusion identifies thresholds for salvageable penumbra in acute stroke patients treated with intra-arterial therapy. AJNR. American journal of neuroradiology. Jan 2006;27(1):20-25. 7 Jauch EC, Saver JL, Adams HP, Jr., et al. Guidelines for the early management of patients with acute ischemic stroke: a guideline for healthcare professionals from the American Heart Association/ American Stroke Association. Stroke. Mar 2013;44(3):870-947. 8 Chalela JA, Kidwell CS, Nentwich LM, et al. Magnetic resonance imaging and computed tomography in emergency assessment of patients with suspected acute stroke: a prospective comparison. Lancet. Jan 27 2007;369(9558):293-298. 9 Kang DW, Chalela JA, Dunn W, Warach S, Investigators NI-SSC. MRI screening before standard tissue plasminogen activator therapy is feasible and safe. Stroke. Sep 2005;36(9):1939-1943. 10 Hjort N, Butcher K, Davis SM, et al. Magnetic resonance imaging criteria for thrombolysis in acute cerebral infarct. Stroke. Feb 2005;36(2):388-397. 11 Schellinger PD, Jansen O, Fiebach JB, Hacke W, Sartor K. A standardized MRI stroke protocol: comparison with CT in hyperacute intracerebral hemorrhage. Stroke; a journal of cerebral circulation. Apr 1999;30(4):765-768. 12 Albers GW, Thijs VN, Wechsler L, et al. Magnetic resonance imaging profiles predict clinical response to early reper­fusion: the diffusion and perfusion imaging evaluation for understanding stroke evolution (DEFUSE) study. Ann Neurol. Nov 2006;60(5):508-517. 13 Davis SM, Donnan GA, Parsons MW, et al. Effects of alteplase beyond 3 h after stroke in the Echoplanar Imaging Thrombolytic Evaluation Trial (EPITHET): a placebo-controlled randomised trial. Lancet neurology. Apr 2008;7(4): 299-309. 14 Fiebach JB, Schellinger PD, Jansen O, et al. CT and diffusion-weighted MR imaging in randomized order: diffusion-weighted imaging results in higher accuracy and lower interrater variability in the diagnosis of hyperacute ischemic stroke. Stroke; a journal of cerebral circulation. Sep 2002;33(9):2206-2210. 48 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 49
  • 26.
    Contact Kambiz Nael,M.D. Assistant Professor of Radiology Director of Neuroradiology MRI University of Arizona Medical Center Department of Medical Imaging, Neuroradiology Section 1501 N. Campbell, PO Box 245067 Tucson, AZ 85724-5067 USA Phone: +1 520-626-2138 Fax: +1 520-626-7093 [email protected] 37 Hacke W, Furlan AJ, Al-Rawi Y, et al. Intra­venous desmoteplase in patients with acute ischaemic stroke selected by MRI perfusion-diffusion weighted imaging or perfusion CT (DIAS-2): a prospective, randomised, double-blind, placebo-controlled study. Lancet neurology. Feb 2009;8(2):141-150. 38 Kidwell CS, Jahan R, Gornbein J, et al. A trial of imaging selection and endovas­cular treatment for ischemic stroke. The New England journal of medicine. Mar 7 2013;368(10):914-923. 39 Lansberg MG, Straka M, Kemp S, et al. MRI profile and response to endovas­cular reperfusion after stroke (DEFUSE 2): a prospective cohort study. Lancet neurology. Oct 2012;11(10):860-867. 40 Tomasian A, Salamon N, Lohan DG, Jalili M, Villablanca JP, Finn JP. Supra­aortic arteries: contrast material dose reduction at 3.0-T high-spatial-resolution MR angiography-feasibility study. Radiology. Dec 2008;249(3):980-990. 41 Nael K, Moriarty JM, Finn JP. Low dose CE-MRA. Eur J Radiol. Oct 2011;80(1): 2-8. 42 Heiland S, Reith W, Forsting M, Sartor K. How do concentration and dosage of the contrast agent affect the signal change in perfusion-weighted magnetic resonance imaging? A computer simulation. Magnetic resonance imaging. Jul 2001;19(6):813-820. 43 Alger JR, Schaewe TJ, Lai TC, et al. Contrast agent dose effects in cerebral dynamic susceptibility contrast magnetic resonance perfusion imaging. Journal of magnetic resonance imaging: JMRI. Jan 2009;29(1):52-64. 44 Manka C, Traber F, Gieseke J, Schild HH, Kuhl CK. Three-dimensional dynamic susceptibility-weighted perfusion MR imaging at 3.0 T: feasibility and contrast agent dose. Radiology. Mar 2005; 234(3):869-877. 45 Alger JR, Schaewe TJ, Liebeskind DS, Saver JL, Kidwell CS. On the feasibility of reduced dose Dynamic Susceptibility Contrast perfusion MRI for stroke. Paper presented at: Intl. Soc. Mag. Reson. Med; 7-13 May 2011, 2011; Montréal, Québec, Canada. 46 Habibi R, Krishnam MS, Lohan DG, et al. High-spatial-resolution lower extremity MR angiography at 3.0 T: contrast agent dose comparison study. Radiology. Aug 2008;248(2):680-692. 47 Ryu CW, Lee DH, Kim HS, et al. Acqui­sition of MR perfusion images and contrast-enhanced MR angiography in acute ischaemic stroke patients: which procedure should be done first? The British journal of radiology. Dec 2006; 79(948):962-967. 48 Nael K, Pirastehfar M, Villablanca JP, Salamon N. Addition of a Low-dose Contrast Enhanced MRA at 3.0T in the Assessment of Acute Stroke: A More Efficient and Accurate Stroke Protocol. Paper presented at: ASNR 50th Annual Meeting; April, 2012; New York, NY. 49 Wu O, Ostergaard L, Weisskoff RM, Benner T, Rosen BR, Sorensen AG. Tracer arrival timing-insensitive technique for estimating flow in MR perfusion-weighted imaging using singular value decompo­sition with a block-circulant deconvo­lution matrix. Magnetic resonance in medicine : official journal of the Society of Magnetic Resonance in Medicine / Society of Magnetic Resonance in Medicine. Jul 2003;50(1):164-174. How-I-do-it 27 Becker KJ, Brott TG. Approval of the MERCI clot retriever: a critical view. Stroke; a journal of cerebral circulation. Feb 2005; 36(2):400-403. 28 Yucel EK, Anderson CM, Edelman RR, et al. AHA scientific statement. Magnetic resonance angiography : update on appli­cations for extracranial arteries. Circu-lation. Nov 30 1999;100(22):2284-2301. 29 Isoda H, Takehara Y, Isogai S, et al. MRA of intracranial aneurysm models: a comparison of contrast-enhanced three-dimensional MRA with time-of-flight MRA. J Comput Assist Tomogr. Mar-Apr 2000; 24(2):308-315. 30 Lin W, Tkach JA, Haacke EM, Masaryk TJ. Intracranial MR angiography: application of magnetization transfer contrast and fat saturation to short gradient-echo, velocity-compensated sequences. Radiology. Mar 1993;186(3):753-761. 31 Somford DM, Nederkoorn PJ, Rutgers DR, Kappelle LJ, Mali WP, van der Grond J. Proximal and distal hyperattenuating middle cerebral artery signs at CT: different prognostic implications. Radiology. Jun 2002;223(3):667-671. 32 Cosottini M, Pingitore A, Puglioli M, et al. Contrast-enhanced three-dimensional magnetic resonance angiography of atherosclerotic internal carotid stenosis as the noninvasive imaging modality in revascularization decision making. Stroke; a journal of cerebral circulation. Mar 2003; 34(3):660-664. 33 Huston J, 3rd, Fain SB, Wald JT, et al. Carotid artery: elliptic centric contrast-enhanced MR angiography compared with conventional angiography. Radiology. Jan 2001;218(1):138-143. 34 Fellner C, Lang W, Janka R, Wutke R, Bautz W, Fellner FA. Magnetic resonance angiography of the carotid arteries using three different techniques: accuracy compared with intraarterial x-ray angiog­raphy and endarterectomy specimens. Journal of magnetic resonance imaging : JMRI. Apr 2005;21(4):424-431. 35 Nael K, Villablanca JP, Pope WB, McNamara TO, Laub G, Finn JP. Supraaortic arteries: contrast-enhanced MR angiography at 3.0 T-highly accelerated parallel acquisition for improved spatial resolution over an extended field of view. Radiology. Feb 2007;242(2):600-609. 36 Phan T, Huston J, 3rd, Bernstein MA, Riederer SJ, Brown RD, Jr. Contrast-enhanced magnetic resonance angiog­raphy of the cervical vessels: experience with 422 patients. Stroke; a journal of cerebral circulation. Oct 2001;32(10): 2282-2286. 50 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world TOGETHER WE MOVE FORWARD IN THE FIGHT AGAINST CANCER When two leading companies join forces in the fight against cancer, it broadens the realm of what’s possible. That’s why Varian and Siemens have partnered. Siemens' advanced diagnostic imaging capabilities coupled with Varian's powerful delivery systems and treatment planning tools give even more of an edge in the pursuit of our common goal: to EnVision better cancer care. Together we offer more personalized treatment and expanded care options that aid you in making the best possible decisions for your patients—with confidence. By gathering our strengths, we have the energy and vision to better help healthcare professionals detect, diagnose and treat cancer while paving the way for the future of cancer care. © 2013 Varian, Varian Medical Systems, Trilogy, and ARIA are registered trademarks, and TrueBeam, Edge Radiosurgery and Eclipse are trademarks of Varian Medical Systems, Inc. All other trademarks are property of Siemens AG. Find out more at varian.com/envision Varian Medical Systems International AG Zug, Switzerland Tel: +41 - 41 749 88 44 Fax: +41 - 41 740 33 40 varian.com [email protected] Global Siemens Healthcare Headquarters Siemens AG Healthcare Sector Henkestrasse 127 91052 Erlangen, Germany Tel: +49 9131 84-0 siemens.com/healthcare
  • 27.
    Clinical Neurology NeurologyClinical at the same time, but is generally ignored. A filter is applied to the phase image (High-pass Hamming Window Filter) on a 64 × 64 matrix to reduce aliasing artifacts. A new phase mask is created which, when added to the magnitude image, creates the suscep­tibility image. In order to obtain a ­better interpretation, minimum inten­sity projections (minIP) are used [6]. During post-processing the phase con­trast image is filtered to reduce unde­sirable low spatial frequency compo­nents, leaving the high frequency field variations. The phase mask created can be ‘positive’ or ‘negative’. The phase mask is multiplied using the original magnitude image to produce images that maximize the negative intensity of the mineralization of the parenchyma. Minimum intensity pro­jection (usually from 2 to 4 slices) is used to display the processed data [1]. MAGNETOM ESSENZA 1.5 Tesla MRI unit with the following settings: TR 49 ms, TE 40 ms, FA 15°, number of slices 60, slice thickness 2 mm, acquisition matrix 256 ×157. Susceptibility-weighted imaging takes advantage of the loss of signal intensity created by alterations in a homogenous magnetic field; these disturbances can be caused by sev­eral different paramagnetic or dia­magnetic substances. The loss of sig­nal intensity in the T2*-weighted sequence is a result of the difference in the precession rate of the spins [5]. The susceptibility image is obtained during the acquisition process by combining the magnitude and phase of the images. Routine MR images are magnitude images where the sig­nal’s intensity is converted to a gray scale. Phase information is obtained Introduction Susceptibility-weighted imaging (SWI) is a sequence that utilizes a phenomenon in which the phase and change in the local magnetic field of the tissues are proportional to one another, provided the echo time is constant [1]. It uses magnitude and phase images, as well as a summa­tion of these in a three-dimensional gradient echo sequence with flow compensation [2]. It offers very high sensitivity for visualizing calcium, non-heme iron (ferritin) and hemo­globin degradation products (deoxy­hemoglobin and hemosiderin) [3, 4]. Initial experience By means of a series of cases we will illustrate the clinical usefulness of SWI with certain neurological conditions. The studies reviewed were performed in the Neurological Scanography Magnetic Resonance Imaging Service using a Siemens The method is highly sensitive for pur­poses of visualizing venous circulation, blood products and iron content, and is also useful for evaluating the vascu­larization of tumors and for identifying brain tissue that has been compro­mised by a stroke, vascular dementia or trauma, and can also be used in functional imaging [1, 4, 7-9] (Fig. 1). Hemorrhage Oxyhemoglobin, formed by the bind­ing of an oxygen and an iron atom contained in the Hem group, is a dia­magnetic substance. When the oxygen is released from the iron atom it forms deoxyhemoglobin, which is paramag­netic because of its unpaired electrons. Metahemoglobin is produced when deoxyhemoglobin oxidizes, making it less stable; in this state there is little susceptibility effect and thus it is more easily visualized in T1w images. Hemosiderin is the final product of the degradation of hemoglobin when it degrades within phagocytic cells, and is a highly paramagnetic [3, 4, 10] substance. Diamagnetic substances produce a weak local magnetic field, while paramagnetics generate a stron­ger magnetic field that leads to a ­signal de-phase and therefore a signal reduction in the T2*w sequence [4]. The ferritin produced by different metabolic processes also has para-magnetic characteristics and is associated with Parkinson’s disease, Huntington’s disease and Alzheimer’s disease [9-11]. Trauma In the detection of diffuse axonal damage, this approach is more sensi­tive than conventional imaging for detecting microhemorrhages in the deep and subcortical white matter, which can be obscured in computed tomography (CT) scans [12, 13]. It is three to six times more sensitive than gradient echo images for detecting the number, size, and location of the lesions associated with this clinical status of the patient [1, 13-16]. It is equally useful in detecting brain-stem lesions, subarachnoid and intra­ventricular hemorrhage, as well as other types of hemorrhagic lesions of different origins [17] (Fig. 2). Calcifications Calcium is also diamagnetic and can lead to changes in the susceptibility image [12, 18]. SWI differentiates iron from calcium based on their dia­magnetic or paramagnetic character­istics in the filtered-phase image. ­Calcium appears brilliant in this latter image, while the hemorrhage and its derivative products have low signal intensity. This differentiation is important when dealing with neuro­degenerative and metabolic diseases, trauma, and tumors [12, 18]. Vascular malformations Venous blood causes non-homogene­ity in the magnetic field due to the paramagnetic effect of the deoxygen­ated blood due to T2* reduction, depending on the oxygen saturation, the hematocrit and the condition of the erythrocytes; thus, the deoxyhe­moglobin present in venous blood allows for the visualization of the lat­ter [4] as well as the phase difference between the vessels and surrounding structures [19]. The susceptibility image provides contrast similar to that of a functional image (BOLD blood oxygen level-dependent). SWI is more sensitive in the detection of vascular structures that are hidden to T2* and low-flow malformations that are not detected by MR angiog­raphy, such as venous development malformations, telangiectasias and cavernomas, as well as vascular abnor­malities and calcifications related to Sturge-Weber Syndrome, since it is not affected by flow velocity or direc­tion [20-24]. In dural sinus thrombo­sis they show venous statis and col­lateral flow, as well as early detection of venous hypertension before infarcts or hemorrhages occur [7, 8, 19] (Figs. 3–5). Susceptibility-Weighted Imaging. Initial Experience José Luis Ascencio L.1; Tania Isabel Ruiz Z.2 1 Escanografia Neurologica, Medellin, Colombia 2 Universidad CES, Radiology, Medellín, Antioquia, Colombia 1A Patient with bilateral frontal hemorrhagic contusion. (1A) T2w axial; no lesions observed. (1B) Axial gradient echo shows a low-signal lesion in left frontal lobe with a slight blooming effect. (1C) SWI magnitude, two bilateral frontal hemorrhagic contusions are observed. 1 1B 1C 2A 2B 2C Patient with diffuse axonal lesion. (2A) T2w axial; no lesions observed. (2B) Low-signal, puntiform lesions. (2C) SWI minIP makes the multiple microhemorrhagic lesions more apparent. 2 52 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 53
  • 28.
    Clinical Neurology NeurologyClinical 3A 3B 3C Venous development anomaly. (3A) Axial gradient echo; anomaly not visible. (3B) Axial contrast-enhanced image shows right frontal venous development anomaly that is more evident in the susceptibility image (3C). 3 4A 4B 4 Left frontal cavernoma. (4A) Axial proton density-weighted image; (4B) minIP SWI. 5A 5B 5C Left parietal arteriovenous malformation. (5A) Axial PDw show serpinginous images with absence of flow signal. (5B) mIP SWI. (5C) MIP TOF shows the AVM and the cortical drainage vein. 5 Brain tumors This approach provides information that supplements T1 with contrast for detecting margins, internal architec­ture, hemorrhage and vascularization of a tumor that are not visible with conventional sequences. This aids in differentiating between a recurring 6A 6B 7A 7B 7C Metastatic melanoma. (7A) T2w axial; large mass displacing the midline, with major edema and hypointense zone due to ­hemorrhage in the medial portion. (7B) Magnitude image, (7C) MIP SWI shows a greater hemorrhagic component of the mass, on the contralateral side, as well as intraventricular hemorrhaging. 7 6C Hemorrhagic metathesis. (6A) T1w axial gadolinium-enhanced, (6B) T2w axial show a left parietal mass with heterogeneous enhancement, perilesional edema and mass effect on the lateral ventricles. (6C) MIP SWI shows hypervascularity and hemorrhage in the interior of the mass. 6 tumor and post-operative changes. The use of susceptibility imaging before and after the administration of gadolinium can differentiate areas of enhancement of the vessels. Because of its suppression of cerebro­spinal fluid, it enhances contrast between edema and normal tissue, similarly to what is provided by FLAIR, thus facilitating the detection of space-occupying lesions [4, 7, 25] (Figs. 6–8). 8A 8B 8C Oligodendroglioma. (8A) T1w axial gadolinium shows mass with enhanced foci and a cystic component, (8B) MIP SWI right parietal hypervascular mass with increased relative flow (8C). 8 54 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 55
  • 29.
    Clinical Neurology NeurologyClinical 9A 9B 9C CVD with hemorrhagic transformation. (9A) Axial T2w, (9B) gradient echo in patient with left parietal hemorrhagic infarct with surrounding edema and hemorrhage. (9C) SWI makes the greater hemorrhagic component more obvious. 9 10A 10B 10C Right MCA aneurism with bleeding. (10A) Axial T2w, (10B) TOF demonstrating aneurysm with bleeding, (10C) SWI aneurism with greater bleeding than that shown in the T2w sequence. 10 Children: CT versus MRI versus Suscepti­bility Weighted Imaging (SWI). Journal of Neurotrauma. 2011;28(6):915-27. 14 Wang M, Dai Y, Han Y, Haacke EM, Dai J, Shi D. Susceptibility weighted imaging in detecting hemorrhage in acute cervical spinal cord injury. Magnetic resonance imaging. 2011;29(3):365-73. 15 Tong KA, Ashwal S, Holshouser BA, Shutter LA, Herigault G, Haacke EM, et al. Hemorrhagic Shearing Lesions in Children and Adolescents with Posttrau­matic Diffuse Axonal Injury: Improved Detection and Initial Results1. Radiology. 2003 May 1, 2003;227(2):332-9. 16 Babikian T, Freier MC, Tong KA, Nickerson JP, Wall CJ, Holshouser BA, et al. Suscep­tibility weighted imaging: neuropsycho­logic outcome and pediatric head injury. Pediatr Neurol. 2005;33(3):184-94. 17 Wu Z, Li S, Lei J, An D, Haacke EM. Evalu­ation of Traumatic Subarachnoid Hemor­rhage Using Susceptibility-Weighted Imaging. AJNR Am J Neuroradiol. 2010 August 1, 2010;31(7):1302-10. 18 Wu Z, Mittal S, Kish K, Yu Y, Hu J, Haacke EM. Identification of calcification with MRI using susceptibility-weighted imaging: A case study. Journal of Magnetic Resonance Imaging. 2009;29(1):177-82. 19 Tsui Y-K, Tsai FY, Hasso AN, Greensite F, Nguyen BV. Susceptibility-weighted imaging for differential diagnosis of cerebral vascular pathology: A pictorial review. Journal of the neurological sciences. 2009;287(1):7-16. 20 Hu J, Yu Y, Juhasz C, Kou Z, Xuan Y, Latif Z, et al. MR susceptibility weighted imaging (SWI) complements conventional contrast enhanced T1 weighted MRI in characterizing brain abnormalities of Sturge-Weber Syndrome. Journal of Magnetic Resonance Imaging. 2008;28(2):300-7. 21 Deistung A, Dittrich E, Sedlacik J, Rauscher A, Reichenbach JR. ToF-SWI: Simultaneous time of flight and fully flow compensated susceptibility weighted imaging. Journal of Magnetic Resonance Imaging. 2009;29(6):1478-84. 22 Koopmans P, Manniesing R, Niessen W, Viergever M, Barth M. MR venography of the human brain using susceptibility weighted imaging at very high field strength. Magnetic Resonance Materials in Physics, Biology and Medicine. 2008;21(1):149-58. 23 de Champfleur NM, Langlois C, Anken­brandt WJ, Le Bars E, Leroy MA, Duffau H, et al. Magnetic Resonance Imaging Evaluation of Cerebral Cavernous Malfor­mations With Susceptibility-Weighted Imaging. Neurosurgery. 2011;68(3): 641-8 10.1227/NEU.0b013e31820773cf. 24 Jagadeesan BD, Delgado Almandoz JE, Moran CJ, Benzinger TLS. Accuracy of Susceptibility-Weighted Imaging for the Detection of Arteriovenous Shunting in Vascular Malformations of the Brain. Stroke. 2011 January 1, 2011;42(1): 87-92. 25 Hori M, Ishigame K, Kabasawa H, Kumagai H, Ikenaga S, Shiraga N, et al. Precontrast and postcontrast suscepti­bility- weighted imaging in the assessment of intracranial brain neoplasms at 1.5 T. Japanese Journal of Radiology. 2010; 28(4):299-304. 26 Cherian A, Thomas B, Kesavadas C, Baheti N, Wattamwar P. Ischemic hyper­intensities on T1-weighted magnetic resonance imaging of patients with stroke: New insights from susceptibility weighted imaging2010 January 1, 2010 Contract No.: 1. 27 Mittal P, Dua S, Kalia V. Pictorial essay: Susceptibility-weighted imaging in cerebral ischemia2010. 28 Santhosh K, Kesavadas C, Thomas B, Gupta AK, Thamburaj K, Kapilamoorthy TR. Susceptibility weighted imaging: a new tool in magnetic resonance imaging of stroke. Clinical Radiology. 2009;64(1):74-83. 29 Hermier M, Nighoghossian N. Contribution of Susceptibility-Weighted Imaging to Acute Stroke Assessment. Stroke. 2004 August 1, 2004;35(8):1989-94. 30 Haacke EM, Makki M, Ge Y, Maheshwari M, Sehgal V, Hu J, et al. Characterizing iron deposition in multiple sclerosis lesions using susceptibility weighted imaging. Journal of Magnetic Resonance Imaging. 2009;29(3):537-44. 31 Niwa T, de Vries L, Benders M, Takahara T, Nikkels P, Groenendaal F. Punctate white matter lesions in infants: new insights using susceptibility-weighted imaging. Neuroradiology. 2011:1-11. 32 Vinod Desai S, Bindu PS, Ravishankar S, Jayakumar PN, Pal PK. Relaxation and susceptibility MRI characteristics in Hallervorden-Spatz syndrome. Journal of Magnetic Resonance Imaging. 2007;25(4):715-20. 33 Kirsch W, McAuley G, Holshouser B, Petersen F, Ayaz M, Vinters HV, et al. Serial susceptibility weighted MRI measures brain iron and microbleeds in dementia. Journal of Alzheimer’s disease: JAD. 2009;17(3):599-609. References 1 Haacke EM, Xu Y, Cheng Y-CN, Reichenbach JR. Susceptibility weighted imaging (SWI). Magnetic Resonance in Medicine. 2004;52(3):612-8. 2 Haacke EM, Mittal S, Wu Z, Neelavalli J, Cheng Y-CN. Susceptibility-Weighted Imaging: Technical Aspects and Clinical Applications, Part 1. AJNR Am J Neuro­radiol. 2009 January 1, 2009;30(1):19-30. 3 Mittal S, Wu Z, Neelavalli J, Haacke EM. Susceptibility-Weighted Imaging: Technical Aspects and Clinical Applications, Part 2. AJNR Am J Neuroradiol. 2009 February 1, 2009;30(2):232-52. 4 Sehgal V, Delproposto Z, Haacke EM, Tong KA, Wycliffe N, Kido DK, et al. Clinical applications of neuroimaging with susceptibility-weighted imaging. Journal of Magnetic Resonance Imaging. 2005;22(4):439-50. 5 Tong KA, Ashwal S, Obenaus A, Nickerson JP, Kido D, Haacke EM. Susceptibility- Weighted MR Imaging: A Review of Clinical Applications in Children. AJNR Am J Neuro­radiol. 2008 January 1, 2008;29(1):9-17. 6 Matsushita T AD, Arioka T, Inoue S, Kariya Y, Fujimoto M, Ida K, Sasai N, Kaji M, Kanazawa S, Joja I. Basic study of suscepti­bility- weighted imaging at 1.5T. Acta medica Okayama. [Journal Article]. 2008 Jun;62(3):159-68. 7 Thomas B, Somasundaram S, Thamburaj K, Kesavadas C, Gupta A, Bodhey N, et al. Clinical applications of susceptibility weighted MR imaging of the brain – a pictorial review. Neuroradiology. 2008;50(2):105-16. 8 Ong BC, Stuckey SL. Susceptibility weighted imaging: A pictorial review. Journal of Medical Imaging and Radiation Oncology. 2010;54(5):435-49. 9 Robinson RJ, Bhuta S. Susceptibility- Weighted Imaging of the Brain: Current Utility and Potential Applications. Journal of Neuroimaging. 2011:no-no. 10 Goos JDC, van der Flier WM, Knol DL, Pouwels PJW, Scheltens P, Barkhof F, et al. Clinical Relevance of Improved Microbleed Detection by Susceptibility-Weighted Magnetic Resonance Imaging. Stroke. 2011 May 12, 2011:STROKEAHA. 110.599837. 11 Gupta D, Saini J, Kesavadas C, Sarma P, Kishore A. Utility of susceptibility-weighted MRI in differentiating Parkinson’s disease and atypical parkinsonism. Neuroradiology. 2010;52(12):1087-94. 12 ZHU Wen-zhen QJ-p, ZHAN Chuan-jia, SHU Hong-ge, ZHANG Lin, WANG Cheng-yuan, XIA Li-ming, HU Jun-wu, FENG Ding-yi. Magnetic resonance susceptibility weighted imaging in detecting intracranial calcifi­cation and hemorrhage. Chinese Medical Journal. [Journal Article]. 2008 oct 20;121(20):2021-5. 13 Beauchamp MH, Ditchfield M, Babl FE, Kean M, Catroppa C, Yeates KO, et al. Detecting Traumatic Brain Lesions in Contact Jose Luis Ascencio L. Escanografia Neurologica Medellin Colombia [email protected] Cerebrovascular disease The susceptibility image can be used together with diffusion images to detect the hypoperfused region, the presence of hemorrhaging within the infarct (which could affect the treat­ment), detect acute thrombus and predict the likelihood of hemorrhagic transformation and hemorrhagic complications during and after throm­bolysis treatment, as well as micro­bleeding due to amyloid angiopathy and lacunar infarcts in patients with hypertensive encephalopathy [19, 26-28] (Figs. 9, 10). Vascular occlusion can change the susceptibility of the tissue as a result of reduced arterial flow and an increase in the accumulation of deoxygenated blood, which increases the amount of deoxy-hemoglobin that can be detected by SWI [27, 29]. Neurodegenerative illnesses Certain disorders, such as Parkin­son’s Disease, Huntington’s Disease, Alzheimer’s, multiple sclerosis and amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (Lou Gherig’s Disease) present with abnormal iron deposition, which can be detected and quantified using suscepti­bility imaging [11, 30-33]. SWI can show chronic demyelinating plaques with iron depositions that are hidden in conventional sequences, as the iron con­tent makes the lesions more visible. It can also determine the iron content of the nucleii of deep gray matter that can also be observed in patients with multi­ple sclerosis, as well as the perivenular distribution of the demyelinating lesions [30]. 56 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 57
  • 30.
    How-I-do-it How-I-do-it CurveFitting of the Lipid-Lactate Range in an MR Spectrum: Some Useful Tips Jamie Ho Xiu Mei; Helmut Rumpel Department of Diagnostic Radiology, Singapore General Hospital, Singapore Purpose In the course of a neurological spec­troscopic application, questions about the lipid-lactate signals often occur: How can we accurately interpret an asymmetric pattern with ‘humps’ and partially inverted signals? How can we recognise some fundamental ­patterns in order to differentiate between, for example, an early mem­brane degradation and necrosis? In addition, questions always arise about the proportion of lipid and ­lactate in an overlapping pattern. This article offers some hints to curve fitting of the lipid-lactate range and to avoid incorrect or misleading label­ling of the peaks of an MR spectrum. Background The lipids are a large and diverse group of naturally occurring mole­cules with various functions, from storing energy to being components of membranes. They include miscella­neous subgroups, such as triglycer­ides of subcutaneous fat or bone ­marrow and glycerophospholipids of membranes (Fig. 1). They have in common fatty acids comprising four different proton groups: olefinic pro­tons at 5.3 ppm, allylic protons and protons adjacent to the carboxyl group at 2.0 ppm, aliphatic methy­lene groups (main peak) at 1.3 ppm, and the terminal methyl group at 0.9 ppm. However, their T2 values differ according to whether the fatty acids are part of triglycerides or cell membranes. Unlike glycerophospho­lipids, fatty acids in membranes are embedded in the interior of the mem­brane resulting in efficient spin-spin interactions, thus revealing short T2 Line curve fitting in the NUMARIS software Within the NUMARIS software, line curve fitting is done in the frequency domain [2]. It is the last of the post-processing steps. Provided that the phase correction is optimal, the adequate line curve fitting protocol has to be selected out of a set of three ‘customised’ protocols, namely: 1. lipid signal only, e.g. TE 30_lip 2. lactate signal only, e.g. TE 30_lac 3. lactate and lipid signals e.g. TE 30_lip_lac They are easily derived from the ­Siemens protocol (CSI or SVS) TE 30 using the interactive post-processing environment and adding new peak parameters and peak restrictions (see User Manual). The lipid-containing protocols fit both the lipid_1.3 and the lipid_0.9 peaks with parameters as shown in figure 3. An analogous set of protocols shall be customised for TE 135. How do we identify lipids and lactate? Lipid-only peak (Fig. 3A): Here, the assignment method is straightfor­ward. Firstly, we look at the line width of the peaks. Their full width at half maximum is reciprocally pro­portional to T2. As a rule of thumb, T2 of lipids is shorter than that of lactate, and thus the lipid peak is broader. Secondly, one can also look at the symmetry of the peak (whether it has a symmetrical Gaussian / Lorentzian shape). Thirdly, lipids should appear as two peaks. Their relative intensities may vary depending on the stage of degradation (Fig. 4). Lactate-only peak (Fig. 3A): The scalar coupling constant JIS and phase dependency of the lactate signal, S ~ [cos (JIS TE)] can be used as a kind of lactate editing: a dou­blet signal of 7 Hz and a 180 degree phase shift at TE 135 ms. In contrast to the lipid peak, the lactate peak reveals a sharp doublet pattern, or at least it appears foreshadowed. H1 H H2 H H H H3 H4 H 1 (1A) Triglycerides, (1B) Phospholipid structures. Note that in MR terminology, peaks arising from methyl-/methylene protons of fatty acids are referred to as ‘lipid peaks’. Schematic MR spectrum of normal brain tissue. Myo-inositol, choline, and lipid signals are ‘iceberg-like’ as most signal is invisible due to short T2. In the event of hydrolysis of inositol phospholipids or high cellular membrane turnover, myo-inositol, choline, and lipids become more ‘MR visible’ due to change in T2 towards higher values. 2 values. As such, even in short TE spectra, signals from intact mem­branes are hardly visible, whereas the freely tumbling fatty acids in triglyc­erides and also the less restricted ‘fragments’ of fatty acids from mem­brane degradation produce strong signals due to a longer T2. In drawing a comparison with an iceberg, pro­tons of membranes namely those of methyl-, methylene-groups, choline, and myo-inositol, are MR-invisible unless they ‘surface’ due to degrada­tion processes (Fig. 2). For example, depending on the grade of degrada­tion of membranes in brain tumours, the MR signals of the said membrane fragments are raised in a characteris­tic way [1]. Lipid-lactate peak (Fig. 3A): In the case of lipid-lactate overlapping, this approach of Lorentzian-Gauss­ian curve fitting will be inaccurate in differentiating between lipid and lactate proportions, because the best fit is driven by the method of least squares rather than taking 2 Schematic diagram of the peak pattern in the lipid-lactate range. (3A) Broad lipid peak due to short T2 (blue), sharp lactate doublet due to J coupling and long T2 (orange), superposition of the lipid and lactate peak (black) for short TE. Depending on slight resonance offsets and relative intensities, often a ‘hump’ is visible (arrow). (3B) Superposition of lipid and lactate peaks for long TE (135 ms). 3 pre-knowledge of different shapes into account. In fact the operator will identify asymmetric patterns (showing a hump on one side) or if they partially invert on TE 135 spectra (Fig. 3B). Representative cases are shown in figures 5 and 6. 1B 3A 3B 1A O Fatty acid Glycerol Fatty acid O O O O C O C H H H H H H H H H H H Choline Choline fatty acid fatty acid fatty acid fatty acid Choline Choline fatty acid fatty acid fatty acid fatty acid Choline Choline fatty acid fatty acid fatty acid fatty acid myo-Ins myo-Ins fatty acid fatty acid fatty acid fatty acid myo-Ins myo-Ins fatty acid fatty acid fatty acid fatty acid myo-Ins myo-Ins fatty acid fatty acid fatty acid fatty acid INS CHO CRE NAA LAC LIP MR visible @TE 135 MR invisible @TE 135 58 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 59
  • 31.
    How-I-do-it Lipid I:19.3 Lac I: 6.4 Illustration of a representative case of lipid-lactate overlap. (5A) Metabolite maps. In (5B), the lactate doublet peak dominates the pattern which also shows an unequal doublet with higher signal and broadening of the right peak of the doublet. Therefore, the TE_30_lip_lac protocol has been used. Due to T2 relaxation, the lipid component became negligible at TE 135, and only the lactate has been labelled with the TE_135_lac protocol in (5C). In 5D–F, lipids overwhelm the pattern. Since lactate is neither detected on TE 135, nor a ‘hump’ is observable on TE 30, the protocol TE_30_lip_lac is inappropriate. C C H n Lipid_1.3 5 Line curve fitting in the syngo.via software. Lipid-lactate compositions are slightly different in (7A) and (7B). 7 Line curve fitting in the NUMARIS software. (4A) Entire spectrum, (4B) lactate component, (4C) lipid _1.3 component, (4D) lipid_0.9 component. Note that the proportions of lipid and lactate should be regarded with caution. 4 Line curve fitting in syngo.via In syngo.via the approach of curve ­fitting in the time domain has been chosen [3]. It is based on PRISMA [4] using the basis set of metabolic time signals of brain metabolites together with published values of chemical shifts and coupling constants. The delineation of a lactate-lipid over­lap is based on free induction decays (FIDs), in which the distinct T2 values make the segmentation more accu­rate. Figure 7 depicts two examples: 4A 5A Spectra of a glioblastoma multi­forme, (6A) from the peri-lesional area, (6B) from the solid enhancing area. Note the relative intensities of lipid at 1.3 ppm and 0.9 ppm as in an early stage of membrane degradation (6A) these signals do not reflect a proton density even at TE 30, rather they are T2-weighted, whilst in a more advanced stage (6B) T2 becomes long enough for both signals resulting in a proton density spectrum (6C). 6 6A 6B TE 30 TE 30_lip_lac TE 135 TE 135_lac TE 30 TE 30_lip TE 30 TE 30_lip_lac TE 135 TE 135_lip Lactate area Lipid area a) with a clearly visible hump at half maximum of the Lip_1.3 peak, and b) with only an adumbrated hump (arrow). It demonstrates that delineating highly non-uniform signal composi­tions is possible with only one protocol for all cases. The protocol can be easily linked together by selecting the appropriate lactate and lipid templates as shown in figure 8. 7A 7B 4B 4C 4D Lactate map Lipid map 5B 5C 5D 5E 5F 6C Methylene – Group @ 1.3ppm Methyl – Group @ 0.9ppm H H H H I: 29.34 Lac I: 1.19 Lipid_1.3 I: 18.46 Lac I: 4.84 How-I-do-it 60 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 61
  • 32.
    How-I-do-it 8 Lipid-lactateprotocol in syngo.via. References 1 Li X, Vigneron DB, Cha S, Graves EE, Crawford F,Chang SM, Nelson SJ. 2005. Relationship of MR-Derived Lactate, Mobile Lipids, and Relative Blood Volume for Gliomas in Vivo. AJNR Am J ­Neuroradiol 26:760–769. 2 Mierisová Š, Ala-Korpela M.2001.MR spectroscopy quantitation: a review of frequency domain methods. NMR in Biomedicine;14, 247-259. 3 Vanhamme L, Sundin T, Van Hecke P, Van Huffel S. 2001. MR spectroscopy quantitation: a review of time-domain methods NMR in Biomedicine; 14,233–246. 4 http://elib.suub.uni-bremen.de/ publications/diss/html/E-Diss1066_HTML. html Contact Helmut Rumpel, Ph.D. Department of Diagnostic Radiology Singapore General Hospital [email protected] Conclusion Carefully labelled spectra in the lac­tate– lipid region are a prerequisite to sending them to a PACS system as otherwise they can be misleading for further examinations and treat­ment planning by clinicians. Curve fitting based on chemical shift assignments should be made with caution. The technologist is required to identify ‘what is what’, as erroneous lipid-lactate discrimi­nation is inherent to frequency domain curve fitting of overlapping peaks. By ­following basic steps, the lactate-lipid overlap within the region from 0.9 to 1.3 ppm can be reliably delineated. However, the proportions of lipid and lactate remain ambiguous as various sets of model peaks, i.e. half-width, ­signal intensity and chemical shift, may lead to the same result of curve fitting. Incorporation of prior knowledge such as supportive model spectra automates the curve fitting of a ­lactate- lipid overlap. The protocol TE_30_lip_lac can be made stan­dard practice. 8 62 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world Head-to-Toe Imaging Clinical Relevant clinical information at your fingertips From technology to clinical applications, you will find all the latest news on Siemens MR at www.siemens.com/magnetom-world Don’t miss the talks of international experts on all aspects of Magnetic Resonance Imaging. Go to Clinical Corner > Clinical Talks The centerpiece of the MAGNETOM World Internet platform consists of our users’ clinical results. Here you will find case reports and clinical methods. Go to Clinical Corner > Case Studies Just a mouse click away you will find application videos and useful tips allowing you to optimize your daily MR examinations. Go to Clinical Corner > Application Tips Liver Imaging Today Tobias Heye, M.D.1; Mustafa R. Bashir, M.D.² 1Department of Radiology, University Hospital Basel, Switzerland 2Department of Radiology, Duke University Medical Center, NC, USA Introduction Liver disease is a global burden with a growing incidence and prevalence. The World Health Organization recently esti-mated that there are 800,000 cirrhosis-related deaths per year world-wide [1]. Chronic liver disease has a great impact on public health care costs with thera-peutic options ranging from antiviral treatment for viral hepatitis to orthotopic liver transplant for end stage cirrhosis. A variety of pathogens, which can be toxic, viral, metabolic or autoimmune in nature, can induce fibrosis which may progress to cirrhosis if the disease is not detected and treated. An estimated 150 million people world-wide are chronically infected with hepatitis C virus, approximately 350,000 people die due to hepatitis C related liver disease [2]. Liver fibrosis may be revers-ible at an early stage, which indicates the 1A 1B 1089_Flash_52_Inhalt_CC.indd 111 02.04.13 10:45 How-I-do-it Abdominal Imaging Clinical importance of screening and detection of liver disease. Many forms of liver fibrosis and cirrhosis especially secondary to viral hepatitis increase the risk for the devel-opment of liver cancer, namely hepato-cellular carcinoma. Non-alcoholic steatohepatatis is emerg-ing as a major pathway into chronic liver disease and is closely related to other metabolic disease entities such as diabe-tes and morbid obesity. The incidence and prevalence of these diseases has risen steadily over recent years. In a clinical context, liver disease is often reflected by a combination of several contributing factors, fibrosis, hepatic steatosis and iron overload, each with different forms of manifestations. Although these diseases are considered ‘diffuse’, actual hepatic parenchymal involvement by any of these can be irregular and patchy, leaving other parenchymal areas unaffected. Clinical management of patients with diffuse liver disease requires tools to accurately detect and classify the various forms of liver disease. Even with decades of experience in imaging, liver biopsy and the histological workup of the specimens have traditionally been the reference standard in the characterization of liver disease [3]. However, biopsy is prone to sampling errors if less affected paren-chyma is sampled and may not reflect the true disease severity and distribution in a particular organ due to the variance in the heterogeneous pattern of histological changes on a macroscopic scale [4, 5]. Biopsy, associated with the risks of an invasive procedure, is employed for dis-ease detection and staging, but periodi-cally repeated biopsy is not a practical 1 Results of the Screening Dixon tech-nique which produces color coded maps to visualize the distribution of detected abnormal metabolites in two dif-ferent clinical examples. (1A) A patient with dif-fuse hepatic steatosis as indicated by the yellow hue. (1B) A patient with diffuse iron overload as marked by blue overlay to the affected liver. MAGNETOM Flash · 2/2013 · www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 111 Faster Abdominal MRI Examinations by Limiting Table Movement Mustafa Rifaat Bashir1; Brian Marshall Dale2; Wilhelm Horger3; Daniel Tobias Boll1; Elmar Max Merkle1 1 Radiology, Duke University Medical Center, Durham, NC, USA 2 Siemens Healthcare, Cary, NC, USA 3 Siemens Healthcare, Erlangen, Germany 1 How to create a minimized shimming protocol. Modifications will be made to pulse sequences following the initial localizers (1A). For the second sequence in the scan protocol, ‘Shim mode’ is set to ‘Standard’, and ‘Adjust with body coil’ is selected (1B). For the third and subsequent se-quences, ‘Positioning mode’ is set to ‘FIX’ (1C). ‘Shim mode’ is set to ‘Standard’, ‘Adjust with body coil’ is selected, and ‘Adjustment Tolerance’ is set to ‘Maximum’ (1D). Finally, for the third sequence, a reference is created to the table position of the second sequence (1E). The same reference is created for all subsequent sequences (1F). 1A 1D 118 MAGNETOM Flash · 2/2013 · www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 1089_Flash_52_Inhalt_CC.indd 118 02.04.13 10:45 Clinical Abdominal Imaging 6 configurable delay times 6 Example of the Abdomen Dot Engine user interface showing the guidance view that allows global planning of delay times within a dynamic contrast enhanced liver MRI protocol. ity. Additionally, multiple scan types which differ by only a few minor compo-nents (e.g., with or without MR Cholan-giopancreatography (MRCP), with or without diffusion-weighted imaging) can be combined into a single, efficient protocol with a few key decision points, reducing redundancy and allowing for simpler base protocol maintenance and modification when necessary. Summary MRI examinations face serious competi-tion compared to sonography and CT when categories such as robustness, acquisition time, patient comfort and health care costs are considered. An abundance of information may be acquired through high resolution imag-ing and dedicated quantitative MRI sequences, but images and measure-ments should be reproducible and reli-able in their diagnostic value. The redun-dancy of preparatory steps for the operator within an MRI protocol is an opportunity for more efficient and less time consuming imaging. In addition, the image acquisition process can be improved by means of faster imaging at higher resolution with the implementa-tion of new parallel imaging acceleration techniques, to reduce the risk of motion 116 MAGNETOM Flash · 2/2013 · www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 1089_Flash_52_Inhalt_CC.indd 116 02.04.13 10:45 How-I-do-it Methods Automated algorithms to minimize table movement have already been incorpo-rated into MAGNETOM MRI systems under syngo MR D11 and later software versions. Under earlier software versions, a few simple steps can be performed to convert a standard MRI protocol into a minimized shimming protocol, in order to realize the time savings previously described. These changes can all be made via the Exam Explorer (Fig. 1A). Pulse Sequence #1 – localizer The first pulse sequence of an examination is a localizer, typically utilizing either a three-plane TrueFISP or HASTE technique. At the MRI console, under the ‘Sequence’ card, the Shim is set to ‘None’ (typically the default value), and precalibrated prescan data is used with no need to acquire new prescan data. No additional modification of this sequence is required. Pulse Sequence #2 – first and only table move Using the image data from the localizer sequence, the image volume for Pulse Sequence #2 is prescribed. This volume should be centered on the area of interest and rather large, covering the volume of interest for the entire examination; at our in patients with limited breath-hold capa-bilities. which self-optimize during the course of the examination or use initial pulse sequences to tailor subsequent sequence selection, can provide faster and more efficient examinations, which include quantitative data when appro-priate. improvements may equip liver MRI examinations with sufficient tools to remain unique in delivering disease spe-cific their diagnostic value. 2B 2E 2D institution, we typically use a coronal HASTE sequence for this purpose. The prescan data acquired in this step, includ-ing shim data, will be carried forward for the remainder of the examination. The following modifications are made to this pulse sequence: 1. In the ‘System’ card, under the ‘Adjust-ments’ tab, set ‘Shim mode’ to ‘Stan-dard’. Check the ‘Adjust with body coil’ box (Fig. 1B). Pulse Sequences #3 and higher – no further table movements For all subsequent pulse sequences, table movement is disallowed, and prescan adjustment data from Pulse Sequence #2 is carried forward, so that as little time as possible is spent acquiring new adjust-ment data. The following modifications are made: 1. In the ‘System’ card, under the ‘Miscel-laneous’ tab, set ‘Position mode’ to ‘FIX’ (Fig. 1C). 2. In the ‘System’ card, under the ‘Adjust-ments’ tab: set ‘Shim mode’ to ‘Stan-dard’; select ‘Adjust with body coil’; and set ‘Adjustment Tolerance’ to ‘Maxi-mum’ (Fig. 1D). 3. From the Exam Explorer, right-click on the sequence and select ‘Properties’. 120 MAGNETOM Flash · 2/2013 · www.siemens.com/magnetom-world Intelligent imaging protocols, Combining all of the described quantitative data while expanding Under the ‘Copy References’ tab, check the ‘Copy reference is active’ box, then select Pulse Sequence #2 in the left-hand window and ‘Table position’ in the right-hand window (Fig. 1E). In combination with step #2 above, this ensures that the MRI system table will not move when progressing to later pulse sequences in the examination, despite different prescriptions for the imaging volume. 4. Repeat steps 1–4 for all subsequent sequences (Figure 1F). Discussion Preparatory adjustments made by an MRI system are essential to realize excellent image quality. In particular, adequate shimming is necessary to ensure magnetic field homogeneity. Shimming is a process whereby the main magnetic field (B0) is fine-tuned to compensate for field fluctu-ations and inhomogeneities introduced by the presence of the human body within the scanner. These adjustments are applied specifically to a volume within the bore of the magnet (based on the anticipated imaging volume), attempting to optimize magnetic field homogeneity within that volume while sacrificing field homogene-ity outside of the volume. 2A 2C 1089_Flash_52_Inhalt_CC.indd 120 02.04.13 10:46 For the whole range of clinical MR information visit us at www.siemens.com/magnetom-world
  • 33.
    Clinical Neurology NeurologyClinical T1-weighted Phase Sensitive Inversion Recovery for Imaging Multiple Sclerosis Lesions in the Cervical Spinal Cord MS lesions in the brain. The FLAIR technique is a T2-weighted sequence with a long TR and TE and is used to demonstrate the changes in T2 relax­ation times in lesions when compared to normal ­tissue. As the name indi­cates, the ­signal of cerebro-spinal fluid (CSF) is attenuated. CSF has a long T1 relaxation times compared to the other tissues in both the brain and cervical spine. There­fore, a rather long inversion time is needed to null the signal of CSF (~ 2500 ms). Hence, the contrast in T2-weighted FLAIR images allows for easier assessment of (MS) lesions, especially when the lesions are close to CSF, as compared to normal T2-weighted images. However, while the FLAIR technique works well in the brain, it is hampered by flow and motion artifacts when used in the cervical spine. Double Inversion recovery The Double Inversion Recovery tech­nique has been implemented in the SPACE-DIR sequence in the Siemens syngo MR D13 software. A protocol optimized for brain imaging is also provided. SPACE-DIR is a T2-weighted technique which uses two inversion pulses, combined with a fat satura­tion pulse, to null both the signal of CSF and normal white matter. Similar to the FLAIR technique, this sequence is used to exploit the changes in T2 relaxation times in lesions when com­pared to normal tissue. In the brain, SPACE-DIR improves visualization of Bart Schraa, MSc., Senior MR Application Specialist Inversion Recovery Sequences used for imaging Multiple Sclerosis Several inversion recovery techniques are used for imaging lesions in MS. Among these are Fluid Attenuated Inversion Recovery (FLAIR), Sampling Perfection with Application optimized Contrasts using different flip-angle Evolutions Double Inversion Recovery (SPACE-DIR), and T1-weighted Phase Sensitive Inversion Recovery (PSIR). Fluid Attenuated Inversion Recovery FLAIR is commonly used to assess white matter lesions and in particular Siemens LTD Canada Introduction Multiple sclerosis (MS) is an inflam­matory disease in which the insulat­ing covers of nerve cells in the brain and spinal cord are damaged. Mag­netic resonance imaging (MRI) was first used to visualize multiple sclerosis (MS) in the upper cervical spine in late 1980 [1]. Spinal MS is often associated with concomitant brain lesions; however, as many as 20% of patients with spinal lesions do not have intracranial plaques [2]. This article describes the experiences with a T1-weighted phase sensitive inver­sion recovery sequence for the detec­tion of MS lesions in the cervical ­spinal cord using the MAGNETOM Skyra with syngo MR D13A software. 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0 Magnitude Reconstruction 110 160 210 260 310 360 410 460 510 560 610 Normal Cord Lesion Inversion time Relative signal intensity the cortex and reveals cortical lesions as hyperintense relative to normal ­surrounding gray matter. It also pro­vides a high contrast between white matter lesions and the surrounding normal white matter. Initial studies have investigated the applicability of DIR for lesion imaging in the spinal cord with positive results [3]. Never­theless, while SPACE-DIR provides a high contrast and isotropic voxels, its rather long acquisition time (~8 min) may prove challenging within a clinical setting. 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.01 0 T1-weighted phase sensitive inversion recovery A promising potential alternative for imaging MS lesions in the cervical ­spinal cord [4], is the T1-weighted true or phase sensitive inversion recovery (PSIR) sequence. This tech­nique has been used to detect MS lesions both in white and cortical gray matter in the brain [5, 6]. This sequence exploits the differences in T1 relaxation times of tissues rather than the differences in T2 relaxation times as for both FLAIR and SPACE-DIR. Contrast Since the inversion time used is ­chosen such that it nulls the signal of normal white matter (~350–400 ms @ 3T), normal white matter is dis­played as intermediate gray. All other tissues will have either lower or higher signal intensity than normal white matter depending on their T1 relax­ation time relative to normal white matter. This provides a high contrast between MS lesions and surrounding tissue. Moreover, because PSIR uses a short TE, it is less sensitive to flow artifacts. High resolution imaging can also be achieved within reasonable scan times. Based on these advantages, T1-weighted PSIR is now being explored for the detection of MS lesions in the cervical spinal cord. Reconstruction methods The T1-weighted PSIR images can be reconstructed as a magnitude or a phase sensitive (real) image (Fig. 1). Magnitude reconstruction The magnitude reconstruction does not consider the sign of the signal. Therefore, the tissue which is nulled by the inversion time will have a ­signal intensity of zero and all other tissues will have higher signal inten­sity (ranging from 0 to +4096), regard­less of whether they have shorter or longer T1 relaxation time than the nulled tissue (Fig. 2). However, there is a range of inversion times where the contrast between two different Signal behavior in an inversion recovery sequence using magnitude reconstruction. 2 Parameter Card for choosing magnitude or phase sensitive (real) reconstruction method in an Inversion Recovery sequence. 1 1 2 Contrast behavior in an inversion recovery sequence using magnitude or phase sensitive (real) reconstruction. 3 4 T1-weighted PSIR images using (4A) magnitude and (4B) phase sensitive (real) reconstruc­tions. 4A 4B Magnitude Real Inversion time Relative signal intensity 110 160 210 260 310 360 410 460 510 560 610 3 64 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 65
  • 34.
    Clinical Neurology NeurologyClinical tissues, e.g., lesion and normal tissue, can be decreased or even disappear. This range depends on T1 relaxation times of the two tissues and range between the two inversion times that would null one or the other tissue. In the example shown in figure 3, it ranges from approximately 390 to 430 ms. An example of the magnitude image is shown in figure 4A. Phase sensitive reconstruction In the phase sensitive reconstruction, the sign of the signal is taken in account for the reconstruction of the image (Fig. 5). As opposed to the magnitude reconstruction where the signal intensity in the image ranges from 0 to +4096, for the phase sensi­tive reconstruction it ranges from -4096 to +4096. This results in an image where the tissue which is nulled by the inversion time will be dis­played as intermediate gray and all other tissues will have a lower or higher signal intensity depending on their T1 relaxation times relative to the T1 relaxation time of the nulled tissue. Tissues with a shorter T1 relax­ation time will have a higher signal (e.g. fat), whereas tissues with a lon­ger T1 relaxation time will have lower signal (e.g. CSF). Unlike the magni­tude reconstruction, the contrast between tissues remains largely pre­served independent of the chosen inversion time. Since the T1 relaxation time of lesions might vary from patient to patient and even from lesion to lesion, the phase sensitive reconstruction should be used to reconstruct the images. An example of the phase sensitive reconstruction is shown in figure 4B. Clinical Cases Case 1 Patient with a MS lesion at the level of C6 (Fig. 6). The lesion is difficult to see on the T2- and PD-weighted images. However, the MS lesion can be clearly seen in the T1-weighted PSIR image. Case 2 Patient with diffuse MS lesions in the spinal cord from level C3 to C6 (Fig. 7). The lesions are hardly visible on the T2- and PD-weighted images, whereas the T1-weighted PSIR shows the lesions more clearly. Case 3 Patient with a known MS lesion at the level of C3-C4 (Figs. 8 A–C) and C7-T1 (Figs. 8 D–F). The lesion at the level of C3-C4 can hardly be seen on the T2-weighted image. Both the PD- and the T1-weighted PSIR show this lesion clearly. While the lesion at the level of C7-T1 is poorly visible on the T2- and PD-weighted images, the T1-weighted PSIR shows it very clearly. Imaging Parameters The parameters for the sequences used in the clinical cases are listed in table 1. Conclusion The T1-weighted PSIR shows great potential in revealing MS lesions in the cervical spinal cord. While using this technique it is important to use the phase sensitive reconstruction to preserve the contrast between MS lesions and normal appearing tissue. Due of the nature of the reconstruc­tion, and because T1 values of lesions can vary from patient to patient, for reliable depiction of lesions, the phase sensitive reconstruction is recom­mended. This is as, unlike the magni­tude reconstruction, the phase sensi­tive reconstruction provides a contrast between different tissues that is largely independent of the chosen inversion time. Acknowledgements We acknowledge the invaluable ­support of Dr. Montanera, Dr. Alcaide Leon and Mrs. Karima Murji of St. Michael’s Hospital (Toronto, ­Canada) for providing the clinical cases and their feedback. 5 8A 8B 8C 8D 8E 8F Table 1: Imaging parameters for the sequences used in the clinical cases. t2_tse_sag_384 pd_tse_sag_p2 t1_tir_sag_ms TR 3500.0 ms 2500.0 ms 2400.0 ms TE 106.0 ms 23 ms 9.4 ms TI 400 ms Slices 15 15 15 Slice thickness 3.0 mm 3.0 mm 3.0 mm FOV Read 220 mm 220 mm 220 mm FOV Phase 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% Magn. preparation None None Slice-sel. IR Base resolution 384 320 320 5 Signal behavior in an inversion recovery sequence using phase sensitive (real) reconstruction. 6A 6B 6C 7A 7B 7C T2- (7A), PD- (7B) and T1-weighted PSIR (7C) images of a patient with known diffuse MS lesions at the level of C3–C6 (Case 2). 7 T2- (6A), PD- (6B) and T1-weighted (6C) PSIR images of a patient with a known MS lesion at the level of C6 (Case 1). 6 T2- (8A, D), PD- (8B, E) and T1-weighted PSIR (8C, F) images of a patient with known MS lesions at the level of C3–C4 (top row) and C7-T1 (bottom row) (Case 3). 8 Relative signal intensity 0.4 0.2 0 -0.2 -0.4 -0.6 -0.8 Real Reconstruction 110 160 210 260 310 360 410 460 510 560 610 Normal Cord Lesion Inversion time 66 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 67
  • 35.
    Clinical Neurology Whole-BodyImaging Clinical References 1 Honig LS, Sheremata WA. Magnetic resonance imaging of spinal cord lesions in multiple sclerosis. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry. Apr 1989;52(4):459-466. 2 Noseworthy JH, Lucchinetti C, Rodriguez M, et al. Multiple sclerosis. N Engl J Med. Sep 28 2000;343(13):938-452. 3 Shipp D. Case Report: Cervical Spine 3D Double Inversion Recovery (DIR) in Demyelination. MAGNETOM FLASH magazine 1/2012 ISMRM Edition: 49-50 4 Poonawalla AH, Hou P, Nelson FA, Wolinsky JS, Narayana PA. Cervical Spinal Cord Lesions in Multiple Sclerosis: T1-weighted Inversion-Recovery MR Imaging with Phase-Sensitive Recon­struction. Radiology. 2008 Jan; 246(1): 258-264. 5 Hou P, Hasan KM, Sitton CW, Wolinsky JS, Narayana PA. Phase-sensitive T1 inversion recovery imaging: a time-efficient interleaved technique for improved tissue contrast in neuro­imaging. AJNR Am J Neuroradiol 2005;26:1432–1438. 6 Nelson F, Poonawalla AH, Hou P, Huang F, Wolinsky JS, Narayana P. Improved visualization of intracortical lesions in multiple sclerosis by phase-sensitive inversion recovery in combination with fast double inversion recovery MR imaging. Presented at the 22nd Congress of the European Committee for the Treatment and Research in Multiple Sclerosis, Madrid, September 27–30, 2006; 639. Download Visit us at www.siemens.com/ MAGNETOM-world to download the .edx file for 3T MAGNETOM Skyra Contact Bart Schraa, MSc. Siemens Canada Ltd. NAM RC-CA H CX-CS APP 1577 North Service Road East L6H 0H6 Oakville ON Canada Phone: +1 (416) 818 6795 [email protected] Save the Date Heidelberg Summer School Musculoskeletal Cross Sectional Imaging 2014 July 25th / 26th 2014 Heidelberg, Germany MAGNETOM Flash · 1/2012 · www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 69 The Heidelberg Summer School offers advanced learning opportunities and promotes the academic exchange of knowledge, ideas, and experiences by bringing together physicians and professional staff from all over the world. Excellent speakers will cover a wide range of medical, physical, and technical topics in musculoskeletal imaging. All lectures are in English. Course director Marc-André Weber, M.D., M.Sc. Professor of Radiology, Section Head Musculoskeletal Radiology at the University Hospital Heidelberg CME Accreditation The symposium will be accredited by the ‘Landesärztekammer Baden-Württemberg’ with CME credits (category A). Also, the symposium is accredited for 1 category 3 credit point for the ESSR diploma by the European Society of Musculoskeletal Radiology. Registration Mrs. Marianne Krebs, Secretary of the Section Musculoskeletal Radiology [email protected] For further information please visit: www.heidelbergsummerschool.de Expert Talks Don’t miss the talks of experienced and renowned experts covering a broad range of MR imaging Highest quality imaging in an optimized clinical workflow Johan Dehem, M.D. VZW Jan Yperman, Ieper, Belgium MR/PET and radiology as information business Dieter Enzman, M.D. University of California Los Angeles, Los Angeles, CA, USA Visit us at www.siemens.com/magnetom-world Go to Clinical Corner > Clinical Talks
  • 36.
    Pictorial Essay Benignand Malignant Bone Tumors: Radiological Diagnosis and Imaging Features Katharina Grünberg, M.D.; Christoph Rehnitz, M.D.; Marc-André Weber, M.D., M.Sc. Section Musculoskeletal Radiology, Diagnostic and Interventional Radiology, University Hospital Heidelberg, Germany Topics The learning objectives of this review article are to identify benign vs. malig-nant criteria in bone tumor diagnosis and also to differentiate the types of bone tumors and their characteriza-tion. Based on the Lodwick classifica-tion an overview of the three main types of bone destruction patterns visible on radiographs will be given with many examples. Typical examples of benign and malignant bone tumors will be demonstrated, the various imaging modalities will be compared, and their utility will be dis-cussed. The image gallery comprises pearls and pitfalls. Presentation of standardized magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) protocols will be given. Of course, this pictorial essay does not have the focus of comprehensively presenting all bone tumor entities. Introduction Primary bone tumors are categorized according to their tissue of origin into cartilage, osteogenic, fibrogenic, fibrohistiocytic, haematopoietic, vas-cular, lipogenic tumors and several other tumors, like Ewing sarcoma and giant cell tumor [1]. Thy are also classified as either benign, malignant or semi-malignant, as well as tumor-like lesions [2]. They are rare, but found on radiographs during an investigation of a painful skeletal region or incidentally, e.g. when performing a joint or whole-body MRI. You will need four diagnostic columns to make a diagnosis of a bone tumor. 1. Malignant vs. benign? X-rays: Aggressiveness: Analysis of growth rate (Lodwick classification), periosteal reaction? Further imaging modality CT, MRI? Make a specific diagnosis: 2. Analysis of tumor matrix: X-rays, CT: ­Osteolytic, osteoblastic, mixed 3. Location within the tumor-bearing bone: Epi-, meta-, diaphysis 4. Patient’s age, (affected bone) in 80% correct specific diagnosis [4] Four diagnostic columns Four diagnostic columns (Fig. 1) Tumor’s aggressiveness The radiograph is the first method to distinguish benign from malignant lesions: at first by analysing the aggres-siveness (analysis of growth rate) of a lesion according to the classification of Lodwick [3]. In radiographs there is a correlation between bone tumor‘s growth rate and dignity. If you identify an aggressive growth pattern and/or malignant periosteal reaction another imaging modality like computed tomography (CT) or magnetic reso-nance imaging (MRI) is needed. MRI is important for defining the extension of tumor before biopsy. Tumor matrix In a second step, it is essential to analyze the mineralisation of tumor matrix in radiographs or CT. The matrix may be osteolytic, osteoblastic, or mixed, i.e. osteolytic with matrix mineralisation. Lodwick classification (Fig. 2) Based on the Lodwick classification, an overview of the three main types of bone destruction patterns visible on radiographs are given with a repre-sentative example: Type 1: geographic (with a: well-defined border with sclerotic rim, b: well-defined and sharp border but without sclerotic rim, c: ill-defined and blurred border); Type 2: geographic with moth-eaten or permeated pattern (patchy lysis); Type 3: small, patchy, ill-defined areas of lytic bone destruction with moth-eaten or permeated pattern (patchy lucencies) [3, 6]. Lodwick classification IA IB IC II III Non-ossifying fibroma Aneurysmal bone cyst Giant cell tumor Ewing’s sarcoma Osteosarcoma Lodwick classification: An o 2 verview of the three main types of bone destruction patterns with representative image examples. 1 Tumor’s aggressiveness Tumor matrix Tumor location Patient’s age 1 The four diagnostic columns needed to achieve a correct, specific diagnosis in about 80% of cases [4]. Tumor location and patient age To make a specific tumor diagnosis, the location within the tumor-bear-ing bone (epi-, meta- and diaphysis) and the patient’s age are also impor-tant. With an optimized combination of the different parameters, the expert achieves a correct, specific diagnosis in about 80% of cases [4, 5]. In other words, even a dedicated musculo-skeletal radiologist fails to predict the correct histological diagnosis in one fifth of all cases. 2 Orthopedic Imaging Clinical MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 71 Clinical Orthopedic Imaging 70 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world Geographic, well-defined & sclerotic rim Geographic well-defined & sharp border but without sclerotic rim Geographic but blurred border Geographic & moth-eaten damage with patchy lysis Permeated lytic damage with small patchy lucencies
  • 37.
    Criteria of malignancy(Fig. 3) Periosteal reactions are also indica­tors of lesion aggressiveness and can be differentiated according to a benign (thick, dense, wavy) type or an aggressive (lamellated, amorphous, sunburst) type. ­Figures 3A–D show an example of an 80-year-old man with a cloudy inhomogeneous tumor of the distal humerus with perpendic­ular periosteal reaction of a malignant sunburst type, partial cortical destruc­tion and a big soft ­tissue component, best seen in MRI. All these criteria suggest a malignant process. Differ­ential diagnoses are osteosarcoma or bone metastasis. Biopsy results in the diagnosis of metastasis of rectal cancer (adenocarcinoma). Types of bone tumors According to their type of matrix (osteolytic, osteoblastic, or osteolytic with matrix mineralization) and to their tissue of origin, bone tumors are categorized into different types: osteoid, chondroid, fibrous, lipoid/ fatty, other, cystic (solitary bone cyst, aneurysmal bone cyst), vascular (hemangioma), special cell type: Giant cell (osteoclastoma), small cell (Ewing’s sarcoma), histiocytes (eosino­philic granuloma), plasma cells (multiple myeloma), notochordal cells (chordoma) and metastases. Osteoid type Osteoid osteoma and Osteoblastoma (Fig. 4) This entity is frequent: around 13.5% of all benign bone tumors are osteoid osteomas. The patients are usually younger than 30 years and suffer „night pain relieved by aspirin“ and other platelet aggregation inhibitors. The main location is in more than 50% within diaphysis of long bones and in 10% within the vertebral column with painful scoliosis. Osteoid osteomas show in CT and X-ray a perifocal scle­rotic lesion with a central lucency (nidus) that is cortically based in 80%. Medullary, subperiosteal and articular locations also occur. ­Calcification of the nidus is possible. The nidus is extremely vascular in contrast-enhanced MRI and it is important to identify the nidus as the tumor itself; surrounding sclerosis and bone mar­row edema pattern is just reactive. It should be noted that lesions may have less or no sclerosis if the nidus is located in the marrow or in/adja­cent to a joint (Fig. 5). Osteoid oste­oma resembles osteomyelitis: For example if a Brodie’s abscess is in an eccentric position, e.g. cortically located, it is difficult to differ Brodie’s abscess from osteoid osteoma. The differentiation can then only be done by biopsy or radionuclide bone scan: Osteoid osteoma shows – in contrast to osteomyelitis – the ‘double density sign’ (i.e. a high intense central activity surrounded by an area of medium activity). A lesion larger than 1.5 cm is called osteoblastoma [7, 11]. Radiofrequency ablation (RFA) is a successful treatment [8, 9, 10]. Keys to diagnosis: Sclerotic lesion with a small lucency in X-ray. The nidus shows a high signal on T2-weighted MR images and has a strong contrast-enhancement. 3 80-year-old man with a cloudy inhomogeneous tumor of the left distal humerus. (3A) Radiograph with lateral projection shows the perpendicular periosteal reaction of a malignant sunburst type of the humerus with partial cortical destruction (yellow arrow). (3B) The corresponding antero-posterior radiograph shows the partial cortical destruction and a big soft tissue component (orange arrows), best demonstrated in MRI (orange arrows). (3C) Sagittal T1w, (3D) sagittal PDw with fat saturation. 3A 3B 3C 3D 4A 4B 16-year-old male patient with osteoidblastoma (OB) of the right fibula. (4A) lateral radiograph shows well the cortical swelling of the fibula in the patient with OB but without lucency. The reason for that is best seen in 4B, C (axial CT in different positions) and 4D (coronal CT), where the upper part of the nidus is completely calcified whereas the smaller lower part shows only little calcification (*). (4E) shows a coronal CT with the ablation cannula (*) in the upper calcified part of the nidus during CT-guided radiofrequency ablation and the second ablation channel thereunder (#). T2w STIR images (4F axial and 4G coronal) as well as T1w axial images (4H, I) demonstrate the vascularisation of the lower and the calcification of the upper nidus part with low T2w signal. 4 4C 4F 4D 4G 4E 4H 4I Orthopedic Imaging Clinical MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 73 Clinical Orthopedic Imaging 72 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world
  • 38.
    5A 5B 5C 5D 5E 5F 17-year-old male patient with articular osteoid osteoma (OO) of the left knee joint. (5A–C) Axial, sagittal and coronal CT with the articular position of the OO show no sclerosis of the nidus-margin (orange circle). In CT you see well that the nidus shows some central ossifications. The axial T2w MRI with fat saturation (5D) demonstrates the joint effusion and synovitis (yellow arrow). You can also see well that because of the central nidus calcifications the OO has only isointense to less hyperintense signal in T2w (orange circle) instead of the typical strong hyperintense signal. (5E) Sagittal PDw MRI also shows the calcification. (5F) Axial contrast-enhanced T1w MRI with fat saturation demonstrates the enhancing nidus (orange circle). Osteosarcoma The patients are usually younger than 20 years. A 2nd peak exists in the 5th decade and these cases are mostly secondary in Paget‘s disease and after irradiation. Osteosarcoma has a predi­lection for sites of rapid bone growth, usually the metaphyseal region. Typical symptoms are pain and local swelling. This entity shows typically destructive periosteal reactions as mentioned above (Fig. 6). Their X-ray morphology is very variable: Osteo­sarcomas may be osteogenic (i.e. the tumor induces new bone formation), lytic or mixed, which is the common manifestation form (Fig. 7) [12]. If such a lesion is lytic, consider also teleangiectatic osteosarcoma! From origin, sclerosis grade and soft tissue component, osteosarcomas are sepa­rated into a central, parosteal (origi­nates from the periosteum) and a periosteal variant, which is very rare (1% of osteosarcomas). In periosteal osteosarcomas the process starts either in the periosteum or adjacent soft tissue. Typical – in contrast to parosteal osteosarcoma – the perios­teal osteogenic sarcoma does not have large amounts of calcification in the soft tissue (Fig. 8) [11]. Osteosar­comas may produce osteoblastic lung metastases (Fig. 9). Keys to diagnosis are to detect criteria of malignancy in X-ray and further imaging modalities: CT is the best for identifying periosteal reaction versus tumor matrix because you can already see faint mineralization in CT. In MRI the signal depends on the degree of matrix mineralization. But MRI is impor­tant for assessing the tumor extent and for staging purposes, i.e. to identify skip-lesions, to assess the soft tissue, nerve and vessel involvement, and a potential joint infiltration. 5 6A 6B 6C 21-year-old man with a central high-grade osteosarcoma in the distal left femur. Conventional osteosarcomas are the central osteosarcomas placed in the center of the metaphysis. Figure (6A) shows the antero-posterior and (6B) the lateral radiograph. In this case you can see in addition to periosteal reactions (orange arrows in 6A) the channel-shaped lucency in the radiograph correlating with the biopsy channel (yellow arrow in 6B) within a disorganization of the bone pattern and osteoid formation (orange circle in 6B). You also see the biopsy channel in the coronal T1-weighted MRI (orange arrow in 6C). Figure 6D demon­strates the heterogeneity of the tumor mass (axial T2w MRI with fat saturation). Performing MRI is important for preoperative local staging, e.g. in this case the vessel infiltration (orange arrows in 6E) is visible in the axial post-contrast T1-weighted MRI. 6 6D 6E 7A 7B 7C These images demonstrate well the difference between osteogenic versus lytic osteosarcoma. Figures 7A (antero-posterior ­radiograph of the lower leg) and 7B (sagittal contrast-enhanced T1w MRI with fat saturation of the lower leg) show an osteogenic parosteal osteosarcoma of the left tibia, a bone forming tumor with fluffy, amorphous, cloudlike mineralization (orange arrow in 7A) beside sunburst periosteal reaction as a criterion of malignancy (* in 7A). This tumor has a big soft tissue component (yellow arrow in 7B) with large amounts of calcification (yellow arrow in 7A). Figures 7C (antero-posterior radiograph of the pelvis) and 7D (axial contrast-enhanced T1w MRI with fat saturation) show a more lytic osteosarcoma of a 61-year-old female patient in the right os ileum with no mineralization (orange arrow). 7 7D MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 75 Clinical Orthopedic Imaging 74 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world
  • 39.
    8A 8B 8D 57-year-old female patient with a periosteal osteosarcoma (G3) of the right lower leg. Figure 8A, antero-posterior radiograph of the right knee shows saucerization of the tibial metaphysic (orange circle) and also a bone prominence (yellow arrow). 8B (coronal T1w MRI of the lower right leg) and 8C (sagittal T1w MRI of the lower right leg) show the big inhomogeneous tumor with a large soft tissue component. Keep in mind that the periosteal osteogenic sarcoma does not have large amounts of calcification in soft tissue as shown in 8A–C (orange circle). Figures 8D (axial T2w MRI with fat saturation) and 8E (axial contrast-enhanced T1w MRI with fat saturation) clearly demonstrate that the tumor inexplicably will not invade the medullary space of the tibia (orange circle) and that the fibula is not involved (yellow arrow). 63-year-old female with osteoblastic lung metastases one year after resection of an osteosarcoma of the left thigh. Axial CT images (9A–C) show several osteoblastic lung metastases of a bone producing primary tumor: an osteosarcoma. Therefore the lung metastases may be also sclerotic. 8 9 Chondroid type Enchondroma Enchondroma is a benign lytic lesion typically placed in the hand and chiefly centrally located, often with endosteal scalloping. It must have ­calcification except in the phalanges (Fig. 10). A typical size of enchondroma is around 1–2 cm; low grade chondrosarcoma is larger than 4–5 cm. The enchondroma shows no periosteal reaction. An important differential diagnosis is the bone infarction (Fig. 12). Keys to diagnosis are: In T1-weighted MR imaging the lesion has a low ­signal. The T2-weighted signal depends on the degree of calcifica­tion. After contrast-enhancement the tumor shows in T1-weighting MR imaging a lobulated appearance with septa (Figs. 10 and 11). Suspicious of malignancy in chondroid tumors are pain, a size larger than 5 cm, the presence of a soft tissue mass and a growing surrounding edema on T2-weighted images. Multiple enchondromas occur on occasion, a condition called Ollier‘s disease. This is not hereditary and with no increased rate of malignant degeneration. By contrast, Maffucci‘s syndrome is a condition with multiple enchondro­mas associated with soft tissue hem­angiomas. Maffucci‘s syndrome is likewise not hereditary, but is charac­terized by an increased incidence of malignant degeneration of the enchondromas [11]. 9A 9B 8C 8E 9C 10 A 10 B 29-year-old female with an enchondroma of the phalanx D1. (10A) Lateral radiograph of the right D1 shows the lytic lesion in the proximal metacarpus of D1 which is hardly to identify and without sclerotic rim, according to a Lodwick IB lesion (orange circle) and without calcifications. (10B-F) show the typical signal characteristics of an enchondroma in MRI (orange circles) and that the lesion is smaller than 2 cm: low signal in T1-weighted imaging (10B, coronal), high signal in T2-weighted imaging because of absent calcification as shown in 10A (10E, axial T2w MRI with fat saturation). Coronal contrast-enhanced T1w MRI (10C), coronal T1w MRI subtraction (10D), and axial contrast-enhanced T1w MRI with fat saturation (10F), show that the tumor has a lobulated appearance with septa. 10 10 E 10 C 10 F 10 D Orthopedic Imaging Clinical MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 77 Clinical Orthopedic Imaging 76 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world
  • 40.
    11 A 11B 12 A 44-year-old female with an enchondroma within the humeral head. (11A) Antero-posterior radiograph of the shoulder, (11B) coronal CT of the shoulder, (11C) coronal T2w MRI with fat saturation, (11D) coronal T1w MRI, (11E) coronal contrast-enhanced T1w MRI. 11A and B show a lesion bigger than 2 cm with a sharp border (Lodwick IB) in the humerus head with the following different forms of calcification of the chondral tissue: Punctate, comma-shaped, arc like, ring like mineralization (orange circle). In T1w the tumor shows low signal (11D), in T2w with fat saturation high signal with some low signals according to the calcifica­tions, thus containing no fat (11C) and post-contrast a homogenous contrast-enhancement with a rough lobulated pattern (11E) (yellow arrows). 11 40-year-old female with bone infarction in the right tibia and femur. (12A) Antero-posterior, (12B) lateral radiograph of the knee, (12C) coronal contrast-enhanced T1w MRI, (12D) coronal T1w subtraction MRI, (12E) axial contrast-enhanced T1w MRI with fat saturation, (12F) axial T2w MRI with fat saturation, (12G) coronal STIR MRI. An infarct usually has a well-defined, densely sclerotic, serpiginous border as well shown in 12A and B (orange circles) and in MRI in 12C-G (yellow arrow), whereas an enchondroma does not. Fat in the lesion as seen in 12C, E and G (yellow star) is a hint of bone infarction and speaks against an enchondroma. 12 E 12 12 B 12 F 12 C 12 D 12 G 11 C 11 D 11 E Orthopedic Imaging Clinical MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 79 Clinical Orthopedic Imaging 78 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world
  • 41.
    Chondroid type Osteochondroma(Fig. 13) A synonym for osteochondroma is ­cartilaginous exostosis. It is a common benign tumor of the extremities (10%–15% of all bone tumors) and is located in 50% of cases in the lower extremities, in 10–20% in the humerus, but rarely in the spine. For the diagno­sis it is important to identify the con­tinuation 13 B 20-year-old male patient with an osteochondroma of the proximal right humerus and a loose body within joint space. (13A) Axial radiograph of the right shoulder shows the sharp-bordered tumor of the humerus, (13B) coronal CT shows the osteochon­droma of the right shoulder, (13C) sagittal T2w MRI shows another part of the osteochondroma with its cartilage cap, where the cap seems to be much larger than 8 mm, see also 13F, (13D) axial T2w MRI with fat saturation shows the measurement of the T2w hyperintense cartilage cap with a distance of 8 mm, (13E) coronal T1w MRI shows the cartilage cap that is hypointense in T1w, (13F) axial contrast-enhanced T1w MRI with fat saturation show the same part of figure 13C with a chondroid lobated pattern after contrast-enhancement, (13G) 9 MHz ultrasound shows the structure seen in 13C and G as a round non-cystic structure. This lesion is with all imaging modalities suspicious of a low grade chondrosarcoma. After surgery and histologic examination revealed it to be no more than an osteochondroma and a neighboring loose body within joint space with caplike borders and nodose lobulated chondroid tissue with kept structure of the lobules. 13 of bone marrow and trabec­ular bone structures into the exostosis as well as the cartilage cap. The malig­nant degeneration occurs mainly in tumors near the trunk. Key to diagnosis is a mushroom-like tumor. The thickness of the cartilage cap is 8 mm or more (threshold in our institution, see also explanation in the next chapter) (Fig. 13) [13]. Contrast media is not needed to determine the thickness of the cartilage cap, because it is clearly visible on T2-weighted images. Osteochondroma vs. chondrosarcoma A malignant transformation is more likely if the cartilage cap thickness is 8 mm or more, which is the threshold of our clinic. Further publicized threshold values are 1.5 cm according to Murphey et al. [14] and 2.0 cm according to Bernard et al. [15]. Proximity to trunk (location in the pelvis with highest malignant transformation rate!) and hereditary multiple exostoses (autosomal dominant inheritance) (Fig. 14) are correlated with a higher risk of malignant transformation (3–5% of tumors develop into chondrosarco­mas). A further ­criterion is a cartilage cap growth, especially beyond age 20. Note: It is extremely difficult for either a radiologist or a patholo­gist to differentiate a low-grade chondrosarcoma from enchondroma (Fig. 15). 12-year-old male patient with hereditary multiple exostoses. (14A) Axial radiograph of the left shoulder, (14B) antero-posterior radiograph of the left shoulder, (14C) axial T2w MRI with fat saturation of the left humerus, (14D) sagittal T2w MRI with fat saturation of the left humerus, (14E) lateral radiograph of the left knee, (14F) antero-posterior radiograph of the left knee, (14G) coronal STIR MRI of the upper extremities. In 14A, B, E and F the continuation of bone marrow and trabecular bone structures into the exostosis are clearly depicted. The cartilage cap can be well evaluated in T2-weighted images as seen in 14C, D and also in 14G. 14 13 A 13 D 13 E 13 F < 8 mm 13 C 13 G 14 A 14 E 14 C 14 B 14 F 14 D 14 G Orthopedic Imaging Clinical MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 81 Clinical Orthopedic Imaging 80 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world
  • 42.
    Chondrosarcoma (Figs. 15–17) Patients are mostly older than 40 years and experience pain. Tumors are near the trunk and have a chondroid matrix. Chondrosarcomas are charac­terized by slow growth. Primary chondrosarcomas are lytic, per-meative and destructive lesions with calcification in 50%. Secondary chondrosarcomas have a cartilage cap‘s thickness larger than 8 mm as a sign of malignant transformation of an osteochondroma (see also the comments to threshold value in the last chapter) [13-15]. Keys to diagnosis are lytic, destructive lesion with flocculent, snowflake or popcorn calcification in patients older than 40 years. MRI: soft tissue mass or edema. The following criteria are in favor of a chondrosarcoma as opposed to an enchondroma: Pain, tracer uptake in bone scan, growth, cortical bone penetration. 15 B 15 C 31-year-old male patient with grade 1 chondrosarcoma of the right os ilium. (15A) The antero- posterior radiograph of the right hip joint shows a geographic well-defined lytic lesion in the right acetabulum with a sharp border but without sclerotic rim according to a Lodwick IB lesion (orange arrow), in the center there is some flocculent calcification. (15B) Coronal CT and (15C) axial CT of the right hip show the lytic lesion with sharp border, thinned cortex and central punctuate calcification without cortical destruction. (15D, E) Contrast-enhanced T1w MRI with fat saturation (coronal in 15D and axial in 15E) show a central contrast-enhancement. Figure 15F shows a coronal STIR MRI with a high signal in the border area of the tumor. 15 Orthopedic Imaging Clinical 16 B 16 C 16 D 16 E 16 F 16G 33-year-old female with grade 2 chondrosarcoma of the left olecranon. 16A shows an antero-posterior radiograph of the left olecranon with a Lodwick type IC lesion: geographic but blurred border (orange circle). Figure 16B shows the lateral radiograph of the left olecranon and reveals a cortical destruction (orange arrow). (16C) Coronal T1-weighted MR image of the olecranon clearly shows the intraosseous borders of the tumor (orange arrows). (16D) Coronal STIR MR image clearly shows the muscle edema (orange arrow). (16E) Axial T2w MRI with fat saturation shows the chondroid matrix of the tumor (orange circle). (16F) Sagittal T2w MRI shows the hypointense calcification (orange arrow) in the center of the chondroid tumor. (16G) Sagittal contrast-enhanced T1w MRI with fat saturation shows the infiltration of the surrounding soft tissue (orange arrow). 16 58-year-old male patient with grade 3 chondrosarcoma of the right humerus. (17A) The antero-posterior radiograph of the right humerus shows in addition to a patchy lysis pattern (Lodwick II) the cortex destruction (orange circle). (17B) Coronal STIR MRI clearly shows the extension of this large amorphous lesion (size of 10 cm, long yellow arrow) and the soft tissue infiltration (small yellow arrow). The tumor has a predominant chondroid matrix with low signal in T1w (17C coronal T1w MRI) and an inhomoge­neous high signal in T2w (17D sagittal T2w MRI) as a further hint of a high-grade chondrosarcoma. (17D) Also shows well the cortex destruction and soft tissue infiltration (orange circle). (17E) Coronal contrast-enhanced MRI shows necrotic tumor areas within the tumor (yellow arrows). Also areas without chondroid matrix are a hint of a high-grade chondrosarcoma. 17 15 A 15 D 15 E 15 F 16 A 17 A 17 B 17 C 17 D 17 E MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 83 Clinical Orthopedic Imaging 82 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world
  • 43.
    Chondroblastoma (Fig. 18) Patients are usually younger than 20 years (i. e. skeletally immature patients). The lesion must be located epiphyseally and is rare in metaphy­sis. This entity also occurs in carpal and tarsal bones and rarely in the patella (which with regard to the 18 C 18 D 12-year-old female patient with a chondroblastoma of the right lateral tibia epiphysis. (18A) Antero-posterior radiograph of the right knee shows the epiphyseal located lytic lesion of the tibia with discreet sclerotic rim and some central located calcification (orange circle). (18B) Axial CT shows the puncture needle in that lytic lesion having a sharp border (orange arrow). (18C) Coronal and (18D) sagittal T1-weighted MR images show the bordered lesion having a discreet hypointense sclerotic rim and a central hypointense punctual calcification (orange circle). (18E) Axial PD-weighted MR image shows a chondroid component with high signal and central calcification with low signal (orange circle). (18F) Coronal STIR MR image also shows a chondroid component with high signal and central calcification with low signal (orange circle) and a bone marrow edema in the circumference (orange arrows). Therefore biopsy was performed. 18 ­differential diagnosis of lytic lesions behaves like an epiphysis) [11]. ­Usually it appears in long bones and shows in 40–60% calcification. ­Differential diagnoses are the seques­trum (osteomyelitis) and the eosino­philic granuloma. Key to diagnosis: Chondroblastomas are lytic epiphyseal lesions with ­sclerotic rim. In MRI it shows a chondroid com­ponent with high signal in T2-weighted imaging and calcification with low signal in T2-weighted imaging [4]. Fibrous type Non-ossifying fibroma – NOF (Figs. 19 and 20) Patients are usually younger than 20 years and have no pain or periosteal reaction. This lesion is located in the metaphysis of long bone in eccentric position and emanates from the cortex, so that the cortex will be replaced with benign fibrous tissue. Non-ossifying fibromas ‘heal’ with sclerosis and disap­pear in the following years. Lesions smaller than 3 cm in length are called fibrous cortical defect and lesions larger than 3 cm in length are called non-ossifying fibroma. Key to diagnosis: A lytic lesion with expansive growth and scalloped, well-defined sclerotic border. The MRI appearance of an NOF is somewhat variable. Although they are essentially always low signal on T1-weighted MR imaging, they can have high or low signal on T2-weighted imaging. NOF has partly homogeneous or partly non-homogeneous contrast-media enhancement. During the ‘healing period’ the non-ossifying fibroma can be hot on radionuclide bone scans indicating the osteoblas­tic activity. 19 14-year-old male patient with a non-ossifying fibroma of the left distal tibia. (19A) Antero-posterior radiograph shows a classic example of a non-ossifying fibroma that is slightly expansile and lytic and has a scalloped, well-defined sclerotic border (Lodwick IA, orange circle). (19B) Coronal T1-weighted MR image shows the typical low signal of the lesion (orange circle). (19C) Axial T2-weighted MR image shows in this case a low signal in T2-weighting what is variable (orange arrow). (19D) Axial contrast-enhanced T1-weighted MR image with fat saturation shows that in this case the NOF has a partly inhomogeneous contrast-media enhancement (orange arrow). 18 A 18 B 18 E 18 F 19 A 19 B 19 C 19 D Orthopedic Imaging Clinical MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 85 Clinical Orthopedic Imaging 84 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world
  • 44.
    Fibrous dysplasia (Figs.21–23) Patients have usually no pain or peri­osteal reaction. Fibrous dysplasia can be either monostotic (most commonly) or polyostotic (McCune-Albright syn­drome) and has a predilection for the pelvis, the proximal femur, the ribs and skull. In its classic description, fibrous dysplasia has a, ‘ground-glass appearance’ or ‘smoky appearing’ in X-ray and/or CT (Fig. 21), but the ground glass appearance is not always present. Lesions may be mixed lytic and sclerotic [11] and bone may be deformed. Keys to diagnosis are: No periosteal reaction. Fibrous dysplasia shows lytic lesions, as the matrix calcifies it has a hazy, smoky and ground-glass look to the point of sclerotic lesion. The signal alterations of fibrous dysplasia in MRI follow the uniform pattern of all tumors (low signal in T1-weighted and inter­mediate to high signal in T2-weighted images). The fibrous tissue enhances contrast media. If the lesion is located in the tibia, consider also adamanti­noma, which has malignant potential, i.e. a mixed lytic and sclerotic lesion in anterior cortex of tibia that resembles the fibrous dysplasia. 20 A 20 C 20 D 20 E Image gallery of the non-ossifying fibroma. (20A) Antero-posterior radiograph of the right knee of a 17-year-old male patient clearly shows the various appearance of a NOF. Two healing periods can be seen: Lateral, a lesion with proceeding sclerosis indicating that the lesion is in a progressed healing stadium (orange circle) and medial, a classical scalloped lesion with ­well- defined sclerotic border (orange arrows). (20B) Antero-posterior radiograph of the left knee of an 18-year-old male patient shows the typical appearance of a NOF: Scalloped lesion with well-defined sclerotic border. (20C) Antero-posterior radiograph of the knee of a 12-year-old male patient shows a lytic lesion with sclerotic rim (orange arrow) and below an exostosis (yellow arrow). (20D) Coronal T1-weighted MR image shows the typical low signal of a NOF (orange circle) and (20E) a coronal STIR MR image shows in this case also a low signal compatible to the diagnosis of a NOF. 20 21 A 21 E 21 F 21 G 21 H 21 B 21 C 21 D 20 B 21 44-year-old male patient with fibrous dysplasia of the left femur. (21A) Antero-posterior radiograph of the left femur shows well the ground glass appearance of a sclerotic lesion in the proximal diaphysis (orange circle). (21B) Coronal CT, (21C) axial CT and (21D) 3D figure also clearly show the ground glass appearance of that lesion (orange circle). (21E) Coronal T1-weighted MR image shows low signal of the lesion. (21F) Axial T2-weighted MR image with fat saturation shows that the lesion contains only point-shaped lipoid and calcified parts (orange arrow). (21G) Sagittal T2-weighted MR image shows in this case a homog­enous low signal, (21H) axial contrast-enhanced T1-weighted MR image with fat saturation shows a relatively homogenous contrast enhancing of the lesion. An inhomogeneous contrast-enhancement occurs in lesions with bigger parts of blood, fat and calcifications leading to signal alterations. Orthopedic Imaging Clinical MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 87 Clinical Orthopedic Imaging 86 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world
  • 45.
    22 Image galleryof fibrous dysplasia: “Fibrous dysplasia…can look like almost anything!” [11], as is clearly visible when you compare the following three cases. (22A) Antero-posterior radiograph of the pelvis of a 36-year-old male patient clearly shows that the ipsilateral proximal femur is always affected when the pelvis is involved with fibrous dysplasia (orange circles). The lesion in the pelvis is more lytic than the lesion in the femur which is more sclerotic. (22B) Antero-posterior radio­graph of the right knee of a 33-year-old female patient shows a circum­scripted lytic lesion of the distal femur with smoky parts (orange arrow). (22C) Lateral radiograph of the left lower leg of a 22-year-old male patient with a fibrous dysplasia of the tibia shows a lytic lesion in the tibia with cortical destruction (orange arrows). MRI and biopsy were needed to confirm the diagnosis. Figures 22D–F show the corresponding MRI images to this case: (22D) Coronal T1-weighted MR image shows the classi­cally low signal of lesion. (22E) Sagittal T2-weighted MR image and (22F) axial T2-weighted MR image with fat saturation show that the lesion is inhomogeneous. 22 A 22 D 22 E 22 F 22 B 22 C 23 A 23 B 23 C 23 F 23 D 23 E 34-year-old male patient with a polyostotic fibrous dysplasia in pelvis and proximal femur (Albright-syndrome). (23A) Antero-posterior radiograph of the pelvis, (23B) antero-posterior radiograph of the left femur and (23C) lateral radiograph of the left femur show lots of lesions with smoky appearance in the right os ileum and the left femur (orange arrow). (23D) Coronal T1-weighted MR image of the left femur shows a low signal of the lesions (orange arrow). (23E) Coronal STIR MR image of the left femur shows an intermediate to high signal of the lesions (orange arrow) and (23F) axial contrast-enhanced T1-weighted MR image shows an inhomogeneous contrast-enhancement of the fibrous tissue (orange arrow). 23 Orthopedic Imaging Clinical MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 89 Clinical Orthopedic Imaging 88 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world
  • 46.
    Lipoid/fatty type Calcaneuslipoma (Fig. 24) A common location is the calcaneus. It is a rare entity and a so-called ‘leave-me-alone lesion’. Key to diag­nosis: Fat signal in all MRI sequences. Other types Solitary bone cyst (Figs. 25, 26) Patients are usually younger than 20 years. Common location: calcaneus, proximal humerus and femur with cen­tral location of the lesion. Patients have no pain or periosteal reaction unless they suffer a fracture through this lesion. The fracture often produces fragments 24 C 49-year-old male patient with an intra-osseous lipoma of the calcaneus as typical location. (24A) Lateral radiograph of the calcaneus shows the geographic lesion with sclerotic rim, Lodwick IA (orange arrow). (24B) Axial contrast-enhanced T1w MRI with fat saturation, (24C) coronal T2w MRI, (24D) sagittal T1w MRI and (24E) coronal contrast-enhanced T1w MRI. MR images show well that the lesion contains fat, especially seen in 24B and E (orange circle). Notice the synovial cyst between calcaneus and talus in 24C as auxiliary diagnosis (orange arrow). 24 24 A 24 B 24 D 24 E that sink to the bottom of the lesion, well known as the ‘fallen fragment sign’ visible on radiographs. Key to diagnosis: Lytic centrally located lesion, well-defined with sclerotic rim (Lodwick type IA). The MRI shows non-enhancing pure fluid (in contrary to aneurysmal bone cyst). Orthopedic Imaging Clinical 25-year-old male patient with a solitary bone cyst of the calcaneus. (25A) Lateral and (25B) antero-posterior ­radiographs of the calcaneus show both the geographic lesion with sclerotic rim, Lodwick IA (orange arrows). Typically for the location in the anterior to the midportion of the calcaneus and on the inferior border is: only in this position the solitary bone cyst has a characteristic triangular appearance. 25 25 B If the lesion is located in the calca­neus think about the differential diagnosis of an intra-osseous lipoma. A differentiation by X-ray is then only possible if the lipoma has a central calcification. But this differentiation is not relevant, because both lesions are ‘leave-me-alone lesions’ [11]. 25 A Save the Date 3rd Heidelberg ­Summer School Musculoskeletal Cross Sectional Imaging 2014 July 25/26, 2014 Heidelberg, Germany Please visit: www.heidelbergsummerschool.de MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 91 Clinical Orthopedic Imaging 90 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world
  • 47.
    26 Image galleryof solitary bone cyst with the ‘fallen fragment sign’. (26A) Antero-posterior radiograph of the right shoulder of a 9-year-old female patient with the ‘fallen fragment sign’ in a solitary bone cyst of the humerus (orange arrow). Figures 26B–E show the case of an 11-year-old patient with a solitary bone cyst also in the right humerus. (26B) Antero-posterior radiograph of the right shoulder demonstrates well the pathogno­monic ‘fallen fragment sign’ of the cystic lesion. (26C) Shows a coronal T1w MRI with low signal of the lesion and (26E) shows an axial T2w MRI with a small fluid level between the cystic fluid and the blood after the occurred fracture (orange arrow). Usually solitary bone cysts show no fluid-fluid levels as it is typical for the aneurysmal bone cyst. (26D) Coronal contrast-enhanced T1w MRI with fat saturation shows non-enhancing pure fluid. Aneurysmal bone cyst (ABC) (Fig. 27) The patients are usually younger than 20 years. At the vertebral column, this entity often occurs at the posterior elements of the vertebral bodies. It shows an aneurysmal, expansive growth with thinned cortex or neo- ­cortex (ballooned cortices) called ‘blow-out’ phenomenon in CT. Key to diagnosis: The aneurysmal bone cyst is a lytic geographic lesion, eccentrically located with extensive thinning of the cortex. Sedimentation effects of blood-filled cysts with fluid-fluid levels and contrast-enhancement of the cystic wall and the septa are typical signs in MRI. If there are solid 27 B 17-year-old male patient with an aneurysmal bone cyst of the right glenoid. (27A) Lateral radiograph of the right shoulder shows a geographic lesion in the glenoid without sclerotic rim, Lodwick IB (orange arrows). (27B) Coronal CT of the right shoulder shows a lytic expansible lesion with a thinned cortex (yellow arrow). (27C) Axial T2-weighted MRI shows the cystic parts with fluid-fluid level (yellow arrow). (27D) Axial contrast-enhanced T1w MRI shows the enhancement of the septa (orange circle). 27 contrast-enhancing parts consider secondary ABC with other tumors (e.g. giant cell tumor, osteosarcoma, chondrosarcoma, chondroblastoma). 26 A 26 C 26 B 26 D 26 E 27 A 27 C 27 D Orthopedic Imaging Clinical MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 93 Clinical Orthopedic Imaging 92 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world
  • 48.
    Giant cell tumor(Fig. 28) A precondition is that the epiphysis is closed. This tumour often abuts the articular surface and most often has an eccentric localization. This is often a well defined lesion with a non-sclerotic margin (Lodwick IB). Local aggressive growth and lung metastasis in 5–10% occur. Key to diagnosis: Osteolytic eccen­tric, epiphyseal lesion without matrix calcification and extensive thinning of the cortex. The tumor shows low signal in T1-weighting, inhomogeneous or low signal in T2-weighting and contrast-enhance­ment. If the tumor contains necrosis and hemosiderin, this results in an inhomogeneous contrast-enhance­ment pattern. Ewing‘s sarcoma (Figs. 29, 30) The classic Ewing‘s sarcoma is a, ‘per­meative lesion in the diaphysis of long bone in a child’, [11], with osteode­struction in CT and a very high signal in T2-weighted imaging indicating infiltration of bone marrow. The location of Ewing‘s sarcoma tends to follow the distribution of red marrow. In histology small round blue cells are visible. A large soft tissue mass is possible. Important differential diagnoses are osteomyelitis and eosinophilic granuloma, which have a benign periosteal reaction and sometimes a sequestrum. Keys to diagnosis are: A permeative lesion or lesion with sclerotic and 29 D 29 E 29 F 16-year-old male patient with Ewing‘s sarcoma of the proximal left forearm. (29A) Bone scan shows an overview of the involvement of the proximal radius, the ulna and parts of the distal humerus. (29B) Lateral radiograph of the forearm shows the onion-skinned, multilamellated periosteal reaction of the proximal radius (yellow arrows). (29C) Three-phase radionuclide bone scan with Tc-99m MDP shows the tracer uptake in the big tumor mass. (29D, E) Contrast-enhanced T1-weighted MRI with fat saturation axial (D) and coronal (E) and (29F) coronal STIR MRI shows the big tumor involving radius and ulna. 29 3-year-old male patient with Ewing’s sarcoma of the left distal femur. (30A) Antero-posterior radiograph of the femur, (30B) lateral radiograph of the femur, (30C) coronal contrast-enhanced T1-weighted MRI with fat saturation, (30D) coronal T1-weighted MRI, (30E) coronal STIR MRI. Figure 30A clearly shows the Codman-triangle, whereby the elevated periosteum forms an angle with the cortex, (orange circle) and 30B the onion-skinned periosteal reaction (yellow arrow). Figures 30C–E show the T1w hypo-, T2w hyperintense signal character of the tumor with contrast-enhancement, the large soft tissue component (yellow arrows) and also the Codman triangle. 30 patchy appearance and periosteal reaction which can be onion-skinned (multilamellated), sunburst or amor­phous. Low signal in T1-weighted MR images, high signal in T2-weighted MR imaging with strong contrast-enhancement. More than 50% are osteolytic lesions. Edema and large soft tissue mass often occur. 29 A 28 A 28 B 29 B 29 C 30 A 30 B 30 C 30 D 30 E 28 34-year-old female patient with giant cell tumor of the distal right femur. (28A) Antero-posterior radiograph of the knee, (28B) coronal CT of the knee, (28C) coronal T1w MRI, (28D) T2w axial MRI, (28E) coronal contrast-enhanced T1w MRI. Figure 28A shows the well-defined lesion with an incomplete sclerotic rim (Lodwick IB) in the distal femur (yellow arrow). 28B shows the extensive thinning of the cortex in lateral direction with a little cortex destruction below (yellow arrow). 28C clearly shows the low signal in T1w, 28D the low signal in T2w (orange circle) and 28E an inhomogeneous contrast-enhancement pattern because of the necrosis area below (yellow arrow). 28 C 28 E 28 D Orthopedic Imaging Clinical MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 95 Clinical Orthopedic Imaging 94 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world
  • 49.
    Multiple myeloma (Fig.31) In multiple myeloma, a proliferation of monoclonal plasma cells within the bone marrow occurs. The verte­bral column is mostly affected and 70% of patients are older than 60 years. Multiple lytic lesions in an adult older than 40 years almost always suggest metastases or multi­ple myeloma. Bone sarcomas are rare, and the most common cause of a solitary destructive lesion in an Metastases (Fig. 32) 40% of all metastases are located in the vertebral column. The most ­frequent primary tumors are lung, breast, prostate, renal cell, gastrointes-tinal and thyroid carcinomas. Bone marrow infiltration ­happens before osseous destruction. It is important to pay attention to ­fractures, spinal canal invasion and myelon compression. Key to diagnosis: For the diagnosis of bone metastases a low signal in T1-weighted MR images is more sen-sitive than osteolysis in CT [24]. Osteolytic metastases have a high sig­nal in T2-weighted images, whereas osteoblastic metastases have a low to isointense signal in T2-weighted images. Take into account these factors in older patients and consider several osteoblastic and/or osteolytic lesions. adult is a metastasis. Low-dose CT is important for proving osteolytic lesions and MRI [22] for proving bone marrow affection: Decrease of T1-weighted ­signal in bone marrow infiltration compared to the disks, and a signal increase in the STIR images compared to muscle tissue. Whole-body MRI is suitable for dem­onstration of the tumor burden. It is important to think of patient’s age when interpreting T1-weighted MR imaging, because young patients still have a cell-rich red bone marrow and therefore also a low T1 signal. We differentiate three patterns of bone marrow infiltration: diffuse, multi-focal, or ‘salt-and-pepper’ pattern. Salt-and-pepper pattern indicates a low grade disease stadium. A single lesion is called plasmacytoma [22, 23]. 65-year-old female patient with multiple myeloma and pain of the backside. (31A) Antero-posterior radiograph shows osteopenic bone pattern with several punched out lytic lesions. (31B) Coronal T1-weighted MR image of the pelvis and (31C) coronal STIR MR image of the pelvis show a solitary lesion with low signal in T1w and high signal in STIR suitable to a focal lesion of the left os sacrum (yellow arrow). 31 32 55-year-old man with osteoblastic metastases of vertebral column and pelvis in prostate cancer. (32A) Lateral radiograph of the vertebral column, (32B) antero-posterior radiograph of the lower vertebral column and os sacrum show several osteoblastic metastases of the vertebral bodies and the os sacrum. (32C) Scintigraphic bone scan shows more skeletal metastases. 31 A 31 B 32 C 32 A 32 B 31 C Head R lat Head L lat Thorax R V L Thorax L D R Pelvis R V L Pelvis L D R Orthopedic Imaging Clinical MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 97 Clinical Orthopedic Imaging 96 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world
  • 50.
    Summary Role ofX-ray In addition to patient history and clinical findings, a radiograph in two orthogonal planes is still of great importance for determining the Lodwick classification and the tumor matrix, whereas the bone matrix is only poorly visualized in X-ray: You cannot differentiate between lesions containing fluid and solid lesions with­out mineralized matrix. In general, conventional X-ray radiography is the starting point and CT and MR images should only be interpreted with concurrent radiographic correlation. Role of CT CT is superior to MRI for the assess­ment of mineralized structures espe­cially cortical integrity, matrix mineral­ization, and periosteal reactions [21]. Small lucency of the cortex, localized involvement of the soft tissues, and thin peripheral periosteal reaction can Contact Katharina Grünberg, M.D. Section Musculoskeletal Radiology Diagnostic and Interventional Radiology University Hospital Heidelberg Schlierbacher Landstraße 200a 69118 Heidelberg Germany [email protected] References 1 WHO classification of bone tumours 2006. 2 Vanel D, Ruggieri P, Ferrari S, Picci P, Gambarotti M, Staals E, Alberghini M. The incidental skeletal lesion: ignore or explore? Cancer Imaging. 2009 Oct 2; 9 Spec No A: S38-43. 3 Lodwick GS, Wilson AJ, Farrell C, Virtama P, Dittrich F. Determining growth rates of focal lesions of bone from radiographs. Radiology 1980; 134: 577-583. 4 Erlemann R. Basic diagnostics of bone tumors. Radiologe 2009; 49: 257–267. 5 Oudenhoven LF, Dhondt E, Kahn S, Nieborg A, Kroon HM, Hogendoorn PC, Gielen JL, Bloem JL, De Schepper A. Accuracy of radiography in grading and tissue-specific diagnosis-a study of 200 consecutive bone tumors of the hand. Skeletal Radiol. 2006; 35: 78-87. 6 Miller T. Bone tumors and tumorlike condi­tions: analysis with conventional radiog­raphy. Radiology 2008; 246: 662-674. 7 Lucas DR, Unni KK, McLeod RA, O’Connor MI, Sim FH. Osteoblastoma: clinicopatho­logic study of 306 cases. Hum Pathol. 1994 Feb;25(2):117-34. 8 Rehnitz C, Sprengel SD, Lehner B, Ludwig K, Omlor G, Merle C, Kauczor HU, Ewerbeck V, Weber MA. CT-guided radio­frequency ablation of osteoid osteoma and osteoblastoma: clinical success and long-term follow up in 77 patients. Eur J Radiol 2012 Nov;81(11):3426-34. doi: 10.1016/j. ejrad.2012.04.037. Epub 2012 Jul 6. 9 Rehnitz C, Sprengel SD, Lehner B, Ludwig K, Omlor G, Merle C, Kauczor HU, Ewerbeck V, Weber MA. CT-guided radio­frequency ablation of osteoid osteoma: correlation of clinical outcome and imaging features. Diagn Interv Radiol. 2013 Jul-Aug;19(4):330-9. doi: 10.5152/ dir.2013.096. be best seen with CT [16]. CT is the examination of choice in the diagnosis of the nidus of osteoid osteoma in dense bone [17]. CT is valuable in the diagnosis of tumors of the axial skeleton such as spinal metastasis as well as in systemic staging. Role of MRI [18-21] Without any radiation MRI can be help­ful while evaluating lesions that repre­sent a differential diagnosis dilemma between benign and malignant lesions before a biopsy. For example in aneu­rysmal bone cysts MRI can display fluid levels in blood filled cavities better than CT. Another example, MRI before biopsy for staging all suspected sarco­mas of bone could help identifying extraosseous sarcoma better. MRI plays an important role in planning limb sal­vage surgeries because of its superior role for soft tissue evaluation including the presence or absence of neurovascular invasion [21]. MRI helps by identifying skip lesions and helps measure the thick­ness of cartilage cap. The cap is thin in benign lesions and thicker in chondrosar­comas [14, 15]. This aids evaluation of the entire compartment of long bones in acceptable time. (Important here is a large field-of- view of the MR sequence, see Fig. 33.) This in turn helps to improve the quality of life by reducing morbidity without affecting survival. MRI is most useful in evaluation of spine metastasis differentiating osteoporotic and meta­static compression fractures. In Multiple Myeloma cases whole-body MRI scans are suitable for demonstration of the tumor burden. Though not yet in clinical routine, newer techniques such as diffu­sion- weighted imaging and DCE-MRI may support assessment of tumor response. More studies are being conducted. 10 Omlor GW, Lehner B, Wiedenhöfer B, Deininger C, Weber MA, Rehnitz C. [Radiofrequency ablation in spinal osteoid osteoma. Options and limits]. [Article in German]. Orthopade. 2012 Aug;41(8):618-22. doi: 10.1007/ s00132-012-1907-x. 11 Clyde A. Helms, Fundamentals of Skeletal Radiology (2005),3. Edition, Elsevier inc. 12 Murphey MD, Robbin MR, McRae GA, Flemming DJ, Temple HT, Kransdorf MJ. The many faces of osteosarcoma. ­Radiographics 1997; 17: 1205-1231. 13 Kloth JK, Wolf M, Rehnitz C, Lehner B, Wiedenhöfer B, Weber MA. [Radiological diagnostics of spinal tumors. Part 1: general tumor diagnostics and special diagnostics of extradural tumors]. Orthopade. 2012 Aug;41(8):595-607. doi: 10.1007/s00132-012-1978-8. [Article in German]. 14 Murphey MD, Choi JJ, Kransdorf MJ, Flemming DJ, Gannon FH. Imaging of osteochondroma: variants and complica­tions with radiologic-pathologic corre­lation. Radiographics. 2000 Sep-Oct;20(5):1407-34. 15 Bernard SA, Murphey MD, Flemming DJ, Kransdorf MJ. Improved differentiation of benign osteochondromas from secondary condrosarcomas with standardized measurement of cartilage cap at CT and MR imaging. Radiology 2010 Jun;255(3):857-65. 16 Brown KT, Kattapuram SV, Rosenthal DI. Computed tomography analysis of bone tumors: patterns of cortical destruction and soft tissue extension. Skeletal Radiol 1986; 15: 448-451). 17 Glass RB, Poznanski AK, Fisher MR, Shkolnik A, Dias L. MR imaging of osteoid osteoma. J Comput Assist Tomogr 1986; 10: 1065-1067. Proposed tumor MRI protocol Sequences unenhanced coronal STIR with a large field-of-view coronal T1-weighted TSE (turbo spin echo) axial T2-weighted TSE with fat saturation sagittal T2-weighted TSE Contrast-agent (0.1 mmol/kg body weight) axial contrast-enhanced T1-weighted TSE with fat saturation coronal contrast-enhanced T1-weigthed TSE + subtraction (contrast-enhanced minus native T1-weighted MRI scan) The contrast-enhanced sequences are important in biopsy planning for identifying necrotic and viable tumor tissue. The biopsy should be targeted to the viable tumor area. Optional MR-angiography Dynamic T1-weighted contrast-enhanced MRI (DCE-MRI) Dynamic sequences are important for biopsy planning to identify vital tumor tissue [19-21], to which the biopsy should be guided. 13-year-old female patient with Ewing’s sarcoma. (33A, B) Coronal STIR MR images show the tumor in the left femur diaphysis (orange circle) with a large soft tissue mass surrounded by a soft tissue edema (yellow arrows) and a skip lesion in the femoral neck (orange arrow). 33 18 Anderson SE, Steinbach LS, Schlicht S, Powell G, Davies M, Choong P. Magnetic resonance imaging of bone tumors and joints. Top Magn Reson Imaging. 2007 Dec; 18(6):457-65. 19 Fayad LM, Jacobs MA, Wang X, Carrini JA, Bluemke DA. Musculoskeletal tumours: how to use anatomic, functional, and metabolic MR techniques. Radiology 2012; 265: 340-356. 20 Alyas F, James SL, Davies AM, Saifuddin A. The role of MR imaging in the diagnostic characterisation of appen­dicular bone tumours and tumour-like conditions. Eur Radiol 2007; 17: 2675-2686. 21 Roberts CC, Liu PT, Wenger DE. Musculo­skeletal tumor imaging, biopsy, and therapies: self-assessment module. AJR Am J Roentgenol. 2009; 193(6 Suppl): S74-78. 22 Fechtner K, Hillengass J, Delorme S, Heiss C, Neben K, Goldschmidt H, Kauczor HU, Weber MA. Staging monoclonal plasma cell disease: comparison of the Durie- Salmon and the Durie-Salmon PLUS staging systems. Radiology. 2010 Oct; 257(1):195-204. doi: 10.1148/ radiol.10091809. 23 Bäuerle T, Hillengass J, Fechtner K, Zechmann CM, Grenacher L, Moehler TM, Christiane H, Wagner-Gund B, Neben K, Kauczor HU, Goldschmidt H, Delorme S. Multiple myeloma and monoclonal gammopathy of undeter­mined significance: importance of whole-body versus spinal MR imaging. Radiology. 2009 Aug; 252(2):477-85. doi: 10.1148/radiol.2522081756. 24 Bohndorf K, et al. Radiologische Diagnostik der Knochen und Gelenke. (2006) 2nd edition, Thieme. 33 A 33 B Orthopedic Imaging Clinical MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 99 Clinical Orthopedic Imaging 98 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world
  • 51.
    Combined 18F-FDG PETand MRI Evaluation of a case of Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy Using Simultaneous MR-PET Ihn-ho Cho, M.D.; Eun-jung Kong, M.D. Department of Nuclear Medicine, Yeungnam University Hospital, Daegu, South Korea Introduction Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy (HCM) is a common condition causing left ventricular outflow obstruction, as well as cardiac arrhythmias. Cardiac MRI is a key modality for evaluation of HCM. Apart from estimating left ventricular (LV) wall thickness, LV function and aortic flow, MRI is capa­ble of estimating the late gadolinium enhancement in affected myocardium, which has been shown to have a direct correlation with incidence and Patient history A 25-year-old man presented to the cardiology department with inciden­tal ECG abnormality after fractures to his left 2nd and 4th fingers. Although he had not consulted a doctor, he had been suffering from mild dyspnea with chest discomfort at rest and exacerbation at exercise since May 2012. Echocardiography revealed non-obstructive hypertrophic cardio­myopathy (Maron III) with trivial MR. The patient was referred for a simul­taneous MR-PET study for 18F-FDG PET and cardiac MRI with Gadolinium (Gd) contrast for evaluation of the morphological and metabolic status of the hypertrophic myocardium. The patient was injected with 10 mCi 18F- FDG following glucose loading. Simultaneous MR-PET study per­formed on a Biograph mMR was started one hour following tracer injection. Following standard Dixon sequence acquisition for attenuation correction, the comprehensive car­diac MRI sequences were acquired including MR perfusion after Gd con­trast infusion, as well as post contrast late Gd enhancement studies. Static 18F-FDG PET was acquired simultane­ously during the MRI acquisition. Cardiovascular Imaging Clinical 2A 2 Discussion The late Gd enhancement within the hypertrophic septum along with the non-uniform glucose metabolism demonstrated by the patchy 18F-FDG uptake within the hypertrophic septum exactly corresponding to the area of Gd enhancement reflect myocardial fibrosis within the asymmetric septal hypertrophy. Myocardial fibrosis and the presence of late Gd enhancement on MRI has been shown to be associ­ated with increased risk of cardiac arrhythmia [1] as evident from the symptoms of this patient. severity of arrhythmias in HCM [1]. In patients with HCM, late gadolinium enhancement (LGE) on CE-MRI is pre­sumed to represent intramyocardial fibrosis. PET myocardial per­fusion studies have shown slight impairment of myocardial blood flow with phar­macological stress in hypertrophic myocardium in HCM, presumably related to microvascular disease [2]. 18F-FDG PET has been sporadically studied in HCM, mostly for evalua­tion of the metabolic status of the hypertrophic myocardial segment, espe­cially after interventions such as trans­coronary ablation of septal hypertro­phy (TASH) [3] or to demonstrate partial myocardial fibrosis [4]. This clinical example illustrates the value of integrated simultaneous 18F-FDG PET and MRI acquisition performed on the ­Biograph mMR system. 1A 1B Short-axis views of end diastole and end systole at 3 different sections in the left ventricle obtained from gated TrueFISP cine MRI acquisitions performed on Biograph mMR. Note the thick hypertrophic septum (white arrow), which demonstrates the degree of asymmetric septal hypertrophy. 1 1D 1F 1C 1E 1G 1 1 End Diastole End Systole 2 3 2 3 Simultaneous MR-PET acquisition provides combined acquisition of both modalities, thereby ensuring accurate fusion between morphologi­cal and functional images due to simultaneous PET acquisition for every MR sequence. The exact coregistra­tion of the patchy 18F-FDG uptake in the area of Gd enhancement within the hypertrophic upper septum reflects the advantage of simultane­ous acquisition. End diastolic and end systolic views of 2-chamber and 4-chamber views obtained from gated cine TrueFISP acqui­sitions showing thickness of the asymmetric septal hyper­trophy (white arrow). 2C 2B 2D End Diastole 4-chamber view 2-chamber view End Systole 3 3 Static 18F-FDG PET images in short-axis, horizontal long-axis and vertical long-axis views demonstrating normal uptake in the LV myocardium except the non-uniform uptake pattern in the hypertro­phied septum (white arrows). LV cavity size appears normal. MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 101 Clinical Cardiovascular Imaging 100 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world
  • 52.
    Clinical Cardiovascular ImagingHow-I-do-it 4 5 Contact Ihn-ho Cho, M.D. Department of Nuclear Medicine Yeungnam University College of Medicine Daegu Hyunchungro 170 South Korea [email protected] 4D T2 HASTE T2 STIR T1 FAT SAT 4B 4E References 1 Rubinstein et al. Characteristics and Clinical Significance of Late Gadolinium Enhancement by Contrast-Enhanced Magnetic Resonance Imaging in Patients With Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy. Circ Heart Fail. 2010;3:51-58. 2 Bravo et al. PET/CT Assessment of Symptomatic Individuals with Obstructive and Nonobstructive Hypertrophic Cardio­myopathy. J Nucl Med 2012; 53:407–414. Transverse, short-axis and vertical long-axis MR and fused MR-PET images show hypertrophied septum (white arrows) and normal thickness of rest of left ventricular myocardium with corresponding normal 18F-FDG uptake. The T2-weighted STIR (fat suppression) image shows slight hyperintensity in the middle of the hyper­trophied septum which shows corresponding non-uniformity in 18F-FDG uptake. Post-contrast MR short-axis images demonstrate late Gd enhancement within the hypertrophied septum (white arrow), which shows corresponding non-uniform patchy uptake of 18F-FDG. 4A 5A 5B 4C 4F 4 Funabashi N et al. Partial myocardial fibrosis in hypertrophic cardiomyopathy demonstrated by 18F-fluoro-deoxy­glucose positron emission tomography and multislice computed tomography. Int J Cardiol. 2006 Feb 15;107(2):284-6. 3 Kuhn et al. Changes in the left ventricular outflow tract after transcoronary ablation of septal hypertrophy (TASH) for hypertrophic obstructive cardiomy­opathy as assessed by transoesophageal echocardiography and by measuring myocardial glucose utilization and. perfusion. European Heart Journal (1999) 20, 1808–1817. 102 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world What’s your favorite Dot Feature? Dot (Day optimizing throughput) is the most comprehensive MRI workflow solution, and it helps take the complexity out of MRI. Dot has now established itself in the field and our customers have told us what they like best about Dot: “Within our environment, we just could not provide a cardiac MRI service without the Cardiac Dot Engine.” Dr. Russell Bull, MRCP, FRCR Consultant Radiologist Royal Bournemouth Hospital, Bournemouth, UK “The Dot Decisions functionality in Abdomen Dot has enabled us to schematize and simplify these protocols. With Dot, we can now ensure our examinations are far more reproducible and of excellent quality.” Arnaud Lambert Technologist Imagerie Médicale Saint Marie, Osny, France “Cardiac Dot (Engine) allows us to obtain automatic positioning of the main slices necessary to evaluate cardiac function with a high degree of reproducibility.” Professor Philippe Cluzel, MD, PhD Service de Radiologie Polyvalente Diagnostique et Interventionnelle Hôpital Pitié-Salpêtrière, Paris, France “AutoAlign is helpful especially for colleagues who rarely perform knee examinations because the slices are positioned automatically, which saves a lot of time. Furthermore, our knee examinations have become reproducible.” Linda Willeke Technologist St. Franziskus Hospital, Münster, Germany Experience a Dot workflow yourself and hear from more users at www.siemens.com/Dot Visit our site optimized for tablets and smartphones MAGNETOM Flash · 3/2011 · www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 103
  • 53.
    Clinical Cardiology CardiologyClinical New Generation Cardiac Parametric Mapping: the Clinical Role of T1 and T2 Mapping T1 mapping Initial T1 measurement methods were multi-breath-hold. These were time consuming and clunky, but were able to measure well diffuse myocardial fibrosis, a fundamental myocardial property with high potential clinical significance [1]. Healthy volunteers and those with disease had different extents of diffuse fibrosis [2], and these were shown to be clinically significant in a number of diseases. T1 mapping methods based on the MOLLI* approach with modifications for shorter breath-holds, better heart rate independence and better image registration for cleaner maps, however, transformed the field – albeit still with a variety of potential sequences in use [3-5]. There are two key ways of using T1 mapping: Without (or Viviana Maestrini; Amna Abdel-Gadir; Anna S. Herrey; James C. Moon The Heart Hospital Imaging Centre, University College London Hospitals, London, UK designed to optimize contrast between ‘normal’ and abnormal – a dichotomy of health and disease. As a result, global myocardial patholo­gies such as diffuse infiltration (fibro­sis, amyloid, iron, fat, pan-inflamma­tion) are missed. Recently, rapid technical innovations have generated new ‘mapping’ tech­niques. Rather than being ‘weighted’, these create a pixel map where each pixel value is the T1 or T2 (or T2*), displayed in color. These new sequences are single breath-hold, increasingly robust and now widely available. With T1 mapping, clever contrast agent use also permits the measurement of the extracellular ­volume (ECV), quantifying the inter­stitium (odema, fibrosis or amyloid), also as a map. Early results with these methodologies are exciting – poten­tially representing a new era of CMR. Introduction Cardiovascular magnetic resonance (CMR) is an essential tool in cardiol­ogy and excellent for cardiac function and perfusion. However, a key, unique advantage is its ability to directly scrutinize the fundamental material properties of myocardium – ‘myocar­dial tissue characterization’. Between 2001 and 2011, the key methods for tissue characterization have been sequences ‘weighted’ to a magnetic property – T1-weighted imaging for scar (LGE) and T2-weighted for edema (area at risk, myocarditis). These, particularly LGE imaging, have changed our understanding and clini­cal practice in cardiology. However, there are limitations to these approaches: Both are difficult to quantify – the LGE technique in particular is very robust in infarction, but harder to quantify in non-ischemic cardiomyopathy. A more fundamental difference is that sequences are before) contrast – Native T1 mapping; and with contrast, typically by sub­tracting the pre and post maps with hematocrit correction to generate the ECV [6]. Native T1 Native T1 mapping (pre-contrast T1) can demonstrate intrinsic myocardial contrast (Fig. 1). T1, measured in mil­liseconds, is higher where the extra­cellular compartment is increased. Fibrosis (focal, as in infarction, or dif­fuse) [7-8], odema [9-10] and amy­loid [11], are examples. T1 is lower in lipid (Anderson Fabry disease, AFD) [12], and iron [13] accumulation. These changes are large in some rare disease. Global myocardial changes are robustly detectable without con­trast, even in early disease. In iron, AFD and amyloid, changes appear before any other abnormality – there may be no left ventricular hypertrophy, a nor­mal electrocardiogram, and normal conventional CMR, for example – gen­uinely new information. In established disease, low T1 values in AFD appear to absolutely distinguish it from other causes of left ventricular hypertrophy [12] whilst in established amyloid T1 elevation tracks known markers of cardiac severity [11]. A note of caution, however. Native T1, although stable between healthy volunteers to 1 part in 30, is depen­dent on platform (magnet manufac­turer, sequence and sequence variant, field strength) [14]. Normal reference ranges for your setup are needed. Lowest ECV Tertile Middle ECV Tertile Highest ECV Tertile p < 0.001 fortrend p < 0.015 for Middle Tertile compared to others 2 ECV in non scar areas (LGE excluded) is associated with all-cause mortality [21]. The signal acquired is also a compos­ite signal – generated by both inter­stitium and myocytes. The use of an extracellular contrast agent adds another dimension to T1 mapping and the ability to characterize the extracellular compartment specifically. Extracellular volume (ECV) Initially, post-contrast T1 was mea­sured, but this is confounded by renal clearance, gadolinium dose, body composition, acquisition time post bolus, and hematocrit. Better is mea­suring the ECV. The ratio of change of T1 between blood and myocardium after contrast, at sufficient equilibrium (e.g. after 15 minutes post-bolus – no infusion generally needed) [15, 16], represents the contrast agent parti­tion coefficient [17], and if corrected for the hematocrit, the myocardial extracellular space – ECV [1]. The ECV is specific for extracellular expansion, and well validated. Clinically this occurs in fibrosis, amyloid and odema. To distinguish, the degree of ECV change and the clinical context is important. A multiparametric approach (e. g. T2 mapping or T2-weighted imaging in addition) may therefore be useful. Amyloid can have far higher ECVs than any other disease [18] whereas ageing has small changes – near the detection limits, but of high potential clinical impor­tance [19, 20]. For low ECV expan­sion diseases, biases from blood pool partial volume errors need to be metic­ulously addressed. Nevertheless, even modest ECV changes appear prognos­tic. In 793 consecutive patients (all-comers but excluding amyloid and HCM, measuring outside LGE areas) followed over 1 year, global ECV pre­dicted short term-mortality (Fig. 2) * The product is currently under develop­ment; is not for sale in the U.S. and other countries, and its future availability cannot be ensured. 1B 1C 3A 3B 3C 1 Native T1 maps of (1A) healthy volunteer (author VM): the myocardium appears homogenously green and the blood is red; (1B) cardiac amyloid: the myocardium has a higher T1 (red); (1C) Anderson Fabry disease: the myocardium has a lower T1 (blue) from lipid – except the inferolateral wall where there is red from fibrosis; (1D) myocarditis, the myocardium has a higher T1 (red) from edema, which is regional; (1E) iron overload: the myocardium has a lower T1 (blue) from iron. 1A 2 A patient with myocarditis. On the left side a native T1 map showing the higher T1 value in the inferolateral wall (1115 ms); in the centre, a post-contrast T1 map showing the shortened T1 value after contrast administration (594 ms); on the right side the derived ECV map showing higher value of ECV (58%) compared to remote myocardium. 3 1D 1E 100% 0% Proportion Surviving Years of Follow-up 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 104 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 105
  • 54.
    Clinical Cardiology CardiologyClinical Progress is rapid; challenges remain. Delivery across sites and standard­ization is now beginning with new draft guidelines for T1 mapping in preparation. Watch this space. References 1 Flett AS, Hayward MP, Ashworth MT, Hansen MS, Taylor AM, Elliott PM, McGregor C, Moon JC. Equilibrium Contrast Cardiovascular Magnetic Resonance for the measurement of diffuse myocardial fibrosis: preliminary validation in humans. Circulation 2010;122:138-144. 2 Sado DM, Flett AS, Banypersad SM, White SK, Maestrini V, Quarta G, Lachmann RH, Murphy E, Mehta A, Hughes DA, McKenna WJ, Taylor AM, Hausenloy DJ, Hawkins PN, Elliott PM, Moon JC. Cardiovascular magnetic resonance measurement of myocardial extracellular volume in health and disease. Heart 2012;98:1436-1441. 3 Piechnik SK, Ferreira VM, Dall’Armellina E, Cochlin LE, Greiser A, Neubauer S, Robson MD. Shortened Modified Look- Locker Inversion recovery (ShMOLLI) for clinical myocardial T1-mapping at 1.5 and 3 T within a 9 heartbeat breathhold. J Cardiovasc Magn Reson 2010;12:69. 4 Messroghli DR, Greiser A, Fröhlich M, Dietz R, Schulz-Menger J. Optimization and validation of a fully-integrated pulse sequence for modified look-locker inversion-recovery (MOLLI) T1 mapping of the heart. J Magn Reson Imaging 2007;26:1081–1086. 5 Fontana M, White SK, Banypersad SM, Sado DM, Maestrini V, Flett AS, Piechnik SK, Neubauer S, Roberts N, Moon JC. Comparison of T1 mapping techniques for ECV quantification. Histological validation and reproducibility of ShMOLLI versus multibreath-hold T1 quantification equilibrium contrast CMR. J Cardiovasc Magn Reson 201;14:88. 6 Kellman P, Wilson JR, Xue H, Ugander M, Arai AE. Extracellular volume fraction mapping in the myocardium, part 1: evaluation of an automated method. J Cardiovasc Magn Reson 2012;14:63. 7 Dass S, Suttie JJ, Piechnik SK, Ferreira VM, Holloway CJ, Banerjee R, Mahmod M, Cochlin L, Karamitsos TD, Robson MD, Watkins H, Neubauer S. Myocardial tissue characterization using magnetic resonance non contrast T1 mapping in hypertrophic and dilated cardiomyopathy. Circ Cardiovasc Imaging. 2012; 6:726-33. 8 Puntmann VO, Voigt T, Chen Z, Mayr M, Karim R, Rhode K, Pastor A, Carr-White G, Razavi R, Schaeffter T, Nagel E. Native T1 mapping in differentiation of normal myocardium from diffuse disease in hypertrophic and dilated cardiomy­opathy. J Am Coll Cardiovasc Imgaging 2013;6:475–84. Contact Dr. James C. Moon The Heart Hospital Imaging Centre University College London Hospitals 16–18 Westmoreland Street London W1G 8PH UK Phone: +44 (20) 34563081 Fax: +44 (20) 34563086 [email protected] 4A 4B 4C 4D (4A) T2 mapping in a normal volunteer (author VM). (4B) High T2 value in patient with myocarditis – here epicardial edema. (4C) Edema in acute myocardial infarction – here patchy due to microvascular obstruction – see LGE, (4D). 4 [21]. The same group also found (n ~1000) higher ECVs in diabetics. Those on renin-angiotensin-aldoste­rone system blockade had lower ECVs. ECV also predicted mortality and/or incident hospitalization for heart ­failure in diabetics [22]. The use and capability of ECV quanti­fication is growing. T1 mapping is getting better and inline ECV maps are now possible where each pixel carries directly the ECV value (Fig. 3) – a more biologically relevant figure than T1 [6]. T2 mapping T2-weighted CMR identifies myocar­dial odema both in inflammatory pathologies and acute ischemia, delin­eating the area at risk. However, these imaging techniques (e. g. STIR) are fragile in the heart and can be chal­lenging, both to acquire and to inter­pret. Preliminary advances were made with T2-weighted SSFP sequences, which reduce false negatives and positives [23, 24]. T2 mapping seems a further increment [25] (Fig. 4). As with T1 mapping, global diseases such as pan-myocarditis may now be iden­tified by T2 mapping, and preliminary results are showing this in several rheumatologic diseases (lupus, sys­temic capillary leak syndrome) and transplant rejection, detecting early rejection missed by other modalities [26, 27]. Conclusion Mapping – T1, T2, ECV mapping of myocardium is an emerging topic with the potential to be a powerful tool in the identification and quantification of diffuse myocardial processes with­out biopsy. Early evidence suggests that this technique detects early stage disease missed by other imaging methods and has potential as a prog­nosticator, as a surrogate endpoint in trials, and to monitor therapy. 9 Ferreira VM, Piechnik SK, Dall’Armellina E, Karamitsos TD, Francis JM, Choudhury RP, Friedrich MG, Robson MD, Neubauer S. Non-contrast T1-mapping detects acute myocardial edema with high diagnostic accuracy: a comparison to T2-weighted cardiovascular magnetic resonance. J Cardiovasc Magn Reson 2012; 14:42. 10 Dall’Armellina E, Piechnik SK, Ferreira VM, Si Ql, Robson MD, Francis JM, Cuculi F, Kharbanda RK, Banning AP, Choudhury RP, Karamitsos TD, Neubauer S. Cardio­vascular magnetic resonance by non contrast T1-mapping allows assessment of severity of injury in acute myocardial infarction. J Cardiovasc Magn Reson 2012;14:15. 11 Karamitsos TD, Piechnik SK, Banypersad SM, Fontana M, MD, Ntusi NB, Ferreira VM, Whelan CJ, Myerson SG, Robson MD, Hawkins PN, Neubauer S, Moon JC. Non-contrast T1 Mapping for the Diagnosis of Cardiac Amyloidosis. J Am Coll Cardiol Img 2013;6:488–97. 12 Sado DM, White SK, Piechnik SK, Banypersad SM, Treibel T, Captur G, Fontana M, Maestrini V, Flett AS, Robson MD, Lachmann RH, Murphy E, Mehta A, Hughes D, Neubauer S, Elliott PM, Moon JC. Identification and assessment of Anderson-Fabry Disease by Cardiovas­cular Magnetic Resonance Non-contrast myocardial T1 Mapping clinical perspective. Circ Cardiovasc Imaging 2013;6:392-398. 13 Pedersen SF, Thrys SA, Robich MP, Paaske WP, Ringgaard S, Bøtker HE, Hansen ESS, Kim WY. Assessment of intramyocardial hemorrhage by T1-weighted cardiovas­cular magnetic resonance in reperfused acute myocardial infarction. J Cardiovasc Magn Reson 2012; 14:59. 14 Raman FS, Kawel-Boehm N, Gai N, Freed M, Han J, Liu CY, Lima JAC, Bluemke DA, Liu S. Modified look-locker inversion recovery T1 mapping indices: assessment of accuracy and reproducibility between magnetic resonance scanners. J Cardiovasc Magn Reson 2013; 15:64. 15 White SK, Sado DM, Fontana M, Banypersad SM, Maestrini V, Flett AS, Piechnik SK, Robson MD, Hausenloy DJ, Sheikh AM, Hawkins PN, Moon JC. T1 Mapping for Myocardial Extracellular Volume measurement by CMR: Bolus Only Versus Primed Infusion Technique, 2013 Apr 5 [Epub ahead of print]. 16 Schelbert EB, Testa SM, Meier CG, Ceyrolles WJ, Levenson JE, Blair AJ, Kellman P, Jones BL, Ludwig DR, Schwartzman D, Shroff SG, Wong TC. Myocardial extravascular extracellular volume fraction measurement by gadolinium cardiovascular magnetic resonance in humans: slow infusion versus bolus. J Cardiovasc Magn Reson 2011, Mar 4;13-16. 17 Flacke SJ, Fischer SE, Lorenz CH. Measurement of the gadopentetate dimeglumine partition coefficient in human myocardium in vivo: normal distribution and elevation in acute and chronic infarction. Radiology 2001;218:703-10. 18 Banypersad SM, Sado DM, Flett AS, Gibbs SDG, Pinney JH, Maestrini V, Cox AT, Fontana M, Whelan CJ, Wechalekar AD, Hawkins PN, Moon JC. Quantification of myocardial extracellular volume fraction in systemic AL amyloi­dosis: An Equilibrium Contrast Cardio-vascular Magnetic Resonance Study. Circ Cardiovasc Imaging 2013;6:34-39. 19 Ugander M, Oki AJ, Hsu LY, Kellman P, Greiser A, Aletras AH, Sibley CT, Chen MY, Bandettini WP, Arai AE. Extracellular volume imaging by magnetic resonance imaging provides insights into overt and sub-clinical myocardial pathology. Eur Heart J 2012; 33: 1268–1278. 20 Liu CY, Chang Liu Y, Wu C, Armstrong A, Volpe GJ, van der Geest RJ, Liu Y, Hundley WG, Gomes AS, Liu S, Nacif M, Bluemke DA, Lima JAC. Evaluation of age related interstitial myocardial fibrosis with Cardiac Magnetic Resonance Contrast-Enhanced T1 Mapping in the Multi-ethnic Study of Atherosclerosis (MESA). J Am Coll Cardiol 2013 Jul 3 [Epub ahead of print]. 21 Wong TC, Piehler K, Meier CG, Testa SM, Klock AM, Aneizi AA, Shakesprere J, Kellman P, Shroff SG, Schwartzman DS, Mulukutla SR, Simon MA, Schelbert EB. Association between extracellular matrix expansion quantified by cardiovascular magnetic resonance and short-term mortality. Circulation 2012 Sep 4;126(10):1206-16. 22 Wong TC, Piehler KM, Kang IA, Kadakkal A, Kellman P, Schwartzman DS, Mulukutla SR, Simon MA, Shroff SG, Kuller LH, Schelbert EB. Myocardial extracellular volume fraction quantified by cardiovas­cular magnetic resonance is increased in diabetes and associated with mortality and incident heart failure admission. Eur Heart J 2013 Jun 11 [Epub ahead of print]. 23 Giri S, Chung YC, Merchant A, Mihai G, Rajagopalan S, Raman SV, Simonetti OP. T2 quantification for improved detection of myocardial edema. J Cardiovasc Magn Reson 2009; 11:56. 24 Verhaert D, Thavendiranathan P, Giri S, Mihai G, Rajagopalan S, Simonetti OP, Raman SV. Direct T2 Quantification of Myocardial Edema in Acute Ischemic Injury. J Am Coll Cardiol Img 2011;4: 269-78. 25 Ugander M, Bagi PS, Oki AB, Chen B, Hsu LY, Aletras AH, Shah S, Greiser A, Kellman P, Arai AE. Myocardial oedema as detected by Pre-contrast T1 and T2 CMR delineates area at risk associated with acute myocardial infarction. J Am Coll Cardiol Img 2012;5:596–603. 26 ThavendiranathanP, Walls M, Giri S, Verhaert D, Rajagopalan S, Moore S, Simonetti OP, Raman SV. Improved detection of myocardial involvement in acute inflammatory cardiomyopathies using T2 Mapping. Circ Cardiovasc Imaging 2012;5:102-110. 27 Usman AA, Taimen K, Wasielewski M, McDonald J, Shah S, Shivraman G, Cotts W, McGee E, Gordon R, Collins JD, Markl M, Carr JC. Cardiac Magnetic Resonance T2 Mapping in the monitoring and follow-up of acute cardiac transplant rejection: A Pilot Study. Circ Cardiovasc Imaging. 2012; 6:782-90. 120 ms 0 ms 106 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 107
  • 55.
    Clinical Cardiovascular ImagingCardiovascular Imaging Clinical Preliminary Experiences with Compressed Sensing Multi-Slice Cine Acquisitions for the Assessment of Left Ventricular Function: CV_sparse WIP G. Vincenti, M.D.1; D. Piccini2,4; P. Monney, M.D.1; J. Chaptinel3; T. Rutz, M.D.1; S. Coppo3; M. O. Zenge, Ph.D.4; M. Schmidt4; M. S. Nadar5; Q. Wang5; P. Chevre1, 6; M.; Stuber, Ph.D.3; J. Schwitter, M.D.1 1 Division of Cardiology and Cardiac MR Center, University Hospital of Lausanne (CHUV), Lausanne, Switzerland 2 Advanced Clinical Imaging Technology, Siemens Healthcare IM BM PI, Lausanne, Switzerland 3 Department of Radiology, University Hospital (CHUV) and University of Lausanne (UNIL) / Center for Biomedical Imaging (CIBM), Lausanne, Switzerland 4 MR Applications and Workflow Development, Healthcare Sector, Siemens AG, Erlangen, Germany 5 Siemens Corportate Technology, Princeton, USA 6 Department of Radiology, University Hospital Lausanne, Switzerland ize pathological myocardial tissue was the basis to assign a class 1 indication for patients with known or suspected heart failure to undergo CMR in the new Heart Failure Guidelines of the European Society of Cardiology [3]. decision making [3] e.g. to start [4] or stop [5] specific drug treatments or to implant devices [6]. CMR is generally accepted as the gold stan­dard method to yield most accurate measures of LV ejection fraction and LV volumes. This capability and the additional value of CMR to character­Introduction Left ventricular (LV) ejection fraction is one of the most important measures in cardiology and part of every car­diac imaging evaluation as it is recog­nized as one of the strongest predic­tors of outcome [1]. It allows to assess the effect of established or novel treatments [2], and it is crucial for The evaluation of LV volumes and LV ejection fraction are based on well-defined protocols [7] and it involves the acquisition of a stack of LV short axis cine images from which volumes are calculated by applying Simpson’s rule. These stacks are typically acquired in multiple breath-holds. Quality crite­ria [8] for these functional images are available and are implemented e.g. for the quality assessment within the European CMR registry which currently holds approximately 33,000 patients and connects 59 centers [9]. Recently, compressed sensing (CS) techniques emerged as a means to considerably accelerate data acquisi­tion without compromising signifi­cantly image quality. CS has three requirements: 1) transform sparsity, 2) incoherence of undersampling ­artifacts, and 3) nonlinear reconstruction (for details, see below). Based on these prerequisites, a CS approach for the acquisition of cardiac cine images was developed and tested*. In particular, the potential to acquire several slices covering the heart in different orientations within a single breath-hold would allow to apply model-based analysis tools which theoretically could improve the motion assessment at the base of the heart, where considerable through-plane motion on short-axis slices can introduce substantial errors in LV volume and LV ejection fraction cal­culations. Conversely, with a multi-breath- hold approach, there are typically small differences in breath-hold positions which can introduce errors in volume and function calcu­lations. The pulse sequence tested here allows for the acquisition of 7 cine slices within 14 heartbeats with an excellent temporal and spatial resolution. Such a pulse sequence would also offer the advantage to obtain func­tional information in at least a single plane in patients unable to hold their breath for several heartbeats or in patients with frequent extrasystoles or atrial fibrillation. However, it should be mentioned that accurate quantita­tive measures of LV volumes and function cannot be obtained in highly arrhythmic hearts or in atrial fibrilla­tion, as under such conditions vol­umes and ejection fraction change from beat to beat due to variable fill­ing conditions. Nevertheless, rough estimates of LV volumes and function would still be desirable in arrhythmic patients. In a group of healthy volunteers and patients with different LV patholo­gies, the novel single-breath-hold CS cine approach was compared with the standard multi-breath-hold cine technique with respect to measure LV volumes and LV ejection fraction. The CV_sparse work-in-­progress (WIP) The CV_sparse WIP package imple­ments sparse, incoherent sampling and iterative reconstruction for car­diac applications. This method in principle allows for high acceleration factors which enable triggered 2D real-time cine CMR while preserving high spatial and/or temporal resolu­tion of conventional cine acquisi­tions. Compressed sensing methods exploit the potential of image com­pression during the acquisition of raw input data. Three components [10] are crucial for the concept of compressed sensing to work I. Sparsity: In order to guarantee compressibility of the input data, sparsity must be present in a specific transform domain. Sparsity can be computed e.g. by calculating differ­ences between neighboring pixels or by calculating finite differences in angiograms which then detect pri­marily vessel contours which typically 1 * Work in progress: The product is still under development and not commercially available yet. Its future availability cannot be ensured. 1 Display of the represent a few percent of the planning of the 7 slices (4 short axis and 3 long axis slices) acquired within a single breath-hold with the three localizers. 1 2A 2B Displays of the data analysis tools for the conventional short axis stack of cine images covering the entire LV (2A) and the 4D analysis tool (2B), which is model-based and takes long axis shortening of the LV, i.e. mitral annulus motion into account. Note that with both analysis tools, LV trabeculations are included into the LV volume, particularly in the end-diastolic images (corresponding images on the left of top row in 2A and 2B). 2 108 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 109
  • 56.
    Clinical Cardiovascular ImagingCardiovascular Imaging Clinical entire image data only. Furthermore, sparsity is not limited to the spatial domain: the acquisition of cine images of the heart can be highly sparsified in the temporal dimension. II. Incoherent sampling: The alias­ing artifacts due to k-space unders­ampling must be incoherent, i.e. noise-like, in that transform domain. Here, it is to mention that fully ran­dom k-space sampling is suboptimal as k-space trajectories should be smooth for hardware and physiologi­cal considerations. Therefore, inco­herent sampling schemes must be designed to avoid these concerns while fulfilling the condition of ran­dom, i.e. incoherent sampling. III. Reconstruction: A non-linear iter­ative optimization corrects for sub-sampling artifacts during the process of image reconstruction yielding to a best solution with a sparse ­representation in a specific transform domain and which is consistent with the input data. Such compressed sensing techniques can also be com­bined with parallel imaging tech­niques [11]. WIP CV_sparse Sequence The current CV_sparse sequence [12] realizes incoherent sampling by ­initially distributing the readouts pseudo-randomly on the Cartesian grid in k-space. In addition, for cine-CMR imaging, a pseudo-random ­offset is applied from frame-to-frame which results in an incoherent tem­poral jitter. Finally, a variable sam­pling density in k-space stabilizes the iterative reconstruction. To avoid eddy current effects for balanced steady-state free precession (bSSFP) acquisitions, pairing [13] can also be applied. Thus, the tested CV_sparse sequence is characterized by sparse, incoherent sampling in space and time, non-linear iterative reconstruc­tion integrating SENSE, and L1 wave­let regularization in the phase encod­ing direction and/or the temporal dimension. With regard to reconstruc­tion, the ICE program runs a non-­linear iterative reconstruction with k-t regularization in space and time specifically modified for compressed sensing. The algorithm derives from a parallel imaging type reconstruc­tion which takes coil sensitivity maps into account, thus supporting pre­dominantly high acceleration factors. For cine CMR, no additional reference scans are needed because – similar to TPAT – the coil sensitivity maps are calculated from the temporal average of the input data in a central region of k-space consisting of not more than 48 reference lines. The exten­sive calculations for image recon­struction typically running 80 itera­tions are performed online on all CPUs on the MARS computer in paral­lel, in order to reduce reconstruction times. Volunteer and Patient studies In order to obtain insight into the image quality of single-breath-hold multi-slice cine CMR images acquired with the compressed sensing (CS) approach, we studied a group of healthy volunteers and a patient group with different pathologies of the left ventricle. In addition to the evaluation of image quality, the robustness and the precision of the CS approach for LV volumes and LV ejection fraction was also assessed in comparison with a standard high-­resolution cine CMR approach. All CMR examinations were performed on a 1.5T MAGNETOM Aera (Siemens Healthcare, Erlangen, Germany). The imaging protocol consisted of a set of cardiac localizers followed by the acquisition of a stack of conventional short-axis SSFP cine images covering the entire LV with a spatial and tem­poral resolution of 1.2 x 1.6 mm2, and approximately 40 ms, respectively (slice thickness: 8 mm; gap between slices: 2 mm). LV 2-chamber, 3-cham­ber, and 4-chamber long-axis acquisi­tions were obtained for image quality assessment but were not used for LV volume quantifications. As a next step, to test the new CS-based technique, slice orientations were planned to cover the LV with 4 short-axis slices distrib­uted evenly over the LV long axis com­plemented by 3 long-axis slices (i.e. a 2-chamber, 3-chamber, and 4-chamber slice) (Fig. 1). These 7 slices were then acquired in a single breath-hold maneuver lasting 14 heart beats (i.e. 2 heart beats per slice) resulting in an acceleration factor of 11.0 with a tem­poral and spatial resolution of 30 ms and 1.5 x 1.5 mm2, respectively (slice thickness: 6 mm). As the reconstruc­tion algorithm is ­susceptible to aliasing in the phase-encoding direction, the 7 slices were first acquired with a non-cine acquisition to check for correct phase-encoding directions and, if needed, to adjust the field-of-view to avoid fold-over artifacts. After ­confirmation of correct imaging parameters, the 7-slice single-breath- hold cine CS-acquisition was performed. In order to obtain a refer­ence for the LV volume measurement, a phase-contrast flow measurement in the ascending aorta was per­formed to be compared with the LV stroke volumes calculated from the standard and CS cine data. The conventional stack of cine SSFP images was analyzed by the Argus software (Siemens Argus 4D Ventric­ular Function, Fig. 2A). The CS cine data were analyzed by the 4D-Argus software (Siemens Argus, Fig. 2B). Such software is based on an LV model and, with relatively few opera­tor interactions, the contours for the LV endocardium and epicardium are generated by the analysis tool. Of note, this 4D analysis tool automati­cally tracks the 3-dimensional motion of the mitral annulus throughout the cardiac cycle which allows for an accurate volume calculation particu­larly at the base of the heart. Results and discussion Image quality – robustness of the technique Overall, a very good image quality of the single-breath-hold multi-slice CS acquisitions was obtained in the 12 volunteers and 14 patient studies. All CS data sets were of adequate quality to undergo 4D analysis. Small structures such as trabeculations were visualized in the CS data sets as shown in Figures 3 and 4. However, very small structures, detectable by the conventional cine acquisitions, were less well discernible by the CS images. Therefore, it should be men­tioned here, that this accelerated ­single- breath-hold CS approach would be adequate for functional measure­ments, i.e. LV ejection fraction assessment (see also results below), whereas assessment of small struc­tures as present in many cardiomyop­athies is more reliable when per­formed on conventional cine images. Temporal resolution of the new tech­nique appears adequate to even detect visually the dyssynchroneous contraction pattern in left bundle branch block. Also, the image con­trast between the LV myocardium and the blood pool was high on the CS images allowing for an easy assessment of the LV motion pattern. As a result, the single-breath-hold cine approach permits to reconstruct the LV in 3D space with high tempo­ral resolution as illustrated in Figure 5. Since these data allow to correctly include the 3D motion of the base of the heart during the cardiac cycle, the LV stroke volume appears to be measurable by the CS approach with higher accuracy than with the con­ventional multi-breath-hold approach (see results below). With an accurate measurement of the LV stroke vol­ume, the quantification of a mitral insufficiency should theoretically ben­efit (when calculating mitral regurgi­tant volume as ‘LV stroke volume minus aortic forward-flow volume’). As a current limitation of the CS approach, its susceptibility for fold-over artifacts should be mentioned (Figs. 6A). Therefore, the field-of-view must cover the entire anatomy and thus, some penalty in spatial res­Standard cine 9 heartbeats CV_SPARSE 3 heartbeats CV_SPARSE 2 heartbeats CV_SPARSE 1 heartbeat Examples of visualization of small trabecular structures in the LV (in the rectangle) with the standard cine SSFP sequence (image on the left) and the accelerated compressed sensing sequences (images on the right). Despite increasing acceleration most infor­mation on small intraluminal structures remains visible. 3 RCA Example demonstrating the performance of the compressed sensing technique visualizing small structures such as the right coronary artery (RCA) with high temporal and spatial resolution acquired within 2 heart­beats. Short-axis view of the base of the heart (1 out of 17 frames). 4 3 4 110 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 111
  • 57.
    Clinical Cardiovascular ImagingCardiovascular Imaging Clinical olution may occur in relation to the patient’s anatomy. In addition, the sparsity in the temporal domain may be limited in anatomical regions of very high flow, and therefore, in some acquisitions, flow-related arti­facts occurred in the phase-encoding direction during systole (Figs. 6B, C). Also, in its current version, the sequence is prospective, thus it does not cover the very last phases of the cardiac cycle and the reconstruction times for the CS images lasted sev­eral minutes precluding an immediate assessment of the image data quality or using this image information to plan next steps of a CMR examination. Performance of the single-breath- hold CS approach in comparison with the stan-dard multi-breath-hold cine approach From a quantitative point-of-view, the accurate and reliable measure­ment of LV volumes and function is crucial as many therapeutic decisions directly depend on these measures [3–6]. In this current relatively small study group, LV end-diastolic and end-systolic volumes measured by the single-breath-hold CS approach were comparable with those calcu­lated from the standard multi-breath-hold cine SSFP approach. LVEDV and LVESV differed by 10 ml ± 17 ml and 2 ml ± 12 ml, respectively. Most impor­tantly, LV ejection fraction differed by only 1.3 ± 4.7% (50.6% vs 49.3% for multi-breath-hold and single-breath-hold, respectively, p = 0.17; regres­sion: r = 0.96, p < 0.0001; y = 0.96x + 0.8 ml). Thus, it can be concluded that the single-breath-hold CS approach could potentially replace the multi-breath- hold standard technique for the assessment of LV volumes and systolic function. What about the accuracy of the novel single-breath-hold CS technique? To assess the accuracy of the LV vol­ume measurements, LV stroke volume was compared with the LV output measured in the ascending aorta with phase-contrast MR. As the flow mea­surements were performed distally to the coronary arteries, flow in the coro­naries was estimated as the LV mass multiplied by 0.8 ml/min/g. An excel­lent agreement was found with a mean of 86.8 ml/beat for the aortic flow measurement and 91.9 ml/beat for the LV measurements derived from the single-breath-hold CS data (r = 0.93, p < 0.0001). By Bland-Altman analysis, the stroke volume approach overestimated by 5.2 ml/beat versus the reference flow measurement. For the conventional stroke volume mea­surements, this difference was 15.6 ml/beat (linear regression analysis vs ­aortic flow: r = 0.69, p < 0.01). More importantly, the CS LV stroke data were not only more precise with a smaller mean difference, the variability of the CS data vs the reference flow data was less with a standard deviation as low as 6.8 ml/beat vs 12.9 ml/beat for the standard multi-breath-hold approach (Fig. 7). Several explanations may apply for the higher accuracy of the single-breath- hold multi-slice CS approach in comparison to the conventional multi-breath- hold approach: 1) With the single-breath-hold approach, all acquired slices are cor­rectly co-registered, i.e. they are cor­rectly aligned in space, a prerequisite for the 4D-analysis tool to work properly. 2) This 4D-analysis tool allows for an accurate tracking of the mitral valve plane motion during the cardiac cycle as shown in Figure 5, which is impor­tant as the cross-sectional area of the heart at its base is large and thus, inac­curate slice positioning at the base of Display of the 3D reconstruction derived from the 7 slices acquired within a single breath-hold. Note the long-axis shortening of the LV during systole allowing for accurate LV volume measurements (5A, 5B, yellow plane). Any orientation of the 3D is available for inspection of function (5A–D). 5 6A A typical fold-over artifact along the phase-encoding direction in a short axis slice, oriented superior-inferior for demonstrative purpose. 6B No flow-related artifacts are visible on the end-diastolic phases, while small artifacts in phase-encoding direction (Artif, arrows) occur in mid-systole projecting over the mitral valve (6C). 5A 5B 5C 5D 6A 6B 6C Artif Artif 112 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 113
  • 58.
    Clinical Cardiovascular ImagingCardiovascular Imaging Clinical 50 60 70 120 130 130 120 110 100 90 80 70 the heart with conventional short-axis slices typically translate in relatively large errors. Nevertheless, we observed a systematic overesti­mation of the stroke volume by the CS approach of 5.2 ml/beat in com­parison to the flow measurements. In normal hearts with tricuspid aortic valves, an underestimation of aortic flow by the phase-contrast technique is very unlikely [14]. Thus, overesti­mation of stroke volume by the volume approach is to consider. In the vol­ume contours, the papillary muscles are excluded as illustrated in Figure 8. As these papillary muscles are excluded in both the diastolic and systolic con­tours, this aspect should not affect net LV stroke volume. However, as shown in Figure 8, smaller trabecula­tions of the LV wall are included into the LV blood pool contour in the ­diastolic phase, while these trabecu­lations, CS technique Standard technique when compacted in the ­end- systolic phase, are excluded from the blood pool resulting in a small overestimation of the end-diastolic volume, and thus, LV stroke volume. This explanation is likely as Van ­Rossum et al. demonstrated a slight underestimation of the LV mass when calculated on end-diastolic phases versus end-systolic phases, as trabec­ulations in end-diastole are typically excluded from the LV walls [15]. In summary, this novel very fast acquisition strategy based on a CS technique allows to cover the entire LV with high temporal and spatial resolution within a single breath-hold. The image quality based on these preliminary results appears adequate to yield highly accurate measures of LV volumes, LV stroke volume, LV mass, and LV ejection fraction. 7 Testing of this very fast multi-slice cine approach for the atria and the right ventricle is currently ongoing. Finally, these preliminary data show that com­pressed sensing MR acquisitions in the heart are feasible in humans and compressed sensing might be imple­mented for other important cardiac sequences such as fibrosis/viability imaging, i.e. late gadolinium enhance­ment, coronary MR angiography, or MR first-pass perfusion. The Cardiac MR Center of the University Hospital Lausanne The Cardiac Magnetic Resonance Center (CRMC) of the University Hospital of Lausanne (Centre Hospitalier Universi­taire Vaudois; CHUV) was established in 2009. The CMR center is dedicated to high-quality clinical work-up of car­diac patients, to deliver state-of-the-art training in CMR to cardiologists and radiologists, and to pursue research. In the CMR center education is pro­vided for two specialties while focus­ing on one organ system. Traditionally, radiologists have focussed on using one technique for different organs, while cardiologists have concentrated on one organ and perhaps one tech­nique. Now in the CMR center the focus is put on a combination of spe­cialists with different background on one organ. Research at the CMR center is devoted to four major areas: the study of 1.) cardiac function and tissue charac­terization, specifically to better under­stand diastolic dysfunction, 2.) the development of MR-compatible cardiac devices such as pacemakers and ICDs; 3.) the utilization of hyperpolarized 13C-carbon contrast media to investi­gate metabolism in the heart, and An excellent corre­lation is obtained for the LV stroke volume calculated from the compressed sensing data with the flow volume in the aorta measured by phase-contast technique. Variability of the conventional LV stroke volume data appears higher than for the compressed sensing data. LV stroke volume: comparison vs aortic forward flow LV short-axis slice: CV_SPARSE 4.) the development of 19F-fluorine-based CMR techniques to detect inflammation and to label and track cells non-invasively. For the latter two topics, the CMR center established tight collabora­tions with the Center for Biomedical Imaging (CIBM), a network around Lake Geneva that includes the Ecole Polytechnique Fédérale de Lausanne (EPFL), and the universities and uni­versity hospitals of Lausanne and Geneva. In particular, strong collab­orative links are in place with the CVMR team of Prof. Matthias Stuber, a part of the CIBM and located at the University Hospital Lausanne and with Prof. A. Comment, with whom we perform the studies on real-time metabolism based on the 13C-carbon hyperpolarization (DNP) technique. In addition, collaborative studies are ongoing with the Heart Failure and Cardiac Transplantation Unit led by Prof. R. Hullin (detection of graft rejection by tissue characterization) and the Oncology Department led by Prof. Coukos (T cell tracking by­19F- MRI in collaboration with Prof. Stuber, R. van Heeswijk, CIBM, and Prof. O. Michielin, Oncology). This structure allows for a direct interdis­ciplinary interaction between physi­cians, engineers, and basic scientists on a daily basis with the aim to enable innovative research and fast translation of these techniques from bench to bedside. The CMRC is also the center of com­petence for the quality assessment of the European CMR registry which holds currently approximately 33,000 patient studies acquired in 59 centers across Europe. The members of the CRMC team are: Prof. J. Schwitter (director of the ­center), PD Dr. X. Jeanrenaud, Dr. D. Locca, MER, Dr. P. Monney, Dr. T. Rutz, Dr. C. Sierro, and Dr. S. Koest­ner (cardiologists, staff members), Overestimation of end-diastolic LV volumes by volumetric measurements. In comparison to ejected blood from the LV as measured with phase-contrast techniques, the volumetric measurements of LV stroke volume overestimated by approximately 5 ml, most likely by overestimation of LV end-diastolic volume. Small trabculations (yellow contours in 8A) are included into the LV blood volume (red contour in 8A) in diastole, while these trabeculations (yellow contours in 8B) are typically included in the end-systolic phase (red contours in 8B). For the same reasons, LV mass (= green contour minus red contour) is often slightly underestimated in diastole vs systole. 8 7 8A 8B End-diastolic frame End-systolic frame ml/beat (aortic forward flow by PC) ml/beat (LV stroke volume) 80 90 100 110 60 114 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 115
  • 59.
    References 1 CurtisJP, Sokol SI, Wang Y, Rathore SS, Ko DT, Jadbabaie F, Portnay EL, Marshalko SJ, Radford MJ, Krumholz HM. The associ­ation of left ventricular ejection fraction, mortality, and cause of death in stable outpatients with heart failure. Journal of the American College of Cardiology. 2003;42(4):736-42. 2 Sürder D, Manka R, Lo Cicero V, Moccetti T, Rufibach K, Soncin S, Turchetto L, Radrizzani M, Astori G, Schwitter J, Erne P, Jamshidi P, Auf Der Maur C, Zuber M, Windecker S, Moschovitis A, Wahl A, Bühler I, Wyss C, Landmesser U, Lüscher T, Corti R. Intracoronary injection of bone marrow derived mononuclear cells, early or late after acute myocardial infarction: Effects on global LV-function: 4 months results of the SWISS-AMI trial. Circulation. 2013;127:1968-79. 11 Liang D, Liu B, Wang J, Ying L. Accelerating SENSE using compressed sensing. Magnetic Resonance in Medicine. 2009;62(6): 1574-84. 12 Liu J. Dynamic cardiac MRI reconstruction with weighted redundant Haar wavelets. Magn Reson Med. 2012;Proc. ISMRM 2012,abstract. 13 Bieri O, Markl M, Scheffler K. Analysis and compensation of eddy currents in balanced SSFP. Magn Reson Med. 2005;54:129-37. 14 Muzzarelli S, Monney P, O’Brien K, Faletra F, Moccetti T, Vogt P, Schwitter J. Quantifi­cation of aortic valve regurgitation by phase-contrast magnetic resonance in patients with bicuspid aortic valve: where to measure the flow? . Eur Heart J - CV Imaging. 2013:in press. 15 Papavassiliu T, Kühl HP, Schröder M, Süselbeck T, Bondarenko O, Böhm CK, Beek A, Hofman MMB, van Rossum AC. Effect of Endocardial Trabeculae on Left Ventricular Measurements and Measurement Reproducibility at Cardio­vascular MR Imaging1. Radiology. 2005 July 1, 2005;236(1):57-64. Contact Professor Juerg Schwitter Médecin Chef Cardiologie Directeur du Centre de la RM Cardiaque du CHUV Centre Hospitalier ­Universitaire Vaudois – CHUV Rue du Bugnon 46 1011 Lausanne Suisse Phone: +41 21 314 0012 [email protected] www.cardiologie.chuv.ch Dr. G. Vincenti (cardiologist) and Dr. N. Barras (cardiologist in training, rotation), PD. Dr. S. Muzzarellli (affili­ated cardiologist), Prof. C. Beigelman and Dr. X. Boulanger (radiologists, staff members), Dr. G.L. Fetz (radiol­ogist in training, rotation), C. Gonza­les, PhD (19F-fluorine project leader), H. Yoshihara, PhD (13C-carbon project leader), V. Klinke (medical student, doctoral thesis), C. Bongard (medical student, master thesis), P. Chevre (chief CMR technician), and F. Recor­don and N. Lauriers (research nurses). Acknowledgements The authors would like to thank all the members of the team of MR tech­nologists at the CHUV for their highly valuable participation, helpfulness and support during the daily clinical CMR examinations and with the research protocols. Finally, a very important acknowledgment goes to Dr. Michael Zenge, Ms. Michaela Schmidt, and the whole Siemens MR Cardio team of Edgar Müller in Erlangen. 3 McMurray JJV, Adamopoulos S, Anker SD, Auricchio A, Böhm M, Dickstein K, Falk V, Filippatos G, Fonseca C, Sanchez MAG, Jaarsma T, Køber L, Lip GYH, Maggioni AP, Parkhomenko A, Pieske BM, Popescu BA, Rønnevik PK, Rutten FH, Schwitter J, Seferovic P, Stepinska J, Trindade PT, Voors AA, Zannad F, Zeiher A. ESC Guide­lines for the diagnosis and treatment of acute and chronic heart failure 2012. European Heart Journal. 2012 May 19, 2012(33):1787–847. 4 Zannad F, McMurray JJV, Krum H, van Veldhuisen DJ, Swedberg K, Shi H, Vincent J, Pocock SJ, Pitt B. Eplerenone in Patients with Systolic Heart Failure and Mild Symptoms. New England Journal of Medicine. 2011;364(1):11-21. 5 Gharib MI, Burnett AK. Chemotherapy-induced cardiotoxicity: current practice and prospects of prophylaxis. European Journal of Heart Failure. 2002 June 1, 2002;4(3):235-42. 6 Bardy GH, Lee KL, Mark DB, Poole JE, Packer DL, Boineau R, Domanski M, Troutman C, Anderson J, Johnson G, McNulty SE, Clapp-Channing N, Davidson- Ray LD, Fraulo ES, Fishbein DP, Luceri RM, Ip JH. Amiodarone or an Implantable Cardioverter–Defibrillator for Congestive Heart Failure. New England Journal of Medicine. 2005;352(3):225-37. 7 Schwitter J. CMR-Update. 2. Edition ed. Lausanne, Switzerland. www.herz-mri.ch. 8 Klinke V, Muzzarelli S, Lauriers N, Locca D, Vincenti G, Monney P, Lu C, Nothnagel D, Pilz G, Lombardi M, van Rossum A, Wagner A, Bruder O, Mahrholdt H, Schwitter J. Quality assessment of cardiovascular magnetic resonance in the setting of the European CMR registry: description and validation of standardized criteria. Journal of Cardiovascular Magnetic Resonance. 2013;15(1):55. 9 Bruder O, Wagner A, Lombardi M, Schwitter J, van Rossum A, Pilz G, Nothnagel D, Steen H, Petersen S, Nagel E, Prasad S, Schumm J, Greulich S, Cagnolo A, Monney P, Deluigi C, Dill T, Frank H, Sabin G, Schneider S, Mahrholdt H. European Cardiovascular Magnetic Resonance (EuroCMR) registry-multi national results from 57 centers in 15 countries. J Cardiovasc Magn Reson. 2013;15:1-9. 10 Lustig M, Donoho D, Pauly JM. Sparse MRI: The application of compressed sensing for rapid MR imaging. Magnetic Resonance in Medicine. 2007;58(6):1182-95. Accelerated Segmented Cine TrueFISP of the Heart on a 1.5T MAGNETOM Aera Using k-t-sparse SENSE Maria Carr1; Bruce Spottiswoode2; Bradley Allen1; Michaela Schmidt2; Mariappan Nadar4; Qiu Wang4; Jeremy Collins1; James Carr1; Michael Zenge2 1 Northwestern University, Feinberg School of Medicine, Chicago, IL, USA 2 Siemens Healthcare 3 Siemens Corporate Technology, Princeton, United States Introduction Cine MRI of the heart is widely regarded as the gold standard for assessment of left ventricular volume and myocardial mass and is increas­ingly utilized for assessment of car­diac anatomy and pathology as part of clinical routine. Conventional cine imaging approaches typically require 1 slice per breath-hold, resulting in lengthy protocols for complete cardiac coverage. Parallel imaging allows some shortening of the acquisition time, such that 2–3 slices can be acquired in a single breath-hold. In cardiac cine imaging artifacts become more prevalent with increasing accel­eration factor. This will negatively impact the diagnostic utility of the images and may reduce accuracy of quantitative measurements. However, regularized iterative reconstruction techniques can be used to consider­ably improve the images obtained from highly undersampled data. In this work, L1-regularized iterative SENSE as proposed in [1] was applied to reconstruct under-sampled k-space data. This technique* takes advan­tage of the de-noising characteristics of Wavelet regularization and prom­ises to very effectively suppress sub-sampling artifacts. This may allow for high acceleration factors to be used, while diagnostic image quality is preserved. The purpose of this study was to compare segmented cine TrueFISP images from a group of volunteers and patients using three acceleration and reconstruction approaches: iPAT factor 2 with conventional recon­struction; T-PAT factor 4 with conven­Table tional reconstruction; and T-PAT factor 4 with iterative k-t-sparse SENSE reconstruction. Technique Cardiac MRI seems to be particularly well suited to benefit from a group of novel image reconstruction methods known as compressed sensing [2] which promise to significantly speed up data acquisition. Compressed sensing methods were introduced to MR imaging [3, 4] just a few years ago and have since been successfully combined with parallel imaging [5, 6]. Such methods try to utilize the * Work in progress: The product is still ­under development and not commercially available yet. Its future availability cannot be ensured. 1: MRI conventional and iterative imaging parameters Parameters Conventional iPAT 2 Conventional T-PAT 4 Iterative T-PAT 4 Iterative recon No No Yes Parallel imaging iPAT2 (GRAPPA) TPAT4 TPAT4 TR/TE (ms) 3.2 / 1.6 3.2 / 1.6 3.2 / 1.6 Flip angle (degrees) 70 70 70 Pixel size (mm2) 1.9 × 1.9 1.9 × 1.9 1.9 × 1.9 Slice thickness (mm) 8 8 8 Temp. res. (msec) 38 38 38 Acq. time (sec) 7 3.2 3.2 Clinical Cardiovascular Imaging 116 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world Cardiovascular Imaging Technology MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 117
  • 60.
    As outlined byLiu et al. in [1], the image reconstruction can be formu­lated as an unconstrained optimization problem. In the current implementa­tion, this optimization is solved using a Nesterov-type algorithm [7]. The L1-regularization with a redundant Haar transform is efficiently solved using a Dykstra-type algorithm [8]. This allowed a smooth integration into the current MAGNETOM platform and, therefore, facilitates a broad clinical evaluation. Materials and methods Nine healthy human volunteers (57.4 male/56.7 female) and 20 patients (54.4 male/40.0 female) with suspected cardiac disease were scanned on a 1.5T MAGNETOM Aera system under an approved institutional review board protocol. All nine volun­teers and 16 patients were imaged using segmented cine TrueFISP sequences with conventional GRAPPA factor 2 acceleration (conventional iPAT 2) T-PAT factor 4 acceleration (conventional T-PAT 4), and T-PAT factor 4 acceleration with iterative k-t-sparse SENSE reconstruction (iterative T-PAT 4). The remaining 4 patients were scanned using only conventional iPAT 2 and iterative T-PAT 4 techniques. Note that the iterative technique is fully integrated into the standard reconstruction environment. The imaging parameters for each imaging sequence are provided in Table 1. All three sequences were run in 3 chamber and 4 chamber views, as well as a stack of short axis slices. Quantitative analysis was performed on all volunteer data sets at a syngo MultiModality Workplace (Leonardo) using Argus post-processing software (Siemens Healthcare, Erlangen, ­Germany) by an experienced cardio­vascular MRI technician. Ejection frac­tion, end-diastolic volume, end-systolic volume, stroke volume, ­cardiac out­put, and myocardial mass were calcu­lated. In all volunteers and patients, 5 4 3 2 1 blinded qualitative scoring was per­formed by a radiologist using a 5 point Likert scale to assess overall image quality (1 – non diagnostic; 2 – poor; 3 – fair; 4 – good; 5 – excellent). Images were also scored for artifact and noise (1 – severe; 2 – moderate; 3 – mild; 4 – trace; 5 – none). All continuous variables were com­pared between groups using an unpaired t-test, while ordinal qualita­tive variables were compared using a Wilcoxon signed-rank test. Results All images were acquired successfully and image quality was of diagnostic quality in all cases. The average scan time per slice for conventional iPAT 2, conventional T-PAT 4 and iterative T-PAT 4 were for patients 7.7 ± 1.5 sec, 5.6 ± 1.5 sec and 2.9 ± 1.5 sec and for the volunteers 9.8 ± 1.5 sec, 3.2 ± 1.5 sec and 3.0 ± 1.5 sec, respectively. The results in scan time are illustrated in Figure 1. In both patients and volun­teers, conventional iPAT 2 were signifi­cantly longer than both conventional T-PAT 4 and iterative T-PAT 4 techniques (p < 0.001 for each group). The results for ejection fraction (EF) for all three imaging techniques are provided in Figure 2. The average EF for conventional T-PAT 4 was slightly lower than that measured for con­ventional iPAT 2 and iterative T-PAT, but the group size is relatively small (9 subjects) and this difference was not significant (p = 0.34 and p = 0.22 respectively).There was no statisti­cally significant difference in ejection fraction between the conventional iPAT 2 and the iterative T-PAT 4 sequences (p = 0.48). The results for image quality, noise and artifact are provided in Figure 3. The iterative T-PAT 4 images had com­parable image quality, noise and arti­fact scores compared to the conven­tional iPAT 2 images. The conventional T-PAT 4 images had lower image qual­ity, more artifacts and higher noise compared to the other techniques. Figures 4 and 5 show an example of 4-chamber and mid-short axis images from all three techniques in a patient with basal septal hypertrophy. In both series’, the conventional iPAT 2 and iterative T-PAT 4 images are compara­ble in quality, while the conventional T-PAT 4 image is visibly noisier. Cardiovascular Imaging Technology Discussion This study compares a novel acceler­ated segmented cine TrueFISP tech­nique to conventional iPAT 2 cine TrueFISP and T-PAT 4 cine TrueFISP in a cohort of normal subjects and patients. The iterative reconstruction technique provided comparable mea­surements of ejection fraction to the clinical gold standard (conventional iPAT 2). The accelerated segmented cine TrueFISP with T-PAT 4, which was used as comparison technique, produced slightly lower EF values compared to the other techniques, although this was not found to be statistically significant. The iterative reconstruction produced comparable image quality, noise and artifact scores to the conventional reconstruc­tion using iPAT 2. The conventional T-PAT 4 technique had lower image quality and higher noise scores com­pared to the other two techniques. The iterative T-PAT 4 segmented cine technique allows for greater than 50% reduction in acquisition time for comparable image quality and spatial resolution as the clinically used iPAT 2 cine TrueFISP technique. This itera­tive technique could be extended to permit complete heart coverage in a single breath-hold thus greatly sim­plifying and shortening routine clini­cal cardiac MRI protocols, which has been one of the biggest obstacles to wide acceptance of cardiac MRI. With a shorter cine acquisition, additional advanced imaging techniques, such as perfusion and flow, can be more readily added to patient scans within a reasonable protocol length. Technology Cardiovascular Imaging 12 10 8 6 4 Single slice scan time in patients and volunteers. There was a statistically significant reduction in scan time compared to the standard iPAT2 for both TPAT4 acceleration and iterative reconstruction TPAT4 acceleration. 1 Qualitative scores in patients and volunteers. Image quality was highest and noise and artifact were lowest with iterative T-PAT 4 and conventional iPAT 2 compared to conventional T-PAT 4. 3 full potential of image compression during the acquisition of raw input data. In the case of highly subsam­pled input data, a non-linear iterative optimization avoids sub-sampling artifacts during the process of image reconstruction. The resulting images represent the best solution consis­tent with the input data, which have a sparse representation in a specific transform domain. In the most favor­able case, residual artifacts are not visibly perceptible or are diagnosti­cally irrelevant. 0 Conventional iPAT 2 Scan Time (sec) Conventional T-PAT 4 Iterative T-PAT 4 2 Standard iPAT 2 T-PAT 4 Acceleration Iterative Reconstruction T-PAT 4 Accel. 0 Quality Noise Artifact 1 3 65,00 60,00 55,00 50,00 45,00 40,00 Ejection fraction in volunteers. Quantitatively measured ejection fractions were comparable across all three techniques. 2 Conventional iPAT 2 Ejection Fraction (%) Conventional T-PAT 4 Iterative T-PAT 4 2 118 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 119
  • 61.
    Technology Cardiovascular ImagingCardiovascular Imaging Technology There are currently some limitations to the technique. Firstly, the use of SENSE implies that aliasing artifacts can occur if the field-of-view is smaller than the subject, which is sometimes difficult to avoid in the short axis orientation. But a solution to this is promised to be part of a future release of the current proto-type. Secondly, the image reconstruc-tion times of the current implemen-tation seems to be prohibitive for routine clinical use. However, we anticipate future algorithmic 6A 6B 6 Real-time cine TrueFISP T-PAT 6 images reconstructed using (6A) conventional, and (6B) iterative techniques. Contact Maria Carr, RT (CT)(MR) CV Research Technologist Department of Radiology Northwestern University Feinberg School of Medicine 737 N. Michigan Ave. Suite 1600 Chicago, IL 60611 USA Phone: +1 312-926-5292 [email protected] References 1 Liu J, Rapin J, Chang TC, Lefebvre A, Zenge M, Mueller E, Nadar MS. Dynamic cardiac MRI reconstruction with weighted redundant Haar wavelets. In Proceedings of the 20th Annual Meeting of ISMRM, Melbourne, Australia, 2002. p 4249. 2 Candes EJ, Wakin MB. An Introduction to compressive sampling. IEEE Signal Processing Magazine 2008. 25(2):21-30. doi: 10.1109/MSP.2007.914731. improvements with increased compu-tational power to reduce the recon-struction time to clinically acceptable values. Of course, iterative reconstruction techniques are not just limited to cine imaging of the heart. Future work may see this technique applied to time intense techniques such as 4D flow phase contrast MRI and 3D coronary MR angiography, making them more clinically applicable. Furthermore, higher acceleration rates might be achieved by using an incoherent sampling pattern [9]. With sufficiently high acceleration, the technique can also be used effectively for real time cine cardiac imaging in patients with breath-holding difficul-ties or arrhythmia. Figure 6 shows that real-time acquisition with T-PAT 6 and k-t iterative reconstruction still results in excellent image quality. In conclusion, cine TrueFISP of the heart with inline k-t-sparse iterative reconstruction is a promising tech-nique for obtaining high quality cine images at a fraction of the scan time compared to conventional techniques. Acknowledgement The authors would like to thank Judy Wood, Manger of the MRI Department at Northwestern Memorial Hospital, for her continued support and collabo-ration with our ongoing research through the years. Secondly, we would like to thank the magnificent Cardio-vascular Technologist’s Cheryl Jarvis, Tinu John, Paul Magarity, Scott Luster for their patience and dedication to research. Finally, the Resource Coordi-nators that help us make this possible Irene Lekkas, Melissa Niemczura and Paulino San Pedro. 3 Block KT, Uecker M, Frahm J. Unders-ampled Radial MRI with Multiple Coils. Iterative Image Reconstruction Using a Total Variation Constraint. Magn Reson Med 2007. 57(6):1086-98. 4 Lustig M, Donoho D, Pauly JM. Sparse MRI: The application of compressed sensing for rapid MR imaging. Magn Reson Med 2007. 58(6):1182-95. 5 Liang D, Liu B, Wang J, Ying L. Acceler-ating SENSE using compressed sensing. Magn Reson Med 2009. 62(6):154-84. doi: 10.1002/mrm.22161. 6 Lustig M, Pauly, JM. SPIRiT: Iterative ­self- consistent parallel imaging reconstruction from arbitrary k-space. Magn Reson Med 2010. 64(2):457-71. doi: 10.1002/mrm.22428. 7 Beck A, Teboulle M. A fast iterative shrinkage-thresholding algorithm for linear inverse problems. SIAM J Imaging Sciences 2009. 2(1): 183-202. 8 Dykstra RL. An algorithm for restricted least squares regression. J Amer Stat Assoc 1983 78(384):837-842. 9 Schmidt M, Ekinci O, Liu J, Lefebvre A, Nadar MS, Mueller E, Zenge MO. Novel highly accelerated real-time CINE-MRI featuring compressed sensing with k-t regularization in comparison to TSENSE segmented and real-time Cine imaging. J Cardiovasc Magn Reson 2013. 15(Suppl 1):P36. 4A 4B 4C Four chamber cine TrueFISP from a normal volunteer. (4A) Conventional iPAT 2, acquisition time 8 s. (4B) Conventional T-PAT 4, acquisition time 3 seconds. (4C) Iterative T-PAT 4, acquisition time 3 seconds. 4 5A 5B 5C End-systolic short axis cine TrueFISP images from a patient with a history of myocardial infarction. A metal artifact from a previous sternotomy is noted in the sternum. There is wall thinning in the inferolateral wall with akinesia on cine views, consistent with an old infarct in the circumflex territory. (5A) Conventional iPAT 2, (5B) conventional T-PAT 4, (5C) iterative T-PAT 4. 5 120 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 121
  • 62.
    Subscriptions Siemens HealthcarePublications Our publications offer the latest information and background for every healthcare field. From the hospital director to the radiological assistant – here, you can quickly find information relevant to your needs. Heartbeat Everything from the world of sustainable cardiovascular care. MAGNETOM Flash Everything from the world of magnetic resonance imaging. SOMATOM Sessions Everything from the world of computed tomography. Medical Solutions Online The online version includes additional video features and greater depth to the articles in the printed healthcare leadership magazine. Read online at: www.siemens.com/medical-solutions AXIOM Innovations Everything from the world of interventional radiology, cardiology, and surgery. Imaging Life Everything from the world of molecular imaging innovations. For current and past issues and to order the magazines, please visit www.siemens.com/healthcare-magazine cannot Siemens sales subject to herein may specifications be present options information. tolerances. Europe/Africa/Middle East: Siemens AG, Healthcare Sector Henkestr. 127 91052 Erlangen, Germany Phone: +49 9131 84-0 Latin America: Siemens S.A., Medical Solutions Avenida de Pte. Julio A. Roca No 516, Piso C1067 ABN Buenos Aires, Argentina Phone: +54 11 4340-8400 USA: Siemens Medical Solutions USA, Inc. 51 Valley Stream Parkway Malvern, PA 19355-1406, USA Phone: +1 888 826-9702 09.13, Siemens AG MAGNETOM Flash ASTRO Edition | Issue Number 4/2013 54 MAGNETOM Flash The Magazine of MRI Issue Number 4/2013 | ASTRO Edition 54 Functional, Volumetric, Treatment Response Assess-ment Using MR OncoTreat Page 24 Optimizing MRI for Radiation Oncology Page 45 How-I-do-it Tissue 4D on syngo.via Page 18 Not for distribution in the US 11.09.13 09:35 122 MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world
  • 63.
    Imprint The entireeditorial staff at Duke University Medical Center and at Simens Healthcare extends their appreciation to all the radiologists, technologists, physicists, experts and scholars who donate their time and energy – without payment – in order to share their expertise with the readers of MAGNETOM Flash. connection with such use. The Operating Instructions must always be strictly followed when operating the MR system. The sources for the technical data are the corresponding data sheets. Results may vary. Partial reproduction in printed form of individual contributions is permitted, provided the customary bibliographical data such as author’s name and title of the contribution as well as year, issue number and pages of MAGNETOM Flash are named, but the editors request that two copies be sent to them. The written consent of the authors and publisher is required for the complete reprinting of an article. We welcome your questions and comments about the editorial content of MAGNETOM Flash. Please contact us at [email protected]. Manuscripts as well as suggestions, proposals and information are always welcome; they are carefully examined and submitted to the editorial board for attention. MAGNETOM Flash is not responsible for loss, damage, or any other MAGNETOM injury to Flash unsolicited is also manuscripts or available other materials. on the internet: We reserve the right to www.edit siemens.for clarity, com/accuracy, magnetom-and world space. Include your name, address, and phone number and send to the editors, address above. MAGNETOM Flash – Imprint © 2013 by Siemens AG, Berlin and Munich, All Rights Reserved Publisher: Siemens AG Medical Solutions Business Unit Magnetic Resonance, Karl-Schall-Straße 6, D-91052 Erlangen, Germany Guest Editor: Mustafa R. Bashir, M.D. Director of MRI Assistant Professor of Radiology Division of Abdominal Imaging Duke University Medical Center Durham, NC, USA Associate Editor: Antje Hellwich ([email protected]) Editorial Board: Wellesley Were; Ralph Strecker; Sven Zühlsdorff, Ph.D.; Gary R. McNeal, MS (BME); Peter Kreisler, Ph.D. Production: Norbert Moser, Siemens AG, Medical Solutions Layout: independent Medien-Design Widenmayerstrasse 16, D-80538 Munich, Germany Printer: G. Peschke Druckerei GmbH, Schatzbogen 35, D-81829 Munich, Germany Note in accordance with § 33 Para.1 of the German Federal Data Protection Law: Despatch is made using an address file which is maintained with the aid of an automated data processing system. MAGNETOM Flash is sent free of charge to Siemens MR customers, qualified physicians, technologists, physicists and radiology departments throughout the world. It includes reports in the English language on magnetic resonance: diagnostic and therapeutic methods and their application as well as results and experience gained with corresponding systems and solutions. It introduces from case to case new principles and proce-dures and discusses their clinical poten-tial. The statements and views of the authors in the individual contributions do not necessarily reflect the opinion of the publisher. The information presented in these articles and case reports is for illustration only and is not intended to be relied upon by the reader for instruction as to the practice of medicine. Any health care practitioner reading this information is reminded that they must use their own learning, training and expertise in dealing with their individual patients. This material does not substitute for that duty and is not intended by Siemens Medical Solutions to be used for any purpose in that regard. The drugs and doses mentioned herein are consistent with the approval labeling for uses and/or indications of the drug. The treating physician bears the sole responsibility for the diagnosis and treatment of patients, including drugs and doses prescribed in MAGNETOM Flash is also available on the internet: www.siemens.com/magnetom-world Not for distribution in the US. MAGNETOM Flash | 5/2013 | www.siemens.com/magnetom-world 123
  • 64.
    Please include mein your mailing list for the following Siemens Healthcare customer magazine(s): Medical Solutions MAGNETOM Flash SOMATOM Sessions AXIOM Innovations Stay up to date with the latest information Register for: Yes, I consent to the above information being used for future contact regarding product updates and other important news from Siemens. Please print clearly! Subscription unsubscribe from info service Please enter your business address Institution Department Function Title Name Street Postal Code City State Country MR system used E-mail
  • 65.
    ➔Visit www.siemens.com/ magnetom-world for case reports, clinical methods, application tips, talks and much more clinical information. SUBSCRIBE NOW! – and get your free copy of future MAGNETOM Flash! Interesting information from the world of magnetic resonance – gratis to your desk. Send us this postcard, or subscribe online at www.siemens.com/MAGNETOM-World MAGNETOM Flash Siemens AG Healthcare Sector Magnetic Resonance Antje Hellwich – Marketing P.O. Box 32 60 D-91050 Erlangen Germany
  • 66.
    On account ofcertain regional limitations of sales rights and service availability, we ­cannot guarantee that all products included in this brochure are available through the ­Siemens sales organization worldwide. Availability and packaging may vary by country and is subject to change without prior notice. Some/All of the features and products described herein may not be available in the United States. The information in this document contains general technical descriptions of specifications and options as well as standard and optional features which do not always have to be present in individual cases. Siemens reserves the right to modify the design, packaging, specifications, and options described herein without prior notice. Please contact your local Siemens sales representative for the most current information. Note: Any technical data contained in this document may vary within defined tolerances. Original images always lose a certain amount of detail when reproduced. Local Contact Information Asia/Pacific: Siemens Medical Solutions Asia Pacific Headquarters The Siemens Center 60 MacPherson Road Singapore 348615 Phone: +65 6490 6000 Canada: Siemens Canada Limited Healthcare Sector 1550 Appleby Lane Burlington, ON L7L 6X7, Canada Phone +1 905 315-6868 Europe/Africa/Middle East: Siemens AG, Healthcare Sector Henkestr. 127 91052 Erlangen, Germany Phone: +49 9131 84-0 Latin America: Siemens S.A., Medical Solutions Avenida de Pte. Julio A. Roca No 516, Piso C1067 ABN Buenos Aires, Argentina Phone: +54 11 4340-8400 USA: Siemens Medical Solutions USA, Inc. 51 Valley Stream Parkway Malvern, PA 19355-1406, USA Phone: +1 888 826-9702 Global Siemens Healthcare Headquarters Siemens AG Healthcare Sector Henkestrasse 127 91052 Erlangen Germany Phone: +49 9131 84-0 www.siemens.com/healthcare Not for distribution in the US Global Business Unit Siemens AG Medical Solutions Magnetic Resonance Henkestrasse 127 DE-91052 Erlangen Germany Phone: +49 9131 84-0 www.siemens.com/healthcare Global Siemens Headquarters Siemens AG Wittelsbacherplatz 2 80333 Munich Germany Order No. A91MR-1000-102C-7600 | Printed in Germany | CC MR 1661 111320. | © 11.13, Siemens AG www.siemens.com/magnetom-world